innn MmH i m t mi n m iimmrnTmn 
 
e^ii^rs 
 
 raim/na 
 
 
 \ Prmt/dfot? -Crumpe 
 at the ? title 5 In s t 
 Tauls church. Yard 
 
 
 'Tvmfc 
 
 
 Si|M* (i'll li’ii iii’ii i»>in 
 
P OT¥G R APHIGE: 
 
 OR 
 
 The Arts of Drawing, Ehgr^vin^ 
 
 Etching, Limning, Painting, Wafhingi 
 Varnilhing , Gilding, Colonring, 
 
 Dying, Beautifying and Perfuming. 
 
 IN FOUR BOOKS. 2/<p 
 
 Exemplified, in the Drawing of Men , Women , Landslips , 
 Countries , and Figures ot various forms ^ The way of 
 Engraving , Etching and Limning , with all their Requi- 
 sites and Ornaments h The Defining of the mojl eminent 
 Pieces of Antiquities \ The Paintings of the Anticnts i 
 Wafhing of Maps, Globes, or Pi&ures > The Dying of 
 Cloth, Silk, Horns, Bones, Wood , Glafs Stones, and 
 Metals 7 The Vamifhing , Colouring and Gilding thereof 
 according to any purpole or intent * The Painting, Co- 
 louring and Beautifying of the Face, Skin and Hair i The 
 while Voftrine of Perfumes (never published till now,; 
 together with the Original, Advancement and Perfection 
 of the Art of Painting. 
 
 To which is added, 
 
 A Difccoife of ptrtptSite and CfttOtttancp, 
 
 The Third Edition , with many large Additions : Adorned 
 with Sculptures : The like never yet extant. 
 
 By prill , sam salmon 
 
 ProfcfTor of Phyfick. 
 
 Non quot , fed quales. 
 
 London, Printed by Anir.GUr^ f or $obft Grumpy t h e 
 Sign of the three Bibles, in St. Pauls Church-Yard. i5 75 . 
 
T o the Height Honour able 
 
 HEN 
 
 Lord H owarDj Earl 
 
 o F 
 
 $£0 ^ 1 C H, 
 
 ‘ ' f ‘ ■* 
 
 Earl Marshal of England* 
 
 My LORD, 
 
 T He Art of Painting was a thing 
 which, of old Princes admi- 
 red, Kings did affect, Empe- 
 rors and Noble men of almofl: all Ages 
 did love and make ufe of. Not to men- 
 tion Juba, (ftgx Mauritania,? erfiusYdmg 
 of Macedonia , King 'Demetrius , Cyrus 
 King of Perfia , Alexander the Great , 
 Cafar , and others: How was Tiberius 
 the Emperor taken with the Archigal- 
 
 A 3 lus 
 
The Epiftle 
 
 I us of Parrbafius, and the ftatue which 
 Lyfipptts made ? How highly did Mna- 
 fcn the Tyrant of the Eleatenfes prize 
 the PiSures of the Thebean Battel done 
 by Ariftides ? How did King Nicomedes , 
 who proffered an unknown fum of mo. 
 ny to the Gnidians-, for the Venus which 
 Praxiteles made, admire it ? Befides ma- 
 ny others too tedious here to be reci- 
 ted, and fu Ardently enough known to 
 your Lordfhip, of which to make any 
 repetition might be accounted pre- 
 fumption, elpecially to your Honour i 
 whofe Skill in Art is large, andwhofe 
 Knowledg of Uni verbal Learning is not 
 fmall, chiefly in that of HiJlorj. It is 
 Honour, as Cicero faith, which gives Be- 
 ing, Life and Nourifhment to Arts, and 
 where can that be found more than in 
 your noble Self?Prefuming thereforeof 
 your Lordlhips Affeftion and that un- 
 parallel’d Vertue, and Heroick Spirit, 
 which not only lodges in your Honours 
 Bread:, but is alfo Hereditary to your 
 Noble 
 
Dedicatory. 
 
 Noble Family , I have? made bold to (bel- 
 ter this Work under your Lord (hips 
 Patronage ; expefting either to lee it 
 live in your Honours Eftimation , or 
 perifh in your diflike. Now if thele 
 Lucubrations of mine obtain but lb 
 much as your Honours lead Approba- 
 tion, I (hall think my felf happy ; and 
 hope, that with your Name and Memory 
 this Work may be confecrated to eter- 
 nity. May your Lordfbip daily increafe 
 in Honour and Glory , be replenished 
 with all earthly Blejjings , and forever 
 enjoy the full fruition of all Happtneji 
 both in this Worlds and that which is 
 to come , is the Prayer of , 
 
 JNl Y LORD, 
 
 Your Honours moft Humble and 
 Affe&ionate Servant, 
 
 A l 
 
 iVillUm Salmon* 
 
THE 
 
 PREFACE 
 
 !' A ’ < ' * v 
 
 TO THE 
 
 READER. 
 
 T ile Suhjety of the enfuing Work^it the Art of 
 Painting : a name not only too fingular , hnt 
 aljo too Jhort or narrow , to exprefs what vs 
 here intended thereby : For we do not only 
 exprefs that Art , (as it in generally received ) 
 hut alfo Drawing , Engraving , Etching , Limning, 
 Wafhing, Colouring and Dying ; all which being con - 
 fidered in their proper extent (infinitely exceed that curtailed 
 name of Painting > which that we might join all in one 
 proper and comprehenftve word , we made choice of that 
 CrtekjCompound POLYGRAPHIC E. 
 
 To perfwade any one to the Study or Practice of this 
 'Arty would be a great filly* fince Ignorance ( which is 
 always blind ) can never be able to judg aright : For to. 
 him that already underfiands itjhe labour would be ufelefs 
 and unprofitable * to him which is already delighted there- 
 Wy it would be needlefs and fuperfluous * and to the averfe 
 and ignorantyit would be the putting a Jewel into a Swines 
 fnout : the exquifite knowledg of which is impojfible ever 
 to he attained op under flood y by fitch prejudicate and cloudy 
 Soulsy although it is jufficiently known to many already > 
 04 Its ufefulnefs as apparent as it it excellent : *fo enu 
 
The Preface to the Reader. 
 
 merate the one , or reberfe the other , is to perfwade the 
 world, that it is day-light when the Sun is upon the 
 Meridian j or at leajl to inculeate,m ignorance of thofe 
 things, which have been manifestly known even a long 
 time fmce» 
 
 ' the Method of this worl ^ is wholly new , wherein we 
 have united and made one, fitch various jubjeUs, as have 
 been the uncertain , obfcure and tedious difcottrfe of agroa* 
 number of various and latge Volumes . What (hall w t 
 fay } things far afunder , we have laid together : things 
 uncertain , are here limited and reduced: things ob- 
 feure , we have made plain : things tedious , we. have 
 made fliort : things erroneous , we have redified and 
 correded : things hard , we have made facil and eaiie : 
 things various , we have colleded : things (in appear- 
 ance ) hetorogene , we have made homogene : And in 
 a word, the whole Art we have reduced to certain heads*, 
 brought under a certain method •, limited to pradicai 
 rules i and made it perfpicuous , even to a very mean 
 ftnderjlanding 
 
 In the Compofitre of this Worl{ fbefides cur own Ob- 
 servations ) we have mads uje of the bejl Authors now ex ~ 
 tant , that we could pojfihly procure , or get into our hands i 
 wherein our labour was not finally what in Reading, 
 Comparing, Tranfcribing, Choofing, Correding, Di- 
 fpofing, and Revihng every thing , in refpeti of Matter , 
 Form and Order. T he which had we any Prefident to 
 have followed , any Path to have traced , any Exam- 
 ple to have imitated , any Help to have confulted , or any 
 Subjed entire'. Or otherwife , had the Number of our 
 Authors been f mall , their Maxims truths, their Rules 
 certain , their Meanings not obfcure , or their Precepts 
 been reduced to Method and Order : We might not only , 
 with much more cafe , pleafure and certainty i lefs la - 
 hour, trouble and pains j greater pcrjpicuity , plainnefs 
 
 $ and 
 

 
 
 w 
 
 
 
 The Preface to the Reader. 
 
 and fingularity > better order , method and language. ; 
 hut alfo in fhorter time have brought to perfection, what 
 we here prefent you withal , 
 
 In this third Edition we have not only inferted fever al 
 Copper Cuts, with more than two hundred feveral ad- 
 ditions of fvtgular ufe, through the three firfi Books *, but 
 there is alfo a whole fourth Bo of, containing above four- 
 fcore Chapters offueh necejfary matter , that the worf with- 
 out them may really be accounted defective, fhere is not 
 only feveral necejfary things added (which were omitted in 
 the three firjl Books j ) as alfo the various depicturings of 
 the Ancients, according to the cufiom of every Nation, dr awn 
 from theloejl, mofi experienced and faith fullefi Authors now 
 extant, (whether Englifli, Italian or Latin) but alfo the 
 various ways of Painting, Beautifying and Adorning the 
 Face and Skin, fo artificially, as it Jhall be imperceptible to 
 the ferutiny of the mofi curious and piercing eye : to which 
 we have added ( as a necejfary Appendice ) the whole 
 Dodhine of Perfumes , never written on (to our tyow- 
 ledgj in this order before } together with the Original 
 Advancement and Perfe&ion ofthefe Arts . 
 
 Lafily, the Reader is defired to take notice , that in this 
 following W irk , there are many excellent fecret s , not 
 vulgarly flown, which fell into our hands from feveral 
 fiecial friends, ( wbofe exquifite ftowledg inthefe finds of 
 Myfieries truly declares them to be abfolute Majlers there- 
 of) which for the public f good are freely communicated to 
 the world. 
 
 From the Eafl end of 
 l Pauls, near the Free- 
 d'chool, London. 
 
 William Salmon. 
 
I 
 
 TOLjq^ATHlQES 
 
 Liber Primus. 
 
 . 
 
 O F 
 
 DRAWING. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 Of Polygraphtce in General . 
 
 F V Olyghaphice is an Art, fo much imitating 
 J Nature, as that by proportional lines with 
 anfwerable Colours, it teacheth to repre- 
 
 JL Tent to the life ( and that in piano ) the 
 forms of all corporeal things , with their refpe&ive 
 palfions. 
 
 II. It is called, in general , in Greek X^ocrm , 
 in Latin Pittura^ and in Englilh the Art of Painting. 
 
 III. It is fevenfold ( to wit ) in Drawing-, Engrav- 
 
 ing , Etching , Limning , Painting , Wafting and Co- 
 louring* • • 
 
 IV. Drawing is, that whereby we reprefcnt the 
 fhape and form of any corporeal fubftance in rude 
 lines only. 
 
 V. It 
 
5 Poljgraphices . Lib. i . 
 
 V. It confifts in proportion and pafllon, as it hath 
 relatiou to motion and (ituation , in refpc6t of Light 
 
 and Villon. . . n . . . 
 
 VI. Sanderfon faith , This admirable Art is the 
 
 Imitation of the furface of Nature in Odour and Pro- 
 portion. i. By Mathematical demonftration, 2. By 
 Chorographical defcription, 5. By (hapes of living 
 creatures , 4. And by the forms ot Vegetables > in all 
 which it prefers Likenefs to the life,conferves it after 
 death, and this altogether by the Senfe of Seeing. 
 
 VII. Th e proportion (hews the true length , breadth 
 or bignefsof any part (in known meafures) inrefped 
 of the whole , and how they bear one to another : 
 The^w reprefents the vifual Quality, in refpedf of 
 love or hatred, furrow or joy, magnanimity or cowar- 
 dife, majefty or humility •, of all which things we (halt 
 fpeak in order. 
 
 F ' 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of the Injlruments of Dr wing* 
 
 I. THc Injlrumcnts Drawing are fevenfold, viz. 
 
 1 Charcoals, feathers of a Ducks wjng, black and 
 red Lead Pencils, Pens made of Raveus quills, Rulers 
 Compafles and Paftils. 
 
 II. Charcoals are tobechofen of Sallow-wood fplit 
 into the form of Pencils, and lharpened to a point, be- 
 ing chiefly known by their pith in the middle. 
 
 Tjheir ufe it to draw lightly the draught over at firjl , 
 that if any thing be cLrarvn amifs it may be wiped, out 
 qnd amended. 
 
 III, The Feathers ought to be of a DucKs wing , 
 
 ' ( though 
 
Gap. a. The Infiruments of Drawing. 3 
 
 (though others may ferve well enough ) with which 
 you may wipe out any ftroak of the Charcoal where 
 it is drawn amifs , left variety of Lines breed con- 
 fufion. 
 
 IV. Black and red Lead Pencils , are to go over your 
 Praught the fecond t jme more exa&ly , becaufe this 
 will not wipe out with your hand, when you come 
 to draw it oyer with the Pen. 
 
 V. Pens tirade of Ravens quills ( but others may 
 ferve) are to finifh the work : but herein you muft be 
 very careful and exadf , for what is now done amifs 
 there is no altering of. 
 
 VI. The Rulers , which are of ufe to draw ftraight 
 or perpendicular lines , triangles , fquares or poly- 
 gons,^ which you are to ufe in the beginning, till 
 pra&ice and experience may render them needlefs. 
 
 VII. Compajfes made qf fine Brafs with Steel-points, 
 to take in and out, that you may ufe black or red Lead 
 at plea fur e. 
 
 7 heir ufe is firjl to me afire (by help of a curious fcale 
 of equal parts upon the edg of your Ruler ) your proporti- 
 on s, dnd whether your workjs exaft which ft done with 
 the Charcoal. Secondly , to draw Circle /, Ovals 5 and Ar- 
 ches withai . 
 
 VIII. Pajlils are made of feveral Colours to draw 
 withal, upon coloured Paper or Parchment, Thus, 
 
 ' Lake Vlaifier of Paris or Alabajler calcined, of the colour 
 of which you intend to makg your Pafiils with , ana. q. f. 
 grind them firji afinder, then together, and with a little 
 water make them into pafle , then with your hands roul 
 them into long pieces like blacky led Pencils , then drie than 
 moderately in the Air : being dried , when you ufe them , 
 ferape them to a point like an ordinary Pencil. 
 
 And thus may you make Paftils of what colour 
 jfouplcafc, fitting them for the faces of Men or Wo- 
 
 * ■ ' l ■ t - 1 * •" ’ * •_ > we% 
 
mm, Land-skips, Clouds, Sun-beams , Buildings and 
 Shadows- 
 
 IX. To the former add good Copies , Patterns , 
 and Examples of good Pictures, and other Draughts, 
 without which it is almoft impoflible, that the young 
 Artift (hould ever attain to any perfe&ion in this 
 
 fhofe that defire to be furnijhed with any excel- 
 lent Patterns , Copies or Prints , may have of all forts , 
 whether of Humane Jhape , PerfpeCHve defign , Land- 
 skip , fWx, Fz/beJ, InfeCts, Plants , Coun- 
 
 tries , or any other artificial Figures, exquifitely drawn, 
 at very reafonable rates , where this Boo\ is to be 
 fold. 
 
 CHAP. I II. 
 
 Of the Precepts of Drawing ingeneraU 
 
 f. T>E Cure to have all the ncceffaries aforefaid in 
 jDreadinefs , but it will be good to pradfife as 
 much as may be without the help of your Rule and 
 Compaffesj it is your eye and fancy muft judg with- 
 out artificial meafurings. 
 
 II. fhen firjl begin with plain Geometrical Figures, 
 as Lines, Angles, Triangles, Quadrangles i Poly- 
 gons, Arches, Circles, Ovals, Cones, Cylinders and 
 the like. Forthefe are the foundations of all other 
 proportions. 
 
 III. The Circle helps in all orbicular forms, as in 
 the Sun,Moon,e^c.the Oval in giving a juft proportion 
 to the Face and Mouth > the mouth of a Pot or Wel£ 
 the foot of a Glafs^c, the Square confines the Pidlure 
 
 yop 
 
Ch .3. The Precepts of Dr awing. 5 
 
 you are to Copy, &c. the 'triangle in the half-face*, 
 the Polygon in Ground-plats, Fortifications, and the 
 like Angles and Arches in Perfpe&ive •> the Cone in 
 Spires, tops of Towers and Steeples : the Cylinder in 
 Columns, Pillars, Pilafters, and their Ornaments. 
 
 iy. Having made your hand fit and ready in gene- 
 ral Proportions, then learn to give every objedf its due 
 (hade according to its convexity or concavity, and to 
 elevate or deprefs the fame, as the object appears ei- 
 ther nearer or farther off the light , the which is in- 
 deed the life of the work. 
 
 V. 'The fecond PraBice of Drawing confifis in forming 
 fruits, as Apples, Pears, Cherries, Peaches, Grapes , 
 Strawberries, Peafcods, &c. with their Leaves : the 
 imitation of Flowers , as Rofes, Tulips, Carnations,^. 
 Herbs , as Rofemary, Tyme, Hyfop, &c. Trees , as the 
 Oak, Fir, Afh, Wallnut, &c. 
 
 VI. the third Pr alike of Drawing imitates , i. Beafis, 
 as the Lamb, Elephant, Lion, Bear, Leopard , Dog, 
 Cat, Buck, Unicorn , Horfe , &c . 2. Fowls , as the 
 Eagle, Swan, Parrot, Partridg , Dove, Raven, &c. 
 3. Fijhes , as the Whale, Herring, Pike, Carp, Thorn- 
 back, Lobfter, Crab, &c. of which variety of Prints may 
 be bought at reajonable rates. 
 
 VII. the fourth Praxis imitates the Body of Man 
 with all its Lineaments, the Head, Nofe, Eies Ears, 
 Cheeks, Hands, Arms, and Shadows all exadfly pro- 
 portional both to the whole , and one to another , as 
 well to fituation as magnitude. 
 
 VIII. the fifth Praxis is in Drapery , imitating 
 Cloathing , and artificially fetting off the outward 
 Coverings, Habit and Ornaments of the Body, as 
 Cloth, Stuff, Silk and Linen their natural and proper 
 folds i which although it may feem (bmething hard to 
 do, yet by much exercife and 'imitation of the 
 
 choiceft 
 
choiccft Pr ifitiC will become, facil and eafte. 
 
 IX, In drawing of all the aforegoing forms , or 
 what ever elfe, you muft be perfedf, firll m the ex- 
 ad proportions : fecondly in the general or outward 
 lines before you fall to Mowing or trimming your 
 
 X. In mixed and uncertain forms , where Circle 
 and Square will do no good (but only the Idea there- 
 of in your own fancy ) as in Lions , Horfes, and the 
 like > you muft work by reafon in your own judg- 
 ment, and fo obtain the true proportion by daily pra- 
 
 or pencil > thenperufe it mil , and confider where you have 
 erred , and mend it , according to that Idea , which yon 
 carry in your mind > this done , view it again , corretting 
 hy degrees the other p artsy even te the leaf Jota, fo far 
 ai your judgment will inform you h and this you may do 
 with twenty thirty ■> forty or more papers of fever a l things 
 at once : having done what you can , confer it with Jome 
 excellent pattern or print of likg Ifind, ujing no rule or 
 compafs at ally but your own reafon , in mending every 
 fault , giving every thing its due place , and jujl proporti- 
 on > hy this means you may rettifie all your error s^and flop 
 
 an incredible way on to perfection . 
 
 XI. Having then good Patterns and Copies to draw 
 by, the young Artift muft learn to reduce them to 
 other proportions either greater or fmaller, and this 
 by often and many tryalsfas we (hall hereafter more 
 particularly teach) this requires great judgment, for 
 in a cut, you (hall find neither circumfcribing ftrokes, 
 nor difference between light and light, or (hadow and 
 (hadow j therefore ferious obfervations are required 
 in the fite of thofe things ; whether coining forwards 
 
 or going backwards, Xlb 
 
Cap. 4* The Art of Drawing. y 
 
 XII. The drawing after Plainer- work , done by 
 skilful Matters, as the Gladiator and children of Fran- 
 cijco , the Rape of the Sabine Women, the Wraftler , 
 the Venus of Greece, Hercules , Hermes , anatomical 
 DiffeCtions, and other pieces of antiquity, are main 
 and neceflary Introductions to attain a perfection in 
 drawing after the life. 
 
 XIII. This done, let the young Artift now begin 
 
 to exercife in drawing after the life i ( for that is the 
 compleatett, beft, and moft perfeCt Copy, which Na- 
 ture has fet for obfervation ) wherein the liberty of 
 imitation is prefented in the largeft latitude : and 
 this mutt be attained by much PraCtice and dili- 
 gent Exercife , adjoining the Inftrudions of a good 
 Matter. ° 
 
 XIV. In this PraCtice of Drawing let there be a 
 perfection attained , before ever there be the leaft 
 thoughts of Colours or Painting , for that afterwards 
 all things belonging to Painting will in a fhorttime 
 be cafily and perfectly underttood. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of f articular Obfervations in the Art of 
 Drawing. 
 
 X. I N drawing after a Print or Pitfure, put it in 
 Jluch a light as that the glofs of the Colours 
 hinder not your fight, fo as that the light apd voui 
 eye may equally obliquely fall upon your piece; 
 which place at fuch a difiance , that at opening oi 
 
 youi 
 
8 
 
 Polygraphices. Lib. I* 
 
 your eyes, you may view it all at once , the greater 
 your Pidure is, the further off you muft place it to 
 draw after: the which you muft always be fure to 
 put right before you a little reclining. 
 
 II. Then obferve the middle of your Pidure to be 
 copied , which touch upon your paper with the point 
 of your coal : then obferve the mod perfpicuous and 
 uppermoft figures (if more than one,) which touch 
 gently in their proper places, thus running over the 
 whole draught, you will fee the Skeleton, as it were* 
 of the work. 
 
 But if you go on without thefe confiderations-> whereunto 
 your Draught will tend or run } then having ended your 
 rvor you will be forced to draw the fame many times o- 
 ver and over again , a n d, it may be, every time to as little 
 purpofe i by the tedioufnefs of which your ingenuity will 
 be dulled . 
 
 III. Be fecureofa right and true draught though 
 you do it llowly » what you think may be done in 
 two or three hours •, it will be better to befiovv tw© 
 or three days upon : by this means ( though you ad 
 leifurely, yet you will ad prudently, andj you will 
 both fooner and better than can be imagined attain 
 the perfedion of what you defire. 
 
 IV. Thefe outfchctches being made, view them dili- 
 gently whether they anfwer your pattern apparently i 
 for the Geftures of the life ought to (hew themfelves 
 eminently in the firft and rudeft draughts thereof j 
 without which be fure your work will be faulty. 
 
 V. Having viewed thefe fchetches , begin to cor- : 
 red and amend them ( where you find them amifs ) 
 and gradatim by adding or diminifhing a little here 
 a^id there as you fee it differ from your pattern , 
 ^ 7 ou will bring it nearer and nearer to the life* 
 
Cap. 4. The Art of Drawing . 9 
 
 This with a Charcoal you may eafly do , becanfe you 
 may wipe away what vs amifs- 
 
 VI. In drawing after Plainer and emboffed works, 
 choofeagood North light, which let defcend from 
 above , not dilating or fcattering it fell too much, 
 by which you may the more pkafantly lhade your 
 work- 
 
 If the Room has a South light , put oiled Paper before 
 the window , or if you draw by Candle-light , have a Lamp 
 J haded with oiled paper » for a Candle will grow lower 
 and lower , which caufes the Jhades to change , all which 
 you avoid in a Lamp. 
 
 VII. Then fet your felf down about three times as 
 far from the Pattern as the Pattern is high •, fo as your 
 eyes in adiredline may view the fame : then with a 
 plumb line oblerve what parts of your Pattern appears 
 to you, by the extending (freight thereof, and how one 
 under another they come in fight , and accordingly 
 make your fundamental fcotches, as we have juft be- 
 fore taught. 
 
 VIII. In drawing the Mufcles of a human body 
 you muft firft have either the life or very good pat- 
 terns made either of Plaifter, or drawn in Pidures, 
 enough of which are to be found in Anatomical 
 Books * but chiefly the Book of Jacob Vandcr Gracht , 
 eompleated with many varieties and curtofitifes i from 
 whence the alterations and changes, riling and falling, 
 extenfion and contradion, and other operations of 
 the Mufcles, Arteries and particular members are in 
 imitation of the life excellently depided. 
 
 IX. In drawing after a naked body, all the Mufcles 
 
 are not fo plainly to be exprdfed as in Anatomical Fi- 
 gures ^ but that fide whofe parts are moll apparent 
 and fignificant in the performing of any adion, muft 
 more or lefs appear according to the force of that 
 adion. B X.frj 
 
to Poljgraphices • Lio.t. 
 
 X. In young, perfons the Mufcles mud not mani- 
 feflly appear lo hard, as in elder and full grown per- 
 fons: the fame obferve in fat men, and fklny, and 
 fuch as are very delicate and beautiful- And in Wo- 
 men you mud fearce exprels any at all, becaufe that 
 in the life they either appear not at all, or very little, 
 unlefs it be particularly in fome forceable action : and 
 then you muft reprefent them but very faintly, left 
 you fpoil the lingular Beauty of the body. The like 
 obferve in little Children. 
 
 XI. In drawing of thefe Mufcles the motion oi the 
 whole body is alio to be conlidered : in the riling or 
 falling of the Arms, the Mufcles of the Bread more or 
 Ids appear : the Hips the like according as they bend- 
 outward or inward j and the fame chie°y in the 
 Shoulders, Sides and Neck, according to the feveral 
 actions of the body : all which alterations are hrd to 
 be older ved in the life. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of the Imitation of the Life, 
 
 I. TN order hereunto it will be neceflary { having 
 I dxed a convenient time and place.) to choofe a 
 good Mailer, with whom you may (pend two days 
 in a week, at kadi or elfe a fociety of about half a 
 fcore or a dozen young men, who are experienced to 
 draw after the life, by the advice and example of 
 whom , and your own diligent obfervations and 
 care, you may come not only to mend one anothers 
 faults, but alfo one anothers judgments. 
 
 II. Then choofe a well- (hap’ d man, one of large 
 
 fhoulderSj 
 
II 
 
 Cap y . The Imitation of the Life . 
 
 fhoulders,of a fair bread, drongly mufcled, full thighs, 
 long leggs, arid cf a proportionable heighth, not too 
 tail nor too (hort, not rob thick nor too (lender , 
 but a perfon every ways of an admirable (hape. 
 
 III. L ct this Exemplar be made to dand in a good 
 pofture, reprefenting fome noble adlion of the life, 
 letting the head turn it felf to the right fide if the left: 
 be fhadowed f and contrariwife, making the parts of 
 the apparent fhoulder fomewhat higher than thaC 
 which is obfeured ; and the head if it looks upwards, 
 leaning no farther backwards than that the eyes may 
 be feen i and in the turning of it, let it move no far- 
 ther than that the chin may only approach the (boul- 
 der * making alfo' the hip on that tide the (boulder is 
 lowed, a little to* dick out s and that arm foremofi. 
 Where the leg is behind, and contrariwife* 
 
 IV. The (ame you mud obferve in all fourfboted 
 Beads V and this generally to make the limbs crofs- 
 wife to cohere together-, and in the turning of it for- 
 ward, backward, upward, downward, fideways, ever 
 to counterbalance it l y the oppofition of other parts, 
 the right knowledg of which is a great dep to the 
 Imitation of the life. 
 
 V. This done, let him, whofe turn it to begin , 
 fird fco'tch on the paper his own Idea's (being fixed 
 in a convenient place and light, as in the former 
 Chapter ) wherein you mud endeavour to make 
 every part to agree with the whole, fird in form, fe- 
 condly in proportion, thirdly in adlion: after this 
 begin again, running over your Draught, bring it to 
 a cbnclufion , as we (hall hereafter teach you. 
 
 VI. Obferving always, that after you have feotcht 
 
 your whole Figure, that youchoofea part which you 
 mod deiire to finidi) to perfed the (ame , in regard 
 that with the red hands in a good podure > the rea- 
 ls 2 fort 
 
12 Potygrapbices. Lib. t. 
 
 foil is, bccaufe time will not always eafily permit to 
 hnifh or compkat a whole Figure, unkfs it be with 
 expert Artifts : it being much better to pcricct a part 
 than to leave the whole imperiedi j which as each Pra- 
 ctitioner arrives and draws nearer to perfection , he 
 may with fo much the more boldnefs, fecurity and 
 certitude attempt the compleating of the whole. 
 
 VII. You are alfo to confider alter what manner 
 you would have your Figure to be feen, whether upon 
 even ground, or from aloft i for accordingly you muft 
 make the pohtion of your Exemplar. 
 
 VIII. Let the young Artiftalfoat his coiwemency, 
 femetimes view the Country, and pradtife upon the 
 drawing of Landslips, as much representing Nature 
 C i. In their diiiance, 2. in their mutual position, 3. in 
 vifible afpedt) as poflible may be : by this means he 
 will come to have a general and compkat under- 
 ftanding in the univerfal meafures of all things. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 Of the Imitation of Draughts. 
 
 I. T He Learner muft, by many and often tryals , 
 I get a habit of Imitation i which if it be to be 
 done with the Pen, beware of fcratching and making 
 thin and lean ftroaks, but rather broad, which you 
 (hall draw from above, downwards •, but according 
 to the rtiades, fome of the hatches muft be fharp, forae 
 broad, fome unequal, and fomc equal. 
 
 II. Hold your pen or pencil fomewhat long, (an 4 
 not fo upright as when you write,) feemingas though 
 you laid it ftraight forward ; and if they be paftils, 
 
 accuftom 
 
Cap. 6 . The Imitation of Draughts, 13 
 
 accuftom your felf to turn them in your hand , by this 
 means you will prevent their becoming fa Toon blunt, 
 and they wearing to a point may ferve without fcrap- 
 ing the making of a whole Draught. 
 
 III. In fhadowingof your Draught, you muft fir ft 
 begin to do it faintly and fmoothly,and ftraighragainft 
 the edges of the light, (o that it may look as if it had 
 been da(ht with a brulh-pencil j and then here and 
 there overlhadow it again in the darkeft (hades farther 
 out, and adorn it with hatchings i and where any 
 thing more is required, put the fame in nimbly and 
 clearly by gentle touches, the which will add a great 
 grace unto your work. 
 
 IV. Doefling (which is a certain befmeering of the 
 work ) is to be done with Crions of red or black 
 Chalk, touching the Draught eafily all over fmooth- 
 ly and evenly with the points thereof, and not with 
 Cotton or the like put up into Quills , as fome ufe : 
 though that may be done in fome cafes, as where one 
 work is to be brought into another. 
 
 V. If Copies be taken ( chiefly upon coloured pa- 
 per) to make it curious and neat, let the edges of the 
 heightening be fmoothed a little ( not with corton, 
 but ) with the like coloured paper rouled up to a (harp 
 point at one end, and by this means you will take a- 
 way the fharpnefs and hardnefs of your edges , and 
 pake them look fweet and pleafant. 
 
 VI. In performance of thefe things a certain kind of 
 walking is fometimes neceffary, performed with Pen- 
 cils dipt in fome coloured liquor, and fo laid upon co- 
 loured paper \ and this is to be done either through 
 the whole work, or in a part thereof, to wit, in fome 
 principal flat (hades » which may be afterwards loofly 
 wrought over with a Pen or black Chalk, the which 
 will look very pleafantly. 
 
 e 3 > 
 
 v». 
 
VII. This Wafting, mull be firft done very weak 
 and faint, yet fmooth (without fmoothing of it at the 
 edges, except by a new ftroak of your pencil moi%n- 
 ed with your tongue > for much fmoothing will fpoil 
 your work; thisfirft wafting being dry, go over again 
 with your work , yet only thofe parts where there 
 ought to be a darker (hade i and afterwards again 
 give fome deeper and harder touches without fmooth- 
 ing, the which will very much fet your work off 
 
 VIII. Faint (hadows, and things obfcure, mud be 
 prefented as faintly as may be , chiefly upon colour- 
 ed paper, where the heightning helps yon j but be- 
 ware you go not too often over your (hades , led 
 you Ipoil them , by making them too hard and ill- 
 favoured 
 
 IX. In drawing, whether it be after a Draught or 
 the Life •, firft obferve the thing in general, in refpeCt 
 of the circumferent ftroaks > for them are they, which 
 bound and contain all the parts of the whole, and 
 without which the particular parts can never be 
 perfectly diftinguifted, nor represent themfelves in 
 their being: This done, then confider in like manner 
 the parts, and fuppofing the parts each to be a whole, 
 you may come to reprefent the parts of parts, and by 
 the fame means to exprefs the whole of any Draught 
 whatfoever. 
 
 chap; 
 
Cap. 7. Drawing the Face of a Man. 
 
 CHAP. VI!. 
 
 Of Drawing the Face of a Man, 
 
 I. I N drawing of the Face you arefirfi to obferve its 
 ^ motion whether upwards, downwards, forwards, 
 or fideways i whether it be long or round, fat or lean 
 great or little. 
 
 For if it be fat , the cbeehj will feem to fee\l : if lea z, 
 the jawbones will jiic ^ out , and the cheeky fall in '■> but 
 if neither too fat nov too lean , it will be fur the moll 
 part round. 
 
 II. Touch lightly the features where the eyes, 
 tnouth , note , and chin fhould hand , ( having hrit 
 drawn the cirle or oval of the Face ) then make a 
 ftroak down from that place of the forehead which 
 is even with the chin , coming down where you 
 fhould place the middle or tip of the nofe,and middle 
 of the mouth , which firoak muff be made ftraight 
 down in a full pght Face , but arched or oval in an 
 oblique Face, leaning that way towards which the 
 Face doth turn; then crofs the firoak about the mid- 
 dle of the eyes, either with a ffraight line in a right 
 Face, or with a Curved either upwards or downwards 
 according to the prefent adfion pr pofture .of the 
 Face : then make another anfwerablc to that, where 
 the end of the npfe fhould come j apd another for the 
 mouth that it be not made crooked. 
 
 HI. ThisQofs is difficult to be underfipod in pi a- 
 no > but upon a Face made upon a folid body, in form 
 qjr fhape of an Egg, the feveral variations of the faid 
 profs are moil excellently demonffrated ; and from 
 
 P 4 hence' 
 
1 6 Polygrapkices. Lib.i. 
 
 hence may the learner underhand all the alterations of 
 a Face, and thereby draw it all manner of ways , as 
 fideways, upwards, downwards, forewards, back- 
 wards, &c. and that only by the motion of the faid 
 oval (olid accordingly, as in the following Figures you 
 may eafily perceive. 
 
 IV. Then if the face look upwards towards Hea- 
 ven, or downwards towards the Earth, let the 
 Eyes, Nofe , Mouth, and Brows looks accordingly 
 with it i and now proceed to the placing of the 
 Features. 
 
 V. In a juft proportioned Face, the diftances, i. be- 
 tween the top of the forehead and the eye-brows * 2. 
 between the eye-brows and the bottom of the nofe, 
 3. between the bottom of the nofe and the bottom of 
 the chin are equal. 
 
 VI. In drawing the utmoft Circumference of a 
 Face , take in the Head and all with it, left you be 
 deceived in drawing the true bignefs. 
 
 VII. Then confider all thofe chief touches which 
 give life to a face, adding grace thereto, and fome- 
 thing difeoveringthe difpofition of the mind. 
 
 So the mouth extended and the corners a little turning 
 up^Jhews a fmiling countenance : the eye-brow bending , 
 and the forehead and top of the nofe between the eye- 
 brows wrinhled-) (hews one frowning : the upper- eye-lid 
 coming Jomething over the ball of the eye , Jhews one fi- 
 ber and fayed : with many other touches which give 
 life and fiirit to a face , which in good prints , by little 
 and little , and diligent obfirvation you wifi at laft find 
 out* 
 
 VIII. The diftances between the eyes, is the length 
 of one eye in a full face , but in a three-quarter or 
 half-face, it is leffened proportionably : and exa&ly 
 underneath the corners of the eyes place the noftrils. 
 
 IX. Having 
 
WShermti/c 
 
Cap*7» Drawing the Face of a Man* 17 
 
 IX. Having given touches where the eyes , nofe, 
 mouth and chin (hould be placed, begin to draw them 
 more exa&ly, and fo proceed till the Face be finifhed *, 
 and then make the hair, beard, (hadows, and other 
 things about it. 
 
 X. Be Cure to make the (hadows rightly , and be 
 fure not to make them too dark, where they (hould 
 be faint s for that can never be made light again, and 
 fo the whole Face ir marr*d. 
 
 ‘The jhadorn are fainter and lighter in a fair Face than 
 inafoartby. 
 
 XI. When you have finifhed the Face , give here 
 and there fome hard touches with your pen where the 
 (hadows are darkeft i then come th® ears and hair, 
 wherein having drawn the out-line, draw the princi- 
 pal curls, or matter ftroaks in the hair , which will be 
 a guide to you in the letter curls, whofe dependance 
 are on them : always make the curls to bend exa&ly 
 according to the pattern , that they may lie loofe, or 
 carelelly , and not as if they wereftiff and forced > 
 the curls being rightly drawn , in the laft place ttrike 
 in the loofe hairs which hang fcatteringly out of the 
 Circles. 
 
 XII. In forming the Ear,defcribe an oval as it were, 
 and proceeding lightly, joyn ftroak to ftroak, in fuch 
 manner as you fee in the Figures > fo that the ear may 
 be entirely formed,without digrdling from the bounds 
 of Nature or Art. 
 
 XIII. Laftly, having pra&ifed a little by rule, and 
 brought your hand in , in drawing of any thing, firft 
 ttrike the out'ttroaks, principal veins and mufcles 
 lightly, and afterwards (hadow them, ever following 
 exquifite patterns and prints, which will both encreafc 
 your judgment, and bring command to your hand. 
 
 CHAP, 
 
Lib.i, 
 
 0 
 
 Poly graph ices. 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 pf Drawing the Extreme farts. 
 
 v j. 1 N drawing the Hands, draw not all the joints, 
 I veins or other things to appear plainly, but on- 
 ly lightly and faintly, and ftrikeout the bignefs of the 
 hand, and the manner of its turning with faint touches, 
 and not with hard ftroaksi then that being done 
 right, part the fingers according to the pattern with 
 like faint flroaks j then mark that place where any of 
 the fingers do hand out from the others, with a faint 
 refemblance : this done, proceed to draw it more per- 
 fectly, making the bending of the joints, the wrifts and 
 other principal things more exa.Clly> and laftly, go 
 over with it again, drawing every frnall bending oy 
 fwelling of the fingers, nails, knuckles and veins , fp 
 many as do appear. 
 
 II. Learn by good prints the jud proportions of 
 the hands, with their equal diftanccs, observing thi$ 
 rule, that according as it turns one way or another, to 
 fhprten proportionally as they appear to the eye 
 
 For Jo much as it turns away from our eye^fo much it 
 lofts in proportion , yea fometimes a whole finger , two or 
 three or more is lofl to our fight, which you muji accordingly 
 anfwer in your draught. 
 
 III. In drawing of the feet, the fame rules which we 
 even npw enumerated, at the hrft and fecond Section 
 of this Chapter, are tp be underdood here. 
 
 CHAP, 
 

Cap. 9. Of Drawing tbk whole 'Body, ij 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 Of Terming the wfale r %ody, 
 
 I. T~ M begin with the head, and be fare to give it 
 
 1/ its juft proportion, anfwerable to what you in- 
 tend the whole body (hall be i then draw the (houl- 
 ’dcrs in their exad breadth •, after them, the trunk of 
 the body beginning at the arm-pits, and fo drawing 
 down to the hips on both Tides, obferving withal the 
 exad breadth of the wade : ladly , draw the legs, 
 arms and hands, exactly to your pattern. 
 
 II But ftrft draw with a coal, and that very 
 lightly and faintly, drawing nothing perfcd (that 
 you may theeafier mend it if it be amifs, and then af- 
 terwards finifh one thing after another as curioufly as 
 you can. 
 
 III. Let the parallel finews, mufcles, veins and 
 joints, be placed oppofite one to another in a ftraight 
 line ( as fhoulder to flioulder , hip to hip , knee to 
 knee , &c . ) for which purpofe draw ftraight crofs 
 lines to guide you therein i obferving that which way 
 foever the body turns or bows, thefe lines may anfwer 
 accordingly. 
 
 IV. Let all perpendicular joints , and parts alfo , 
 be placed in a right line one under another (as they 
 are in your pattern ) for which end , draw a ftraight 
 line ( if the body be ftraight ) from the throat tho- 
 row the middle of the breaft and privities , to the 
 feet, to vyhich line draw all thofe particular points 
 parallels that the body may not appear crooked or 
 
 V. Ins 
 
 9 
 
ao P olygtaphicei. Lib.i, 
 
 V. In bowings and bendings of the body, let the 
 extuberance of the outward part be juft equal to 
 the comprellion of the inward part j making all 
 things of an equal proportion , that as oppofite parts 
 may be equal (as the arm to the arm, leg to leg, & e .) 
 fo every part may be proportionable to each other , 
 fas the Hand not too big for the arm , nor the arm 
 for the body, nor the body for the legs, #c.)only 
 with this difference, that ( as the one part may ap- 
 pear fully to the eye , or the other may turn away 
 either in part or in whole, or be feen fide- way ) it be 
 
 made fo much lefs than the other , by fo much as it 
 turns away from the fight. 
 
 W. As you obferve a juft proportion inbignefs,fo 
 
 alio m length , that as every oppofite part be of e- 
 qual length , fo that each part may not be too Iona 
 one for another, but according to the propofed mag- 
 nitude : And in this cafe that if the body be awry or 
 
 any ways hid, thofe parts may (horten accordingly 
 to what is out of fight. ° 3 9 
 
 VII. Loftly, Obferve the juft diftance of one thing 
 from another , for by that means you will be more 
 
 5 X . ln y° u * <* rau ght i and, in fhort time , perfectly 
 imitate your pattern or nature. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Cap. lo. Of Drawing a naked Body. 21 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 
 Of Dr wing a Naked Body* 
 
 IN drawing after the life , as there are variety 
 
 I of faces, fono certain Rules can be delivered for 
 the fame i yet the following precautions may be 
 ufeful. 
 
 II. Draw out the head in an oval, one fourth part 
 for the hair , one fourth part for the forehead and 
 brows r one fourth for the nofe > and the laft for the 
 mouth and chin. 
 
 III. Having drawn out the head, meafure out eight 
 times the length of the head fth c head making one 
 of the eight parts ) and draw a ftraight line from the 
 top of the head to the foie of the foot. 
 
 IV. One heads length from the chin is for the 
 bread ; the next eighth part reacheth to the navel , 
 the fourth part to the privities , the fifth part to the 
 middle of the thigh , the forth part to the lower part 
 of the knee , the feventh to the fmall of the leg , and 
 the eighth part to the heel. 
 
 V. The mulclts you muff obferve to draw exa&ly 
 as they are in the life ; the breadth of the (houlders , 
 is about two meafures of the head : the breadth of 
 the hips, two meafures of the face : the arms (hatch- 
 ed out, are juft the length of the whole figure , the 
 breafts alfo accounted i but without the breads they 
 are but fix. 
 
 VI. The arms hanging ftraight down reach within 
 a fpan of the knee : the length of the hand is the juft 
 length of the face. See the two figures following. 
 
 VII. Ob- 
 
22 Foljgraphket. Lib, r, 
 
 VII. Obferve firft to draw the head exa&ly, and 
 next, the fhoulders in their juft breadth : then draw 
 the trunk of the Body, and the reft as at the ftrft Se- 
 dion of the fixth Chapter. 
 
 VIII. Be Cure -to place the joints, finews , and 
 mufclesin their natural places, and alfo proportional- 
 ly, in refped of Magnitude , Similitude, and Parts: ; 
 left it feem crooked and deformed. 
 
 IX. See that every parallel joint bend moderately , 
 fo as to anfwer in nature its oppolite. 
 
 1 • . , .. , 
 
 C H A P,, X I. 
 
 • r 
 
 Of Shadowing a T^aked Body ; 
 
 I* 'T - * He Shadows of the neck, in a child or young 
 I woman, are very fine, rare and hard to be 
 feen : In a man,thefinews and veins are exprefted by 
 fhadowing of the reft of the neck, and leaving* them 
 white : the ftioulder is fhadowed underneath : the 
 brawn of the arm muft appear full and white, [hadow- 
 ed on one fide. 
 
 II. The veins of the back of the hand and the 
 knuckles are made with two or three hair ftroaks with 
 a fine touch of the pen. 
 
 III. The paps of a man are fhewed by two or three 
 ftroaks given underneath : in a woman with an or- 
 bicular (hade, fomewhat deep* the ribs retain no 
 ftiadow, except you reprefent one lean or ftarved. 
 
 IV. The belly is made eminent by ftladowing Un- 
 derneath the bread bone and the flank : The brawn of 
 the thigh is fhadowed by drawing fmall hair ftroaks 
 
 from 
 
Cap . 1 2 . The way of Shadowing . 2 3 
 
 from the hip to the knee , and croffed again over- 
 thwartly. 
 
 V. The knee is to be finely fhadowed underneath 
 the joint \ the (bin-bone appears by (hadowing one 
 half of the kg with a (ingle (hadow. 
 
 VI. The ankle-bone appears by (hadowing a little 
 underneath fas in the knees ) and the finews there- 
 of mud feem to take beginning from the tnidfi of the 
 foot? and to wax bigger as they grow nearer to the 
 toes. 
 
 VII. Laftly, the (hadows of the foot mufi take place 
 according as reafon and oceafion requires , for which 
 (as alfo in all the former precepts) the having of good 
 prints will be no fmall advantage unto you. 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 7 he vpay and manner of shadowing . 
 
 I. f F it be a furface only it is beft (ludowed by clraw- 
 * ing lines (either firaight or oblique, according as 
 the fuperficies is>through the better half thereof. 
 
 II. If it be in a body , it is a double (hadow , and 
 is ufed when a fuperficies begins to foifake your fight, 
 as in Columns and Pillars, where it is double dark- 
 ned , and reprefenteth to the eye, as it were the back- 
 fidc, leaving that unftiadowed to the lighr. 
 
 Ill- The treble (hadow is made by eroding over a- 
 gain the double (hadow, and is ufed for the inward 
 parts of things, as in clefts of the earth, wells , caves, 
 the infides of pots, cups and difhes. 
 
 IV. In (hadowing, let the (hadow always fall one 
 way, that is, on the fame fide of the body j leaving 
 the other to the light. $ t 
 
24 <Po!ygraphices. Lib. i. 
 
 So in drawing a man, if I begin to fhadorv his right 
 cheeky I muji Jhadow the right fart of his neck , h> arm , 
 fide, thigh , leg , &c. 
 
 V* But if the light fide of the body be darkened by 
 the opposition of fome other body Handing between 
 the light and it, it muft receive a contrary (hadow ac- 
 cording as the light is obfufcated. 
 
 So if three pillars fiand together , that in the midji mufi 
 receive a Jhadorv on both fide s . 
 
 VI. All circular bodies mult have a circular (hadow 
 (by the firft Se<ftipn of this Chapter ) according to 
 their form or appearanae, and the orbicular (hadow of 
 the objedf which cafieth it. 
 
 VII. Let your (hadow grow fainter and fainter , 
 according to the greatnefs of the difiance from the 
 opacous Body (hadowing. 
 
 And the reafon is, becattfe all (hadows are pyramidal, 
 in ivhicb cafe, (face of place prevails with the light againjl 
 the fhadow . 
 
 VIII. Where contrary (hadows concur, let the mean- 
 eft and mod folid body be firft ferved > and in double 
 and treble (hadows, let the firft lines be very dry for 
 fear of blotting, before you crofs them. 
 
 IX. All perfect lights receive no (hadow at all j but 
 being manifeft, are only to be made apparent by that 
 body which receives them > whofe (hadow muft be ac- 
 cording to the efflux of light : but the colour of the 
 light ought to agree with the medium which receives 
 it , whether it be Air, Cryftal, Water, Amber, Glafs, 
 Tranfparent-wine,or the like. 
 
 
 CHAP. 
 
0 * 1 3 - OfPajftons in the Countenance. 25 
 
 • • . * r P$L * 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of €xpr effing Vafjtom in the 
 Countenance* 
 
 / .. * / ' ■ s- 1 ' . 
 
 * J ' . ■> *• ' 
 
 I. T Ove is expreffed by a clear, fair and pleafant 
 Countenance , without clouds, wrinkles, or 
 unpleafant bendings :< giving the forehead an ample 
 height and breadth with majeflick grace ^ a full eye 
 with a fine lhadow at the bottom of the eye-lid, and 
 a little at the corner: a proportionable nofe b noflrils 
 not too wide: a clear cheek made by (hadowing of 
 it on one fide: and a fmiling mouth made by a thin 
 upper lip , and (hadowing the mouth-line at the 
 corners. , 
 
 II. Fear is exprefled by making the eyes look hol- 
 low, heavy and downward , thin fain cheeks, clofe 
 mouth, and flaring cardels hair about the ears. * 
 
 III. Envy is belt deciphered by the only hanging 
 of the checks, and a pale countenance •, and (bmetimes 
 by grinning of the teeth. 
 
 IV. Let every Paflion be reprefented according to 
 the outward appearance thereof, as it is in thofe per- 
 sons in whom it reigns , obferving the rules at the 
 fixth Section of the fourth Chapter. 
 
 C 
 
 CHAP. 
 
2 , 6 
 
 Tolygrtyhices. 
 
 Lib. i. 
 
 CHAP. XIV. 
 
 Of Humane ‘Proportion, 
 
 l *T* H E length of an upright body is equal to eight 
 
 I times the length of the face or head: The arm 
 hanging ftraight down-, reacheth within a fpan of the 
 Knee : The length of the hand mult, be the length of 
 the face: The arms extended mu ft be the juft length 
 of tlie body. 
 
 II. Thofe parts of the body near to the Eye muft be 
 made greater and longer than thofe farther off, ( be- 
 caufe the eye judgeth fo of them) and according to the 
 diftance from the eye, fo muft you vary from that 
 which is otherwife the real true proportion of thofe 
 parts. 
 
 III. In forefhortening you muft take things as they 
 appear to the e } e, and not to draw the full proportion 
 of each part, but to fhorten all, according to the rate 
 or reafon which is obfufeated. 
 
 So if you would draw a ftjip forcrigbt , there can appear 
 hut only her forepart ( for the rcjl being hid cannot be ex- 
 pnjl : ) the like of an horfe looking full in my face , or a 
 man lying along > I mufc here oj neccffity forejhorten-y to ex - 
 prefs the Vifual property : And in this cafe your eye and 
 reafon muft be your chief guide to give the true reafon and 
 meajure ofthefe appearances } whether in Drawings Limn - 
 ing or Painting. 
 
 IV. Theufe of this fovefhortning is to exprefsall 
 manner of actions in man or beaft j to reprefent many 
 
 things 
 
Chap. is. Of Drapery. 2 7 
 
 things in a little room ; to {hew at one view to the eye 
 and mind, the whole body of a Temple, with all its 
 arches and pillars whether the inlide or outhde,as alio 
 the fundry tides of Cities, Cattles and Forts, and lucn 
 
 like. • , , 
 
 Laftly, That in every cafe you make Nature the 
 
 pattern of all draughts, fo that nothing beexpreft, but 
 what doth agree and accord with nature > and that 
 nothing be either forced beyond nature , nor yet any 
 thing to come fhort of nature. 
 
 As if in drawing the picture of a man, be fur e you draw 
 not fitch apojlure as h impoffible for him to imitate with hk 
 natural body* 
 
 CHAP. XV* 
 
 Of Drapery . 
 
 I. Raw the out-lines of the Garment lightly, and 
 
 L/herein be careful, for the whole grace of the 
 pidture lies there, then draw the greateft folds hrft , 
 and ftroak thofe into letter* and be Cure they crofs one 
 another. 
 
 II. Sute your garments to the body and make them 
 bend with the body , according as it ftands in or out, 
 ttreight or crooked, or turns one way or another : the 
 clofer the garment fits to the body , the narrower and 
 fmaller mutt the folds be. 
 
 III. All your folds mutt confift of two lines and 
 m more, which you may turn with the garment at 
 oleafure* fhadowing the innermott deeper, the outer- 
 
 C s moil 
 
2 8 Poljgraphices. L i b . i . 
 
 in oft more light 9 and if the folds be never focuri- 
 oufly contrived, fpare not to (hadow them (i( they 
 fall inward from the light) with a double or treble 
 {hadow, as the occafion requires. 
 
 IV. The greater folds muft be continued through 
 the whole garment, the letter you may break off and 
 fhorten as you pleafe. 
 
 V. The (hades of (ilk and fine linnen are very 
 thick and fmall i? which require little folds and a light 
 and rare (hadow, commonly but double at moll ••> and 
 fo alfo fine Drapery requires more and (harper folds 
 than courfe. 
 
 VI. That part of a garment which fits clofe to the 
 body, muft not be folded at all, but only fweetly 
 (hided, to reprefent the part of the body which lies 
 under it. 
 
 VII. Obfervethe motion of the wind and air, for 
 driving loofe apparel all one way, drawing that part 
 of the garment firft which lies higheft and clofeft upon 
 the body, before you draw the loofer part that flies 
 oft from the body, left by drawing the loofe part of the 
 ■garment firft you Jhould be out , and fo place the body 
 crooked or awry, 
 
 „ — 4 ' __ 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 
 
 Of mixed md uncertain Forms, 
 
 Or the drawing the form of any beaft, begin 
 m . with your lead or coal at the forehead, draw- 
 ing downward the nofe, mouth , upper and nether 
 ciiop, ending your line at the throat i then viewing it 
 again where you begun, from the forehead, over the 
 
 head, 
 
 
Chap. 1 6. Of mixed Forms. 2 9 
 
 head , ears and neck, continuing till you have given 
 the full compafs of the buttock, then mark out 
 the legs and feet: Viewing it again touch out the 
 bread with the eminency thereof i Lathy, iinifli the. 
 tail , paws, tongue , teeth , beard, and feveral Iha- 
 dows. 
 
 II. In drawing beads you mud be well acquainted 
 with their (hape and adfion, without which you dial l 
 never perform any thing excellent in that kind : and 
 here if you draw it in an Emblem or the like, you 
 ought to fhew the Landskip of the Country natural to 
 that bead. 
 
 IU. In birds begin alfo the draught at the head 9 
 (and beware of making it too big) then bring from 
 under the throat the bread line down to the legs, there 
 day, and begin at the pinion to make the wing, which 
 being joined to the back line will be prcfently rinilhed : 
 the eye, legs and train mud be at lad, letting always 
 ( in birds as in beads ) the farthed leg be Ihorteds 
 their feathers fas the hair in beads ) mud take their 
 beginning at the head very fmall, and fall in one way 
 backwards in five ranks , greater and greater to the 
 conclufion. 
 
 IV. Infeeds, as flies, bees, wafps,gradioppers, worms, 
 and fuch like, are eafie to be drawn and not hard to 
 be laid in Colours s in doing thefe, it will at Hrft be 
 abfolutely neceffary to have the living pattern before 
 your eyes. 
 
 V. To draw a flower, begin from the bofs, tufft or 
 wart in the middle i as in a Rofe or Marigold, with 
 the yellow tuflt, which being made , draw lines e- 
 qually divided, from thence to the greated edmpafs 
 or extent of your flower : you may draw them ei- 
 ther fullv open or in the bud, and laden with dev/, 
 wet and worr^s, and then you may draw ruddy with 
 •' J,..;' ’ C 3 the 
 
50 
 
 Polygraphices . Lib. L 
 
 ,he coal or lead the leaves afterwards, giving thetft 
 
 to «To “ k ) t a B^ d n n *; al and lively foape of the leaf 
 
 ° f ,hat ym rt\ h u ’ rt g !fw- 
 
 bruife the ribs and veins on the barfftde of it .afw 
 wards wet the ftdcmth Imfeed oyl, t J „ 
 
 hard upon a piece of clean white paper, and fo ymjhaa 
 have the perfect figure of the fatd leaf, with every va 
 thereof fo exaBly exprefl, as being lively coloured it wiS 
 
 Gem to be truly natural . 
 
 chap. xvii. 
 
 .1 ’ •» > t 
 
 V , . * i 
 
 Of Lands kip* 
 
 I, T And skip is that which expreflfeth in lines the 
 J .perfect vifion of the earth) and all things there- 
 
 upon, placed above the horizon, as towns, villages, 
 caftles. promontaries, mountains, rocks, valleys,ruines, 
 divers, woods, forrefts, chafes, trees , houfes and all 
 other buildings, both beautiful and ruinous. 
 
 II. Firft Always exprefs a fair horizon , (hewing 
 
 the heavens cloudy or clear, more or lefs according 
 to the occafion i and if you exprefs the Sun, let it be 
 either as riling or getting and as it were behind or 
 over fome hill or mountain. c 
 
 ‘Ihe Moon and Stars are Csldom or never dcpitted,un" 
 legs it be in representation of twilight '•> becaufe allt-hittgs 
 arc fuppofed to be feen by day. > 
 
 III. Secondly If you exprefs the Sun, make his light 
 
 to refled upon all the trees, hills, mountains, rocks> 
 or buildings s, fhading the contrary tide i after which 
 c, , * , ' * * c* < ■ i , •: ■ l;* manner 
 
 1 i i « • i ik * - 
 
Chap. 1 7 Of Landskip- 3 T 
 
 manner alfo fhadow clouds , mills , and the like : 
 making the fhadows to fall all one way. 
 
 IV. Thirdly, be very careful to augment or leffen 
 every thing proportionably to their diilance from the 
 eye, making them either bigger or leffer. 
 
 V. In exprelfing things at large diflances, as ten , 
 twenty or thirty miles offi where the objeft is hard 
 to be difeerned, as whether it be Temple , 'Caille, 
 Houfe or the like (hew no particular figns thereof, 
 or any eminent diflindlion i but rather as weakly , 
 faintly, and confufedly as the eye judgeth oi it. 
 
 VI. If Landskips be laid in Colours, the farther 
 you go, the more you muft lighten it with a thin 
 and airy blew, to make itfeem as it were alar off, 
 beginning at firft with a dark green , fo driving 
 it by degrees into a blew , according to the di- 
 flan ce. 
 
 VII. Make your Landskip to (hoot ( as it were ) 
 away^ one part lower than another, making the 
 heard! hill or place highdl, and thofe that are 
 farther off, to (hoot away under that , that the 
 Landskip may appear to be taken from the top of 
 an hill. 
 
 VIII. Let every thing have its proper motion, as 
 in trees when they arefhaken with the wind , making 
 the fmaller boughs yielding *, the differ lefs bending : 
 in clouds that they follow the winds : in rivers , the 
 general current , and flafhing of the water again!! 
 the boat fides : in the Sea , the waves and other pro- 
 per agitations ^ and laltly, let every thing which mov- 
 eth, whether effentially or accidentally, have its pro- 
 per reprefentation. 
 
 IX. Let your work imitate the feafon you intend it 
 for. 
 
 As if you intend it for a winter phee^ reprefent fel- 
 
 C 4 
 
Poljgraphices. Lib.r. 
 
 ^ trig of mod > fliding upon the Ice } fowling by night'-, 
 hunting of Pears or Foxes in the flow y making the trees 
 ■every where naked or laden with the hoar frofl > the earth 
 hare without greennefs •> flowers or cattel •> the air thick^ 
 water frozen , with Carrs faffing over it and boys upon it, 
 &c. . < - 
 
 X. Laftly, let every fite have its proper parergra, 
 adjun&s, or additional graces , as the Farm-houfe , 
 Wind-mill, Water-mill ■, Woods, Flocks of fheep, 
 Herds of cattel, Pilgrims, mines of Temples, Cables 
 and Monuments i with a thoufand fuch other only 
 proper to particular fubje&s. • • 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 i i 
 
 Of Diapering and Antique* 
 
 I. T~\ Japering , is a tracing or running over your 
 JL/work again when you have, as it were, quite 
 done, with damask branches, and fuch like. 
 
 It is ufed to counterfeit cloth of gold , fiver-, damask,, 
 velvet , cbamlet and the like , with what branch and in 
 • what fajhion you pleafe : it is derived from the Greeks 
 word biot-Tv tranfeo, topafs ever, and only ftgnifies 
 a light faffing over the fame again* 
 
 II. It you Diaper upon folds, let your work be bro- 
 ken off accordingly , and taken, as it were by the 
 half. , 
 
 r ' •/ • . • . \ * ; * « j -i ’ . »■* ■ J 
 
 For reafon Jhewetb that the fold covereth fomethhig 
 which cannot be fern by reafon.ofit , which if it was drawl 
 out at length would appear plain* ■' 
 
 PI. Let the whole work be homogene that is, 
 
Ghap.i8. Of Diapering and Antique . 33 
 
 let the fame work be continued throughout the whole 
 garment, fetting the fairefi branch in the mod emi- 
 nent and perfpicuous place , caufing it to run up- 
 wards, for elfe your work would be ridiculous. 
 
 IV. You may either (hadow the ground and leave 
 your work whites or (hadow your work and leave 
 the ground white i and as you (hall pleafe in this 
 kind, your filling may be with fmall pricks, which 
 will (hew very fair. 
 
 V. Antique ( ab antes ) are buttereffes whereon 
 the building is flayed, as alfo theoutwardmofl ranges, 
 u(ed in fore-fronts of houfes, in all manner of Com- 
 partments, curious Architecture , Armours, Jewels, 
 and Columns. 
 
 VI. The form of it is ( only for delights fake ) a 
 general or irregular compofition of men, beads birds, 
 
 iilhesand flowers andfuch like, without either rule or 
 reafon. 
 
 VII. Laflly, obferve the continuation of one and 
 the fame work, through the whole piece, without the 
 lead change or alteration. - 
 
 As if it be nailed boys , playings lyings fitting, or riding 
 upon Goats , Eagles, Dolphins and the like j firings of 
 pearl. Satyrs , Tritons, Apes, Dogs, Oxen , bearing or 
 drawing Fruits, Branches , or any wild fanfie after your 
 own invention, with a thoufand fuch other idle toys > be 
 fureyou obferve the continuation . . 
 
 \ 
 
 chap; 
 
34 
 
 Pohgrapbices. Lib. i, 
 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 r<) u ke the perfect draught of any mure. 
 
 f Ake a (beet of fine Venice Paper, wet it all over 
 I with linfeed oyl on one tide thereof, which 
 then wipe off as clean as yon can •, let thePaper dry, 
 and lay it on any painted or printed 1 iaure , then 
 with a black-lead pen you may draw it over with 
 eafe : put this oyled paper upon a fheet of c ean white 
 paper, and with a little pointed ftick or feather out of 
 a fwallow’s wing, draw over the ftroaks which you 
 drew upon the oyled papers fo feall you have the 
 ex ad form upori the white paper , which may be let 
 
 out with colours at pleafure. . 
 
 II. Or thus. The picture being drawn as before in 
 the oyled paper, put it upon a (heet of white paper, 
 and prick over the drawing with a pen : then take 
 feme fmall coal, powder it fine, and wrap it in a piece 
 of fome fine linnen, and bind it up therein loofely, 
 and clap it lightly, all over the pricked line by little 
 and little , and afterwards draw it over again once 
 
 or twice, with pen or pencil. 
 
 III. Or thus. Rub a fheet of white paper all over on 
 one fide with black-lead , or elfe with vermilion 
 mixed with frefh butter-, lay the coloured fide upon 
 a fheet of white paper, then lay the pidure you would 
 coppy out upon the other fide of the coloured paper, 
 and with a fmall pointed ftick or fwallows quill, go O' 
 ver all the ftroaks of your pidure, and it will be exact 
 
 on the white paper. . 
 
 • IV. Or thus , Lay a piece of Lanthor n horn upon tnc 
 J 4 pidure, 
 
Chap. 1 9- To take a perfect draught. 35 
 
 pi&ure, then draw the ftroaks of your picture with a 
 hard nibbed pen upon the horn *, and when it is dry, 
 breath upon the horn twice or thrice, and prefs it hard 
 upon white paper a little moiftned. 
 
 V. Or thus, T ake an oyled (beet ( as at the firft Se- 
 dion of this Chapter J rub one fide of it with lamb- 
 black or lake •, lay it upon a fiieet of fair paper with 
 the coloured fide downwards, and upon it lay the pi- 
 cture you would coppy out, and trace it over with a 
 ('wallows fea,ther. 
 
 VI. Or thus , Take fine lake mixed with linfeed 
 oyl, and draw with it, inftead of Ink, all the out- 
 ftroaks of any pi&ure, and other material parts j then 
 wet the contrary fide of the pi&ure and prefs it hard 
 upon a (heet of paper, and it will leave behind it all 
 that which you drew over. 
 
 VII. Or thus , Grind Printers black fine, and tem- 
 per it with water, and with a pen dipt in it, draw over 
 the out-lines and mafter ftroaks ; wet then foine 
 white paper with a fpunge or the like, and prefs it 
 hard thereupon *, and you (hall have the ftroaks you 
 drew upon the white paper. 
 
 VIII. Or thus Lay the print (the back-fide of it) 
 
 upon a clear glafs, or oyled paper, then lay a clean pa- 
 per upon the print * hold it up againft the light, fo 
 will you fee all the ftroaks which you may draw out, 
 andftmdow alfo if you pleafe. ' 
 
 4* i • ».<, t - i . * * '■ 1 4 , r : ' ' ; . . ' ! . J, . 
 
 
 C H Ai’c 
 
36 P alygraphices: 
 
 Lib. r . 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 To extend or contruB & Viciure keeping the 
 proportion . 
 
 I.T7 Ncompafs your pidure with one great fquare, 
 
 HI/ which divide into as many little ones as you 
 pleafe : this done, according as you would have your 
 pidure either greater or lefs, make another fquare 
 greater or lefs, which divide into as many equal 
 fquares, which be drawn with a black-lead plummet. 
 
 II* Take your black lead pen,and draw the pidure 
 by little and little, palling trom fquare unto fquare 
 (by the example of the pattern ) until you have gone 
 all over with it : obferving that in what part of the 
 Iquare the pidure lies, you draw the like part in the 
 fquare anfwerable thereto, till you have finished the 
 whole. 
 
 III. Then draw it over with a pen, in which fe- 
 cond drawing of it you may eafily mend any fault, and 
 fliadow it at pleafure. 
 
 IV. Laflly, When it is throughly dry, rub it over 
 with the cram of white-bread, and it will take off all 
 the black lead ftroaks, fo will your draught remain 
 fair upon the paper. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Ch.2i. OfPerfpeftive in general. 37 
 
 CHAP. XXI. 
 
 Of Perfpeffive in general, 
 
 O TT T I K H' in Greek, PerfpeUiva in Latin, the 
 Art of feeing in Englifh ; is that by which we be- 
 hold, contemplate, and draw the likenefs of all mag- 
 nitudes, paft in form and manner as they appear to the 
 Eye. 
 
 II. The matter to be feen or fpeculated is a magni- 
 tude: the manner of fpeculation is by radiations of 
 Light, either dired, refle&ed or broken-. 
 
 III. A magnitude is that which hath form ; and it 
 s either lineal, fuperficial, or folid ; that is, either a 
 :omplication of points, a complication of lines, or a 
 implication of fuperficies. 
 
 IV, Aline is a complication of points; thatisfac- 
 :ording to Euclid ) a length only without either 
 breadth or thicknefs. 
 
 V. A fuperficies is a complication of lines; that is 
 a length having breadth without thicknefs. 
 
 For as the continuation of points makgs a line : fo the 
 couching of lines makes a fuperficies : which is only the 
 laying of points crofs-wife . 
 
 VI. A folid is a complication of fuperficies ; that 
 is, a length and breadth, having depth or thicknefs. 
 
 And indeed it is nothing but the continuation of points 
 upon a fuperficies either perpendicularly or bending. 
 
 VII. f he Contemplation of t?he Object reprefents 
 the matter to the mind, in the fame manner as its out- 
 ward appearance doth to the Eye. 
 
 Andjrom heme comes Judgment whereby the Artijl is 
 
 enabled 
 
Polygraphices. Lib. r, 
 
 enabled to defcrihe the fame in lines b and delineate it , 
 according to its apparent or vifisal proportions. . 
 
 VIII. To draw or defcribe the Appearance in lines 
 is the a&ive part of this Art; whereby the Idea con- 
 ceived in the mind ( by fight and contemplation ) is 
 brought to light. 
 
 IX. A radiation is a beam of light, conveighing the 
 likenefs of the thing, to the Eyes, or fight i and the 
 Knowledg thereofc to the mind or underitandiug. 
 
 And this radiation U twofold , either external from tk 
 external light b or inteMual from its being and power. 
 
 X. Virett radiations , are thofe which conlider the 
 dire# or ftreight beams, which pafs between the eye 
 
 and the ebjedt. . , . J 
 
 And thin vs the firjl hind of perfective * and vs man) 
 
 times (alone) called the Opticks. 
 
 XI. Kefieded radiations , ar e thofe which conlider 
 the refledion of beams, and their (hape upon any po- 
 lic'd body, as on a Globe, Cone, Cylinder, Pyramid, 
 
 or any regular folid. j 
 
 And this is the fecond kind of PerfpeSivc-, which is call ti 
 
 the Art Catoptrica. 
 
 XII. Broken radiations are thofe which conlider 
 the breaking of beams , as tney are to be. leen 
 through a glafs or a Cryftal cut into fever al plains or 
 
 fuperficies. „ _ . . r > 
 
 And this vs the third and l aft kind of P erfpechve rm 
 
 if called the Art Dioptrica. 
 
 / 
 
Cli. 22. The active part of Perffettive. ? 9 
 
 CHAP. XXII. 
 
 Of the Active part of Perfpettive. 
 
 I, He a&ive part of perfpe&ive is either Ichno* 
 i graphical , Orthographical , or Scenographical 
 II* Ichnographia , is the defcription of the plain bafe 
 or bottom of any body or building. 
 
 III. And it is twofold, to wit, either Geometrical 
 or Sceno graphical. 
 
 IV. Ichnographia Geometrical , is that which gives 
 ! the fight of the bottom or bafe of any body or build- 
 
 ing* 
 
 [i So a Circle is the bafe of a Column ; and a fquare is 
 Hhe bafe of a Pedejial , and the like but this Geometri- 
 cal Ichnography vs notfeen in Section, or through a Glafa 
 unlefs it lies parallel to the bafe i and jo it makes no Sefii- 
 ; on mthit . 
 
 V. Ichnographia Scemgraphical is the Appearance of 
 the fame bafe in Se&ion , or through a Glafs, ere- 
 
 ded upright on the fame plain, on which the bafe 
 (lands. 
 
 And by this the [aid bafe vs extended in length hut con- 
 traded in breadth for fo it appear eth to the eye • 
 
 VI. Orthographia , is the vifion of the foreright fide 
 of any plain j to wit,of that plain or fuperficies which 
 lies equidifiant to a right line, palling through the 
 outward or convex centers of both eyes, continued 
 to a due length. 
 
 And therefore Perfpe&ive Orthographia, is the deli- 
 neation of the apparent right plain. 
 
 Scenographia is the defcription of a plain or other 
 
 figure. 
 
40 Poljgraphices. Lib.r* 
 
 figure, that declines from the apparent or foreright 
 plain ? that is, of that plain which makes Angles with 
 the faid foreright plain. 
 
 • “the Scenographick vifioh of any for m, body, or build- 
 ing vs, of that fide which declines from, or constitutes an 
 Angle, with the right line, pa fling from the convex centers 
 of both Eyes aforefaid : this Artijls call the return of 
 the foreright fide. Now the difference between the Ortho- 
 graphick avid Scenographick vifion vs this the Ortho* 
 gyaphick Jhews the fide of a body or building as it is be- 
 held when the plain of the Glafs vs -placed equidijlant to 
 that fide : but the Scenographick Jhews the fide of a body 
 cr edifice as it appears through a glafs raifed obliquely to 
 the faid fide, or making an angle therewith . 
 
 C H A P. XXIII. 
 
 Of the Subject to he feett • 
 
 I. X He Bafe of any thing is the plain, flat, or floor 
 1 upon which any tblid body, or object is pla- 
 ced > or raifed. 
 
 II. The Altitude or height is the perpendicular fpace 
 of place, between the bafe and eye , or height of the 
 vifual point above the bafe. 
 
 III. The Vifual point , is a point in the Horizontal 
 line, wherein all the beams of the eyes unite. 
 
 Exempli gratia. If you lool^on a long fir aight river, 
 the fides of which run parallel, yet by reafon of the dijhnci 
 hothfides of the river f although it he very broad ) 
 feem to incline, touch , and unite with each other in oftt 
 common point or center: and Jo if you look^on a, long. 
 
Cli. 23. Of the Subjects to be feen. 4 1 
 
 ftraigbt bricky wall-, the fever al lays of brie and ernrfes 
 of mortar , will (at a great difiance ) feem to incline each 
 to other in one common point or center > this point reflected 
 on a glafs , raifed upright on the bafe> is called the vifual 
 point . , .v* 
 
 IV. The Horizontal line is a tine proceeding from 
 
 the center of the eye to the vifual point, parallel to 
 the Horizon of the Earth'. . . , ’ . 
 
 And .this, n, in men of ordinary height arfiature , com- 
 monly about five foot from the ground or hafe. . , 
 
 V. The bifiance is the fpace on the bafe, between 
 the Glafs and point in the bafe which lies diredtly un- 
 der the eyes. 
 
 VI. The Settion is a plain of tranfparent or per- 
 lucid matter ( as of Glafs ) raifed upright upon the 
 
 ‘ plain of the bafe handing before you , parallel to a, 
 firaight line , palling through the convex centers of 
 both Eyes. 
 
 Without the knowledg of this Se&ion or Glafs it is ut- 
 terly impojfible to underfiand perfpe&ive, or know what 
 it means : Or be able to give a reafon for the difference be- 
 tween the Orthographick and Scenographick figure . 
 
 . VII. If the Glafs is placed near the vifual point, and 
 ( far from the object, the figure which is feen will be 
 very fmall : and the reafon js, becaufe all says compre- 
 hending the Orthographical and Scenographical fi- 
 gures (though more remote from the obje&j fall into 
 the vifual point, as their common center. 
 
 VIII. If the vifual point be more elevated ('though 
 at the fame diftance ) the Scenographick figure or 
 form will appear of a much larger magnitude : becaufe 
 the vifual radiations being higher, the various per- 
 pendiculars raifed on the SetSfion or Glafs, cut them 
 in wider difiances , becaufe more remote from the 
 Glafs; 
 
 & at. 
 
^2 Polygrap bices. Lib. i. 
 
 IX. If the Glafs incline to the vifual point, the 
 Sccnographick vition will be long- wife between the 
 vifual point and the objed:. 
 
 And the reafon is , becaufe the plain of the Glafs heaps 
 
 in more of the vifual Radiations . 
 
 X. If the Glafs reclinefrom the vifual point , the 
 Sccnographick figure will appear rounder, and begin 
 to relenible the Orthographick. 
 
 XI. But if the Glafs is fixed equidiftant to the bafe, 
 or plain the object ftands upon > the Scenographick 
 and Orthographick refemblance will be one and the 
 fame. 
 
 And the reafon is , becaufe the form of the figure is lojl , 
 or not vifible in the Se&ion. 
 
 XII. The Vifual Rates , are thofe lines which pro- 
 ceed from the vifual point, through the Glafs, to a- 
 ny point higher or lower than the plain of the Hori- 
 zon. 
 
 XIII. Diagonals, or lines of diftance, are fuch as are 
 drawn from the point of dillance to any other point, 
 higher or lower than the Horizon. 
 
 XIV. The Objett is that form, figure, body or edi- 
 fice intended to be expreffed in Perjpe&ive propor- 
 tions. 
 
Chap. 2 4 The Practice of Perjpeft'tve. 43 
 
 CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 The General Praflice of Perfoeffive* 
 
 I. r Et every line which in the Obje<3: or Geometri- 
 1 _j cal figure is ftriight, perpendicular, or parallel 
 to its bafe, be fo alfo in its Scenographick declina- 
 tion. 
 
 II. Let the lines which in the objedl return at 
 right Angles from the fore-right fide, be drawn Sce- 
 nographically from the Vifual point. 
 
 Ill Let all ftraight lines, which in the objed re- 
 turn from the fore-right-fide, run in a Scenographick 
 figure into the Horizontal line. 
 
 IV. Let the object you intend to delineate handing 
 on your right hand, be placed alfo on the right hand 
 of the vifual point : and that on the left hand, on the 
 left hand of the fame point : and that which is juft bc« 
 fore, in the middle of it. 
 
 V. Let thofe lines which are ( in the objedf ) E~ 
 quidiftant to the returning line, be drawn in the 
 Scenographick figure, from that point found in the 
 Horizon. 
 
 VI. In fetting off the altitude of Columns, Pe- 
 ' deftals and the like,tneafure the heighth from the bafe-* 
 line upward in the front or fore-right-fidej and a vi- 
 fual ray drawn, that point in the front (ball limit 
 the altitude of the Cblumn or p'illcf, all the Way be- 
 hind the fore-right-fide or Orthographick appearance, 
 even to the vifual point. 
 
 This rule you. mujl obferve hi all figures^ as well where 
 then is a front or fore-right fide , as where there is none. 
 
 D 2 VII. In 
 
44- Poljgrapbices • Lib.i # 
 
 VII. In delineating Ovals, Circles, Arches, Croffes, 
 Spirals and Crofs-arches, or any other figure, in the 
 roof of any room •> fir ft draw Ichnographically, and fo 
 with perpendiculars, from themoft Eminent points 
 thereof, carry it up unto the Ceiling, from which feve- 
 ral points carry on the figure. 
 
 VIII. The center in any Scenographick regular 
 figure is found by drawing crofs-lines from oppofite 
 angles : for the point where the Diagonals crols is the 
 Center. 
 
 IX. Aground plain of fquares is alike, both above 
 and below the Horizontal line *, only the more it is 
 diftant above or beneath the Horizon, the fquares 
 will be fo much the larger or wider. 
 
 ‘ X. In drawing a perfpe&ive figure, where many 
 lines come together, you may for the directing of your 
 eye, draw the Diagonals in red ; the vifual lines in 
 black i the Perpendiculars in green, or other different 
 colour from that which you intend the figure (hall 
 be of. 
 
 XI Having confidered the height, diftance and 
 pofition of the figure, and drawn it accordingly, 
 with fide or angle againft the bale •> raife perpendicu- 
 lars from the feveral angles or defigned points in the 
 figure, to the bafe, and transfer the length of each 
 perpendicular , from the place where it touches the 
 bafe, to the bafe on the fide oppofite to the point of 
 diftance i fo will the Diamerrals drawn to the per- 
 pendiculars in the bafe, by interfedfion with theDia- 
 gonals drawn to the feveral transferred diftances, give 
 the angles of the figure : and fo lines drawn from 
 point to point will circumfcribe the Scenographick 
 figure. 
 
 XII. If in Landskip there be any (landing wa- 
 ters, as Rivers, Ponds, and the like i place the Ho- 
 rizontal 
 
C/iap.?4‘ The pr alike of PerfpeHive. 45 
 
 : rizontal line level with, the haft hell fight or appearance 
 : of it. 
 
 XIII. If there beany houfes or the like in the pi- 
 t dure, confider their pofition, that you may find from 
 i| what point in the Horizontal line to draw the fronts 
 
 and fides thereof. 
 
 XIV. In defcribing things at a great diftance, ob- 
 i lerve theproportion( both in magnitude and diflance) 
 
 ; in draught, which appears from the objed to the 
 
 eye. 
 
 XV. In colouring and fhadowing of every thing, 
 1 you mufl do the fame in your pidure which you ob- 
 I* ferve with your eye, efpecially in objcds lying near > 
 
 but according as the diflance grows greater and grea- 
 ter , fo the colours mufl be fainter and fainter, 
 j till at lad: they lofe themftlves in a darkifh sky 
 ; t colour. 
 
 ft XVI. The Catoptric kj are bcft feen in a common 
 rf looking* glafs or other polifh’d matter, where it the 
 glafs be exadly hat, the objed is exadly like its ori- 
 j girial : but if the glafs be not flat, the refemblance al- 
 j, ters from the original, and that more or lefs, accor- 
 t ding as the glafs differs from an exad plain. 
 
 XVII. In drawing Catoptric^ figures, thefurfaceof 
 : the glafs is to be confidered, upon which you mean to 
 ' have the reflediom for which you muff make a par- 
 “ ticular Icbnograpbical draught or projedion i which 
 on the glafs mufl appear to be a plain full of fquares > 
 on which projedion transfer what fhall be drawn, on 
 a plain divided into the fame number of like fquares : 
 where though the draught may appear very con- 
 fufed, yet the refledion thereof on the glafs, will be 
 very regular, proportional and really compofed. 
 
 XVIII. The Dioptric or broken beam may be feen 
 in a tub 9 through a Cryftal, or Glafs, which hqth its 
 
 D 3 iurtace 
 
. £ Poljgrafhices. Lib. r. 
 
 Lace c-ut into many others, whereby the rales of the 
 
 obiedt are broken. , 
 
 rt, to the flat of the Cry fid orvater, the rate, «. 
 
 freight i hut then they break,and make <*» -Angle, the 
 Zth alfohy the refried beam, i.madt and contmttei 
 
 " , Tr a 
 
 themfelves at a good di fiance on ^ P a in’ °ecau^ 
 they are all dirtied to various far difiant places oi the 
 
 fa xk. But for the aligning to each of them a phee 
 on the fame plain , no Geometnck rule is yet in- 
 
 vented. 
 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 Rational Demonftratm of chiromantied 
 Signatures ; Added by way of Appendix 
 to Chap. V. of this •Book . 
 
 I ~THe foundation of Chiromancy depends upon 
 
 J ~T*^ Lie IOUliUdUUll '-“11^— — t-j r , , , 
 
 X the true appropriation ot the feveral mounts, 
 fingers, or places in the hand, to their proper Stars ot 
 
 Planets. 'J 
 
 II. The Ancients have afligned the root ot tne 
 
 middle finger to Saturn \ of the fore-finger to JuW* 
 the hollow of the hand to Mars', the root of® 
 ring-finger to Sol : of the thumb to Venus : ot to 
 little finger to' Mercury : and laftly, the brawn of w 
 fiand near the Wrift to Luna . f . 
 
 L That line which ecmes round the ball or tl 
 
 ■ dm 
 
 *■ * i 
 
 V • 
 
* 
 
Ch.25. Of Chiromantical Signatures. 47 
 
 thumb towards the root or mount of Jupiter is calk 
 ed Linea Joviaiis or the life-line: that from the 
 wrill to the root or mount of Saturn , Linea Satur » 
 nialis : but if it points to the root or mount of SoU 
 Linea Solaris , if to Mercury-, Linea Mercurialis : that 
 which goes from Linea Joviaiis to the mount of Luna , 
 Linea Lunaris, or the natural line : the other great 
 line above it is called Linea Stellata , or the line of 
 fortune, becaufe it limits the mounts of the Planets, 
 and is impreffed with various vertues in thofe places 
 according to the nature of the Planet whofe mount it 
 runs under or fets a boundary unto : Laftly, the fpace 
 between the natural line and the line of fortune is call- 
 ed Menfa , the Table 
 
 IV. All other lines (hall either proceed out of the 
 fides of the former, or elfe from fome proper mount. 
 
 V. Every line great or fmall, longorftiort, hatha 
 certain beginning or root, from which it rifes i and a 
 certain end or point to which it tends. 
 
 VI. Thediftance between both ends, is the way of 
 its paffage, in which way, it either erodes fomeo- 
 ther line, or elfe is croffed ; if it do neither, itsfigni- 
 hcation is continual, and ought fo much the more to 
 be taken notice of. 
 
 VII. Every mount hath a proper fignification, 
 which it receives from the fignifications ofits"proper 
 Planet, being abftra&ly confidered : the fame under- 
 hand of all the principal lines aforefaid. 
 
 VIII. Saturn is the Author of Age, Inheritances, 
 Melancholly, Malice, Sorrow, Mifery, Calamities, 
 Enemies, Imprifonrnents 5 Sicknefs, Difeafes, Perplexi- 
 ties, Cares, Poverty, CrolTes, Death, and whatfoever 
 evil can befall humane life : he fignifies Fathers, Old 
 Men, Labourers, Dyers, Smiths, and Jefuits. 
 
 J u P ter the Author of Health, Strength, 
 
 P 4 1 Mp* 
 
Polygraphices. Lib. \] 
 
 Moderation, Sobriety, Mercy, Riches, Subftance, 
 Goodnefs, Liberty, Religion, Honcfty, Juftice, Mo- 
 defty, and all other things which may make a man 
 happy : he fignifies Churches, Church* men, Lawyers, 
 Scholars, Cloathiers, and the like. 
 
 X. Mars is the Author of Strife, Contention, Pride, 
 Preemption, Tyranny, Thefts, Murders, Victory, 
 Conqueft, Infortunacy, Boldnefs, and Dangers : he 
 fignifies Phyficians, Chirurgians, Apothecaries, the 
 Camp, all Military men and Preferments, Edge-tools, 
 Butchers, Carpenters, Gunners, Bailiffs, and the like. 
 
 XI. Sol is the Author of Honour, Glory, Renown, 
 Preferment, Life, Gencrofity, Magnanimity, Sove- 
 raignty, Dominion, Power, Treafures, Gold, Silver, 
 and whatfoever may make the life of man fplendid > 
 he fignifies Kings, Princes, Rulers, and all men in 
 power, Minters,Goldfmiths, long Life and Wifdotti. 
 
 XII. Venus is the Author of Joy, Pleafure, Mirth, 
 Solace, Luff, Uncieannefs, and Idlenefs : fhe fignities 
 Woman-kind, Sifters, Ladies, Whores, Curioiities, 
 Lapidaries, Silkmen, Taylors, Mercers, Upholders, 
 Pictures, Picture- drawers, the Pox, and Difeafes pro- 
 ceed ing from uncieannefs. 
 
 XIII. Mercury is the Author of Craft, Subtilty, Po- 
 licy, Deceit, Perjury* Study, Hearing, and Merchan- 
 dizing: he fignifies Merchants, Clerks, Scholars, Se- 
 cretaries, Ambaffadors, Pages, Meffengers, Poets, 
 Orators, Stationers, Cheaters, Thieves, Petty-lawyers, 
 Philofophers, Mathematicians, Aftrologers. ‘ j 
 
 XIV; Luna is the Author of popular Fame both 
 Go6d, and Evil, Joy, and Sorrow, Mutability and 
 Inconftancy, Affection and Difaffedtion, Moifture and 
 every eifedt which may be faid to be common: ike 
 fignifies Waters^ Ships, Seamen of all forts, Queens 
 Ladies, a Governefs, the Common people in general, 
 
 L -is* > ki .vj f • i, i ■ . i ■ v > : l - ■. 
 
Cap.z$. Of Chiromantical Signatures, 49 
 
 Neighbors, Mothers, Kindred, Fifhmongers, Vintners, 
 Tappers, Midwives, Nurfes, and Travellers. 
 
 This being known , mderftand , 
 
 XV. Fir/f, That the lines take their fignification 
 form the mount of that Planet from whence they rife. 
 
 XVI. Secondly , That the place from whence any 
 line riles (hews the ground, caufe, or original of the 
 things lignified by that line: the line or mount to 
 which it points, Thews the iftue, to what the thing 
 tends, and what may be the end of the matter lignified. 
 
 XVII. Thirdly ^ That whether the line fignifies good 
 or evil, if it be cut or crofted by any other line, that 
 line'fo catting it, will at a certain time not only abate 
 the good, but alfo take away the evil, if it fo lignified. 
 
 XVIII. Fourthly , That the nature and quality of 
 | that line thus deftroying the fignification of the for- 
 mer , is known by confidering from what place it rid s, 
 ^and to what place it tends. 
 
 ? x fX. Fifthly, That a double judgment arifesfrom 
 every line, by accounting its" rife, tir ft from the one 
 Tnd i fecondly, from the other. 
 
 3 XX. Sixthly , That little lines riling out of the lides 
 ofany other line, both augment the things lignified by 
 That line* and alfo fignifie new matter arifing by things 
 dignified by the line from whence they rife , and the 
 place to which they point, fhew to what they tend, 
 t XXI. Seventhly , That the mounts or lines adorned 
 with ftars, orfmall lines, not crofted, or pointing to 
 evil places, fhew great good and happinefs to the 
 perfon, by things lignified by the fame mount or line : 
 :and on the contrary, vitiated with crofles, fpots,or 
 knots fhew much evil and perplexity. 
 
 XXII. Laftly , The beginning of the lines, fhew in 
 the beginning or forepart of Life i the middle, in the 
 middle part of Life , and the ends of theng the latter- 
 
 part, 
 
5 ° Polygraphices. 
 
 part, or end of Life ', fo that if any evil or good be 
 fignified by any line, youmuft hint the time according 
 
 to the aforel'aid reafon. . . . , 
 
 ’iis true , here we ought to enquire into the denomim - 
 
 ted times when the things ftgnified fhould came top aft, 
 tut becaufe that matter is fomethmg long and abfimft 
 (being more fit to be bandied in a particular trail, wbm- 
 in all its euriofities may be examined ) this our preftm 
 work being a fubjeS of another nature, and the fa tbmgt 
 not effential to our purpofe, but only added by may of ap- 
 pendix, we {hall at this time forbear. Notwithfiandutg, 
 although we have not here delineated every thing m par- 
 ticular, yet we have laid ( nr it were ) the ground ad 
 foundation of the Art > out of which, as out of a fountain, 
 the induflrious Student may at bit own Icijttre and p let' 
 fare, rear a ftately fabric^ 
 
 The Bud of the Firft Book. 
 
5 1 
 
 ‘POLrgnJVmcEs 
 
 Liber Secundus. 
 
 Of Eng raving, Etching, 
 and Limning. 
 
 Shewing the Inftrnments belonging to 
 the Work 5 the Matter of the Work, 
 the way and manner of performing the 
 fame 5 together with all other Requifites 
 and Ornaments. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 0 / Graving and the Inftrnments thereof \ 
 
 I. Raving is an Art which teacheth how to 
 
 ■ transfer any defign upon Copper, Brafs, or 
 Wood , by help of (harp pointed and cut- 
 ting Inftruments. 
 
 II. The chief Inftrnments are four, i. Gravers, 2. 
 An Oyl ftone, 3. A Cufhion, 4 A Burnifher. 
 
 III. Gravers are of three forts, found pointed,fquarc 
 pointed, and Lozenge pointed, tye round k hejl to 
 [cratch withal ; the [quart Graver k to makg the large (j 
 
 ftroafyi 
 
Polygraph ices. Lib. 2. 
 
 (iroahj .* the Lozenge in to make flroaks more fine and deli- 
 cate-, but a Graver of a middle fize betwixt thefquare 
 and Lozenge pointed, will make the flroakj or hatches fhm 
 with more life and vigour, according as you manage n in 
 
 working’ . . , _ 
 
 IV. The Oyl-ftone is to whet the Gravers upon, 
 
 which muft be very frnooth , not too Toft, nor too 
 
 hard, and without pinholes. 
 
 The ufe is thus : Put a few drops of Oil Olive upon 
 theftone, and laying that fide of it, which you intend Jhali 
 cut the Copper, flat upon the flone, whet it very flat and 
 eaven i and therefore be Jure to cany your bandfledfajt 
 with an equal firength, placing the forefinger firmly, upon 
 the oppofitefide of the Graver . fhen turn the next fide of 
 your Graver , and whet that in like manner , that you may 
 have a very fharp edge for an inch or more . Lajily, tun- 
 ing uppermofi that edge which you have fo whetted , am 
 fetting the end of the Graver obtiquely upon the flone , 
 whet it very flat and floping in form of a Lozenge (with 
 an exatt and eaven hand) making to irot edge thereof . & 
 fharp point . It is impoffible that the wcr\Jhould be with 
 the neatnefs and curiofity deflred , if the Graver be not, 
 not only very good, but alfo exallly and carefully whet’ 
 ted* 
 
 V. The Cufhicn is a leather bag filled with fine 
 land, to lay the plate upon, on which you may turnit 
 every way at eafe. 
 
 Tm mufl turn your plate with your left hand, according . 
 as the flr oaky which you grave do turn, which mufl be at- 
 tained with diligent care and pr allice, 
 
 VI. The burnifiaing Iron is of ufe to rub out fcratch* 
 es and fpecks or other things which may fault your 
 work in the plate as alfo if any breaks be graved 
 too deep or grofs to make them appear kfs and 
 
 fainter by rubbing them therewith* ^ 
 
 , .... * 6 • * • vll.Ta 
 
Chap. 2'. Policing Copper Plates. 53 
 
 VII. To make your Gravers. 
 
 Provide fome croft-bow fleet-, and caufe it to be beaten 
 out into ft mall rods , and foftned , then with a good file you 
 may Jhape them at pleafure : when you have done , heat 
 them red hot , and flraight dip it into Soap , and by fo do- 
 ing it will be very hard: where note, that in dipping 
 them into the Soap, if you turn your hand never fo 
 little awry, the Graver will be crooked. If your Gra- 
 ver be too hard , take a red-hot Charcoal and lay the end of 
 your Graver upon it till it begins to wax yell owijh, and then 
 dip it into tallow ( fome fay water ) and it will be tougher. 
 
 VIII. Have by you a piece of Box or hard wood, 
 that after you have (harpned your Graver, by ftriking 
 the point of it into the faid Box or hard wood, you 
 jtnay take off all the rcughnefs' about the points, which 
 wascaufed by whetting it upon the oyl-flone. 
 
 | IX. Laftly, take a file and touch the edge of the 
 Graver therewith * if the file cut it, it is too foft, and 
 will do no good : but if it will not touch it, it is fit 
 for your work. 
 
 ; If itjhould brea^on the point , it is a fign it vs tempered 
 Uo hard > which oftentimes after a little ufe by whetting 
 will come into a good condition . 
 
 CHAP# II. 
 
 Of Policing the Copper Plates . 
 
 I.*Tp Ake a plate of Brafs or Copper of what bignefs 
 1 you plea fe, and of a reafonable thicknefs, ta- 
 king heed that it be free from fire-daws. 
 
 II. Beat it as fmooth as you can with a hammer, and 
 t len rub it as fmooth as you can, with a pumice-hone 
 
 void 
 
 1 
 
54 Poijgraphices . b\b.2 i 
 
 void of Gravel (left it fcratch it and focaufe as much 
 labour to get them out j and a little water. 
 
 III. Then drop a few drops of oyl Olive upon the 
 elate and burnilh it with your burnilhing Iron •> and 
 then rub it with Charcoal made of Beech wood quen- 
 
 ^lV. Laftly, with a roul made of a piece of a black 
 Felt, Carter, or Beaver, dip d in oyl Olive, rub it well 
 fnr an hour, fo (lull your plate be exadly polifhed. 
 
 CHAP. HI* 
 
 Of Holding the Graver. 
 
 ITT will beneceflary to cut off that part of the knob 
 1 of the handle of the Graver which is upon the 
 fame line with the edge of the Graver i thereby ma- 
 king that lower fide next to the plate fiat, that it may 
 be no hinderance in graving. 
 
 For working upon a large plate , that part of the ham 
 (if not cut away) will fo reft upon the Copper , that it ml 
 
 hinder the fmooth and even carriage of your hand in mi- 
 tyng your Jlroaty-, and will caufe your Graver to run inti 
 your Copper deeper than it Jhould do. This done, 
 
 II. Place the knob at the end of the handle ofthegn- 
 ver in the hollow of your hand, and having extende 
 your fore-finger towards the point of the Graver, 
 laying it a top , or oppofite to the edge which inoul 
 cut the plate b place your thumb on the one hde ot t» 
 Graver, and your other fingers on the other fide, 1° 2 - 
 that you may guide the Graver flat and parallel wit 
 the plate. j 
 
 III. Be wary that your fingers imerpofe not betwe 
 
Chap. 4- Of Engraving, tjij 
 
 the plate and the Graver, for they will hinder you in 
 carrying your Graver level with the plate, and caufe 
 your lines to be more deep, grofs and rugged, than 
 otherwife they would be. 
 
 I,* " ' ■ 
 
 \ CHAP. IV. 
 
 I 
 
 Of the way and manner of Engraving . 
 
 H Aving a Cufhion filled with fand about nine 
 inches long and fix broad, and three or four 
 nek, and a plate well polifhed i Jay the plate upon 
 le Culhion, which place upon a firm Table. 
 
 the Graver ( as aforefaid J) according 
 > Art, in making ftraight ftroaks be fure to hold your 
 late firm upon the Cufhion, moving your hand 
 • :anmg lightly where the ftroak fhould be fine, and 
 fl! arder where you would have the ftroak broader. 
 
 III. But in making circular or crooked ftroaks, hold 
 Jour hand and Graver ftedfaft, your arm and elbow 
 Siting upon the Table, and move the plate againft 
 ^ie Graver * for otherwife it is impoffible to make 
 Jiofe crooked or winding ftroaks with that neatnefs 
 did command that you ought to do. 
 
 * IV * Learn t0 carr y your hand with fuch a flight, 
 |iiat you may end your flroak as finely as you began 
 
 1 V f, if y° u ^ avc occa ^ on t0 make one part deeper 
 ir blacker than another, do it by degrees > and that 
 
 011 do it t h e more exa&ly, obferve that your 
 ; roaks be not too clofe, nor too wide, 
 t: for your more exadt obfervation, pradfife by fuch 
 >rints which are more loofly fhadowed, left by imita- 
 :ing the more dark, you fhould not know where to be- 
 inorend * V, After 
 
56 Polygraphices. Lib.2 0 
 
 V. After you have graved part of your work, if 
 will be needful to fcrape it with the (harp edge of a 
 burnifher or other graver, carrying if along even with 
 the plate, to take off the roughnelsof the tiroaks-, but 
 
 in doing it beware of making fcratches. 
 
 VI. And that you may the better fee that which is 
 Engraven, with the piece of Felt or Cador ( at the 
 fourth Sedion of the fecond Chapter ) dipt in oyl rub 
 the places grav r en. 
 
 VII. Ladly, whatfoever appears to be amils, you 
 rnay rub out with the burnifher, and very exadlypo- 
 lifh it with your piece of Felt or Caller and oy , 
 w Inch done, to cleanfe the plate you may boil it a little 
 in Wine-vinegar, and rub it gently with a brum of 
 Email brafs-wire or Hogs bridles. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of the Imitation of Copies or Prints* 
 
 I, TTAving a piece of Bees wax tyed up in a fine 
 11. holland rag, heat the plate over the fire, till 
 it may be hot enough to melt the wax then rub the 
 plate with the wax tyed up in the rag, till youfeeit 
 covered all over with wax, ( which let be very thin : J 
 if it be not even, heat it again by the tire, and wipe it 
 over gently with a feather. - | 
 
 II. If you would copy a printed pidure, to bav 
 it print off the fame way •» then clap the print whtc 
 you would imitate with the printed fide next tot 
 plate, and having placed it very exadly, rub t 
 backfide of the print with a burnifher, or any thing 
 that is hard, fonooth and round, which Will cau £ k 
 
Chap. 6 , Of Eng raving in Wo od. 5 7 
 
 to ftick to the wax upon the plate ; then take off 
 the print (beginning at one corner ) gently and with 
 care, left you tear it ( which may be caufed alfo by- 
 putting too much wax upon the glare; and ir will 
 leave upon the wax the perfedt proportion in every 
 part. 
 
 Where note , if it he an oldpitture , before you place it 
 upon the wax^ it will be good to tracl^it over in every limb 
 frit h a blacky-lead penfiL • 
 
 III. But ii you would have it print the contrary 
 way, take the dull: of black-lead, and rub the backtide 
 of the print all over therewith, which backlide put 
 upon the waxed plate - , and with your needle or draw- 
 ing point, draw all theout-linesof the delign or prints 
 rll which you will find upon the wax. This done, 
 
 IV. Take a long Graver either Lozenge or round 
 "which is betterjvcry tharp, and with the point there- 
 ff [cratch over every particular limb in the out-ftroak 5 
 vhich done, it will not be difficult to mark out all the 
 hadows as you Engrave, having the proportion be« 
 .ore you. 
 
 V. Laftly, for Copies ot Letters, go over every 
 etter with black-lead, or write them with ungum’d 
 nk,and clap the paper over the waxed plate as before^ 
 
 CHAP. VI, 
 
 Of Engraving in wood, 
 
 t „ f 
 
 [. nr” He figures that are to be carved or graven in 
 I Wood mull firlt be drawn, traced, or pafied 
 apon the wood', and afterwards all the other {landing 
 the wood ("except the figure; muft be cutaway 
 
 & with 
 
<-g Polygraphices. Lib. 2, 
 
 with little narrow pointed knives made for that pur* 
 
 grwiifg i» wood if far mere tedious and difficult 
 than that in Brafs or Copper', becaufe you muji cut twice 
 or thrice to take out one ( iroa kj, and having cut it, to be 
 careful in picking it out , left ytnrjhould break^any part of 
 
 the works which would def ace it* ■ # , 
 
 II. For the kind of the wood let ifr be hard and 
 tough : the bed for this purpofe is Beech and Box : let 
 it be plained inch thick? which you may have cut into 
 pieces according to the bignefsefthe figure you grave. 
 
 III. To draw the figures upon the wood. 
 
 Grind White lead very fine , and temper it with fir 
 
 water', dip a cloth therein, and rub over one fide of the 
 wood , and l et it dry throughly : ibis kcepeth the hkj if 
 you draw therewith) that it run not about , nor finl{- and 
 if you draw with Pajlils , it makes the jiroakj appear more 
 plain and bright . 
 
 IV. Having whited the wood as before (ifitisa 
 figureyou would copy,) black or red the blankfideof 
 the print or copy, and witha little ftick or Iwallow’s 
 quill, trace or draw over the firoaksef the figure. 
 
 V. But if you pafte the figure upon the wood you 
 muff net then white it over (Tor then the figure will 
 pill off ) but only fee the wood be well plained ; then 
 wipe over the printed fide of the figure with Gum* 
 Tragacanth diffolved in fair water, and clap it finooth 
 upon the wood, which let dry throughly : then wet 
 it a little all over, .and fret off the paper gently, till 
 you can fee perfcdfly every ftroak of the figure : dry it 
 again, and fall to cutting or carving it. 
 
 CHAP* 
 
Chap. 7 
 
 59 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 ' ’ ■■ Copper-plates with Aqua- form. 
 
 I II* The Infifuments of Etching ( befides the plate) 
 are thefe nine. i* Hard Varnijh . 2. &<?/t Vamijb . 
 j3* ? re pared Oyl. 4. Aqua- form. 5. Needles. 6 • 
 ifDyUftone. 7 . Brufh-Penftl . 8 . Burnijber p. ‘The 
 
 ■Frame and 7 rough. 
 
 1 III. To polijh the Plate. 
 
 ' Although in Chap. 2. of this Book, we have fuffi- 
 cieutly taught how to polifh the plate, yet neverthe*> 
 ,Iefs we think it convenient to fubjoyn thefe following 
 ^words. Firft, the plate being well planifhed or forged, 
 ,choofe the fmootheft fide to polilh , then fix it upon 
 ' a board a little declining, and rub it firmly and evenly 
 bll over with a piece ot Grindfione, throwing water 
 often on it, fo long till there be no dints, flaws, of 
 jfnarks of the hammer : wafh it clean, and with apiece 
 of good Pumice-flone, rub it fo long till there be no 
 rough firoaks or marks of the Gripdflone: wafh it 
 'clean again, and tub it with a fine Hoan and water, 
 fill the marks of the Pumice-flone are rubbed out • 
 walk it again, and with a piece of Charcoal without 
 knots ( being heat red hot and quenched in water, 
 theoutfide being pared off) rub the plate with water 
 till all the fmall firoaks of the Hoan be van i fifed » 
 Iaflly,if yet there remain any fmall firoaks or fcratches, 
 rub them out with the end of the burnifhing Iron, fo 
 
 fell the plate be fitted for work. 
 
 IV, f a 
 
6o 
 
 
 PoljgraphiceL Lib. 2 S 
 
 ! V. fo make the hard Varnijhfor Etching 
 Take Greek or Burgundy-pitch, Colophonmm or 
 Eoxin, of each five ounces, Nut-Oyl tour ounces, 
 melt the Pitch or Rozin in an earthen pot upon a 
 'tie fire , then put in the Oyl, and let them boil 
 for the fpace of "half an hour: cool it a little upon a 
 fofter fire till it appear like a Glewy tyrrup . cool it a 
 little more, drain it, and being almoli cold, put it into ; 
 a Glafs-bottle for ufe. Being thus made it will keep 
 
 at lead twenty years. ^ 
 
 V. fo make the foft Varnijhfor Etching • 
 
 Take Virgin- wax three ounces, Mafiich in drops 
 two ounces, Afphaltum one ounce : grin t ^ a 
 ftich and Afphaltum feverally very fine: then m an 
 earthen pot melt the wax and drew in U\e Maftjch 
 and Afphaltum, Itirring all upon the hre | 
 
 well dilfolved and mixed, which will be.in about bait 
 a quarter of an hour •, then cooling it a little, pouring 
 it into a bafin of lair water ( all except the dregs J and 
 with your hands wet ("before it is cold; form it into 
 
 rouls. 
 
 ■ Xl, fo make the prepared Oyl . 
 
 Take Oyl Olive, make it hot in an earthen pot, ana 
 put into it a fufficient quantity ot tried Sheeps iuct 
 r fo much as being dropped upon a cold thing, the oyl 
 may be a little hardened and firm) boil them together 
 for an hour, till they be of a reddi(h colour, leitthey 
 fhould feparate when you ufe them. Th is mixture 
 is to make the fat more liquid, and not cool lo talt, 
 the fat alone would be nofooner on the pencil, bu 
 would grow colds and be fure to put in more oy W 
 Winter than in Summer. 
 
 X\\. fomakgthe Aqua-fortis. . , 
 
 Take diffilled White-wine Vinegar three pints’, i>a * 
 Armoniack, Bay-falq of each fix ounces > Verdcgrie^ 
 
Chap, 7' Of Etching, 6i 
 
 four ounces. Put all together into a large well glared 
 earthen pot ( that they may not boil over ) cover the 
 pot clofe, and put it on a quick fire, and let it fpeedi- 
 ]y boil two or three great walms and no more i when 
 it is ready to boil uncover the pot, and fiir it Tome* 
 times with a Hick, taking heed that it boilnot over : 
 having boiled, take it from the fire, and let it cool be- 
 ing clofe covered, and when it is cold, put it into a 
 Glafs bottle with a Glafs Hopple : If it be too flrong 
 in Etching weaken it with a glafs or two of the fame 
 Vinegar you made it of. There is another fort of A~ 
 pua fortis-) which is called Common which is exhibit- 
 ed in Synopfts Medicine , lib. 3. cap. 7. fed. 4* pag. 65 6. 
 But becaufe that Book may not be in every mans hand, 
 ! we will here infert it » it is thus : 'Take dried Vitriol 
 Wo pound, Salt-peter, one pound, mix themrand dj- 
 r til by a Retort, in open fire by degrees. 
 c VIII. To make the Etching Needles. 
 f Choofe Needles of feveral fizes fuch as will break 
 without bending, and of a fine grain j then take good 
 'round flicks of firm wood (not apt to fplit) about fix 
 inches long, and as thick as a large Goofe-quill, at 
 the ends of which fix your Needles fo that they may 
 Hand out of the Hicks about a quarter of an inch or 
 fomethingmore. 
 
 IX. To whet the points of the Neeedles with the Oyl • 
 %ne. 
 
 If you would have them whetted round, you mufi 
 whet their points fhortupon the Oyl-flone. (not as 
 fowing Needles are) turning them round whilft you 
 whet them, as Turners do. If you whet them Ho- 
 ping, firfl make them blunt upon the Oyl-Hone, then 
 bolding them firm and Heady, whet them Hoping 
 upon one fide only, till they come to a fliort and 
 coundifh ova!. 
 
 E 3 X.The 
 
62 Tolygrtyhices. Lib. 2 , 
 
 X The brufh pencil is to cleanfe the work, wipe 
 ofTduft, and to Hr ike the colours even over the ground 
 or varnifh, when laid upon the plate. 
 
 XI. The burnifher is a well hardened piece of 
 Heel fomewhat roundifh at the end. Its ufes are 
 what we have fpoken at the fixth Se&ion of the 
 hrft Chapter , and the third Se&ion of the fecond 
 
 Chapter. 
 
 f XII. To make the Frame and Trough* 
 
 The Frame is an entire board , about whofe 
 top and Tides is faftned a ledge two inches broad, 
 to keep the Aqua- forth from running off from 
 the Tides when you pour it on : the lower end of 
 this board muft be placed in the Trough , leaning 
 Hoping againft a wall or Tome other thing, where- 
 in you *tnuft fix feveral pegs of wood to reft the 
 plate upon. The Trough is made of a firm piece 
 of Elm or Oke Tet upon four legs , whofe hollow 
 is four inches wide? and To long as may beft fit 
 your ufe: the hollow muft be lomething deeper 
 in the middle, that the water running thither may 
 fall through a hole f there made Tor that purpofe) 
 into an earthen pan well Leaded. The infideoftbh 
 hoard and trough muji be covered over with a thick 
 oyl colour , to hinder the Aqua-fortis from eating si 
 rotting the board . : 
 
 CU AP> 
 
 V* i 
 
Chap.8. Ofufingthe hardVarnifb. 6% 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 The way and manner of ufing the hard 
 , Varni(b . 
 
 I. ITYAving well heat the polifhed plate over a 
 
 Jrl Chafing difh of coals, take fome of the firfi 
 'varnifh with a little hick and put a drop of it on the 
 ;top of your finger , with which lightly touch the 
 plate at equal difiances, laying on the varnifh equally, 
 'and heating the plate again as it grows cold, keeping 
 ! it carefully from dull: or filth i then with the ball of 
 : your thumb tap it -upon the plate > fiill wiping your 
 'hand overall, to make it more fmoothand equal. 
 
 1 And here beware that neither the varnijh be too thicl ^ 
 upon the plate , nor your bandfwcaty> 
 i II. Then take a great lighted candle burning clear, 
 fwith a fhort fnuff, ( placing the corner of the plate 
 fagainfi a wall) hold thevamifhed fide downward o- 
 fver the candle, as clofe as you can, fo it touch not 
 the varnifh, guiding the flame all over, till it is all 
 perfe&ly black, which you mufi keep from duft or 
 filth till it is dry. 
 
 III. Over a fire of Charcoals hang the varnifhed 
 plate to dry with the varnilh upwards, which wiil 
 fmoak , when the fmoak abates, take away the plate, 
 and with a pointed flick fcratch near the fide thereof, 
 and if the varnith eafily comes off, hang it over the 
 fire again a little, fo long till the varnith will not too 
 eafily come off y then take it from the fire and let it 
 eooh 
 
 E 4 if 
 
$4 Palygraphkes, Lib. x. 
 
 If the varnijh Jhottld be too bard-, ca(l cold water ontk 
 bacj^fide of the plate to cool it, that the beat may not makt 
 it too hard and brittle. This done, v 
 
 IV. Place it upon a low desk, or fome fuch like 
 thing, and cover that part which you do not work 
 on, with a fheet of fine white paper, and over that a 
 fheet of brown paper, on which may reft your hand, 
 to keep it from the varnifh. 
 
 V. If you ufe a ruler, lay fome part of it upon the 
 paper, that it may not rub off the varnifh } and hav£ 
 an efpecial care, that no duft or filth get in between 
 the paper and the varnifh, for that will hurt it. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 The way and manner of Etching . 
 
 I. ! N making lines or hatches, fome bigger , fome 
 
 X leffer/ihaight or crooked, you muft ufe feveral 
 forts of Needles, bigger or leffer as the work requires* 
 
 II. The great lines are made by leaning hard on the 
 Needle *, its point being ftrort and thick, ( but a round 
 point will not cut the varnifh clear : ) or, by making 
 divers lines, or hatches, one very clofe to another, and 
 then by palling over them again with a thicker Needier 
 or, by making them with an indifferent large needle, 
 and letting the Aqua-fortvs lie the longer thereon. 
 
 T be beft Needles for this workfare fitch as are whet fi- 
 fing with an ovafbecaufe their fide s will cut that which 
 the round ones will not . > 1 ' ' j 
 
 III. If your lines or hatches ought to be of an equal 
 
 thicknefs from end to end, lean on the needle with an 
 in 1, ... V. M , 1 ... , , . equal 
 
Ghap. 9. Of Etching. 6 5 
 
 equal force \ leaning lightly where you would have 
 the lines or ftroaks fine or fmall; and more heavy 
 where you would have the lines appear deep or large 5 
 thereby the needle may have lome Impreltion in the 
 Copper. 
 
 IV. If your lines or hatches be too fmall, pafs over 
 them again with a fhort round point, of fuch a bignefs 
 , as you would have the line of, leaning ftrongly where 
 ; you would have the line deep. 
 
 [ V. The manner of holding the needle with oval 
 ; points C which are raoft proper to make large and deep 
 1 ftroaksj is much like that ot a pen, only the flat fide 
 whetted is ufually held towards the thumb: but 
 'they may be ufed with the face ofthepval turned to- 
 ward the middle finger. 
 
 VI. If you would end with a fineftroak, you ought 
 to do that with a very fine needle. 
 
 VII. In ufing the oval points, hold them as upright 
 and ftraight in your hand as you can, ftriking your 
 ftroaks firmly and freely, for that will add much to 
 'their beauty and clearness. 
 
 el VIII. In Landskips, in places fartheft from the 
 ' fight, as alfo neareft the light, ufe a very ilender point, 
 ' leaning fo lightly with your hand as to make a fmall 
 Taint ftroak. 
 
 s IX. In working be careful t© brulh off all thedufi 
 -which you work off with the needles. 
 
 py-. - : 
 
 CHAP. 
 
66 
 
 Poljigraphices . Li b. 2, 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 
 0/ Aqua-fortis. 
 
 I. | F there be any ftroaks which you would not have 
 
 I the Aqua-fortis eat into i or any places where 
 the varnifh is rubbed off, melt fome prepared Oyl, 
 and with a pencil, cover thofe places pretty thick. 
 
 IF. Then take a brufh,' pencil, or rag, and dip it in 
 the prepared oyl, and rub the back-fide of the plate 
 all over, that the Aqua-fortis may not hurt it, if by 
 chance any fhould fall thereon. 
 
 III. Before you put the Aqua-fort is to the plate, 
 gently warm or dry the plate by a lire to dry up the 
 humidity, which it might contract by reafon of the 
 Air i and to prevent the breaking up the varnifh upon 
 the firft pouring the Aqua-fortis thereon. 
 
 IV. Place the plate by the 12th. Section of the 7th. 
 Chapter of this Book, and with the Aqua-fortis in an 
 earthen pot pour upon the plate, beginning' at the top 
 fo moving your hand that it may run. all over the 
 plate, which do for eight or ten times : then turn it 
 cornerwife, and pour the Aqua-fortis on it that way 
 ten or twelve times j and then turn it again corner- 
 wife the other way, pouring on the Aqua fortis eight 
 or ten times as before f doing thus feveral times for 
 the fpace of half a quarter of an hour or more, accor 
 ding to the ftrength of the water, and nature of the 
 Copper. 
 
 For there tnuft be lefs time allowed to hard and brittle 
 Copper for pouring on the Aqua-fortis , but more to the 
 I "oft . 
 
 V. But 
 
Chap.io. Of ufingthe Aqua-forth. 67 
 
 V. But you mud have fpecial regard to ca ft on the 
 Aqua-form as occafion (hall require, and work is j 
 calling it on at feveral times, and on feveral piaces * 
 where you would have it very deep, often , where 
 lefs deep, fewer times : where light 5 lefs yet* where 
 lighter, Idler yet : and where fo light as it can fcarcely 
 be feen, once or twice : wa(h it with water, and co- 
 ver it where you would have it lighter. 
 
 VI. Having thus covered your plates as occafion re- 
 quires > for the fecond time, place the plate on the 
 t frame asaforefaid, and pour on it your Aqua-form for 
 ■a full half hour. 
 
 ' VII. Then wafh it with water and dry it, covering 
 The places which require lightnefs or faintnefs ( that 
 they may be proportionable to the defign)then pour 
 k on the Aqua-form for the laft time more or lefs accor- 
 1 ding to the nature of your work, and the deepnefs that 
 i*it requires. 
 
 ill VIII. You may rub off the varnifh or ground, as 
 occafion in your work requires with a Charcoal, to 
 t fee whether the water hath eaten deep enough j by 
 a which you may judge of the fpace of time, that you 
 (tare after to employ in pouring on the Aqua-form, in 
 ii the works you will have to do, which if the (hadows 
 t require much depth, or ought to be very black, the 
 : Water ought to be poured on ( at the lead time) for 
 j an hour or better > yet know no certain rule of time can 
 be limited for thti, 
 
 f ■ 
 
 CHAP. 
 
£8 
 
 Poljgraphkes. Lib. 2, 
 
 CHAP. XI. 
 
 Of Fmfbtttg the Work . 
 
 t ' ; v : 
 
 I. A LL the former operations being done, waft 
 
 XX the plate with fair water v and put it wet 
 upon the fire, till the mixture be well melted, and then 
 wipe it very clean on both fides with alinnencloth, 
 till you have cleanfed it of all the mixture. 
 
 II. Take Charcoal of Willow, take off the rind of 
 it, and putting fair water on the plate, rub it with the 
 Charcoal, as if you were to polifh it, and it will take 
 off the varnifh. 
 
 Where note, that the Coal muft be free from all 
 knots and roughnefs, and that no fand or filth fail 
 upon the plate. 
 
 III. Take ordinary Aqua- for tit, to which add two 
 third parts of water, and with fome linnen rags dip- 
 ped therein, rub the plate all over, fo will you take 
 away its difcolouring, and recover its former beauty. 
 
 IV. Theh take dry linnen rags , and wipe the plate 
 foas to take offall theaforefaid water, and then hold* 
 ing it a little to the fire, put upon it a little Oyl Olive, 
 and with a piece of an old Beaver rolled up rub the 
 plate well all over, and laflly, wipe it well with a dry 
 cloth. 
 
 V. Then if asiy places need touching with the 
 Graver, as fometimes it happens, efpecially where it 
 is to be very deep or black, perfedf them with carev 
 which done, the plate is ready for the Rolling-Prtfs. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 J. : 'j 
 
 .] . ■ 1 
 
Chap. 1 2. Ojufing the foft Varnifh . 69 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 I 
 
 T/tf of ufing the [oft Varnifb* 
 
 [. r H E plate being prepared by cleanfing it with 
 l a Charcoal and clean water, wa(h it well and 
 dry it, then with fine white Chalk (craped and a fine 
 :ag, rub it well over, not touching it with your fin- 
 ders. 
 
 II. Lay down your plate over a Chafing-difh of 
 'mall-coal, yet fo as the fire may have air •, then take 
 he ground or foft varnifh ( it being tied up in a fine 
 |'ag J and rub it up and down the Copper, foasit 
 inay fufficiently cover it, (not too thin nor too thick :) 
 hen take a feather and fmooth it as well as poflibly 
 ’on can all one way, and then crofs it, till it lie very 
 well. 
 
 : But you tnufl takg heed that the plate be Hot too hot, far 
 if it lie till the ground fmoa]^ the moiflure mil be dried 
 Up-, and that mil fpoil the workj and maVp the ground 
 nea\ or fly up* 
 
 \ III. Then grind fome White-lead with Gum-wa- 
 :er, fo that it may be of a convenient thicknefs to 
 fpread on the Copper i and with a large pencil, or 
 [mall brufh, (hike the plate crofs over, twice or thrice 
 fill it is fmooth 5 and then with a larger brufh ( made 
 of Squirrels tails J gently fmooth the white, and then 
 let it lie till it is dry. 
 
 IV. Or you may black the varnifh with a Candle, as 
 we taught at the Second Sedion of the Eighth Chap- 
 ter, and then warm it over the fire, till the varnifh be- 
 gin to melt. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
7 ° 
 
 Foly graph ices. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 \ 
 
 The way of Etching upon the foft Farmfh, 
 
 I, TpH E way of Etching is the fame with that is 
 l the hard varnifh •, only you mu ft be careful 
 not to hurt your varnifh, which you may do by pla- 
 cing on the tides of your plate two little boards, and 
 laying crofs over them another thin one, fo as that 
 it may not touch the plate, on which you muft reft 
 your hand whilft you work. 
 
 II. Then place the plate on a Deskfif you fo pleafe) 
 for by that means the fuperfluous matter will fall a- 
 way of it (df. 
 
 III. But if you have any defign to transfer upon the 
 plate from any Copy or Print, ferape on the backlide 
 rhereof fome red Chalk all over y then go over that, 
 by feraping fome foft Charcoal, till it mingle with 
 the Chalk i and with a large ftiff pencil rub it all over 
 till it be fine and even, and fo lay down the defign up- 
 on the plate : with a bLunt Needle draw over the out 
 lfroaks : and as you xvorl^you need not feral ch bard into 
 the Copper , only fo as you may fee the Needle go through 
 the Varnijh to the Copper . 
 
 IV. Always be fure when you leave the work, to 
 wrap the plate up in Paper, to keep it from hurt, and 
 corrupting in the air, which may dry the varnifh : and 
 in Winter time wrap the plate up in a piece ofwollen* 
 as Well as paper, for if the frofl get to it, it will caufe 
 the varnifh to rife from the Copper in the eating* 
 
 An inconveniency alfo mil accrerv , by letting the Var* 
 rajh lie too long upon the Plate before the vPorbjs finipedi 
 
 for 
 
Chap . 1 4 . Of Finijbing the Work. 7 1 
 
 for three or four months will confume the moifiure and fo 
 ( foil all . 
 
 V. The marking of the defign upon the foft var- 
 nifh, is beft done with Black-lead or Chalk, if the 
 ground is white j but with red Chalk, if the ground 
 s black. 
 
 VI. Having Graved what you intend upon the var- 
 Tifh, take fome fair water, a little warm, andcaft 
 t upon the plate i and then with a foft clean Sponge, 
 ub upon the White-lead' to moiften it all over > and 
 ;hen walh the plate to take away the whiting, and 
 Iry it. 
 
 11 VII. Or laftly, with Aquafortis mixed with fair 
 vater, wafh it all over, and by this means you may 
 fake away the whiting, which then wafh with com- 
 mon water and dry it, and thus have you the plate 
 •repared for the Aqua-fortif. 
 
 1 ■* 
 
 it — — 
 
 CHAP. XIV, 
 
 it 
 
 li ** t 
 
 Of ujlng the Aqua-fortis^ and finifhing 
 the Work . • 
 
 f! 
 
 T. F)Ut foft wax ( red or green ) round the brims 
 F JL of the plate, and let it be raifed above the var- 
 
 t iifh about half a Barley Corns length > fo that placing 
 he plate level, the water being poured upon the plate 
 nay by this means be retained. This done, 
 
 II. Take common Aquafortis fix ounces, common 
 water two ounces j mix them, and pour it gently up* 
 pn the plate, fo that it may cover it fully all over i fo 
 will the Wronger hatchings be full of bubbles, while 
 
 the 
 
j 2 PolygraphiceSc Lib. 2; 
 
 the fainter will appear clear for a while, not making 
 any fudden operations to the view. 
 
 III. When you perceive the water to operate a 
 fmall time* pour it off into a glazed earthen dilh,and 
 throw fair water upon the plater to walk away the 
 Aquafortis, then dry the plate ;and where you would 
 have the Cut to be faint, tender or fweet, cover it 
 with the prepared Oyl, and then cover the plate again 
 with A qua- for in as before, leaving it on for eight 
 or ten minutes, or longer : then put off the Aqua- 
 fortis as before, walking and drying the plate, and 
 covering with the prepared Oyl other places which 
 you would not have fo deep as the reft : Lallly, put 
 on the Aquafortis again, for the fpace of hall an hour 
 ( more Griefs) and then pour it off, walking the plate 
 with fair water as before. 
 
 As you would have your lines or Jfaoakj to be deep 
 and deeper -ifo cover the fweeter or fainter parts by degress 
 with the prepared Oyl , that the Aqua-fortis may hetk 
 longer on tbcdeep ftroal$s. Then, 
 
 IV. Take off the border of wax, and heat the plate, 
 fo that the Oyl and varnifh may throughly melt> 
 which wipe away well with alinnen cloth : then rub 
 fhe plate over with Oyl Olive and a piece of an old 
 Beaver roll’d up, which done, touch it with the Gra- 
 ver where need is. 
 
 V. But if any thing bef at laft) forgotten i then rub 
 the plate aforefaid with crums of bread, fo well that 
 no filth or oyl remain upon the plate. 
 
 VI. Then heat the plate upon a Charcoal fire, and 
 fpread the foft varnifh with a feather upon it ( as be- 
 fore) fo that the hatchings may be filled with, varnifh j 
 black it and then touch it over again, or add what 
 you intend, • 
 
 VII. Let 
 
Chap, 15. Of Limning, &c, 73 
 
 , VII. Let your hatchings be made by means of the 
 Needles, according as the manner of the work (hall 
 require, being careful beffire you put /On the Aqua . - 
 fortis^ to cover the firfl graving on the plate with the 
 prepared Oyl f left the varnifh fliould not have cove- 
 red all over : ) then caufe the Aqua-fortU to eat into 
 the work j and lafily cleanfe the plate as before. 
 
 C H A P. XV. 
 
 V . 
 
 -i 
 
 T Imning is an Art whereby in water Colours, 
 , J — / We ftrive to refemble Nature in every thing 
 ko the life. . . h 
 
 II. : The Inftruments and, Materials thereof are 
 'chiefly thefe. i. Gum. 2. Colours, 3, Liquid Gold and 
 Silver. 4. The Grind]} one and Muller. 5. Pencils* 60 
 fables to Limn in. 7. Little glafs or China- dijhcs. 
 
 III. , The Gums . are, chiefly thefe four, Gum-Ara- 
 bick, Gum- Lake, Gum-Hedera, Gum-Armoniack. 
 
 IV. The principal Colours are thefe feven, White.,, 
 Blacky Red , Green , fellow , Blew , Brown : out of which 
 are made mixt or Compound Colours. 
 
 V. The Liquid Gold and Silver is either natural or 
 
 artificial. ; , . , 
 
 , The natural is that which is produced of the Me- 
 tals themfelves : the artificial is that which is formed 
 )f other colours. 
 
 VI. The Grindlng-flone , Muller , Pencil /, fables , 
 pid Shells , or little China-diJhes are only theneceflfary 
 nftruments and attendants, which belong to the pra- 
 &ice of Limning-, 
 
 ff CHAP. 
 
 Of Limning, and the Materials thereof* 
 
74 
 
 Polygraphices. Lib.s, 
 
 CHAP. XV I. 
 
 Of the Gams and their Vfe. 
 
 I. T'H E chief of all is Gum-Arabick, that which 
 1 is white, clear and brittle j the Gum-water 
 cfTtiS made thus : 
 
 fake Gum-Arabick^ brttife it and tie it up in a pint 
 chan linnen cloatb , and put it into a convenient quantity 
 of pure fpring-water, in a glafs or earthen vejfel '•> letting 
 the Gum remain there till it is diffolved s which done-, if 
 the water is not fliff enough, put more Gum into the clod, 
 but if too fUff, add more water : of which Gum-water 
 have two forts by you, the one ftrong,the other weaki 
 of which you may make a third at pleafure. 
 
 But if you be where Gum-Arabick is not to be got, 
 you may inflead of that ufe the preparation ot Sheeps- 
 leather or parchment following. 
 
 fake of the jhreds of white Sheep' skins (which anti 
 ke had plentifully at Glovers) or elfe of parchments, on 
 pound V Conduit or running water two quarts, boilit to s 
 thin gelly, then Jlrain it whilji hot through a fine fir aMh 
 
 and fo ufe it . • ' * ’ ■' - 
 
 II. Gum-Lake, it is made of whites of Eggs beaten 
 and (trained a pint^ Honey, Gum-Hedera ot each 
 two Drachms, ftrong wort four fpoonfuls, mix them, 
 and drain them with a piece of fpunge till they 
 like a clear oyl, which keep in a clean vcffel fill -it 
 grows hard. • ‘ . 1 
 
 “This Gum will dijfolve in water like Gum-Arabic kj 
 which Gum-water is made in like manner V it is agow 
 ordinary varnifhftr Picture s- 
 
 HI. Gum-Hedera, or Gum of Ivy > . it is gotten oaf 
 
Chap. 1 7 Of Colours in Generate 75 
 
 of Ivy, by cutting with an Axe a great branch thereof* 
 climbing upon an Oak-tree, and bruifing the ends of 
 it with the head of the Axe j at a Months end, or 
 thereabouts, you may take from it a very clear, and 
 pure tine Gum, like oyl. 
 
 It is good to put into Gold-fiize and other Colours, for 
 thefe three reajons : I. It abates the ill fent of the fizz s 
 2 Jt will prevent bubbles in Gold-fize and other Colours'; 
 3* Lafily , it tapes the fat and clamminefs of Colours : 
 hefides which it is ofufe in making Pomanders • 
 
 IV. Gutn-Armoniacum, It isaForrein Gum, and 
 ought to be brought ftrained. Grind it very fine 
 with juyce of Garlick and a little Gum-Arabick-wa- 
 iter, fo that it may not be too thick, but that you may 
 £,write with it what you will* 
 
 When you ufe it , draw what you will with it, and let 
 fi-t dry , and when you gild upon it, cut your Gold or Sil~ 
 per to the fajhion which you drew with the fize or gum , 
 then breath upon the fize, and lay the Gold upon it gently 
 taken up, which prejs down hard with apiece of wool and 
 then let it well dry being dryed , with a fine linnen cloath 
 ftrikg off the lojfcGold', fi> will what was drawn be fairly 
 gilded if it was as fine as a hair : it is called Gold- At- 
 moniack. 
 
 L . .. ■ ■ ' • ' : ' ' ♦ » • • \ i ' 
 
 i— ■ ■ 1 1 . ■■■ 1 
 
 r - • ciwii 
 
 CHAP. XVII. 
 
 Of the [even Colours in General, 
 
 * * ■ ‘ *' jt . ; . . t , * ~ x • - ,, 
 
 Sf> 'T'HE chief Whites arethefe, Spodium, Cerufe, 
 
 . . White-lead, Spanifh' white, Egg-fhels burnt. 
 
 This Colour is called in Greek. bitEo'GJj video, 
 
 F 2 to 
 
76 
 
 Polygraphices • Lib . 2 ,■ 
 
 to Tec beuaufeXewoTMs^Ti^ocKe/TtKei » o^,whitc- 
 ne(s (as AiM* faid) is the obje&of fight, in Latin 
 
 Alim from whencethe^r had them name, byrea- 
 
 fin of their continual whitened with Snow. The 
 Zn lh-Mc is thus made. Take hne Chalk three 
 ounces. Atom one ounce, grind them together with 
 fair water till it be like paps roul it up into ball , 
 which drvleil'urely: then put them into the tire t il 
 they are red-hot s take them out, and let them cool, 
 j, is the heft rrhite of all, to garnijh mtb, bung gtmi 
 
 with weak Gum-wattr. , 
 
 II. The chief Black; are thefe, Harts-horn burnt, 
 
 Irory burnt, C herry-ffones burnt, Lamp-black, Char- 
 
 C ° Black, in Latin Niger is fo called from 
 Y,Mok,rrhicb fignifies dead, becaufi putrefied and id 
 «I n^s are genlrallyof that colour. Lamp-black.,* 
 fmoakof a Link, Torch, or Lamp gathered together. 
 
 1 III 7 The chief Reds are thefe, V ermilron, Red-lead, 
 Indian-lake, Red-oker. It is called in Latin R* 
 Tsxpi tmv po»v a coriicibm vel grams malt puma, W 
 the Rinds or Seeds of Pomegranates, as Scahges •fa* 
 
 IV. The chief Greens axe thefe, Green Bice, Verde 
 
 o-riefe, Verditure, Sapgreen. This colour is.calle ■ ® 
 Latin Viridis from Vires: in Greek yt.aet,<oy!-s 
 Grafs orGreen Herb, which is of this Colour. . 
 
 V. The chief Td/aw arc thefe, Orpiment, Main®, 
 
 Saffron, Pink-yellow, Oker ; de-luce This co ou 
 called in Latin Flavus, Luteus, in Greek " h h; 
 
 is Homer's Epithete for Menelaus^ where he call , 
 
 |ccv3o> M mKu&. . T i; co 
 
 Vi. The chief Slews are Ultramarine, 
 
 Smalt, Blew Bice. This colour is called in Ut 
 Cdtrulew , in Greek Kjave©-' a kdxv&, the mm j ■ 
 font, which yields Ultramarine, 
 
 vn. th* 
 
.Chap. 1 8. Of Colours in Particular. 77 
 
 v-ll. The chief Browns are Umber, Spa mfli .brown, 
 
 ; Colens Earth. It is called in Latin Rnfcns, quafi QtoS 
 CiitccTCiiyfoom darkning tlie Light, in Greek <pocio>. 
 
 CHAP. XVII L 
 
 Of Colours in Particular . 
 
 m, 
 
 $[. f^Erufe, Grind it with glair of Eggs and it will 
 make a moft perfect white. 
 
 115 II. White-lead , Grind it with a weak water of Gum- 
 3ti ake, and let it (land three or four days, aiter which 
 f you mix with- it Rofet and Vermilion , it makes a 
 "fair Carnat ion. 
 
 h III. Spanifh-rvbite , It is the bed: white of all, to 
 fegarniflh with, ground with weak Gum-water. 
 
 Iff 3 IV. Lamp-blacky, ground with Gum-water, it 
 l.nakes a good black. 
 
 at:' V. Vermilion , Grind it with the glair of an Egg, 
 and in the grinding put a little clarified honey, to make 
 'tits colour bright and perledf. 
 
 it: VI. Sinaper-lakg, it makes a deep and beautiful red, 
 ipr rather purple, almoft like unto a Red-rofe. Grind 
 it with Gum-lake and Turnfole-water : if you will 
 1, have it light, add a little Cerufe, and it will make it 
 la bright Crimfon •, if to Diaper, add only Turnfolc 
 .water. 
 
 VII. Red-lead , Grind it with fome Saffron, and 
 Riff Gum -lake j for the Saffron makes it orient, and 
 of a Marigold colour. 
 
 VIII ‘turnfole , Lay it in a Sawcer of Vinegar, and 
 fet it over a Chafing-difh of coals i let it boil, then 
 lake it off, and wring it into a (hell) adding a little 
 
 1 j , / ■Jr - ' .r * * . . ■ 
 
Poljlg 
 
 raphices • 
 
 Lib. 
 
 Gum-Arabick , let it ftand till it isditfolved: It is 
 cr 0 od to (hadow Carnation, and all Yellows. 
 
 IX. Unfit? Grind it with Brazil-water, and it will 
 make a deep purple : put Cerufe to it, and it will be 
 lighter, grind it with Litmofe, and it will make a 
 fair Violet. 
 
 X. Spanijh-bronw , Grind it with Brazil-water: 
 mingle it with Cerufe and it makes a horfe-flelh Co- 
 lour. 
 
 XI. Bole- Armoniack^ It is a faint colour i its chief 
 life is, in making iize for burnifh’d gold. 
 
 XII. Green bice, Order it as you do Blew bice i when 
 it is moift, and not through dry, you may Diaper up- 
 on it with the water of deep green. 
 
 XIII. Verdegriefe-> Grind it with juyce of Rue, and 
 a little weak Gum-water, and you will have a mod 
 p ure green : if you will Diaper with it, grind it with 
 Lye of Rue (or elfe the deco&ion thereof) and there 
 will be a hoary green : Diaper upon Verdegriefe- green 
 with Sap-green : alfo Verdegriefe ground with white 
 Tarter, and then tempered with gum-water, givesa 
 mod perfed green. 
 
 XIV. Virdime , grind it with a weak Gum-Ara- 
 bick water: it is the tainted green that is, but is good 
 to lay upon black, in any kind of Drapery. 
 
 XV. Sap-green', lay it in (harp Vinegar all night j 
 
 put it into a little Alpm to raife its colour , and 
 you will have a good green to Diaper uponothei 
 greens. ■ 
 
 XVI. Orpmenti Arfinicum or Auripigmentunt^nni 
 it with a ftiff water of Gum-lake, becaufe it is the bell 
 colour of it felf, it will lie upon no green, for all 
 greens. White and Red-lead, and Cerufe dain.it: 
 wherefore you mad deepen you?? colours fo that the 
 Prpiment mgy be |iighed 3 and fo it may agree with 
 
 all Coleuys* fi XVW* A- f # 
 
Chap. 1 8 . Of Colours in Particulars. 7J 
 
 XVII. Mafticot grind it with a fmall quantity of 
 : Saffron in gum-water, and never make it lighter than 
 it is: it will endure to lie upon all colours and me- 
 tals. 
 
 XVIII. Saffron, Steep it in glair : it may be ground 
 with Vermilion. 
 
 XIX. I'inh^yelloTV, if you would have it lad co- 
 loured, grind it with Saffron* if light, with Cerufe : 
 mix it with weak gum-water, and fo ufe if. 
 
 XX. Qkgr de Luce* grind it with pure Brazil water: 
 tit makes a palling hair colour} and is a natural fha- 
 ijdow for gold. 
 
 XXI. Vmber , It is a more fad colour. Grind it 
 Iwith gum-water , or gum-lake } and lighten it ( if 
 ityou pleafe) with a little Cerufe and a blade of Saffron, 
 pi XXII. Vltr amarine. If you would have if deep, 
 agrind it with Licmofe- water •, but if light, with fine 
 igCerufe, and a weak Gum-Arabick water. 
 
 lit XXlII. lndico, grind it with water ofGum-Ara- 
 jbick, as Ultramarine. 
 
 XXIV. Blew bice, grind it with clean water, as 
 .fmall as you can, then put it into a (hell, and wafli 
 it thus : put as much water to it as will fill up the 
 veffel or (hell, and ftir it well , let it hand an hours 
 und the filth and dirty water caff away •, then put 
 in more clean water , do thus four or five times i 
 and at laft put in Gum-Arabick water fomewhat 
 weak, that the Bice may fall to the bottom i pour 
 off the gum- water , and put more to it, wa(h it 
 again , dry it, and mix it with weak gum-water 
 ( if you would have it rife of the fame colour J 
 but with a ftiff water of Gum-lake, if you would have 
 a moft perfed blew > if a light blew, grind it with a 
 little Cerufe j but if a moft deep blew? add water of 
 Litmofe. 
 
 * " < F 4 XxV. Smalt % 
 
8o Polygraphices. Lib. 2t 
 
 XXV. Smalt, grind it with a little fine Rofet, and 
 it will make a deep Violet : and by putting in a quan- 
 tity of Cerufe, it will make a light Violet. 
 
 XXVI. Litmofe-blew , grind it with Cerufe : with 
 too much Litmofe it makes a deep blew =, with too 
 much Cerufe, alight blew: grind it with the weak 
 
 water of Gum Arabick. 
 
 fine Litmofe, cut it in pieces , lay it in wear- 
 ier of Gum-lak? for twenty four hours, and you Jhall bm 
 a water of a moji perfect Azure > with which water ) im 
 may Diaper and Damask npon all other blews , to mlp 
 
 them Jhew more fair and beautiful. 
 
 XXVII. Orchal grind it with unllak’d Lime and 
 Urine, it makes a pure Violet: by putting to more 
 or lefs Lime, you may paake the Violet light or deep 
 as you pleafe. 
 
 CHAP. XIX* 
 
 Of mixt and compound Colours* 
 
 f* . , , ' » s • 
 
 y. Ti rs Very, It is a wonderful beautiful colour, 
 lVl compofed of purple and white : it is made 
 thus, take Sinaper lake two ounces* White-led otlt 
 ounce, grind them together. See the 24 Se&ion. 
 
 JI. Aglafs grey , mingle Cerufe with a little Azure. 
 
 III. A bay colour, mingle Vermilion with a littlfl 
 Spanilh brown and black. 
 
 IV. A deep purple. It isepade of Indico, Spanilb 
 
 brown and White. • - z; \ 
 
 It is called in Latin Purpureus, in Greek vrop&ipM- 
 from vfpepuggs a kind of Shellrfijh that yields a 
 of that colour* ••• - ' v * ■ • ’ 1 
 
 At 
 
Chap. 1 9 * Of mixing Colours. 8 c 
 
 V. An AJb-colottr, or Grey, It is made by mixing 
 White and Lamp-blacks or white with Sinaper, In- 
 dicoand black make an Afli colour. 
 
 It is called in Latin Caefius, and color Cinerius*, hi 
 Greek r Accukos and Ttcpp'^HS'. 
 
 VI. Light Green, It is made of Pink and Smalts 
 with white to make it lighter if need require. 
 
 VII. Saffron colour, It is made of Saffron alone by 
 infufion. 
 
 VIII. Flame colour It is ipade of Vermilion and 
 Orpiment, mixed deep or light at pleafure : or thus. 
 Take Red-lead and mix it with Mafticot, which 
 heighten with white. 
 
 IX. A Violet colour , Indico, White and SinapeP lake 
 make a good Violet. So alf© Cerufe and Litmofe, of 
 ;ach equal parts. 
 
 X. Lead colour , It is made of White mixed witfi 
 fndico. 
 
 XT. Scarlet colour > It is made of Red-lead, Lake, 
 Vermilion ; yet Vermilion in this cafe is not very ufe- 
 fpl. 
 
 1 XII. To make Vermilion . 
 
 T ake Brimiione in powder one ounce, mix it with 
 Qaickfilver a pound, put it into a Crucible well luted, 
 and upon a Charcoal-tire heat it till it is red-hot •> then 
 take it off and let it cool. 
 
 XIII. To makg a bright Crimfon. 
 
 Mix tin&ure of Brazil with a little Cerufe ground 
 with fair water. 
 
 ! XIV. To make a fad Crimfon • 
 
 Mix the aforefaid light Crimfon with a little Intfo 0 
 ground with fair water. 
 
 XV. To mak$ a pure La\e. 
 
 "fake Urine twenty pound, boil it in a Kettle and 
 (cum it with an Iron (cummer till it comes to fixteet4 
 
 i 'i • .V ■* « i A V* 1 ■ - ’ 'pounds 
 
Poiygraphkes. Lib.x 
 
 pound *, to which add Gum-lake one pound, Alom 
 live ounces > boil all till it is well coloured, which 
 you may try by dipping therein a piece ot linnen cloths 
 then add iweet Alom in powder a fuffiicient quantity, 
 drain it and let it (land * drain it again through a dry 
 cloth till the liquor be clear : that which remains in 
 the doth or bag is the pure Lake. 
 
 XVI. to make a Critnfon Lake . 
 
 It is ufually made of the flocks (horn off from Grim, 
 fon cloth by a Lye made of Salt-peter, which extrads 
 the colour i which precipitate, edulcorate, and dry 
 in the Sun or a Stove. 
 
 XVII. A -pure Green • 
 
 Take white Tartar and Verdegriefe, temper them 
 with ftreng White-wine Vinegar, in which a little 
 Gum-Arabick hath been diffolved. 
 
 XVIII. A pure Violet • 
 
 Take a little Indico and tindlure of Brazil, grind 
 them with a little Cerufe. 
 
 XIX. A pitre Purple colour . 
 
 Take fine Brimftone an ounce and an half, Quick- 
 diver, Sal-Armoniack, Jupiter, of each one ounce; 
 beat the Brimftone and Salt into powder, and make an 
 Amalgamy with the Quickfilver and Tin, mix all to- 
 gether, which put into a great glafs goard i make un- 
 der it an ordinary fire, and keep it in a conftant heat 
 for the fpace of fix hours. 
 
 XX. ‘to make a Tellow colour • 
 
 Take the Yellow chives in white Lillies, fteep them 
 in gum- water, and it will make a perfedi Yellow i the 
 fame from Saffron and Tartar tempered withgutfr’ 
 water. 
 
 XXL to make a Red colour. ' ' * ' j 
 
 Take the roots of the leffer Buglofs, and beat thern, 
 End drain out the juyee, and mix it with Alom- water. 
 
 - ' ' i- 1 T 1 ' ' ' A •• ^xll. ?! 
 
Chap. 1 9. Of Mixing Colour s a 83 
 
 XXII. to make excellent good Greens, 
 
 The Liver of a Lamprey makes an excellent and 
 durable grafs green : and yellow laid upon blew 
 will change into green; fo like wife the juyee of a 
 blew Flower-de-luce, mixed with gum-water, will 
 be a perfe& and durable green or blew* according as it 
 sufed. 
 
 XXIII. ’to mal<e a Purple colour . 
 
 1 Take the juyee of Bilberries and mix it with Alora 
 in d Galls, and fo paint with it. 
 
 ■ XXIV. to make a good Murry, 
 
 Temper Roifet with a little Rofe-water, in which a 
 ittle gum hath been diffolved, and it will be good , 
 j' ut not exceeding that at the firft Se&ion of this 
 j-i-hapter. 
 
 XXV. to make Azure or Blew* 
 
 Mix the Azure with glew-wafer, and not with 
 um- water. 
 
 XXVI. 7 0 make a TelloWj Green , or Purple • 
 Buckthorn-berries gathered green and Beeped in 
 
 ,llom-water yield a good yellow : but being through 
 ipe and black ( by the eighteenth Section of the 
 ; wenty fir £1 Chapter of the third Book} they yield a 
 ;;ood green : and lahly, being gathered when they 
 ire ready to drop off, which is about the middle or 
 ^nd of November , their juyee mixt with Alom- water 
 fields a good Purple colour 
 
 y 
 
CHAP. XX. 
 
 -\ f ■' 1 
 
 Of Colours for Drapery. 
 
 I. J70K TeUow Garments. Take Mafticot deepned 
 Jl' with Brown-Oker and Red-Lead. 
 
 II For Scarlet . Take Virmilion deepned with Si* 
 naper-lake, and heightned with touches of Mafticot. 
 
 V. For an Orient Violet. Grind Litmofe, Blew* 
 Smalt, and Cerufe > but in mixture let the blew have 
 the upper hand. 
 
 VI. For Blew. Take Azure deepned with Indy* 
 Blew or Lake heightned with white. 
 
 VII. For Blacky Velvet . Lay the garment ftrft over 
 with Ivory black, then heighten it with Cherryftone 
 black, and a little white. 
 
 VIII For blacky Sattin. Take Cherryftone black; 
 then white deepned with Cherryftone black > and then 
 laftly, Ivory black. 
 
 IX. For a pure Green. Take VerdegrieCe, bruife it. 
 
 XI. For Cloth of Gold. Take brown Qkcr, W& ^ 
 
 •' r -• ' •' r-.:. * quid 
 
Chap. 20 . Of Colours for Dt apery. 85 
 
 juid Gold water, and heighten upon the fame with 
 [mall ftroaks of Gold. . 
 
 XII. For white Sattin . Take firft fine Cerufe, 
 
 ^hich deepen with Cherryftone-black, then heighten 
 igain with Cerufe, and fine touches where the light 
 alleth. , 
 
 XIII. For a rujfet Sattin . Take Indy-blew and 
 Lake, firft thin and then deepned with Indy again. 
 
 XIV. For a hair Colour . It is made out of Mafticot, 
 'Imber, Yellow Oker, Cerufe, Oker-de*rous, and 
 lea- coal. 
 
 li XV. For a Popinjay Green . Take a perfed green 
 ningled with Mafticot.' 
 
 l XVI. For changeable Silk: Take water of Mafticot 
 llnd Red-lead i which deepen with Sap-green. 
 
 XVII. Far a light Blew. Take Blew -bice, heightened: 
 :,i?ith Cerufe or Spodium. 
 
 b XVIII. For to Jhadow Kujfit. Take Cherry ftonc- 
 lack, and white ; lay a light Ruflet, then (hadow it 
 tkith white. 
 
 XIX. For a Sbje Colour. Take Blew-bice and Ve- 
 nice Cerufe : but if you would have it dark, take £ome 
 Bflew and white. 
 
 XX. For a Straw Colour . Take Mafticot \ then 
 jvhitc heightened with Mafticot, and deepned with 
 /ink. Or thus. Take Red- lead deepned with 
 ’-ake. 
 
 I XXl. For tellomjh. Thin Pink deepned with Pink 
 i,md green : Orpiment burned makes a Marigold co- 
 ,our. 
 
 XXII. For a Feach colour.: Take Brazil water, Log 
 ^ater and Cerufe. 
 
 \\ XXIII. For a light Purple. Mingle Cerufe with 
 Logwood water: or take Turnfole mingled with a 
 little Lake, Smalt and Bice. 
 
 XXIV. Fox 
 
 »• ..4 
 
$6 tPolygrapbices. Lib. 2 . 
 
 XXIV. For a Walnut colour. Red -lead thinly laid, 
 and fhadowed with Spanifh brown. 
 
 XXV. For a Fire colour Take Mafticot, and deepen 
 it with Mafticot for the flame. 
 
 XXVI. For a free. Take Umber and white, 
 wrought with Umber, deepned with black. 
 
 XXVlt. For the Le&ves.' Take Sap-green and green 1 
 Rice, heighten it with Verditure and white. 
 
 XXVlll. For Water. Blew and white, deepned 
 with blew, and heightned with white. 
 
 XXIX. For Bank/. Thin Umber, deepned with 
 
 Umber and black. 'a*'’ I 
 
 XXX. For Feathers . Take Lake frizled with Red- 
 lead. 
 
 A ^ »*r» ft ■' > ^ f 1 f : f 1 ’ • if. 
 
 ‘ c 
 
 - ■ - - • 1 • — ■ ■■ 
 
 • .• / tv i --> . • ■ - : ’ * » • — • w • . - < * ■ • * • ’’ *3 
 
 CHAP. XXI. 
 
 Of Liquid Gold and Silver** 
 
 ~ J i U * G ilk * • j \.J w . • j 5* » w t. ■* ■ -*k 
 
 I. T Iqttid Gold or Silver. ‘ J 
 
 I i Take five or fix leaves of Gold or Silver, 
 which grind ( with a ftiff Gum-lake water, and a 
 good quantity of Salt) as fmall as you can V then put it 
 into a vial or glazed veffel i add ft) much fair water as 
 may diffolve the ftiff gum-water •, then let it hand font 
 hours, that the Gold may fettle ; decant the water, 
 and put in more, till the Gold is clean wafhed : to the 
 Gold put more fair water, a little Sal-Armoniack and 
 common Sait, digefting it dofe for four days : then 
 put all into apiece of thin Gloved leather C 
 grain is peeled off) and hang it up, fo will the Sal- 
 Armoniack fret away, and the ‘Gold remain behind? 
 which keep* 7 
 
Ch.2 1 . Of Liquid Gold and Silver l 87 
 
 Or thus. Grind fine leaf Gold with firmg or thici \ 
 gum-water very fine > and as you grind add more thici \ 
 [gum-water « being very fine , wajhit in a great jhell m 
 you do Bice : then temper it with a little quantity of Mtr- 
 cur) fublimate , and a little dijjolved gum to bind it in the 
 fhell hjhake zf, andfpread the Gold about the fides thereof , j 
 [that it may be all of one colour and finenefs , which ufe 
 with fair water , as you do other colours- ihe fame ob- 
 serve in liquid Silver j with this obfervation , 7 hat if 
 /our Silver , by length of time , or humidity of the air be- 
 come tufty H then cover the place with juyce of Garlicky be- 
 ore you lay on the Silver , which willpreferve it ■ : 
 
 I When you ufe it) temper it with glair of Eggs, and fo 
 fe it with pen or pencil . Glair of Eggs is thus m t ade. 
 f akg the whites and beat them with a fpoon , tiU that 
 "fe all in a foam '■> then let them fiand all fright, and 
 y morning they will be turned into clear water , which 
 good glair- / 
 
 JI. Argentum Muficum . 
 
 Take one ounce of Tin, melt it, and put thereto 
 f Tarter and Quickfilver of each one ounce, (fir 
 aem well together untill they be co!d, : then heat 
 r ‘ in a mortar and grind it on a (tone* mix it, with 
 .,um water, write therewith,' and afterwards po- 
 i fh it, . ' • ■: 
 
 | III. Burnifhed Gold or Silver i- • v 1 .Y 
 
 |. Take Gum lake and diflolve; it into a iHff watfr;. 
 lien grind a blade or two ofSaifron therewith, and 
 ou (hall have a fair Gold i when you have (et it, be- 
 hg throughly dry, burni(h it with a dogs tooth. ’ Or 
 'bus, having writ with your pen or pencil what you 
 deale, cut the leaf Goid or Silver into pieces, accor- 
 ling to the draught, which take up with a feather and 
 |ay it upon the drawing, which prefs down with a 
 iece of wool j and being dry, burnifh it. 
 
 IV. Gold 
 
88 Polygraphices. 
 
 IV. Gold Armoniack. , ' , 
 
 This is nothing but that which we have taught at 
 the fourth Se&ion of the fifteenth Chapter of this 
 
 Book. . ! 
 
 V* Size for humified Gold. ■ • • 
 
 Take Bole- Armoniack three drachms, nne Chalk 
 ©ne drachms grind them as fmall as you can .toge- 
 ther with fair water, three or four times, lettingit 
 dry after every time then take glair and firainitas 
 fhort as water, with which grind the Bole and Chalk, 
 adding a little Gum-Hedera, and afew blades of Saf- 
 fron i grind all as fmall as pollible, and put them ifito 
 an Ox horn ( I judge a glafs velfel better), andfetit 
 to rot in horfe dung tor hx weeks then take it up, 
 
 and let it have air, and keep it for ufe. 
 
 Its ufe it for guilding parchments , boo^ covers , m 
 leather , thus S lay this fize firjl upon the parchment , lb. 
 with a feather lay the Gold or Silver upon it, which w bat 
 dry> hurnijh it • 
 
 VI. To Diaper on Gold or Silver • > • , 
 
 You muft Diaper on Gold with Lake and Yellow 
 
 Oker: but upon Silver with Cerufe. 
 
 VII. Aurum Muficum . 
 
 Take fine Cryftal, Orpiment, of each one ounce, 
 beat each feverally into a fine powder, then grind 
 them together well with glair. 
 
 Tote may mite with it, with pen or pencil , wf*> 
 letters or draught will he of a good Gold colour . 
 
t), 
 
 A 
 
 Chap. 2 2 . Of Preparing the (folours. 8 $ 
 
 CHAP. XXII. 
 
 k 
 
 Of Preparing the Colours* 
 
 “il . ' 
 
 1 |; . v. 
 
 j|I. Olours, according to their natures have each 
 j| ; V.y a particular way of preparation : to wit, by 
 (..grinding, wafliing or deeping, 
 jjj. ]I. The chief Colours to be ground are thefe i White- 
 head, Cerufe, Sinaper-lake, Oker, Pink, Indico, Um- 
 ber, Colens Earth, Spanifh-brown, Ivory-black, Cher- 
 ry done- black. 
 
 t HI. The chief Colours to be waJlTd are Red-lead, 
 ^Madicot, Green Bice, Cedar Green, Ultramarine, 
 ""Slew Bice, Smalt, Verditure. 
 
 IV. The chief Colours to befteep'd, are Sap-green, 
 daifron, Turnfole, Stone-blew, Venice Berries. 
 n V. To grind Colours* 
 
 Take the colour you would grind, andfcrapeodf 
 ’rom it all the filth, then lay it upon the done, and 
 °with the muller bruife it a little ^ then put thereto a 
 L ittle fpring water, and grind all together very welfi 
 ill the colour is very line j which done, pour it out 
 “mto certain hollows or furrows cut in Chalk-done, 
 ifund there let it lie till it is dry, which referve in papers 
 br glades. 
 
 VI. To n>a/h Colours. 
 
 . Put the colour into a glazed vedfel, and put thereto 
 Fair water plentifully, wafh it well, and decant ( after 
 (a while ) the water j do this fix or feven times i at 
 lad put the water ( being jud troubled ) into another 
 glazed vedfel, leaving the dregs at bottom ; then into 
 
 G this 
 
Pohgrapbices. Lib. 2, 
 
 this fecond veffel put more fair water, waging if as 
 beiore, till the water ( being fettled J be clear, .and the 
 colour remain title at bottom : we have taught ano- 
 ther way at the twenty fourth Section oi the eigh* 
 tecnth Chapter of this Book. 
 
 \ VII fofteep Colours* 
 
 Take a 'quantity thereof, and put it into a (hell, 
 and till the (hell with fair water, to which addforre 
 tine powder of Alorn, toraife the colours let it thus 
 tteep a day and night , and you will have a good 
 colour. 
 
 Where note. Saffron fteeped in Vinegar gives a god co- 
 lour i and the Venice Berries in fair water and a link 
 Alow-) or a drop or two of oyl of Vitriol mafes a f ir 
 
 yellow. 
 
 V III. fo temper the Colours • 
 
 Take a, little of any colour, and put it into a clean 
 {hell, and add thereto a few drops of gum- water, and 
 with your fingers work it about the (hell, then let it 
 dry s when dry, touch it with your fingers, it any 
 colour comes off, you muff add Wronger gum- water: 
 but being dry, if the colour glilfer or fhine.it is align 
 there is too much gum in it, which you may remedy 
 by putting in fair water. 
 
 IX. fcbhiip the defetts. 
 
 Some colours as Lake, Umber, and others which 
 are Imd, will crack when they are dry s in this cafe, 
 in tempering them add a little white Sugar-candy in 
 very fine powder, which mix with the colour ana 
 fair water in the fhell, till the Sugar-candy is diuo'- 
 ved. 
 
 X. Thtfe colours, Umber, Spanifh-brown, Colcn 
 earth, Chenyftone, and Ivory-black, are to be burnt 
 
 before they be ground or wa 
 
 ry-Dia 
 
 fil’d. 
 
 Xl. 7 0 burn or calcine Colours* 
 
 This 
 
Chap. 2 3* 7 he Manual Inflrnmetits. 9* 
 
 This is done in a crucible, covering the mouth 
 thereof with day, and fetting it in a hot hre, till you 
 are fare it is red-hot through : which done, being 
 cold, wafh or grind it as atorefaid 
 XU. To prepare Jhadows for Colours ■ 
 
 White is (haded with Black, and contrariwife : 
 Yellow with Umber and the Okers : Vermilion with 
 Lake : Blew-bice with Indie; Black* coal with Ro- 
 
 ; lit, &C> 
 
 CHAP. XX ILL 
 
 EC" 
 
 Of the Manual Infir aments* 
 
 l , 
 
 ■X *t H E manual Xndruments are four ( by thefe- 
 cond Sediotl of the fifteenth Chapter of this 
 Book) to wit, The Grinding fione and Muller , Pencils , 
 Tables to Limn on, and (hells or little glades oxChina* 
 
 . di(hes. 
 
 II. The Grinding Jlone may be of Porphury, Ser- 
 '' penfine or Marble, but rather a Pebble, tor that is the 
 
 bed of all others : the Muller only o( Pebble, which 
 keep very clean. > 
 
 Tbefe may be eafily gat of Marblers or Stone-cutters in 
 London. 
 
 III. Choofe your pencils thus: by their faftnefs 
 in the quills, and their (harp points after you have 
 drawn or wetted them in your mouth two or three 
 times i fo that although larger, yet their points will 
 come to as fmall as a hair, which then are good \ but 
 if they fpread or have any extravagant hairs they are 
 naught. 
 
 IV. To wajh your pencils. 
 
 G 2 After 
 
92 
 
 Polygraph-ices. Lib. 2. 
 
 After ufing them, rub the ends of them well with 
 e oaD then lay them a while in warm water to deep, 
 fhen ’take them out and waflr them well in other tatr 
 
 water. 
 
 ll mulfbe madeVpure fine pafte-board, fuch as 
 Cards are made ot ( of what thickne s you p ca c J 
 very finely flick'd and glazed. Take a piece oftto, 
 pafte-board of the bignefs you intend the Pifture, aid 
 a piece of the fined and whiteft parchment you can 
 s >et ( virgin parchment) which cut of equal bignefs 
 with the pafte-board ; with thin, white, new made 
 Hatch, palte the parchment to the pafte-board, with 
 the outfide of the skin outwardmoft : lay on the torch 
 very thin and evens then the grinding tone hew 
 clean, lay the card thereon with the parchment Mi ■ 
 downwards, and as hard as you can, tub the other i 
 of the pafte-board witha Boars- tooth fet mai a. 
 then let it be thorow dry, and it will be fit to work ot 
 
 Limn any carious thing upon. , 
 
 VI. The (hells holding or containing your colour, 
 
 ou&ht to be Hbrfe-mufcle (hells, which may be got m 
 J H ly about Rivers fidess but the next ‘° 5’^“ 
 Imall Mufde- (hells, or in Head thereof little Ch® 
 
 or glafs vcfTels. 
 
 CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 Of Preparations for Limning, 
 
 I. 
 
 A ve two (mail glafs or China- difhes, in eit 
 ol which muft be pure clean water, the 
 to wadi the pencils in being foul » the other to te _ 
 
Chap . 24 • Preparations for Limning. 93 
 
 per file colours with, when there is pecafion. 
 
 ' li. Betides the pencils you Limn with, a lag > 
 clean and dry pencil, to cleanfe tire work from any 
 kind of dull, that may fall upon it, which onecalle 
 
 H UI P A top Pen-knife to take off hairs that may 
 come from your pencil, either among the colours or 
 upon the work , or to take out (pots that may fall up- 
 
 on the Card or Table. . . 
 
 IV. A paper with a hole cut therein, to y 
 
 the card, to keep it from dud and tilth, to reft your 
 hand upon, and to keep the fpil and fwea y 
 hand from fullying the parchment, as alfo to try your 
 
 : pencils on before you ufe them, 
 i Let the f mall glaffes, waters, pencils and pen-knife 
 
 t; lie all on the right hand. . 
 
 V. Have ready a quantity of light Carnation 
 
 Mr colour temper’d up in a (hell by it M with a 
 , weak gum-water; if it be a tarn comp esion , 
 ‘mix White and Red-lead together;, it a brown or 
 fwarthy, add to the former, Mahieot, or Inglilh 
 Oker, or both : but be fure the fleth colour be 
 l always lighter than the complexion you would 
 ■ Limn \ for by working on it ypu may. bring it to 
 
 its true colour. c 
 
 VI. In a large Horfe-mufcle (hell place your teve- 
 
 ral fhadows ( for the hefh colour ) in little places one 
 diftindt from another. 
 
 VII. In all thadowings have ready fome white, 
 and lay a good quantity of it by it felf betides what 
 the thadows are firft mixed with: for Red tor the 
 cheeks and lips, temper Lake and Red-lead toge- 
 ther : for blew fhadowsC as under the eyes and in 
 veins) Indico or Ultramarine and white- for gray 
 pint fhadows , white , Englifh Oker, fometimes 
 
 G 3 Ma- 
 
I 
 
 
 
 94 Polygraphices. Lib.s. 
 
 Mafticot for deep fhadows, white, Englifh Oker, 
 Umber: for dark fhadows,. Lake and Pink, which 
 make a good flefhy fhadow. 
 
 VIII. To make choice of the light'. 
 
 Let it be fair and large and free fromfb.adows of Trees 
 or Hoafes 7 but all clear Sltie-light , and let it be dirett 
 front above , and not tranfverfe b let it be Northerly and 
 fiot Southerly i and let the room be clofe and clean > and 
 free from the S tin-beams. 
 
 IX. Of the manner of lifting. 
 
 Let your des\on which you worh^ be Jojituate , that fit- 
 ting before it , your left arm may be towards the light, 
 that the light may ftrike ftdling upon your work : Let tin 
 party that is to be Limned , be in what podure themfelves 
 will defgn , but not above two yards off you at mojfand 
 levgl with you b wherein obferve their motion^ if never fo 
 fmalf for the leaf motion , if not recalled , may in (hart 
 time bring on you many errors : Lajlly-, the face being f 
 vifhed , let the party (land ( not ft J at a farther dijhnct 
 f four or five yards off J to draw the poflure of his cloths- 
 
 ■ 
 
 I 
 
 
 1.1 
 
 V. 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 ■s , . i , , # 
 
 Of the Practice of Limning in Miniturc , or 
 Drawing of a Face in Colours . 
 
 I. T 0 begin the Worl^ 
 
 JL Have all things in a readinefs (as before) 
 then on the Card lay the prepared colour (anfwemble 
 to the complexion prefentedjeven and thin, free from 
 hairs and fpots, over the place where the Picture is to 
 he ; the ground thus laid, begin the work, the P 3 ^' 
 i •, < t- beiP§ 
 
C'n.z'j. The TraSlke of Limning. fee. 95 
 
 being fet, which mult be done at three fittings : at the 
 firlt fitting the face is only dead coloured, which takes 
 up about two hours time: at the feco'nd fitting, g» 
 over the work more curioufly, adding its particular 
 graces or deformities, fweetly couching the colours, 
 
 > which will take up about five hours time : at the third 
 : fitting, finifli the face, in which you muft perfed all 
 that is imperfect and rough, putting the deep fhadows 
 in the face, as in the eyes, eye-brows, and ears, which 
 ,! '.are the laft of the work, and not to be done till the 
 i hair Curtain, or backfide of the Pidure, and the drape- 
 ; ry be wholly finifhed. 
 
 II. 7 be operation or wor^at frft fitting. 
 t The ground for the complexion being laid, draw 
 if, the out lines of the face, which do with Lake and 
 fl . white mingled s draw faintly, that if you mifs in 
 j, proportion or colour you may alter it: this done, add 
 ;f to the former colour Red' lead, for the cheeks and lipsj 
 c l let it be but faint (for you cannot lighten a deep co- 
 lour ) and make the fhadows in their due places, »as 
 _ in the cheeks, lips, tip of the chin and ears the eyes 
 and roots of the hair : (hadow not with a flat pencil, 
 but by fmall touches fas in hatching) and fo go over 
 the face. In this dead covering rather than to be cu- 
 rious, firive as near as may be to imitate nature. The « 
 if; red fhadows being put in their due places i (hadow 
 with a faint blew, about the corners and balls of the 
 eyes-, and with a grayifh blew under the eyes and 
 about the temples, heightningthe fhadows as the light 
 , falls, as alfo the harder fhadows in the dark fide of the 
 ; face, under the eye-brows, chin, and neck. Bring all 
 * the work to an equality, but add perfe&ion to no par- 
 ‘ ticular part at this time? but imitate the life in like- 
 : nefs,roundnefs, boldnefs, pofiure, colour, and the like, 
 
 : Raftly, touch at the hair with a futable colour in fuch 
 
 Q.f Claris 1 
 
Palygraphkes. Lib. 2, 
 
 curls, folds and form, as may either agree with the 
 life, or grace the Pidlure ) fill the empty places with 
 colour, and deepen it more ftrongly, than in the dee. 
 peft (hadowed before. * 
 
 III. “Xhe operation or rvorh^at fccond fitting 
 As before rudely, fo now you mufifwcetenthofe 
 varieties which Nature affords, with the lame colours 
 and in the fame places, driving them one into another, 
 yetio as that no lump or Ipot of colour, or rough edge 
 may appear in the whole work ? and this muff be 
 done yt ith a pencil (harper than that which was ufed 
 before. This'done, go to the backfide of the Pi&urc. 
 which may be Landskip, or a curtain of blew or red 
 Sattin : if of blew, temper as much Bicc as will cover 
 a card, and let it be well mixed with gum? with a 
 pencil draw the.out-lines of the curtain ’? as alfoofthe 
 whole Pidfure ? then with a large pencil lay thinly or 
 airily over the whole ground, on which you mean to 
 lay the blew? and then with a large pencil, layover 
 the fame a fubftantial body of colours in doing of 
 which, be nimble, keeping the colour moifl, leftingno 
 part thereof be dry till the whole be covered. 11 the 
 curtain be Crimfon, trace it out with Lake i lay the 
 ground with a thin colour ? and lay the light with a 
 thin and waterifh colour, where they fall i and while 
 the ground is yet wet, with a ftrong dark colour tem- 
 pered fomething thick, lay the tfrong and hard (ha- 
 dovvs clofe by the other lights. Then lay the linnen 
 with faint White, and the drapery flat, ot the colour 
 you intend it. In the face, fee whatfhadows are too 
 light or too deep, for the curtain behind, and drapery, 
 and reduce each to their due perfection? draw the 
 lines of the eye-lids, and (hadow the entrance into the 
 car, deepnefs pf the eye-brows, and eminent marks in 
 
 the face, with a very (harp pencil : daftly, go over the 
 
 • ' 5 hair. 
 
 (. .11 
 
Chap. 2 6 . Of Limning Drapery. 97 
 
 hair, colouring it as it appears in the life, calling over 
 the ground fome loofe - hairs, which will make the 
 Pi&ure hand as it were at a diftance from the curtain : 
 Jbadow the linneft with white, blacky and & little yellow 
 and blew \ and deepenyour hlackjwitb Ivery-blac mixed 
 with a little Lake and Indico . 
 
 IV. ‘The operation or work^at third fitting* 
 
 This third work is wholly fpent in giving ftrong 
 ■ touches where you fee caufe > in rounding, fmooth- 
 ; ing and colouring the face, which you. may better 
 ; lee to do, now the curtain and drapery is limned than 
 t before. And now obferve whatsoever may conduce 
 to the perfection pf your work, as gefture, skars or 
 f moles, calls of the eyes, windings of the mouth, and 
 
 ’ the like. 
 
 I 
 
 — — ■ — 
 
 1 CHAP. XXVI, 
 
 d( 
 
 [ft Of Limning Drapery. 
 
 j-f. A Full arid fubftantial ground being laid all over 
 l\ where you intend the drapery > as if blew* 
 
 2 with Bice fmodthlj laid, deepen it with Lake and 
 E jndico, lightning it with a fine faint white, in the 
 t extreme light places, the which underftand of other 
 
 i colours. 
 
 II. If the body you cjtaw be in Armour, lay liquid 
 : Silver all over for a ground, well dried and burnilhed > 
 fhadow it with Silver, Indico and Umber, according 
 as the life dire<5ts you. 
 
 III. For* Gold Armour lay liquid Gold as you did 
 the Silver, and fiiadow upon it with Lake, Englifh 
 Oker, and a little Gold, 
 
 ’* ■ w . ! ! ; • r . IV. Fes 
 
Polygraphices . L i b. 2. 
 
 IV. For T earls , your ground mud belndico and. 
 white 9 the fhadows black and pink. 
 
 V. For Diamonds, lay a ground of liquid Silver,* 
 and deepen it with Cherry hfinc-black and Ivory- 
 
 VI. For Rubies, lay a Silver ground, which bur- 
 niftTto the bignefs of aRuby :*then with pure Tur- 
 pentine temper’d with Indian Lake, trom a final! 
 wire heated in a Candle, drop upon the burniihed 
 place, fafhioning it as you pleafe with your Inftru- 
 ments, which let lie a day or two to dry. 
 
 VII. For E meraulds, or any green done, temper 
 Turpentine with Verdigriefe, and a* little Turmerick 
 root, firft fcraped, with Vinegar, drying it, grind it 
 to fine powder and mix it. 
 
 VIII. For Saphyres, mix or temper Ultramarine 
 with pure Turpentine, which lay upon a ground of 
 liquid Silver polifht. 
 
 To make liquid Gold or Silver , fee the firjl Sichon of 
 the twenty firjl Chapter of this Bool ^ 
 
 CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 Of Limning Lands kip. 
 
 A LL the variable exprejfions of Landslip are itut* 
 merable , they being as many as there are men s» 
 fancies > the general rules follow. J 
 
 ' I. Alway, begin with the Sky,Sufi-beams or ligl‘ tl 
 parts fird? next the yellowifh beams (which ma' e 
 of Madicot and white) next the blewnefsoi the 
 
 (whiqh make of Smalt only ) . 
 
 . • • - / ' ll A 
 
3hap.27. Of limning LanJskjp. 99 
 
 II- At firft colouring, leave no part, of the ground 
 meovered,but lay the colonrs fraooth all over. 
 
 III. Work the Sky downwards, towards theHo- 
 izon fainter and fainter, as it draws nearer and near- 
 r the earth : the tops of mountains far remote, work 
 0 faint that they may appear as loft in the air. 
 
 ; IV. Let places low, and near the ground be of the 
 '■clour of the earth, of a dark yellowifh, or brown 
 reen i the next lighter green 5 and fo fucceflively as 
 ihey lofe in diftance, let them abate in colour. 
 
 V. Make nothing which you fee at a diftance per- 
 by exprefling any particular fign which it hath, 
 
 hut exprefs it in colours, as weakly and faintly as the 
 i!,ye judgethof it. 
 
 VI. Always place light againft darkftefs and dark- 
 litefs againft light, by which means you may extend the 
 e-rofpedtas a very far oft. 
 
 VII. Let all fhadows lofe their force as they remove 
 ' rom the eye j always letting the ftrongeft fhadow be 
 
 eareft hand. 
 
 VIII. Laftly, Take Ifinglafs in frnall pieces half an 
 unce fair Conduit- water two quarts, boil it till the 
 
 ~lafs is diffolved, which fave for ufe : with which mix 
 airit or oyl of Cloves, Rofes, Cinnamon or Amber- 
 .riefe, and lay it on and about the Pidfure where it 
 s not coloured ( left it fhould change the colours; 
 >ut upon the colours ufe it without the perfumes; fo 
 t will varniili your Figures, and give them a glols, 
 •etaining the glory of^ their colours, and take from 
 i; :hem any ill font which they might otherwife retain. 
 
 • * 
 
 if , • - . ; 
 
 CHAP, 
 
 1 . , " 
 
 
100 
 
 Toly graph ices, L i b. 2 , 
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 Of Light and Shadow* 
 
 l. 
 
 y f ights and fliades fet in their proper places In 
 
 . fuch a juft and equal proportion, as Nature 
 doth give, ‘ox the life require, . gives a true Idea of the 
 thing we would reprefent » fo that t’is not any colour 
 whatfoever, nor any fingleftroak or ftroaks which is 
 the caufe thereof, but that excellent Symmetry of Light 
 and Shadow, which gives that true refcmblanceofthe 
 light. 
 
 II. In (hadowing, be careful you fpoil not your 
 work by toogrofs a darknefs, whether it be hard or 
 foft. 
 
 III. This Obfervation of light and dark is that 
 which caufeth all things contained in your work to 
 come forward , or fall backward, and makes every 
 thing from the firft to the lafttoftand in their juft 
 places, whereby’ the diftance between thing and thing 
 Teems to go from you or come to you as if it wasthc 
 workof Nathre it felf. 
 
 IV. Suppofe it wasaplaifter Figure, take good no- 
 tice what appears forwards ahd what backward, or 
 how things fucceed one another > then confider the 
 caufe which makes them in appearance either to in- 
 cline or recline, and confider the degrees of light and 
 darknefs, and whether they fall forward or backward, 
 accordingly in your draught give firft gentle touches, 
 and after that heighten by degrees according as the 
 exemple and your own ingenuity (hall dired. 
 
 V. Thofe parts are to be heighten'd in your wot 
 
hap.^S. Of Light and Shadow, ioi 
 
 hich appear higheft in your Pattern: Thegrcateft 
 fe which we can give on white paper is the paper it 
 If all Idler lights muft be faintly (liadowed in pro- 
 ton to their refpe&ive degrees. But on coloured 
 iper white Crions and Tobacco-pipe*clay are ufed 
 r the hr ft and fecond heightenings,. putting each in 
 icir proper plsces^ 3S fnorc or leis light is required} 
 hich is a fingular obfervation in this manner of 
 ‘awing* Then you muft take heed you heighten 
 J)t too many places, nor heighten any thing more 
 , en what is needful, nor too near the dark orfha- 
 !>ws, or any out line, ("except where you intend 
 “me reflection, )left your work (hew hard and rough. 
 
 heightening, or fuch figures as require great light, 
 "it the greateft light in the middle, and the ldTer 
 tl wards the edges for the better perfpicuity of your 
 ork. Laftly, leave fufficient panite places on the 
 ^oundof your paper between your lights a*id (hades 
 UI at they may appear pleafantly with a fingular plain- 
 t's and fmoothnefs. 
 
 “ VI. In reflexion, ufe it, in delineateing, glittering, 
 ft (Inning bodies, as Glafs, Pearl, 'Silver, &c. let the 
 it, ufe of the reflection, be it more or lefs be feen in 
 le thing it felf. 
 
 k vil. In plain drawing, lay all your (hades fmooth, 
 Whether it be in hatching or fmutching, keeping e- 
 cry thing within its own bounds, and this is done 
 y not making your (hades at fir ft too hard, or putting 
 i ne (hadow upon another too dark 
 ! VIII. Obferve that the greater parts of light and 
 hadows, and the fmall parts intermixt in the fame, 
 nay always fo correfpond as thereby to make njore 
 .ipparent the greater 
 
 ; IX. In Pictures? let the higheft light of the whole, 
 f if any darknefs (land in the middle of it ) appear 
 
 more 
 
i02 Poly graph ices. Lib. 2, 
 
 more dark then indeed it is : and in working always 
 compare light with light and dark with dark, by 
 which you will find the power of each, aad the gene- 
 ral ufe thereof in all operations. 
 
 X. We think it neceffary to (hew another way of 
 making all forts of Crions or Pafhlls then what we 
 taught in the beginning of "this Book, Thus: Take 
 Tobacco-pipe-clay and with a little water tempering 
 the fame what colour ‘you pleafe making feveral ac- 
 cording to the feveral heights you intend, which mix 
 with the faid Tobacco-pipe-clay fomuch as the clay 
 will bear, work all well together, make it into Paftills, 
 and let them dry for ufe. 
 
 C H A P. XXIX. 
 
 Of Colours more Particularly 
 
 I. Ker is a good colour, and much in ufe for (ha* 
 vJ dowsj in Pictures of the life, both tor hair 
 anddjapery : In Landskips it is ufed for Rocks aid 
 high ways. 
 
 II. Pinkj the faireft, with blew, makes the faded 
 greens for Landskip and Drapery. 
 
 Sap-green and green-bice are good in their kinds 
 but the firft is fo tranfparent and thin, the other of jb 
 courfe and grofs body, that in many things they wilt 
 be ufelefs, efpecially where a beautiful green (madeof 
 Pink and Bice mixed with Indico ) is required. 
 
 III. Vmber , is a greafie foul colour \ but being cal- 
 cined and ground, it works (harp and neat. 
 
 IV. Spamjb-brorvn.) is exceeding courfe* and full of 
 gravel > being prepared, it is ufed for a mixture 
 
 made 
 
Zh . 3 o . Making Original Colours. 103 
 
 nakes the fame colour. 
 
 V. C aliens earth or Terra Lemma , it is ufed toclofe 
 ip the lafl and deepefl touches in the fhadows of Pi- 
 ctures of the life, and in Landskips •, ufe it when new 
 round. 
 
 VI. Cberryftone-black# is very good for Drapery 
 nd black apparel : mixt with Indico, it is excellent 
 )r Sattin > it appears more beautiful or (hining if 
 uixed with a little white : if deepened with Ivory- 
 slack, in hard reflections, and flrong deep touches. 
 Hi is wonderful fair. 
 
 VII. Ivory-blac^ it ferves fora deep black, but is 
 ot eafie to work without it be well tempered with 
 'ugar-candy, to prevbnt peeling. 
 
 V III. Red-lead well wafh’d, is a glorious colour, 
 >r thofe pieces which require an exquiiite rednefs. 
 
 IX. Indian-la^e^ is the deareft and moft beautiful 
 'all reds } it is to be ground as white-lead, and mixt 
 ith a little white Sugar-candy and fair water, till the 
 
 .flour and Sugar-candy be throughly diflolved, which 
 0 ,flng dry will lie very fall, without danger of crack- 
 
 h . tthen pot feveral plates of 
 
 ;me Lead, cover them with White- wine Vinegar, co- 
 
 nade of Red- lead mixt with a little Umber, which 
 
 fig or peeling. 
 
 CHAP. XXX. 
 
 Obfexvations of making (me Original 
 
 Colours . 
 * 
 
 t 
 
 vering 
 
104 Poljgraphices . Lib.2, 
 
 vering the top of the pot clofe with clay, bury it in a 
 Cellar for feven or eight weeks, and you will have 
 good white-lead upon the plates, which wipe off. 
 
 II. To make Virdigritfe . 
 
 T his is made by hanging plates of Copper over the 
 fumes of Aqua-fertii or fpirit of Nitre : or by dipping 
 them in the fame or in Vinegar. 
 
 III . To make an Ether aid Ctlonr. 
 
 Take Verdigriefe in fine powder, which temper 
 with varnilh, and lay it upon a ground of liquid Silver 
 burni(h’d,and you have-a fair Emerald. 
 
 IV. To make a Ruby Colour . 
 
 Mix the fame with Florence Lake, and you fell 
 have a very fair Ruby colour. 
 
 V. To make a Saphy re Colour* 
 
 The fame, ids. Verdegriefe mixt with Ultramarine, 
 makes a glorious Saphyre. 
 
 VI. T^omakp a Crimfon Velvet* 
 
 Take Turnfoil and mix it with Indico-lake (well 
 ground with gum and Sugar- candy ) lay it full, and 
 when it is wet, wipe away the colour with a dry pen- 
 cil, where you would have the heightening of the 
 Crimfon Velvet appear, and the ftronger reflections 
 will be well expreffed. 
 
 VII. To make a Silver Blacky 
 
 Take fine Silver filings or plates, which diffolve in 
 fpirit of Nitre or Aqua-fortis, and evaporate to dry* 
 nefs,or precipitate with f)leo Sulphuric or Salt-water, 
 and you (hall have a fnow white precipitate, which 
 mixt with water makes the beft black in the world, to 
 dye all manner of Hair, Horns, Bones, Wood, Me* 
 
 sals, eh:, tit 
 
 VIII. To make a Murry or Amethy{l* 
 
 It is made of Indian Lake ground with Gum* Am* 
 
 bick water only, ,• 
 
 J IX, 2a 
 
C^ 3 °* Making Original Colours . 105 
 
 IX. make a Red or Ruby for Limning. 
 
 it is made oflndian-lake ( which breaks off a Scar- 
 let colour ) ground with Gum-water and Sugar- candy. 
 •X. "to makg Azure blew , or Sapbyre . 
 
 It is made of Ultramarine of Venice (which is bell) 
 the beft blew Smalt, or blew bice ground with gum - 
 water only: you may make good (hadowingblews 
 of Indico, Flory and Litmofe, all which need no 
 gaffing, cor Litmofe no grinding, but only infufed 
 in a Lixivium ofSoap-afhes. 
 
 XI. To make a green or Emerald . 
 
 I It is made of Cedar green : in place whereof, take 
 “ tripal to draw with : Pink is good alfo for Landskips* 
 mixed with Bice-afhes ; as alfo with Mafticot and 
 . Cerufe. 
 
 XII. To make a Tellow or Topaz. 
 
 It is made of Mafficot which is the bell, of which 
 here is divers forts, viz deeper and paler: Yellow- 
 'vker alfo for want of better may do. Shadow Mafti- 
 lt, ot with Yellow- Oker •, deepen it with Oker-de-roufe. 
 
 xlll. To ma\e Ultramarine . 
 
 DLr Take the deepeft coloured Lapii Lazuli ( having 
 u ew veins of Gold upon it) heat it red-hot in a Cruci- 
 >le clofe covered, then quench it in Urine, Vinegar or 
 vater, in a Leaded earthen pot dry it well, then with 
 a pair of pinfers nip off the hard, gray, and whitift 
 oart from it, and grind the remainder with honied 
 Water as fine as maybe, then dry it forufe. The 
 monied water is made of water a quart, boiled with 
 money two fpoonfuls. 
 
 1 
 
 
 H 
 
 C H A Pj 
 
io6 Poiygraphices . 
 
 CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 The fum of the ohfervAtions of Limning to 
 the life in general. 
 
 I. T E T the Table be prepared very exa& by the 
 L fifth rule of the twenty third Chapter of the 
 
 fecond Book. . . 
 
 II. Let the ground be of flefh colour, tempering it 
 according to the complexion to be painted. 
 
 III. It it be a fair complexion, mix a good quan- 
 tity of Red and White Lead together fomewhat 
 
 thick. t 
 
 IV. If fwarthy or brown, mix with the former a 
 little fine Mafiicot or Englifh Oker, or both, always 
 obferving that your ground be fairer than the com* 
 
 „ pie x ion painted. 
 
 For fairntfs may he fhadotved or darkened at pkxfM > 
 hut if it he fad dr darkj you can never heighten th f or u 
 Limning the picture is always wrought down to its cm 
 
 colour • . , 
 
 V. Lay the ground upon the Card or Tablet, with 
 a larger pencil than ordinary free from fpots, fcratches 
 of the pencil, or duff, and as even as poflible maybe* 
 and let the colour be rather thin and waterifh than too 
 thick , doing it very quick and nimbly with two or 
 three daflies of the pencil. _ 
 
 Vi. This done, prepare your (hadows in order, by 
 
 the feventh rule of the four and twentieth Chapter 0 
 the fecond Book. • 
 
 VII. Then draw the out-lines of the face with La^e 
 
 nd white mingled together very fine j fo that if y° a 
 
 fhould 
 
Cli. 3 1. Limning to the Life , &c. J 07 
 
 fliould miftake in your firft draught, you may with a 
 ftrong ftroke draw it true, the other line by reafo.i of 
 its faintnefs being no hinderance. 
 
 Tbefe lutes mufl be truly dram, Jharp and mat, with 
 thegreatejl exattnefs imaginable. 
 
 VIII. Obferve the moft remarkable and deep 
 fhadows, to keep in memory when you go over 
 them with more exa&nefs ; drawing out alio ( if 
 ; you fo pleafe ) the fhape of that part of the body 
 ' next adjoining to the face , viz. a little beneath 
 the (boulders , with a ftrong and dark colour , 
 
 * which in cafe of miftake in proportion may eahly 
 be altered. 
 
 1 IX. The firft fitting is to dead colour the face t 
 the fecond fitting is thn exad colouring and ob- 
 fervation of the feveral (hadows, graces , beauties 
 £i or deformities , as they are in Nature : the third 
 “ fitting is in making fmooth what was before rough 
 >1 and rude; clothing what was naked , and giving 
 ftrong and deepning touches to every refpe&ive (ha* 
 dow. 
 
 it x. The dead colour is thus made. 
 
 I ‘take of the aforefaid ground ( at the third or fourth 
 Settion of this Chapter ) and mix it with fine 'Red-lead „ 
 s tempering it exaVdy to a dead colour of the cheekj and 
 i Ups, having a great care , that you makf it not too deep* 
 
 1 which if light, you may do at pleafure. 
 t xl. The face is firft begun to be coloured in the 
 reds of the cheeks and lips, and fomewhae ftrongly 
 in the bottom of the chin ( if bear die fsj alfo over, 
 under, and about the eyes with a faint rednefs. 
 
 XII. The ear is moft commonly reddifh, as alfo 
 fometimes the roots of the hair. 
 
 XllL The ground being wafh’d o nt with this 
 
 H 2 ireddSfi 
 
I0 8 Poljgrapbices. Lib.i, 
 
 teddifh or dead colour, let the (hadows be as well 
 bold and ftrong as exa & and curious. 
 
 A good PiUury if bat dead coloured only , andjeeming 
 near bund very rough , uneven and unp leaf ant , yet being 
 boldly and firongly done andjhadowed , veil l appear very 
 fmootb , delicate , *»<* ***** if but viewed atadifimce 
 from the eye. 7 herefore curiofity and neatnejs of Colour, 
 is not fo much to be regarded, as bold , lofty, and Jlrng 
 
 expteffing what if feen in the life . r f , 
 
 XIV. The next thing to be done is the uleoithe 
 faint blews, about the corners and balls of the eyes and 
 temples, which youmuft workout exceeding fwsetly, 
 
 and faint by degrees. n , 
 
 XV. Always be fure to make the hard (hadows tall 
 in the dark fide of the face, under the nofe, chin, and 
 eye-brows, as the light falls, with feme what ftrong 
 
 touches. . , 
 
 XVI. The light fhadows being done and tmootlv 
 
 ed, work the hair into fueh forms, curlings, anddif- 
 petitions as belt adorn the piece. 
 
 Firjl draw it with colours , neatly and to the life '•> then 
 xvafh it roughly as the reft * and the next time perfett it: 
 filling up the empty places with colour, and the parting! 
 thereof with blew. 
 
 XVII. And ever remember, when you would have 
 your colours or (hadows deep, ftrong, and bold j that 
 you do them by degrees/ beginning faintly, and then 
 encreafing the fame. 
 
 XV HI. Firft, ufe the former colours in the lame 
 places again, driving and fweetning them in to one ano- 
 ther, that no parr may look uneven, or with an edge, 
 'or patch of colour, but altogether equally mixt an 
 difperfed, lying loft and fmooth, like fmoak or va- 
 pours. ' i c . 
 
Cii.3 1 • Limning to the L ife 7 &c. 109 
 
 XlX- Secondly, this work being dpne for an 
 hour or two , lay the ground for -behind the Pi* 
 <3ure of Blew, or Crimlon, like to a Sattin or Velvet 
 
 is C xx! n if blew, let it be done with Bife well tem- 
 pered in a (hell: Firft draw the out-lines with the 
 ■i (ame colour, with a fmall pencil : then with a thin 
 and waterilh blew wa(h .over the whole ground 
 ® with a larger pencil: laflly, with thicker colour co- 
 ver the fame which you before wafh d, (wiftly, that it 
 idry not before all be covered, fo vy ill it lisfmooth 
 t? and even. 
 
 $ XXI. If Crimfon, work with Indian-lake, in thofe 
 places where the ftrong lights, and high reflexions 
 lifall : let the light be done with thin and waterifli 
 cLakei the deepning and flrong (hadows, clofe by 
 list he light with thicker colour : this done, the Pi&ure 
 will be much changed j the beauty of thefe grounds 
 j (will much darken and dead it. 
 
 , 2 XXII. Let the apparel with fuitable colours be 
 done only flat with heightning or deepning i and then 
 ? /(-go over the face again, reducing the fhadows to 
 !|[5noothnefs and neatnels with a (harp and curious 
 ^pencil: drawing theeyes, the lines of the eye-lids i 
 rednefs of the notfrils i (hadow of the ears deepnefs 
 c;of the eye-brows, and thofe other remarkable marks 
 ](of the face; fo fweetning the out-lines of the face ( by 
 idarkning the ground , above from the light fide-, and, be- 
 low on the dark^fide ) that when the work is d&ne , the 
 Aground may fiand as it were at a difiance from the face he - 
 ■hind and the face may f :em to fiand off fanpard from th$ 
 ground. 
 
 r, XXIII. Then go over the hair, making it light or 
 deep by the life : and in apparel make the feveral folds 
 and (hadows, and what elfe is to be imitated^ as it is in 
 
 t" H 3 ' ’ 
 
Poljgraphices . L ib. 2 . 
 
 2X0 
 
 the life it felf i lightning the lines with the pureft 
 white, a little yellow, and fome blew;, and deepnmg 
 with Ivory black, and heightning with black mixed 
 
 with a little Lake or Indico. 
 
 XXIV. This done, and the perfon gone, your work 
 
 being vet rough, by your felt polifh it, and drive to 
 make it fmooth and pleafant, filling up the empty 
 places, and fweetning the -(hadows, which yet lie un- 
 even and hard. , . . c . 
 
 XXV. The apparel, hair, and ground being fini- 
 
 (bed, now give ftrong touches for the rounding ot the 
 face-, and obferve whatfoever may conduce to like- 
 nefs and refemblance, as moles, findings, or glancings 
 of the eyes, motion of the mouth, &c.i or which pur- 
 pofe, you may find an occafion ct dilcourfe, or came 
 the perfon to be in adtion, and to look merrily and 
 
 chearfully. , 
 
 XXVI. Laftly conclude, that the eye gives tne nre, 
 
 the nofe the favour i the- mouth the likenefs i and the 
 
 chin the grace. .. . . 
 
 XXVII. In fair coloured drapery, if the lightning 
 be done with fine (hell Gold, it will add a mod won- 
 derful luftre,and be a fingular ornament to your work; 
 and if this Gold be rnixt with the very ground it le > 
 the apparel will appear much the fairer. 
 
 CHAP' 
 
Cliap.3 2 - Limning Landskip &c. i s i 
 
 I; 
 
 Jk- . i ' ' 
 
 , CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 O/’ Limning Lands kip, more particularly* 
 
 I 
 
 ' # 
 
 |;I. Hp O make the Tablet for Landskip. 
 
 JL Lake a piece ofVellom , and Jhare it thin upon 
 Frame, fafining it with paji or glew, and pafiing it upon 
 j ' aboard j and this manner of Tablets are altogether ufid 
 5n Italy for Landslip, and Hijlory. 
 
 II. If you draw a Landskip from the life take your 
 Ration from the rife of ground, or top of an hill, 
 “where you fhall have a large Horizon, marking your 
 Tablet into three divifions downwards from the top 
 
 |! s to the bottom : then your face being diredly oppoied 
 !s, to the midft of the finitor, keeping your body fixed, 
 iepidt what is diredly before your eyes, upon your 
 ie Tablet, on your middle divilion, then turning your 
 iE head ("not your body) to the right hand, depid what 
 Fis there to be feen ; adjoining it to the former. In 
 ^iiky manner doing by that which is -to be feen on the left 
 hand , your Landskip will be compleated 
 
 III. Make every thing exad, not only in refped of 
 diftance, proportion and colour j but alfo in refped of 
 form, as if there be Hills , Dales, Rock^, Mountains, Ca- 
 taracts, Ruines, Aquaduds, towns. Cities, Cables, Forti- 
 fications, or whatfoever elfe may prefent it felfto view, ma- 
 rking always a fair Sky, to be feen afar off i letting your 
 light always defeend from the left harid to the right. 
 
 IV. In beginning your work, firft begin with a 
 large Sky i and if there be any fhining of reflexion of 
 the Sun, beware you mix no Red-lead in the Purple 
 
 H ' . w 
 
1 1 2 (polygraphices. Lib. 2 
 
 of the Sky, or Clouds* but only with Lake and white: 
 the yellow and whitifh beams of Sol work with Ma- 
 fticot and white. 
 
 V. Then with a frefh or clean pencil finifh the 
 blewilh Sky, and Clouds, with Smalt only : at the firft 
 working, dead all the work over, with colours fuitable 
 to the Air, green Meadows, Trees, and ground, lay- 
 ing them fomewhat fmooth, not very curioufly, but 
 ilightly and haftily, make a large Sky, which work 
 down in the Horizon, faintly, but fair s and drawing 
 nearer to the earth, let the remote Mountains appear 
 fweet and mifty, almoft indiftinguifhable, joining 
 with the Clouds, and as it were loft in the Air. 
 
 VI. The next ground colour downwards muften* 
 creafe in magnitude of reafon, as nearer the eyes, 
 fomewhat blewifh or Sea-green : but drawing to- 
 wards the brft ground, let them decline into a reddifii 
 or popinjay-green ; the laft ground colour, mull be 
 neareft the colour of the earth, viz • a dark yellow, 
 brown and green, with which, or fome colour near 
 it, you mud make your firft Trees *, making them, as 
 they come near in diftance, to encreafe propoxtionably 
 in colour and magnitude, with great judgment: the 
 leaves flow ing and falling one with another, fome ap- 
 parent, others loft in fhadow. 
 
 VII. Let your Landskip lie low, and as it wereun- 
 der the eye ( which is mod graceful and natural) with 
 a large and full Sky not rifling high, and lifting it dll 
 into the top of the piece, as fome have done. 
 
 VIU. Be fure to make your fhadows fall all one 
 way, viz. to make light againft darknefs, and dark* 
 nets againft light’, thereby extending the profped, 
 and making it to (hew as afar off v by lofing its forte 
 and vigour, by the remotenefs from the eye. 
 
 IX. In touching the Trees, Boughs, and Branches, 
 
Chap. 33 . 'Degrees of Colouring. 1 1 3 
 
 put all the dark lhadows firft, railing the lighter leaves 
 above the darker, by adding Mafticot to the dark 
 green, which may be made with Bice, Pink, and In- 
 'dico : the uppefmoft of all, expreft laft of all, by 
 lightly touching the exteriour edges offome of the 
 former leaves, with a little green, Mafticot, and 
 white : thedarkeft lhadows you may fet off with Sap- 
 green and Indico. 
 
 X. Trees and their leaves, Rivers, and Mountains 
 Tar diftant, you mull: ftrive to exprefs with a certain 
 real foftnefs and delicatenefs : in making Catara&s, 
 [great falls of Waters, and Rocks, you mull hr ft fay a 
 “full ground near the colour, then with a ftronger in 
 ”;he dark places, and flight heightning in the light i 
 'remarking all difproportions, cracks, ruptures and 
 'Various representations of infinitely differing matters i 
 ' he manner whereof is abundantly exprefl, in almoft 
 
 )[ll :very Landskip. 
 at: 
 
 :o — — ■ — 
 
 ; C H A P. XXXIII. 
 
 ¥ 
 
 t. Of the various Forms or ^Degrees of Co 
 
 louring. 
 
 it : 
 
 if. 
 
 T Here are four various Forms or degrees of co- 
 louring, viz. 1 . Of Infants-^ or Children . 
 
 2 • 
 Old 
 
 Of Virgins > or fair Women- 3 . Naked bodies, 
 ior aged bodies • 
 i II. Infants or young children are to be painted oi a 
 Toft and delicate complexion i the Skin and ears of a 
 ruddy and pleafant colour, almoft tranfparent, which 
 may be done with White-lead, Lake, and a little Red- 
 dead , (hadowing it thin, faint and foft ", letting the 
 ! 1 1 ' * ; Cheeks, 
 
I 
 
 cheeks, lips Chin, fingers, knees, and toes, be more 
 *uddy than other parts > making all their linnen very 
 fine, thin, and tranfparent, or perfpicuous, with 
 ft rong touches in the thickeft folds . 
 
 III. Virgins and fair women areas curioufly to be 
 exprefs’d as the former, but their Mufcles are to be 
 more apparent, their fhape more perfed i and their 
 (hadows to be of a whitilh yellow, blewi(h, and in 
 fome places alaaoft purple i but the mod perfed 
 and exquifite diredion is the life , which ought 
 rather to be followed than any thing delivered by 
 
 ruld 
 
 IV\ Naked bodies are to be painted ftrong, lively, 
 and accurate * exadly matching the refpedive pairs 
 of Mufcles and Nerves, fixing each Artery in its due 
 and proper place, giving each limb its proper motion 
 form and fituation, with its true and natural colour i 
 all which to do well may be the ftudy and pradice 
 of almoil ones whole life. 
 
 V. Old or aged bodies ought to be eminent for exad 
 
 and curious (hadows, which may be made of Pink, 
 Lake, and Ivory-black, which make notable (hadows, 
 in appearance like the wrinkles and furrows of the 
 face and hand in extreme old age : let the eyes he 
 dark, thcafped melancholy) the hair whitefor elfe the 
 pate bald ) and all the remarks of Antiquity or age 
 be very apparent and formidable. *1 
 
 VI. But notwithftanding all the aforegoing rules, 
 the pofture or form of (landing, and being eitta 
 of the whole body , or any of its parts, ought di* 
 
 * ligently to be obferved, that the life may be intis' 
 ted, in which, it only lies in the bread and judg- 
 ment of the Painter to fet it off with fuch vari- 
 ous colours , as may bell befit the refpedive corn' 
 plexion and accidental (hadows of each acc1 ’ 
 
bh.34* Of Limning the Shje , &c. x 1 5 
 
 Cental pofition or pofture, which are fometimes more 
 Sale, fometimes more ruddy i fometimes more faint, 
 '“ometimes more lively. 
 
 / - - 
 
 t — 
 
 ;r. v . 
 
 : CHAP. XXXIV. 
 
 K of the Limning of the Skie , Clouds , &c. 
 
 | ' '• ' 
 
 T70R a beautiful Sky, fitted for fair weather, 
 JT take Bice tempered with white, laying it in 
 I; he upper part of the Sky, fas you fee need ) under 
 Much you may lay a thin or faint purple with a fmalf 
 loft brufh : working the undermoft purple into the 
 °ftjppermoft blew *, but fo as that the blew, may hand 
 aiiklear and peftedt : then for the Horizon or near the 
 aniline lay a fine thin Mafiicot, which work from bc- 
 ow upwards, till it mix with the purple : after which 
 ■nirou may take a fironger purple, making here and 
 inhere upon the former purple, as it were the form of 
 AClouds, as nature requires : upon the Mafiicot you 
 Ktnay alfo work with Minium mixed With Cerufe, 
 
 ! to imitate the fiery beams which often appear in hot 
 t and clear Summer weather. 
 
 ji II. To imitate glory, with a great finning light of 
 1 a yellowifii colour or the Sun beams, you mufi take 
 ijrMafticot, or Saffron mixt with Red-lead, and height- 
 ened with fhell gold, and the like. 
 f III. A Cloudy Sky is imitated with pale Bice , 
 I afterwards (hading the Clouds with a mixture of fe- 
 j veral colours : a fair Sky, requires clouds of a greater 
 j (hade, with purple: the clouds in a rainy Sky, mufi 
 * be (haded with Indico and Lake : in a night Sky, 
 
 I With black and dark blew fmoaky, making a blaze with 
 
 " purple. 
 
x 1 6 Folygraphices. Lib.2. 
 
 purple. Minium and Cerufe; the clouds in. a Sun 
 iifing or fetting muft be done with Minium, Cerufe 
 and purple, making underneath the clouds Scattering 
 ftroaks, with Minium and Mafticot, or Minium and 
 Saffron-, Co that the Scatterings upwards may appear 
 faint ; and below, afar off near the Landskip, fornc* 
 what fiery. 
 
 IV. A fiery Sky , let be made with a pale blew, 
 fmoothing it downwards, which afterwards, yon 
 muft mingle with a ftrong Red-lead, mixt with Ce- 
 arufe , making long diminilive ftroaks like the Sun 
 beams upon the blew Sky, with which let fall fome 
 purple ftroaks, much like the faid beams: laftly , 
 fweeten one into another with afoft brufh pencil, wet 
 in gum-water, not too ftrong. 
 
 V. Laftly, you may make a fair Sky, by ulingfair 
 Bice alone, and tempering it by degrees with more, 
 and more white, fmoothing one into another, from 
 above downwards, and (hading it as you (hall fee rear 
 fon and nature require. 
 
 CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 Of the Limning of T owns, Cafiles, uni 
 
 Ruines . 
 
 I. Hofe Towns, or Cities, which feem at faxtheft 
 1 diftance, muft have but little (hadowingM 
 heightning, and fometimes none at all : thefe if they 
 appear againft the Sky, muft be laid with Bice, an 
 a little purple, and (haded faintly with a good ble'jj 
 II. Tnofe which lie at a farther diftance, 
 
)hap. 96. Of Mountains, &c. - 117 
 
 i with Bice and purple as aforefaid, and (haded 
 ,<th light blew, and heightned with white. 
 
 HI. Thofe which appear at an ordinary difiance, 
 iftbe done with Vermilion and purple, and (haded 
 th a ftrong purple (haded with white. 
 
 ;[V. Thofe which are near, muft be done with 
 |:rmilion and white, and then (hafied with a ftrong 
 rmilion and brown Oker, mixt with white. 
 
 | ' v ' ‘ / . 
 
 It; 
 
 * C H A P. XXXVI. 
 
 , Of Mountains ) Hills 5 and the like . 
 
 T Hofe Mountains which are next in fight, muft 
 be laid with a fair green, and (haded with 
 ir “-green * fometimes with brown Oker, and French 
 ries, to difiingui(h them from fuch as are farther 
 
 -1. Such as lie farther off, muft be laid with green, 
 w, and Mafticot, and be (haded with blew, green, 
 i Verdegriefe. 
 
 III. Such as lie yet farther, muft be laid with fome 
 ' >ng blew, white, and Bergh-green, and (haded 
 ; :h ftrong blew. 
 
 [V. Such as lie yet farther, muft be laid with 
 )ng blew and white, and (haded with blew only. 
 W. Such as lie yet farther, with Bice and whit®, 
 d (haded with Bice. 
 
 VI. Such as lie farther off, are only laid with white, 
 ;d (haded with a faint Bice. 
 
 «VII. Helds being near, muft be done with a fingu- 
 good green, the which muft always be fainteft, ac* 
 tding as they are farther diftant > height ning them 
 c : with 
 
1 8 Poljgraphices. 
 
 Lib.* 
 
 2 , 
 
 with Mafticot, or a light green, and {hading with Sap. 
 green, but not too much : thofe which lie far, are to 
 be laid with a French berry yellow, made of a blew 
 greenilh, (loaded with Oker. 
 
 VIII. And in Fields, Hills, and Daks (whether 
 near, or far off; there are many roads, paffages, and 
 ways, which mu ft he laid either fainter or itrongerac- 
 cording to their diftance and fituation» 
 
 CHAP. XXXVII. 
 
 Of Trees , Houghs , Cottages , and the Me. 
 
 h 'TpHofe Trees of divers colours'which (land up- 
 
 jL on the fore ground, muft belaid with divers 
 colours as with Verdegriefe, mixt -&ith other greed,ot 
 with Mafticot, and Bergh-green mixt, and then (ha- 
 ded with Sap-green s which you may heighten with 
 Mafticot, mixt with White-lead. 
 
 II, If they appear yellow, ufe Verdegriefe and Mi- 
 fticot mixt, and (hadow with Verdegriefe. 
 
 III, If they be of a whitelh colour, let the®» 
 laid with Verdegriefe mixt with White-lead, M 
 lhade them with Verdegriefe mixt with Indico h I!i j 
 heighten them with Cerufe, that they may l 00 " 0 
 faint yellow green i or elfe with a little Indico 511 
 ■yellow. 
 
 IV, Thofe which (land at a great diftanc&r 
 with Indico, and white •, and (hadow with k 1CI 
 and heighten with the fame made a little lighter 
 
 V. It Trees be very old with mofs upon 
 
 then 
 
 give them the appearance of green and yellow, f , 
 
 Cfimmiy nf Pink, anrl Rproh-arrwi • if theV 0 £ ° 
 
 commix of Pink> and Bergh-green : if they 
 
 whi t{ 
 
Ch. 3 8* Colouring Tfyked Figures . \\j 
 
 A'hitefli yellow, do them with Pink and white mixt 
 with a little green. 
 
 VI. Country Cottages lay with light Oker, which 
 irder according to the newnefs or oldnefs of the 
 juilding. 
 
 ' VII. Cottages of Timber, let be laid of the colour 
 [ >f Trees and Wood-work. 
 
 VIII. Thatcht Cottages if new, lay with Pink, (ha- 
 o_w with brown Oker, and heighten with Matficot 
 iixt with white: but if old, lay them with brown 
 [ )ker mixt with white, and heighten with the fame. 
 
 IX. Straw colours at a diftance are done with In- 
 ico and white, mixt fometimcs with brown Oker, 
 ad (haded with Indico. 
 
 lit: — — — : — 
 
 i C H & P. XXXVIII. 
 
 131 
 
 tii Of the Colouring of Tfaked figures, 
 
 lie 1C O R Women and Children, take the bed Flake, 
 ft, I White-lead, and a little good Lake, with 
 hich if you pleafe you may mix a little Vermilion, 
 [ : ut take heed that your mixture be neither too red or 
 jpo # pale, but exa£tly agreeable to the life it felfj the 
 v/hichin this cafe is the heft dire&or: this being dry 
 : i)uch the lips, cheeks, chin, fingers, and toes with 
 tin Lake, and then heighten with white mixt with 
 Ijttle Lake or Vermilion. 
 
 I II. . But if you would cover them fomewhat 
 rownifli, mix with your Carnation, a little brown 
 : )ker i and (hade it with Red-Oker, and coal-black 
 yith a little Lake. 
 
 ' III. In old Women take White, Vermilion and 
 
 brown- 
 
1 20 olygraphicess Lib, 2, 
 
 Brown-Oker, and give the luftre where it ought 
 to be* with Vermilion mixt with a little Lake : (hade 
 it with Red-Oker and Lake, or with Wood foot, or 
 Lamp-black, and heighten with white mixt witha 
 
 ftnall quantity of Vermilion. 
 
 IV. Dead Children and yOung Women, paint with 
 Brown-Oker, white and Come Vermilion, and (ha. 
 dow the fame with the foot of wood. 
 
 V. Dead old Women colour with Brown-Oker 
 mixt with a little white, which fhade with a thin 
 foot of wood firft, then with a ftronger. 
 
 VI. Young men paint withCerufe, Vermilion and 
 Lake , making it a little brewner than for young 
 Women j giving them luftre with Vermilion and 
 Lake, (hadowing with Lamp-black and Brown-Ctoi 
 and heightening with Cerufe and Vermilion. 
 
 VII. Old Men Limn with Vermilion, Brown-Oker, 
 and white (hade with foot and L^hap-black heigh- 
 ten with Vermilion, Brown-Oker, and white, and 
 give it a luftre with Lake or Vermilion. 
 
 VIII. Dead men colour with Brown-Oker, white, 
 and a little Vermilion, as your difcretion (hall in- 
 form you, and (hade with foot, or Lamp-black mixt 
 
 with a little Cerufe. j 
 
 IX. Devils, Satyrs, and the like Limn with Brown 
 Oker, mixt with a little white and red, which mix- 
 ture let be made fome part whiter, fome part browner, 
 and ftrongly (hade it with foot, as your own ingenuity 
 may inform you. 
 
 CHAP* 
 
Chap.4°* 0} Walls, Chambers, due. 1 2 r 
 
 CHAR XXXIX. 
 
 If , ' 
 
 Of the Colouring of Hair, 
 
 E 'l. ^TpHE Hair of Women and Children is coloured 
 " . X with dimple Brown-Oker, and heightned 
 ( with .. Mafticot: The fame in the hair of men, only 
 • making it fadder or lighter: as the life requires. 
 
 11 ' II. Hair which is black may be done with foot, 
 ®)r Lamp-black, but it will abide no heightning. 
 
 7 III. Childrens Hair is fometimes laid with brown* 
 1 )ker and white, and heightned with the fame ; and 
 Sometimes with Alom. 
 
 ^ IV. Sometimes alfo they are done with light-oker, 
 f >nd deepned with broWn-okcr, and heightned with 
 dafticot fimple. 
 
 0! V. Old Womens Hair with brown-okerand blacky 
 Mteightned with brown-oker and white, 
 pi VI. In Grey Hair take more black than white, and 
 ieighten with pure white. 
 
 »*■ 
 
 ,i C H A P. XL, 
 
 ' , ; > *♦ * • ? . , \ r , i , 
 
 Of mils, chambers, and the like 0 
 
 6 't 
 
 1* TJOR a brick Wall take Vermilion and white,' 
 r andthadow with Red- oker. 
 
 II. If the ground of the wall is laid with black and 
 white, fhade it with a thin black, it with Red-oker 
 
 X and 
 
j 22 Polygraghices. Lib. 2. 
 
 and white, iliade it with purple: or with Lake and 
 
 black, or Red-oker fimple. 
 
 IIL If it be laid with black, white, and purple, 
 
 (hade it with purple and black. 
 
 VI. If the wall belongs to any Chamber or Hall, 
 having Figures or Statues » fo order and temper your 
 colours, with fuch diilinaion, that the Figures and 
 Wall be not drowned in eachother. 
 
 V. Sandy fore grounds do thinly with brown- 
 oker, fad or light as the life prefentsi lhadow the 
 lame with the fame brown-oker, and Rocks with 
 Red-oker, according as they are near to, or far from 
 the light. 
 
 CHAP. XLI. 
 
 Of Marble Pillars > Rocks , and the like * 
 
 l. 
 
 Arble muft be done with a good and ng 
 pencil, after a carelels manner in imitation 
 of Nature, wherein all fuch ftains, colours, veins, 
 and representations of the faces of living things ™ 
 
 be carefully obferved. .. 
 
 II. The like is to be obferved in Rocks, of Sandy 
 colours, and ragged forms - , which if Teen at a great 
 diftance, mu ft be coloured with a thin Bice, and then 
 heightned with purple and white, and (haded wit 
 Smalt, or a deep blew. 
 
 III. If they feem near, colour them with brown*; 
 oker mixt with white, which go over again wit 
 Vermilion mixt with white, after which lay here an 
 there feme Verdegriefe mixt with fome other green. 
 
 IV. Ia thefc works you mail make fpots, h a i nS . 311 
 
 J r breaking 5 
 
Chap, 4 2. tolouring of Metals. I23 
 
 breakings, with hatchings, which (hade with the foot 
 of Wood or Lamp-black mixt with a little white. 
 
 C H A P. X L 1 1. 
 
 ( 
 
 Of the Colouring of Metals. 
 
 X XT' OR Gold colour, take Red-lead, Saffron, and 
 JT very light Oker, with which colour all man- 
 ner of Cups, Dilhes and the like, which (hade with 
 foot, and heighten with (hell Gold. 
 
 II. For Silver, lay a thin white, which (hade with a 
 thin blew, mixt with a little black, and heighten with 
 (hell Silver. 
 
 III. For Tin and Iron, take white and Indico, 
 « (hade it with Indico and Bice, and heighten with 
 
 white or (hell Silver. 
 
 IV. For Brafs, take thin Pink, (hade it with Indico 
 i mixt with green , or with almoff all Indico, and 
 
 heighten it with (hell Gold. 
 
 V. For Copper, take Red-oker and white, (hade it 
 with Red-oker, and heighten with Red-oker and 
 white, heightning alfo here and there, where the 
 light falls with (hell Silver. 
 
 CHA P* 
 
Tolygrtyhices. 
 
 Lib. 2 
 
 CHAP. XLIII. 
 
 Of the Colouring of Flowers . 
 
 1. '“T'HE Tulip, draw it firft with black-lead upon 
 
 X a white ground, then (hade it a little ( as for 
 a white Flower) with thin Indian Ink, or with green 
 yellow Ink, or with black-lead ground with thick 
 gum-water i then lay on your leveral colours re- 
 fembling Nature, which being dry, (hade with a higher 
 colour, and then farther fhadow it, according to the 
 nature of the I lower i fothat being finUhed it may 
 be like flame, red, blew, lake, purple, fpotted,or 
 otherwife, in imitation of the life. 
 
 II. The Damask Rofe, lay with Lake mixt with 
 white, (hadow with the fame mixt with thin Lake'? 
 and heighten with white. 
 
 III. The green leaves are done with Verdegriele 
 mixt with fome French berry green, (hade it with 
 Verdegviefe mixt with Sap-green * the (talks lay 
 fomewhat browner with brown-oker. 
 
 IV Red Rofes do with tine Lake mixt with white, 
 {hade it with brown Lake, and heighten it with Lake 
 mixt with white. 
 
 V. White Rofes colour with Flake Lead, fliadeit 
 with white and black t but the chief flaadows with a 
 (tronger black) and heighten with white. 
 
 VL. The little thrums (w.hich fome erroniouilf 
 call feeds J in the middle of the Rofe, lay with Ma* 
 fticot, and fhadow with Minium, and heighten with 
 white. 
 
 VII. The Clove- gilliflowcr is done almoh fcke tij 
 
E 0/1-44. Of Ratifies, Turneps, &c. 125 
 
 Red-rofe : the fpecking or (potting of it is done with 
 v Lake i thofc which are lighter, with a lighter red up- 
 on a pure white*, thofe like flames with Vermilion 
 and Lake, which (hade with a ftronger Lake i _aru! 
 fpeck the white with Lake and Vermilion, to reiera- 
 ble the life. 
 
 VIII. The green ftalks, or branches and leaves lay 
 with Bergh-green, and (hade with Sap-green, 
 
 IX. The Marigold do with yellow Orpiment and 
 Minium, (hadow with Vermilion and Lake mixt with 
 
 ^Minium > and heighten with white and Mafticot. 
 
 ' x. Corn-flowers lay with blew mixt with lotnc 
 1 white, fhadow with Indico, and (hadow with blew 
 . and white. 
 
 ilt __ — 
 
 |p 1 m ^ ! ‘ 
 
 1 • * ■ 
 
 a CHAP. XL1V. 
 
 Of Radifhesi Turney Melons 7 Cucumers 
 Vi' and Cab age* 
 
 4 ' "" V ‘ 
 
 f. TQ Adifhes are done with whiter (haded with 
 JhV. Lake, and as it were behind (weetned with 
 ' purple, and fometimes with green from the top down- 
 1 wards : The green leaves at top with Verdegnefe 
 mixed with Sap-green, (haded with Sap-green, and 
 
 heightned with Mafticot. 
 
 II. Turneps are laid with white, (haded with foot > 
 the leaves as the Radi(h leaves. 
 
 III. Yellow Melons with yellow T , (haded with 
 brown-oker ; the veins with a ftronger brown-oker, 
 and then heightned with white. 
 
 IV. Green Melons with Indico snixt vyith Verde- 
 
j2 6 Polygraphices : Lib.x, 
 
 ariefe and Sap-green, (haded with Sap-green and In* 
 dico *, and heightned with Mafticot. 
 
 V. Cucumers, the ends w 7 ith a thin yellow, the 
 middle with green, fweetned the one into the other, 
 smd fliaded whh Sap-green » but the whole fruit with 
 brown-oker, the fpecks lay with red and black to the 
 
 ' lf Vl. Cabage white, with very thin yellow, and in 
 fome places with very thin green (or yellowifti green) 
 fweetning with very thin brown-oker mixt with Sap* 
 
 green j heighten with pure white. 
 
 VII. Cabage red, lay with purple, (hade with 
 Lakmus, and heighten with purple mixt with white. 
 
 CHAP. XL V. 
 
 How to Colour Fruits* 
 
 S. /'"'Herries, with Vermilion and fome Brazil, 
 
 V^/ : (hade with Lake, heighten with Vermilion 
 mixt with white. 
 
 II. Heart Cherries in the middle with Vermilion 
 and Lake mixt with white, the Circumference re- 
 maining whitilh, here and there fweetning them with 
 Lake, and heightning with white, or mixt with* 
 
 III. A Pear with Mafticot, (haded fweetly with 
 
 brown-oker \ its bluth with Lake not too high, heigh- 
 ten with white. . j 
 
 IV. Apples with a thin Mafticot mixt with Ver- 
 degfiefe , -(hade them with brown-oker, and g ive 
 their blufh with a thin or deep Lake ( refemblmg 
 Nature) and heighten' with whited if you .will have 
 
 ° \ itvft ■ ■ - ■ ■' - ••tfeefl 
 
 : rii 
 
Chap. 46 . Of Colouring Fruits. 127 
 
 them very high, mix your white with feme Mafticot, 
 but this muft be according to the condition of the 
 Fruit whether ripe or unripe, red, yellow or green, 
 &e . 
 
 V. Mulberries with a very ftrong Brazil, and then 
 lay’d over with black, fo that between the ftalks and 
 berries they may look a little redilh according to Na- 
 ture. 
 
 v VI. Strawberries with a white ground , which 
 ' draw over with Vermilion and Lake very thin i (hade 
 it with fine Lake, and heighten with Mafticot mixt 
 ♦with Minium i and then with white only tpeck them 
 with Lake, by one fide of which put a (mailer fpeck of 
 white. 
 
 ' VII. Wall-nuts with their green on, with Verde- 
 griefe mixt with Sap-green, (hade with Sap-green 
 and a little white. 
 
 VIII. Wall-nuts with out their green, with brown- 
 oker,fhaded with foot. 
 
 IX. Blew Plums with purple, (hadowed with Bice, 
 Diand about the‘ftalks with a little green, well fweetned, 
 
 I heighten with purple and white. 
 
 X. White Plums and Peaches with thin Mafticot, 
 
 I (haded with brown-oker, give them a blufh with 
 1 Lake and heighten them with white. 
 
 XI. Red and Blew Grapes with purple, (haded 
 j with blew, and heightned with white. 
 
 XII. White Grapes with thin Verdegriefe (called 
 . alfo Spanijl) green) mixt with Mafticot, (hadow with 
 ‘ thin Verdegriefe i and heighten with Mafticot mixt 
 
 wfth white. 
 
 u 
 
 CHAP. 
 
128 folygraghices . Lib.a, 
 
 CHAP. XL VI. 
 
 0/ the Limning of Vowles, 
 
 l. ^pH E Eagle with black and brown-oker, fl». 
 
 1 dow it with black, the feathers heighten with 
 brown-oker mixt with white: the bill and claws lay 
 with Saffron and (hade it with foot or Lamp-black; 
 the eyes with Vermilion heightned with Maflicot, or 
 with Saffron (haded or deepned with Vermilion j let 
 the talons be done with black. 
 
 II. The Swan with white mixt with a little black, 
 heighten it with fine and pure white, fo that its plumes 
 or feathers by that heightning may look well : the 
 legs with a black colour : the bill with Vermilion, (ha- 
 ded with Lake: the eyes yellow with a black round 
 in the middle’-, from which falls a blackifh vein,de< 
 fcending to the bill. 
 
 III. The Goofe with more white than black, m> 
 a light grey, heighten it with a grey white j the 
 kgs with black : the bill like the Swan. 
 
 IV. The Duck with a light grey, the head witha 
 dark blew, and dark' green neck fweetly enterwoven, 
 the belly with white, the legs with black mixt with 
 a little white, &e. but be fure to imitate the life. ' 
 
 V. The Turkey with black mixt with a little 
 white, from the back towards the belly whiter by 
 degrees, but the belly fpeck with black, and in like 
 manner the wings : let him be (haded with black, the 
 wings with Indico, (haded with flronger Indices 
 the bill with black, the eyes blew, heightned with 
 
 white. He being angery the naked skin of his neck 
 
 V* >. . , 1 i y. ■ ;• v v •’,<! S.f i will 
 
Chap. 47 - Limning of Forties. 129 
 
 will be blood red, which lay with Vermilion mixt 
 with Lake, (haded with Lake ; but otherwife lay it 
 ofa wbitifo blew colour. 
 
 VI. The Griffon with Saffron, (hadowed with 
 brown-oker or foot. 
 
 VII. The Pheafant with grey made of white and 
 black, the feathers of a white grey, the whole muff 
 be (haded with black, and heightned with pure white; 
 the eyes like the Folcon,the legs with Pink, and (ha- 
 ded with black. 
 
 | VIII. The Falcon with brown-oker, and black 
 nixt with white, and (hadowed with black, the fea- 
 hers muft be pleafantly drawn with black, and 
 prinkled upon its breads; heighten it with white, 
 
 ;et his talons be black, above the eyes lay with 
 
 "laffron, and (hade with Vermilion, the bill with 
 
 1 - 
 
 rey. 
 
 * IX. The Stork with grey, heightned with white, 
 c ‘nd the corners of his wings (near one half ) with 
 ^lack, his long bill and legs with Vermilion, (haded 
 /ith Lake. 
 
 ,3 X. The Owl with Cerufe, black and foot, (ha- 
 11 owed with foot , and heightned with yellow- 
 )ker and white, fometimes white alone, the eyes 
 3 ellow, circled with white, the legs ofa brown yel. y 
 
 ow. 
 
 I '< : ' , -!yh; 
 
 | * ‘ . 
 
 1 
 
 chap; 
 
i%o 
 
 tib.2, 
 
 Polygraphices. 
 
 CHAP. XLVII. 
 
 » ' ^ 
 
 Of Limning of Beafls, 
 
 I. riHeep with a thin white, (haded with Indico 
 
 O and foot, and heightned with white. 
 
 II. Hogs with brown- oker, (haded with foot, and 
 heightned withMafticot: you may as you fee occali- 
 «n colour the hair here and there with ftronger 
 brown-oker, his eyes with Vermilion, which heigh- 
 ten with Mafticot, his mouth with Indico, or white 
 
 and black, (haded with black. 
 
 III. A Bear with brown-oker, red-oker, and black 
 mixti (hadow with foot alone, or mixt with black, 
 and heighten with brown-oker and white. 
 
 IV. A Wolf with brown-oker and foot, (hadow 
 with more foot. 
 
 V. A grey Wolf with black, white, and brown- 
 oker, (haded with black and foot, or black only i the 
 mouth with black and red-oker, (haded with black 
 and foot, heightned with red-oker and white. 
 
 VI. The Elephant ( which is of a Moufe grefj 
 with black and white mixt with foot, and ftaoc 
 with black and foot, and heightned with the 
 with a little more white j the nofe at the end oU« 
 trunk, inwardly muftbe laid with Vermilion and t 
 rufe, (hadowed with black, or black mixt with fa c ' 
 in the fame manner the inner part of the ears, the ey[ 
 with white tending to a grey. 
 
 VII. Mice are coloured as the Elephant’. 
 
 little browner. , 
 
 VIII. The Unicorn with a pure white, fr a “ e 
 
 - • ■ . . ■ r . wit 
 
 V 
 
Hhap. 47 * Of Limning ofBeafts. 1 3 1 
 
 vith black i the chaps red, the eyes and hoofs with a 
 hin black. 
 
 IX. The Hart with brown-oker, (haded on the 
 jack with foot, which fweetly drive towards the 
 jelly, and (hade over again with a (Ironger foot * the 
 leek and belly with white, the mouth and ears a little 
 edi(h, the hoof black, the horns with foot, and (ha- 
 led with foot mixt with black. 
 
 J X. The Hind with the fame colours as the Hart, 
 ut thinner, and higher, not fo brown. 
 
 * XI. The Coney with black and white, his belly all 
 Vhite, fweetned with black i and heightned with a 
 Wronger white. 
 
 XII. The Hare with brown-oker, his belly below 
 
 little whitifo*-, {hade it on the back with foot, ancf 
 heighten on the belly with white, 
 ti XIII. Apes, Monkeys and the like, with Pink and 
 Hack, heightned with Mafticot and white i the face 
 fay with a thin black mixt with foot, (haded with 
 lack and Pink mixt with a little red-oker. 
 a; XIV. Cats, if grey and brownifh, or tabby, with 
 itindico, blew and white, heightned with pure white i 
 Jind (haded with Indian blew and black mixt : in 
 nether colours ufe your difcretion. 
 jd XV. The Afs with black mixt with white like 
 grey i if the Afs be of a mingled brown, black and 1 
 white mixt with brown-oker, (haded with black in 
 : the mouth i heighten with white, 
 j XVI. The Leopard with brown-oker and red- 
 der mixt with black, (hadow it with foot, the fpots 
 with red-oker and black, the mouth with black and 
 white? heighten him with light Oker. 
 
 XVII. Horfes, Dogs, Oxen and fuch like, if white, 
 with white mixt with a little foot, or Oker, (haded 
 with a black and white, and heightned with perfed: 
 white* ' ' 1 ; ? v XVIII. if 
 
j ^ 2 Poljgraphices. Lib, 2, 
 
 XVIII. If of a Cheftnut-brown, with red-oker and 
 black, (haded with black and foot, and heightned 
 
 with red-oker and white. 
 
 XIX. If an A(h grey, with black mixt with white, 
 (haded with black, and heightned with white. 
 
 XX. If black, with a thin black, (haded with a 
 Wronger black, and heightned with black and white. 
 
 XXI. A bay Horfc with Vermilion and brown- 
 oker, or only with red chalk, (haded with red-oker, 
 and heightned with red' chalk mixt with white. 
 
 XXII. If fpotted, by mixture of the aforefaid co- 
 lours, and dilcreetly putting every one in its proper 
 apartment or place. 
 
 CHAP- XLV III. 
 
 Of the Limning of Serpents . 
 
 f. *-■< H E Serpents on the back with Bice, and 
 L downwards towards the belly with a pak 
 black, the back fpeckled with black j the belly (ha- 
 ded with red, fprinkled alfo with black fpecks. 
 
 II. The Adder with red-lead. Vermilion and faf- 
 fron, w ith blew in the back, and on the belly below 
 Mafticot and white , fpeckled all over with black 
 (pots. 
 
 III. The Crocodile with a dark thin green, fro™ 
 
 the back downwards to the belly ? below the belly 
 
 with Mafticot, fo that the yellow and green may melt, 
 
 or vanifh away into one another j (hadow him wit 1 
 
 Indico and fmalt, and, heighten the belly with Mj' 
 
 fficot and white : the mouth before and within ieo«k 
 
 tai 
 
Ch. 49 - Limning Waters and Fijb. 133 
 
 he fcales black, the claws of blackilh green, the nails 
 vholly black. 
 
 IV. The Frog with a fair green, fpeckled with 
 ilack, and towards the belly with green mixt with 
 vlafticot, fweetned with green fpeckled : the eyes 
 vith Saffron, and black round them, the back heigh- 
 aed with Saffron. 
 
 n r .. : '-'ft 
 
 CHAP. XL IX. 
 
 Of Limning waters and Fifb. 
 
 W Ater at a diftance with white and Indico, 
 (haded with Indico mixt with Bice, and 
 :ightned with white : if near the Horizon, much 
 ;e the Sky. 
 
 II- Waters near lay with ftronger Indico, heighten 
 i|id (hadow with the fame mixt with Bice : laftlv 
 lighten with pure white. 
 
 t : III. Waters nearer with ftronger Indico, (haded and 
 [pightned as before. 
 
 1 lv - Waters in fields overgrown, with Pink and the 
 tej always imitating Nature. 
 
 : V. lift] in green Waters, with Indico mixt with 
 W^berry-yellow , (haded with a thin Indian 
 : .ew, and heightned with pure white. 
 
 1 . Fijhes ought alfo to be dons according to their 
 1 attire and Colour, for fome are yellow, feme brown, 
 me fpeckled, fome grijled , fime black, dec. in all which 
 1 conferve in Figure the true Idea , you ought to take di- 
 &ions only hy the life . 
 
 Horat . 
 
134 Polygraphices. Lib, 2 . 
 
 "Horat* Epod> 
 
 Vos, quibus eft virtus muliebrem tollite ludlum, 
 
 Etrufca prstcr & volate littora. 
 
 Nos manet Oceanus circumvagus > arva, beats 
 Petamus arva, divites & infulas : 
 
 Keddit ubi Cererem tellus inarata quotannis, 
 
 Et imputata floret ufque vinea. 
 
 Germinet &: nunquam iallentis termes oliva:, 
 Suimque pulla ficus ornat atbotem. 
 
 Illis injuffee veniunt ad mul&ra capellae > 
 Ref&tque tent a grex amicus ubera. 
 
 Nec Vefpertinus circumgemit virtus ovile, 
 
 Nec intumefcit alta viperis humus : 
 
 Pluraque felices mirabimur : ut neque largis 
 Aquofus Eurus arva radat imbribus, 
 
 Pinguia nec ficcis urantur femina glebis » 
 lltrumque rege temperante Coelitum. 
 
 Non hue Argoocontendit remige pinus, 
 
 Neque impudica Colchis intulit pedem "* 
 
 Non hue Sidonii torferunt cornua nauta?, 
 Laboriofa nec cohors UlyiTei. 
 
 Nulla nocent pecori contagia, nullius aftri 
 Gregem aeftuofa torret impotentia. 
 
 Jupiter ilia piae fccrevit littora genti, 
 
 Ut inquinavit £re tempus aureutn. 
 
 X on nobler fpirits , hence with womens tears-, 
 
 Sail from Etrufcan confines free from fears • 
 
 *fbe Earth encircling Oceanus invites , 
 
 Rich Ijlands , Fields , Fields blejl with all delight 
 Where Lands nntill d are yearly fruitful fen* 
 
 And the mpunedVine perpetual green* a 
 
Of Land skip* 135 
 
 Uill) Olives by the faithful branch are born, 
 ind mellow Figgs their native 'frees adorn « 
 f beremilchy Goats come freely to they ail , 
 tor do glad flocks with dugs distended fail* 
 
 \he nightly Bear roars not about the fold , 
 lor hollow earth doth poyfonotts Vipers hold • 
 fdd to this happinefs , the humid Ea(l 
 ] oth not with frequent jhowers the Fields inf eft* 
 
 Jor the fat feeds are par cht in barren land, 
 he powers above both tempering with command . 
 r o Bark came hither with Argoan oar, 
 for landed wanton Colchis on this Jhoari 
 admus with filed fails turned not this way, 
 
 'or painful troops that with Ulyfles fray* 
 ere amongft cattel no Contagions are, 
 
 W feel flocks droughty power of any ft ar* 
 
 T ben brafs did on the Golden Age intrude, 
 
 'Ve for the pious did this place jeclude . 
 
 I! 
 
 f 
 
 The End of the Second Book .• 
 
'*37 
 
 *P OLVg^AV BICES 
 
 < ' M 
 
 - 5 - 
 
 Llber Tertius. 
 
 U- — - — 1 — s . ■ ' ; 1 1 : 
 
 *’• , • ! ‘ ■ ' ' - m - 
 
 Of Paint ing,Waflhing, Colouring, Dy« 
 ing, Varnilhing, and Gilding. 
 
 Containing the Defer iption and Vfe of all the 
 chief Jnftruments and t Materials , and the way 
 and manner of working * 
 
 r t • f * V 
 
 The Dying of Cloath, Silks, Horns, Bones^ 
 Woods, Glafs, Stones, and Metals ? To- 
 gether with the Gilding and Varnifhing 
 thereof, according to any purpofe of in- 
 tent. 
 
 C H A P. L 
 
 Of Fainting in GeneraU 
 
 I. /* r U rra VH E Art of Tainting ( whioh is the imita- 
 tion of Nature ) confifts in three things,* 
 JL to wit, Oefign-, Troportion , and Colour i all' 
 which are expreft in three forts of Painting , viz. 
 Land skip ? hftjbry, and Life, 
 
 ^ >, II’ Land - 
 
*;8 Poljgraphices. Lib.j, 
 
 IL Landslip or Perfpftive, wonderfully refpefts 
 freedom and liberty, to draw even what you pleafe. 
 Hijiory refpedfts proportion and figure : Life, refpefts 
 colour : In each of which there is a neceffary depen- 
 dency of all the other. 
 
 HI. The work of the Painter is to exprefs the exaft 
 imitation of natural things-, wherein you are to ob- 
 ferve the excellencies and beauties of the piece, but to 
 refute its vices. 
 
 For apiece of Fainting may in fame part want Dili- 
 grace, Boldnefs, Snhitty, Grace, Magnificence, &c, 
 while it U fujftciently in other farts excellent i and thin- 
 fore you are not fo much to imitate Ornaments , as tow 
 prefs the inward power and jirength . 
 
 IV. In Imitation, always be fare to follow the ex- 
 amples and patterns of the beft mailers > left evil pre- 
 fidems beget in you an evil habit. 
 
 V. The force of Imitation refides in the fancy or 
 imagination, where we conceive fwhat we have feen) 
 the form or Idea of that, or thofe things which we 
 would reprefent in lines and colours. 
 
 VI. This Fancy or Imagination is firengthned, by 
 lodging therein all variety of vifible rarities » as i* 
 Forms made by light and darknefs i fuch as are to be 
 feen in Summer in the clouds, near Sun -fettingf which 
 variilh belore they can be imitated : ) 2. Forms made 
 by proximity or diftance of place, fuch as are Trees, 
 Woods, Buildings, appearing perfect being near, or 
 confufed in their parts being far off: 3. Forms 0 
 dreams, of which (whether fieeping or waking) ®c 
 fancy mull be fully polfeft. 
 
 VII. Where Vefign is required *, you muft W 
 every circumftance of the matter in hand, that inaa 
 inftant, with a nimble hand, you may depict the w* 
 with Uvelincfs and grace. 
 
Chap, i . Of fainting in General 139 
 
 Slow performance caufes a perturbation in the fancy , 
 cooling of the mind-) and deflrnUion of that pajjion which 
 jbould carry the mrl^ on : but (jukknefs and diligence 
 brings forth things even excellent indeed : Care , Indujlry 
 and Exercife are the props , fupporters and upholders of 
 Art 
 
 VIII. Be fare you dwell not too long upon defin- 
 ing : alter not what is well, left for want of eXquifite 
 
 : judgement you make it worfe: and if in defigning 
 j you want that ability to follow the quieknefs of fancy, 
 fubmit to a willing negligence i a carelefs operation 
 1 adds fometimes fuch a lingular grace, as by too much 
 curiolity would have been totally loft i then by re- 
 it viewing what is done, mahg a regular connexion of all 
 \\the Idaea’s conceived in your mind . 
 
 IX. With Apelles amend thofe things which others 
 [,juft!y find fault with •> the reprehenfions of an Aitilf 
 iF are as demonftrative rules of experience ■> and weigh 
 ^ every ones opinion for the advancement of Art. 
 
 X. Laftly, be fure your piece be of a good Veftgn, 
 I Hifiory or Life > that the parts be well difpofed , the 
 ' Characters of Perfons, proper i the Form magnificent , 
 !' the colour lively , and the fpirit bold : that it may ap- 
 | pear to be the work of a nimble fancy, ready memory, 
 
 : clear judgment, and large experience. 
 
t4? 
 
 ' 
 
 Polygrapbkes. Lib.3. 
 
 chap, ii- 
 
 Of Palnttn? iff Oyl y a//d the Materials 
 
 thereof. 
 
 j |~Y Aiming in Oyl is nothing but the work or At: 
 
 1 of Limning performed with colours made up 
 or mixed with Oyl. 
 
 II. ThVMaterials of Painting are chiefly Seven, i, 
 the Eafel. 2. the Pallet . 3. The Straining hmi 
 4 The Primed cloath . 5* Pencils* 6* J.be Stay, 7. 
 
 * ill the Eafel is a Frame made of wood (much 
 like a Ladder ) with Tides flat, and full of holes, to 
 put in two pins to fet your work upon higher or low- 
 er at pleafure > fomething broader at bottom than at 
 the top ‘ on the backfide whereof is a flay , by which 
 you may fet the Eafel more upright or Hoping 
 I V. the Fallens a thin piece of wood, ( Peartreeor 
 Walnut) a foot long, and about ten inches broad, al- 
 moft like an Egg, at the narrowed end of whichis 
 made an hole to put in the thumb of the left hand, 
 near to which is cut a notch, that foyou may hold 
 the Pallet in your hand. Its nfe vs to hold and tempt 
 
 the Colours upon* , . . j 
 
 V. The Streining Frame is made of wood, townicn 
 
 with nails is faflned the Frimed cloath, which is to e 
 Painted upon. v f 
 
 thefe ought to he of fever al fizes accordingto tkH 
 mfs of the cloath. 
 
 VI. The Primed cloath is that which is to be Tain- 
 ted upon : and is thus prepared. ^ 
 
Ciaap.2. Of fainting in 0)1, See. 141 
 
 lake good Canvas and fnooth it over with aflick-fione , 
 ' ftze it over with ftze, and a little honey , and let it dry s 
 then white it over once with whiting andfize mixed with 
 a little honey Jo is the cloath prepared, on which yon may 
 j draw the Picture with a coal i and lajily lay on the Co- 
 lour /. . 
 
 Where note , honey keeps it from cracking , peeling or 
 
 breaking out. . t 
 
 VII. Pencils are of all bigneffes, from a pm to the 
 5; bignefs of a finger, called by feveral names, as Ducbf- 
 
 quill pitched and pointed i Goofe-quill pitched and pointed^ 
 \ Swans-quill pitched and pointed j Jewelling pencils , and 
 1; bripile pencils : fome in quills, fome in Tin cafes, and 
 ij fome in flicks. 
 
 VIII. The Stay or Mol piic\, is a Brazil flick (or the 
 ol like) of a yard long? having at the one end thereof, 
 [| a little ball of Cotten , fixed hard in a piece of Leather, 
 rc of the bignefs of a Cheftnut i which when you are at 
 jj work you mufl hold in your left hand.i and laying 
 y the end which hath the Leather ball upon the cloath 
 > or Frame, you may refl your right arm upon it, whilfl 
 a you are at work. 
 
 , IX. The Colours are in number feven (utjnpra) 
 
 ; to wit, White, Black, Red, Green, Yellow, Blew, and 
 Brown, 
 
 I Of which fome may he tempered on the Pallet at firji 
 
 fome mujl be ground, and then tempered > and other fame 
 muft he burnt , ground : and lajily tempered 
 
 X. To make the Size for the Primed cloath at the 
 fixth Section of this Chapter. 
 
 T’ake Glew, and boil it well in fair water , till it be 
 dijfolved , and it is done . « 
 
 XI. To make the Whiting for the fixth Sttftion of 
 
 • this Chapter. 
 
 Tjakf of the aforefaid Size, mix it with whiting 
 
 • ' K 3 ground. 
 
34a Poiygraphices . Lib, 3, 
 
 ground , and fo white your hoards or chath ( being made 
 finootb) dry them , and white them afecond or third time > 
 [aftly-, Jcrape them fmooth and draw it over with White- 
 
 lead tempered with OyU \ / 
 
 XII, To keep the Colours from skinning. 
 
 Oyl Colours ( if not prefently ttfed ) will haveas^n 
 grow over them^ to prevent which) put them intoaghfs ) 
 and put thcglafs three or four inches under water ,/o mil 
 they neither skin nor dry • 
 
 XIII. To clean fe the Grinding ftone and Pencils. 
 If the Grindingjlone befoul) grind Currier s fhaviny; 
 
 upon it) and then crumbs of bread) fo will the filth com 
 of: if the pencils befoul) dip the ends of them in oyl of 
 Turpentine) and fqueeze them between your fingers) d 
 they will be very clean • 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the Colours in General, and their Jignif- 
 
 cations. 
 
 1. "jp H E chief Whites for Painting in Oyl are, 
 
 i White-lead, Cerufe and Spodium, 
 
 If. The chief Blacky are, Lamp-black, Seacoal-black, 
 Ivory-black, Charcoal, and earth of Colen. 
 
 III. The chief Reds are. Vermilion* Sinaper Lake, 
 Red-lead, Indian Red, Ornotto. 
 
 IV* The chief Greens are, Verdegriefe, Terra-vcrt, 
 Verditer. < - 
 
 . - V. Thf chief Tellows are, Pink, Mafticot, Eng® 
 Oker, Sprufe Oker, Qrpimentv- ■ 
 
 VL The chief filews are, Blew Bice,Indlco,Bl{^ 
 
 gmrine, Sirak, : ; • r : "■ . '< i » * 
 
 i... : ^ ~v ; ls - \ " yjj. The 
 
Chap. 3 - Colours in General > Sec. 143 
 
 VII. The chief Browns are, Spanilh- brown, burnt 
 Spruce, Umber. 
 
 VIII. Thefc Colours, Lamp-black, Verditer, Ver- 
 milion, Bice, Smalt, Mafticot, Orpiment, Ultrama- 
 rine, are not to be ground at all, but only tempered 
 
 I with oyl upon the Pallet. 
 
 ! ( IX. Thefe Colours, Ivory, Cetufe, Oker and Um- 
 ber are to be burnt, and then ground with oyl. 
 
 ! t X. All the reft are to be ground upon the Grinding 
 tjiftone with Linfeed oyl ( except White-lead, when it 
 jj is to be ufed for Linnen, which then is to be ground 
 i with oyl of Walnuts, for Linfeed oyl will make it 
 • turn yellow.) 
 
 And now fince we are engaged to treat of colours , it 
 may neither be unneceffary , nor nnufefulfor the young 
 '■Artifi to kpow their natural fignifications j which take as 
 followetb. 
 
 XI. Blew fignifieth truth, faith, and continued af- 
 fections, Azure, Conftancy j Violet , a religious mind. 
 n XII. Orange-tawny fignifies Pride, alfo integrity > 
 for faken, Limmon , jealoufie. 
 
 XIII. Green fignifies hope: Grafs-green ’, youth, 
 f youthfulnefs, and rejoycing: Sea-green , Inconftancy. 
 
 II XIV. Red tignihes Juftice, Vertue and Defence: 
 Flame-colour , Beauty and delire : Maidens- bluft Envy. 
 
 XV. Fellow fignifies Jealoufie : perfed yellow, Joy, 
 Honour, and greatnefs of Spirit: Gold-colour, Avarice. 
 
 XVI. Flejh-coloitr fignifieth Lafcivioufnefs : Car - 
 nation , Craft, Subtilty and Deceipt : Turtle-, Forti- 
 
 1 tude and Strength. 
 
 XVII. Willow- colour fignifieth forfaken : Toping] ay 
 green-, Wantonnefs ; P each-colour, Love. 
 
 XVIII. White fignifieth Death : Milk-white, Inno- 
 i cency, Purity, Truth, Integrity.: Blacky Wifdem, So- 
 briety, and Mourning. 
 
 K. $ XlX. Straw - 
 
1 44 Polygraphices. Lib, 3 , 
 
 xix. Straw-colour fignifieth Plenty: 
 Witherednefs : Ermine, Religion and Holinefs. 
 
 XX. fhe White , Red , are colourt 
 
 held facred in the Church of Rome: JTfe is vyorn in 
 the Feftivals of Virgins, Saints, Confeffors and An- 
 gels, to (how their Innocency : Red in the Solemni. 
 ties of the Apoftles and Martyrs of Jefus: Blac\h 
 Lent and other Fading days : Green is worn between 
 the Epiphany and Sepiuagefma : and between Pmi- 
 coft and Advent • 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of the fitting of Colours for Printing 
 
 l 
 
 U P ON the Pallet difpofe the feveral colours, 
 at a convenient diftance, that they may nut 
 
 jntermjx : firft lay on the Vermilion, then the Lake, 
 then the burnt Oker, then the Indian Red, Pink, Um- 
 ber, Black and Smalt, each in their order, and lay the 
 White next to your thumb, becaufe it is oftneft ufed, 
 for with it all (hadovys are to be lightned and next 
 the White a difffort of Lake i thus is the Pallet fc 
 niihed with (ingle colours for a face. 
 
 Novo to temper them for jhadowing various comply 
 do thus* > 
 
 II. For a fair complexion. 
 fake White one drachm > Vermilion. > Lake of eacbtw 
 drachms , ' temper them , and; lay them afide for the deep? 
 Carnation of the face : to part of the aforefaid mhw 1 
 put a little’more white, for a light Carnation ■> and to p^ 
 of that put more white ( which temper oft the Pallet) r 
 the lighted colour of the face, ' ' ■ . " 
 
 " ' HI. The 
 
 fL i 
 
 j ,• V ' 
 
Ch 4. FittingColours for Painting. 145 
 
 III. The faint (hadows for the fair complexion. 
 
 Take Smalt , and a little white, for the eyes i to part of 
 
 that add a little Pink, and tm t er ~ ^ it f If for faint 
 greenijh Jhadows in the face • 
 
 IV. The deep (hadows for the fame. 
 
 Take Sinaper Lake , fink,, and ^ ac K°f eaeb ' which 
 temper together if the Jhadows ought to he redder than 
 what is tempered, add more Lake if yellower, add more 
 Pinko ifblemr or grayer, add more blaci that jh all the 
 Pallet be fitted with colours • 
 
 V. For a brown or fwarthy complexion. 
 
 fhefingle colour being laid on the Pallet as before , and 
 
 tempered \ to the white. Lake and Vermilion, put a little 
 humt Q\er for a fawny and for heightning add fame 
 fellow O^er , / 1 much as may jufi change the colours. Th * 
 faint and deep Jhadows are the fame at the third and 
 fourth Se&ion of this Chapter. 
 f vl. For a Tawny complexion. 
 
 'i The colours are the fame with the former, hut thejha - 
 \sdows are different ? which mufi be made of burnt Oker 
 wandVmber, ( which will fit well :) ifthejhadow be not 
 d lycllow enough, add a little Pinl{ to it . 
 
 I VII. For a black complexion. 
 
 The dark, (hadows are the fame with the former : but 
 for heightening takf White, Black, Lake, and burnt Otyr, 
 in tempering of which put in the white by degrees, till you 
 fcome to the light ejl of all. Where note, that the j ingle 
 colours at firfi laid upon the Pallet and tempered, ferve 
 for Jhadows for all complexions > and that all deepnings 
 ought to be with blacky Lakp and Pintyempered together. 
 
 CHAP* 
 
 •* . 
 
Poljgraphices » 
 
 CHAP. V, 
 
 Of Colours for Velvet . 
 
 f, T^GR blacky elm. Take Lamp-black and Vcr* 
 
 JL m degriefe for the firft ground i that being dry, 
 take Ivory-black, and Verdegriefe, (hadow it with 
 White-lead mixt with Lamp-black. 
 
 II. For Green . Take Lamp-black and White-lead, 
 and work it like a Ruffet Velvet, and let it dry } then 
 draw it over with Verdegriefe tempered with a little 
 Pink. 
 
 III. For Sea-green. Take only Verdegriefe and 
 lay it over Ruffet : If a Grafs-green , put a little Ma- 
 ilicot to if, Chadow thefe greens with Ruffet, which 
 lay according to the deepnefs of the green. 
 
 IV. For Red. Take Vermilion, and (hadow it 
 with Spaniflf brown , and where you would haveit 
 darkeft , (hadow with Seacoal-black and Spanifh- 
 brown with the aforefaid colours , dry it, and then 
 glofs it over with Lake. 
 
 V. For Crimfon or Carnation • Take Vermilion, to 
 which add White-lead atpleafure. 
 
 VI. For ’Blew. Take Smalt tempered alone. 
 
 VII. For Fellow. Take Mafticot and yellow Oker, 
 and where you would have it darkeft, (hadow it with 
 Umber. 
 
 VIII. For 'Tawny. Take Spanifh-brown, Whits* 
 lead, and Lamp-black, with a little Verdegriefe ^ 0 
 (hadow where need is : when dry, glofs it over with 
 Lake and a little Red- lead. 
 
 IX. For Hair -colour • Take Umber ground alone i 
 
 , { • n * ® and 
 
 
fchap.6. Colours for Sattins. 147 
 
 ind where it (hould be brighteft, mix fome White- 
 head about the folds, lighten or darken with White- 
 lead and Umber. 
 
 X. For JJb-colour. Take Charcoal, black and white- 
 ead •, lighten with white-lead : a colour likg to a 
 larl{RuJfet will be an Afh colour • 
 
 XI* For Purple . Take Smalt and Lake, of each a- 
 ■iike, temper them ( light or deep as you pleafe ) with 
 ^Whitedead. 
 
 fe XII. Lajily note, that in Painting Velvet you muft 
 it firft work it fomewhat fad, and then give it afud- 
 Uen brightnefs. 
 
 t( * 
 
 \i v ' 1 ... " ’ " 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 I. 
 
 all Of Colours for Sattins, 
 
 ik 
 
 .. O R Blacfy Take Lamp-black ground with 
 ^ 1 Oyl and tempered with white-lead-, and 
 
 ^vhere you would have it (hine moft, mix Lake with 
 \ the white-lead. 
 
 j t ; II. For Green. Take Verdegriefe ground alone and 
 mixed whith white-lead i adding Pink where you 
 ;if would have it brighteft: to the deepeft (hadows add 
 more Verdegriefe. 
 
 l‘ III . For Fellow. Take' Mafticot, yellow Oker and 
 timber (ground each by themfelves J where it {hould 
 l be brighteft ufe Mafticot alone > where a light (hadow, 
 ufe Oker, where darkeft ufe Umber. 
 
 , IV. For Purple. Take Smalt alone, and where it 
 ; fhould be brighteft ufe white- lead 
 { 1 V. For Fed. Take Spanifti-brown (ground alone) 
 mix it with Vermilion, and where it (hould be 
 I brighteft mix white-lead with the Vermilion. 
 
 ■ j ■ _ - v v • v VI* F$v 
 
148 Polygraphices . Lib.j 
 
 VI. For White . Take White- lead (ground aloncj 
 and Ivory- black, which temper light or dark. 
 
 VII. For Blew* Temper Smalt and White-lead; 
 where it {hould be faddeft, ufe Smalt i where lighted 
 White-lead. 
 
 VIII. For Orange colour* Take Red-lead and Lab; 
 where brighteft, Red-lead, where faddeft, Lake. 
 
 IX. For Hair colour. Temper limber and White- 
 lead > where it (hould be brighteft, put more White- 
 lead, and where the greateft ftiadow,ufe Seacoal-black 
 mixed with Umber. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Of Colours for Taffaty , Cloth and Lentkr, 
 
 I. > ~T*Affaties are Painted much as Sattins, thus: 
 
 . I Take fuch colours -as are fit for the purpofe, 
 and lay them one by another upon the work, and (ha- 
 dow them with others. 
 
 - II. Cloth is the fame work with Sattin, fave, you 
 muft not give to Cloth fo fudden a (hining glofs. 
 
 III. Cloth of Gold is made of brown Oker and li- 
 quid Gold j water and heighten upon the fame with 
 fmall gold ftroaks. 
 
 IV. For Buffy mix yellow Oker and White-leadi 
 and where it (hould be dark by degrees, mix it witha 
 little Umber > when you have done, fize it over with 
 Umber and Seacoal-black. 
 
 V. For yellorp Leather , take Mafticpt and yellow 
 Oker, (hadow it with Umber. 
 
 YI. For blacky Leather , take Lamp-black, and Hia* 
 dowit with White-leach 
 
 yll. fa 
 
% 8, Colours for Garments , &c. 149 
 
 VII. F or Whitt Leather, take White-lead, and (ha- 
 ow it with Ivory-black. 
 
 chap: viii. 
 
 | Of Colours for Garments In general » 
 
 * 
 
 F '0 R Black. L tt the dead colour be Lamp-black 
 and Verdegriefe : being dry, go over with 
 -'ory-black and Verdegriefe *, but before the fecond 
 Ding over, heighten it with white. 
 
 II. For Hair colour. Take Umber and White for 
 [t ground i Umber and black for the deeper fha- 
 jpws j Umber and Englifh Oker for the meaner (ha- 
 ws i white and Englifh Okcr for heightning. 
 t , III. For Blew. Take Indico and White : ftrft lay 
 White, then the Indico and White mixed then 
 fi;epen it with Indico, and when dry, glaze it with 
 Mtramarine which will never fade. 
 
 Smalt mil turn black# and Bice mil turn green . 
 
 ,! IV. For Turtle. Take Smalt tenpered with Lake 
 |bd White-lead i then heighten with White-lead. 
 t3 ‘ V. For a fad Red. Take Indian Red heightned with 
 L Vhite. 
 
 VI. For alight Red. Take Vermilion, glaze it over 
 vith Lake, and heighten it with White. 
 
 1 VII. For a Scarlet. Take Vermilion, and deepen it 
 vith Lake, or Indian Red. 
 
 VIII. For Green. Take Bice and Pink, heighten it 
 With Mafticot, and deepen with Indico and Pink. 
 
 IX. For yellow. Take Mafticot, yellow Oker, Urn- 
 lay Mafticot and White in the lighted places i 
 Oker and White in the mean places, and Umber in 
 the darkeft, glaze it with Pink X. For 
 
150 Polygraph ices. Lib, 3, 
 
 X. For Orange colour. Lay the lighteft parts with 
 Red-lead and White, the mean parts with Red-Jead 
 alone ? the deeper parts with Lake, and if need is, 
 heighten it with white. 
 
 XI. For a fad Green . Mix Indico with Pink : f m 
 light green mix Pink and Mafticot : for a Grafs-yim 
 mix Verdegriefe and Pink. 
 
 XII. Remember always to lay yellows, blews, reds 
 and greens, upon a white ground, for that .only giveth 
 them life. . 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 Colours for Metals and precious Stones. 
 
 1. F' OH Iron. Take Lamp-black and white-kadi 
 
 V if you would have it rufty, take SeacoaMM 
 and mix it with a little white. 
 
 II. For Silver. Take Charcoal-black and White* 
 leadi where you would have it darkeft, ufe more 
 Charcoal: work Silver fomewhat ruftifh, and giveit 
 a fudden glofs with White-lead only. 
 
 III. For Gold* Take Lake, Umber, Red-lead, Ma* 
 fticot i lay the ground with Red-lead, and a little dij 
 Pink: where you would have it darkeft, Ihadow it 
 moft with Umber, where lighteft with Mafticot. 
 
 Note , in grinding the Fed-lead for the Gold fize 
 in a little Verdegriefe to make it dry fooner . 
 
 IV. For P earls. Temper Charcoal-black with 
 White- lead, till it be a perfedl ruflet> then make the 
 Pearl with it, and give it a fpeck of White- lead only 
 to make it fhine. 
 
 Where note , that Cerufe tempered with Oyl 
 Foppy vs excellent to heighten up Pearls v * 
 
Chap, i o. Colours for Landskjp . 1 5 1 
 
 V. For precious Stones. For Rubies, &c. lay their 
 Counterfeit grounds with tranfparent colours i and 
 Lake, Verdegriefe and Verditer give them a (hining 
 olour. 
 
 if, • 
 
 it — - — — 
 
 i CHAP. X. 
 
 ii. ' ' * 
 
 Of Colours for Lands kip. 
 
 “n T7* OK a light Green , ufe Pink and Mafticot, 
 jT heightned with white : for a fad Green , Indico 
 ad Pink heightned with Mafticot. 
 
 II. For fome Trees, take Lake, Umber and White > 
 others Charcoal and White, for others Umber, black 
 id white, with fome green » adding fometimes Lake 
 Yp Vermilion, with other colours. 
 
 HI. For Wood, take Lake, Umber and White, raix- 
 ‘g fometimes a little green withal. 
 
 IV. For Fire , lay Red-lead and Vermilion tempered 
 j. igether where it is reddeft : where it is blew, lay oyl, 
 ’malt, and White- lead : where it is yelk?w, take Ma- 
 scot, and work it over in certain places * where you 
 ^ould h^ve it ftiine moft, with Vermilion. 
 
 V. For an Azure Skje, which feems afar off, take 
 )yl, Smalt, or Bice, and temper them with Linfeed* 
 >yL But grind them m 
 heir colour in grinding • 
 
 iL X 7 T n I • 
 
 ; >yk But grind them not : for Smalt or Bice utterly hfi 
 heir colour in grinding • 
 
 \ VI. ForaKed Stye, take Lake and white i and for 
 Sun-beams, or yellow clouds at Sun-rifing or felting, 
 j take Mafticot and White. 
 
 ! ! VII. For a Night Slqe> or clouds in a ftorm,take In- 
 dico deepned with black, and heightned with white. 
 VIIL For Wood colours , they are compounded either 
 
 of 
 
 
15a Polygrapbkes. Ub.j 
 
 of Umber and white. Charcoal and white, Seacoal 
 and white, Umber black and white j or with fome 
 green added : to which yos. may adjoin fometimesj 
 as in barks of Trees, a little Lake or Vermilion, 
 
 IX. Lafily , for the practical performing oftkmr\ 
 have recourfeto the rules delivered in chap. 13. lib, i, 
 and chap. 27. lib 2* 
 
 ✓ . - ‘ * . i*. • * • . t 
 
 CHAP. XI. 
 
 , iiii 1 *i •. r . . ■ * <4 si * v ■« 
 
 Of the Tainting of the Face 9 
 
 I. T T Ave your neceflary pencils in readinefs, astivo 
 
 O. pencils ducks quill fitched i and two ducks 
 quill pointed s two Goofe quill fitchedi and two 
 pointed ; two bridles both alike i one Swans quill 
 titched, and one pointed * one larger pencil in a Tin 
 cafe htchedi and a briftle of the fame bignefs, every 
 one having a hick of about nine inches long putinto 
 the quill thereof, the farther end of which flick ad 
 be cut to a point. 
 
 II. The pencils in a readinefs ifi your left hand, 
 with the pallet upon your thumb, prepared with fit co- 
 lours, and your molftc\io reft upon v you muff work 
 according to the dire&ions following. 
 
 III. The cloth being pinned, and drained upon® 
 Frame, take a knife, and with the edge thereof W 
 over the cloth, left knots or the like fhould trou J 
 
 IV. Then fet the Frame and cloth upon the Efdfi 
 a convenient heighth, that fitting on a ftool (e vtl1 
 with the party you draw) you may have the face 0 
 the Picture equal, or fomething higher than y° l " 
 
Chap. 1 1 . Fainting of the Fad. *53 
 
 own 1 fet the Eafel to the light ( as in Limning we 
 have taught) letting it come in upon your left hand, 
 cafiing the light towards the right , . t . 
 
 V. Let the Perfon to be drawn, fit before you irt 
 the pofture he intends to be painted in, about two 
 
 yards diftant from you. . 
 
 VI. Then with a piece of painted chalk draw the 
 proportion of the face upon the doth, with the place of 
 N ;he eyes, nofe, mouth, ears, hair, and other pofiures. 
 
 Here if ho difficulty in thif^ if you miffs much , tbs 
 'oUurs mil bring all to rights again. . , ; , 
 
 VII. That take a pencil Swans' quill pointed, and 
 uegin to paint Come ofthedighteft parts of the face 
 nth the lighted: colour, fas the heightning of the 
 bre-head,nofe, cheek-bone, of the lighted fide : J the 
 nitiean parts next (as the cheek-bone of the dark-fide, 
 :’hin, and over the upper lip : ) proceeding-gradually 
 
 II you come to the redded parts of all. 
 
 K VIII. Lay faint greenifli (hadows in convenient 
 daces s and where it is neceffary to foften harfhef 
 badow?, but take heed ot putting green where red 
 
 \ Could be. " ‘ . . 
 
 Jx. The faint of light parts thus done, take one 
 ]( f the Goofe quill pointed, or Ducks quill fitched,and 
 j.egin at the eyes to fliadow with Lake, going over 
 he note, mouth, compafs of the ear, &c. before you 
 ay on any colour, wiping it lightly over with a lira- 
 jieri rag, to prevent the overcoming of the other co- 
 ours, 
 
 X. The colours both light and dark being put in, 
 akeagreat fitch pencil, and fweeten the colours there- 
 with, by going over the (hadows with a clean foft pen- 
 :il, which being well handled will drive and intermix 
 the colours one into another, that they will look as if 
 they were all laid on at once, and not at divers times, 
 
 L When 
 
i <4 Polygrtyhices. Lib.3. 
 
 Where note, that the bigger pencils you nfe, thefaem 
 
 and better your rvork.mll lie. > ... 
 
 XI. -dt the fecond fitting-, begin again with clean 
 pencils, of fuch bignefs as the work requires, and ob- 
 fcrve well the perion, and fee what defeds you find in 
 your work at firft fitting, and amend them i then 
 heighten or deepen the (hadows as occahon requires, 
 
 XII. La(Uy, take a Goofe quill brittle, and putin 
 the hair about the face ( if there mutt be any J and rub 
 in the greater hair, with the greater brittle, heightning 
 it up with the Goofe quill pencil. 
 
 % . __ ■ 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 of the cleanfing of any old Painting* 
 
 I. '"T"' Ake good wood allies, and fearce them, or.dfe 
 I fotne Smalt or powder-blew, and with a 
 Spunge and fair water gently wath the Pi&ureyou 
 would cleanfef taking great care of the fiiadowsjwhidi 
 done, dry it very well with a clean cloth. 
 
 II. Then varnifli it over again with fome good var- 
 nifli, but fuch as may be wafhed off again with water 
 if need be. 
 
 We Jhall hereafter Jherv the way of making varnijhi 
 fever al forts, mean feafon tbit following may Jerve . 
 
 III. Take either common varnilh ( made wit 
 Gum fandrack dilfolved in Linfe.ed-oyl by boiling) 01 
 glair of Eggs, and with your pencil go over the * 
 dure once,twice, or more therewith as need requires. 
 
 CHA?! 
 
Chap. 13 . A figure in general. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of 4 PiSlure in general. 
 
 1 . IN every Pi&ure there ate always four principal 
 
 i confident ions i to wit, 1. Invention - 2 . Pro- 
 portion- 3. Colour, and 4. Life. 
 
 II. Invention muft be free, and flow from a genera! 
 ' knowledge of Antiquities, Hiftory, Poetical Fidlions, 
 Geometrical conclusions, and Optical confiderations, 
 according to its Situation or Afpeft, either near or far 
 off. 
 
 11 III. And this Invention mart exprefs proper and fit 
 things, agreeing to the Circumflances of 'Lime , Place? 
 ^Matter, and Ptrfon’t and having refped: to the modes 
 j'of habits belonging to the Country or People whether 
 Antient or Modern . 
 
 IV. Proportions Analogy , or Symmetry (whieh you 
 pleafe)in that which limits each part to its proper big- 
 iiefs, in refpeft to the whole. 
 
 What fever differs from tbh recedes from beauty , and 
 may be cabled Deformity . 
 
 V. This Proportion is called by Artifts the defigning 
 lines •-) which are firft drawn before the whole is 
 painted. 
 
 Lbefe proportions or lineal defigns , draughts , and 
 JcotcheSs may be colled Picnic e^ which being well done, Jbew 
 not only the Jhape , but alfo the intent : In lines only , w£ 
 may draw the proportion of a Blacky More-> and fucb as 
 (hall be like him : Now this Skill proceeds from the very 
 higheji principles of Art. 
 
 VI. Colour is that which makes the Pi&ure refem* 
 
 L 2 ble 
 
Poly graph ices. Lib. 
 
 ble what we defire to imitate i by mixing of various 
 colours together. 
 
 VII. In making any thing apparent, it is neceffary 
 to exprefs its oppofite or contrary. 
 
 So light and Jhadows forward , Jet forth P aiming! nut- 
 wards, as if you might take hold of them with your hand: 
 blacknefs makes things feem farther off, and Uufdk 
 things hollow , as Caves , Wells, &c. the more deep tk 
 more black > 
 
 VIII. Brightnefs exceeds light, fparkling in.fplen- 
 dor. 
 
 Ititufedin the Glory of Angels'-) twinkling of 6ms-, 
 Armory , Gold and Silver vejfels, fires and flames. 
 
 IX. In Painting of a man, grace each limb with its 
 proper and lively colour', the black make fincerely 
 blacky the white pure, with rednefs intermixt. But 
 to paint purely the exquifite beauty of a woman, is ne- 
 ver to be well done( except it be by a very ingenious 
 Artiit indeed) her rare complexion being Icarcely pof- 
 iible to be imitated with colours : There it none red] 
 'knows the exaCl mixture for fitch, a Countenance • 
 
 X. Life or Motion is that from whence aftion or 
 paffion doth refult, which in coloured Pi&ures isfeen 
 with a lively force -of Gefture and fpirit. 
 
 To do this it it nccejfary that the Artifl he well actpttk 
 ted with the nature , manners , and behaviour of men » 
 women-, as in anger, jadnefs-, joy , earneflnejs , idhnijh 
 love , envy, fear , hope , defpair, Sec. Every dijhtrbancei 
 the mind alters the C onntenance into feveralpojhtres- 
 
 XI. The he^chraft down fhews humility vcaftbacK, 
 avrogancy or (corn , hanging on the neck, languifhing) 
 ft iff and fturdy, morofity of mind: the various po- 
 fiures of the head (hew the paifions s the Countenance 
 the lame* the eyes the like: and in a word, allthe 
 other parts of the body contribute fomething tpt® 
 
Chap. *4* choice of Copies, &c. 1 5 7 
 
 cxprdiion of the faid paffions of the mind, as is eafily 
 
 to be obferved in the life. ^ • j r 
 
 In excellent pieces you may at a view read tne mind of 
 
 the Artifi in the formality of the Story . # 
 
 XII. Laftly, 3 e always Cure fiyft to conceive that in 
 | your thoughts, which you would exprefs in your 
 work i that your endeavours being aflifted by an m- 
 , telledual energy, or power of operation, may at length 
 * render your produ&ions perfect. 
 
 
 
 ! CHAP. XlV, 
 
 a 
 
 ‘I Of the Choice of Copies , or Patterns. 
 
 Jl. TT E that chufetfa a Pattern, ought to fee i. that 
 tl it be well deligned : 2. that it be well co- 
 loured. 
 
 II. In the well defigning, be fure that it be true in 
 8 every part i and that the proportion of the figure, be 
 ' juft and correfpond to the life. 
 
 1 HI. If thePi&ure be a fidfion, fee that it be done 
 !i boldly, not only to exceed the work (but alfo the pof- 
 fibilityj of nature, as in Centaurs Satyrs , Syrens , Fly- 
 ; ing-horfes , Sea-horfes , tritons , Nereides , &c. 
 
 P Alexander ab Alexandria faith that' Theodore Gaza 
 caught one of thefe Nereides in Greece, and that in Zea- 
 f land, another was taught to f pin : thefe Tritons and 
 r Nereides are thofe which are called * Mare maids , the 
 Male and the Fem ale. 
 
 IV. Natural figures (hew property, and arerequi- 
 : red to agree with the life: forced figures exprefs no- 
 velty, and are to be beautified by exorbitancies accor- 
 ding to the fancy of the Painter without limitation : 
 
 L 3 nuvdcy' • 
 
I §8 Poly graphic^ Lib. 3, 
 
 novelty caufes admiration, and admiration curiofityi 
 a kind of delight and fatisfa&ion to the mind. 
 
 T’befi things are not the products of (iupid brains , nor 
 are they contained within theperimetre of clouded and dut 
 
 Conceptions . . 
 
 V. In the well colouring, know that inobfcurity 
 
 or darknefs there is a kind of deepnefs j the fight be- 
 ing fiveetly 4^ceived gradatim in breaking the Co* 
 lours, by infenfible change from the more high to the 
 more dull. 
 
 In the Rain-how this mixture is perfeU ? the variety of 
 Colours are throughly difpers'd ( Itye Atoms in the Sun- 
 beams ) among one another , to create its juji afpttt* 
 ance . 
 
 VI. See that the fwellings of the work agree with 
 the exa&nefs of nature, and as the parts thereof re- 
 quire, without (harpnefs in out-lines, or flatnefs with- 
 in the body of the piece > as alfo that each hollownefs 
 ex3&ly cprrefpond indue proportions. 
 
 VII. Laftly, View precifely the paflions,as Joy, 
 Sorrow , Love , Hatred , Fear-, Hope , &c. and fee that 
 they eorrefpond with their proper pofturesi fora 
 touch of the pencil may ftrangely alter a paffion to its 
 juft opppfite or contrary, as from Mirth to Mourn- 
 
Ck.i$. Difpofing oftyiffiuresi&cc, 159 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 Of the ‘Difpofing of Fittnres And 
 
 TaintingSt 
 
 A Ntique works, or Grotefco , may become a wad, 
 jLx. the borders and freezes of other works * but 
 i, if there be any draughts in figures of men and women 
 jjjto the life upon the wall, they will be bell of black and 
 white i or of one colour heightned : if they be naked. 
 Jet thembe as large as the place will afford i if of Mar^ 
 |bles, Columns, Aquaeduds, Arches, Ruines, Cataracts, 
 tp let them be bold, high, and of large proportion. 
 
 >1 II. Let tire bell pieces be placed to be feen with fin- 
 ale lights, for fo the fhadows fall natural, being always 
 
 ’ t j and the more under or 
 especially in mens faces and 
 
 ? III. Let the Porch or entrance into the houfe, be fet 
 put with Ra/hck. figures, and things rural. 
 
 0 ly. Let the Hall be adorned with Shepherds Pea- 
 fants, Milk- maids, Neat-heards, Flocks of Sheep and 
 the like, in their refpe&ive places and proper atten^ 
 dantsi as alfo Fowls, Fifh, and the like. 
 
 V. Let the Stair-cafe be fet off with Come admirable 
 monument or building, either new or ruinous, to be 
 feen and obferved at a. view pafling up : and let the 
 telling over the top-flair be put with figures fore- 
 (hortened looking downwards out of Clouds, with 
 Garlands and Cornucopia’s, 
 
 VI. bet LandskipSy Hunting, Fifhing. Fowling, 
 
 Hiftories and Antiquities be put in the Great Cham- 
 ber, L 4 VII. In 
 
 fitted to aniwer one Jigh 
 below the light the better, 
 
 arce Pieces. 
 
%6o Foljgraphices. Lib, 3, 
 
 VII. In the Dining-room let be placed the Pictures of 
 the King and Queen ; or their Coat of Arms j for- 
 bearing to put any other Pi&uresofthelife, as not be. 
 ing worthy to be their Companions; unlefs at the 
 lower end, two or three of the chief Nobility, as at- 
 tendants of their Royal Perfons : for want hereof you 
 may put in place, fome few of the neareft blood. 
 
 VIII. In the inward or with- drawing Chambers, put 
 
 other draughts of the life, of Perfons of Honour, inti- 
 “mate or fpeeial friends, and acquaintance, or of At- 
 tiffs only. . . , < 
 
 IX. In Bariqueting-rooms , put cheerful and merry 
 Paintings, as of Bacchus-, Centaures , Satyrs , Sjmj, 
 and the like, but forbearing all obfcene Pi&urcs. 
 
 X. Hiftories, grave Stories, and the beft worksbe- 
 come Galleries > where any one may walk, and exer- 
 cife their fenfes in viewing, examining, delighting, 
 judging and cenfuring. 
 
 XI. In Summer-houfes and Stone m wall{S,'putCSti ) 
 Churches, or fome fair building: In Tamces, put 
 Bofcage, and wild works, : Upon Chimney-pieces, put 
 only Landskips, for they chiefly adorn. 
 
 XIL And in the Bed-chamber, put your own, your 
 Wivesand Childrens Pictures v as only becoming the 
 moft private Room, and your Modefty : left ( if y ou! 
 Wife be a beauty ) fome wanton and libidinous gueft 
 fhould gaie too long on them, and commend the work 
 for her fake. . • 
 
 XIII. In hanging of your Pictures ; if they hang 
 high above reach, let them bend fomewhat forward 
 at the top ; becaufe otherwife it is obferved that the 
 
 vifual beams oi the Eye, extending to the top of the 
 
 Figure, appear further off, than thofe at the foot. 
 
 ' ' "= J V • 1 P i : ? ff ; '* } .) -1 > . * 
 
 flHAft 
 
 • ■ i 
 
Chap, i < 5 . Of Painting of Walls. i°i 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 Of Prefix fir Printing of mils* 
 
 j, | N Painting upon Walls, to make it endure the 
 ' ' 1 weather, you muft: grind your colours with Lime 
 water, Milk, or Whey, mixt in fixe colouring pots. 
 
 II. The pafte or plaifter muft be made of weR 
 wa(h*d Lime, mixt with fine powder of old rubbilh 
 ‘ llones : the Lime muft be fo often walk’d, till all its 
 i fait is abftradted > and all your work muft be done, in 
 ■ clear and dry weather. 
 
 1 III. To make the work endure, ftrike into the wall 
 ftiimps of headed nails, about five or fix inches afun- 
 1 der and by this means you may prefer ve the plaifter 
 from peeling. 
 
 % IV. Then with this pafte, plaifter the wall, a pretty 
 fJ thicknefs, letting Tt dry : being dry, plaifter it over 
 f again, about the. thicknefs of half a Barley corn, very 
 fine and fmooth, then your colours being ready pre- 
 f pared, work this laft plaiftering over, whileft it is wet, 
 
 1 fo wifi your Painting unite and ioyn fall to the 
 1 plaifter, and dry together as a perfect compoft. 
 
 ' V. In Painting be nimble and free, let your work 
 be bold and ftrong, but be fure to be exadt, for there 
 can be no alteration after the firft painting -,and there- 
 fore heighten your paint enough at firft, you may 
 deepen at pleafure. 
 
 VI. All earthy colours are beft, as the Qkers, Spa- 
 nilh- white, Spanifti-brown, Tense- vert, and the like i 
 mineral colours are naught. 
 
 " VII. Laftly, let your pencils and brufties belong 
 snd fofty otherwife ybuy work will not be fmootfo let 
 
 fri - * »* V w - ■* i ' -t : } •• it: * t ■ > i • ■ . v - ■ • ii/viiu 
 
1 62 Folygraphices. Lib. 3, 
 
 your colours be full, and flow freely from the pencil 
 or brufh and let your defign be per’fedf at firft f or 
 in this, there is no after alteration to be made. 
 
 CHAP. XVII, 
 
 Of Colours for Tainting Glafs. 
 
 I 
 
 I. 'V7' EUow. Take a very thin piece of pure fine Sih 
 X ver, and dip it into melted Brimftone i take 
 it out with a pair of plyers, and light it in the fire, 
 holding it till it leaves burning i then beat it to pow- 
 der in a brafen mortar * then grind it with Gum-Ara- 
 bick water, and a little yellow Oker. 
 
 II» Tellow, Take fine Silver one Drachm, Antimo- 
 ny in powder two Drachms, put them in a hot fire) in 
 a Crucible for half an hour, and then caft it into a 
 Brafs mortar, and beat it into powder, to which add 
 yellow Oker fix Drachms, old earth of rufty Iron fe« 
 ven Drachms, grind all well together. 
 
 7hU i# fairer than the former 
 
 III. White. This is the colour of the glafe it (elf; 
 you may diaper upon it with other glafs or Cryftal 
 ground to powder. 
 
 IV. Black. Take Jet and Scales of Iron, and with 
 a wet feather take up the Scales that fly from the Iron, 
 after the Smith hath taken his heat, grind them with 
 Gum-water. 
 
 V. Black • Take Iron feales, Copper fcalesofeach 
 one Drachm, heat them red hot in a clean fire fliovelj 
 then take Jet half a Drachm, firfl: grind them ftnalj 
 and temper them with Gum- water. 
 
 ' I : ' ■» •'/ ; % ., T I 
 
"hap.18. fainting upon Glafs. 163 
 
 VI. Red. Take Sangun Vracohis ip powder, put to 
 it re&ified fpiritof Wine j cover it clofe a little while, 
 and it will grow tender i wring it out into a pot, 
 that the drofs may remain in the cloth i the clear 
 preferve for ufe . This is a fair red. 
 
 VII. Carnation. Take Tin-Glafs one ounce, Jet 
 three ounces,Red-oker live ounces, gum two drachms, 
 'tind them together. Itisafair Carnation. 
 
 VIII. Carnation. Take Jet four drachms, Tin-glafs 
 >r Litharge of Silver two drachms i gum and feales 
 )f Iron of each one drachm , red chalk one ounce, 
 '►rind them. 
 
 ' IX. Green. Take Verdegriefe and grind it well with 
 Turpentine, and put it into a pot ; warming it at the 
 ;ire when you ufe it. 
 
 St X. Blew, Provide the cleared: leads you can get of 
 hat colour, beat them to powder in a brazen mortar i 
 lake Goldftniths Amel of the fame colour, clear and 
 oicanfparent, grind each by it felf, take two parts of 
 Lead, and one of Amel, grind them together as you 
 land the Silver. fbe Came ttnderjland of Red and Green . 
 
 Il • • 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 I 
 
 Of the way of Fainting upon (jlafu 
 
 jk '“TP Here are two manner of ways of painting upon 
 JL glafs , the one is for oyl colour, the other for 
 fuch colours as are afterwards to be annealed or burnt 
 on. 
 
 f II. To lay oyl colours upon glafs, you mud fird grind 
 them with gum-water once, and afterwards temper it 
 with Spanifli Turpentine, lay it on and let it dry by 
 |he : tire, and it is finifhed. ' III. To 
 
1 64,1 Polygraph ices. Lib.j, 
 
 III. To anneal or burn your glafs, to make the co* 
 lours abide, you mull make a four fquare brick Fur- 
 nace, eighteen inches broad and deep i lay five or fix 
 crofs Iron bars on the top of it, and raife the Fur- 
 nace eighteen inches above the bars : then laying a 
 plate of Iron over the bars, lift ( through a feivejalay 
 of flack’d Lime over the plate, upon which lay a row 
 of glafs? upon that abed of Lime, and upon that Lime, 
 another row of glafs j thus continue firatum fiperftn* 
 turn , till the Furnace is full. 
 
 IV . Lay alfo with every bed of glafs a piece of glafs, 
 which you may wipe over with any colour (thefeare 
 called watches) and when you think your glafs is burnt 
 enough, with a pair of plyers take out the ftrft and 
 lowefl watch, and lay it on a board, and being cold, 
 try if you can ferape off the colour, if it hold fall on, 
 take out that row •, always letting it abide the fire, 
 till the colour will not ferape off. 
 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 Of Walking) and the Materials thereof 
 
 I. TJ Y wafhing here we intend nothing elfe, but 
 jL 3 either to fet out Maps or Printed Pi6taresin 
 proper Colours, or elfe to varnifh them. 
 
 II. The Inftruments and Materials of wafhing arc 
 chiefly fix: to wit, 1. Alom- water. 2. Size. 
 quid Gold 4. Pencils. 5. Colours . 6 . Varnifo. 
 
 III. To mal^e Alom-water. Take Alom eight ounces, 
 fair water a quart, boil them till the Alomisdiff^' 
 ved. 
 
 IV. To make Sizc<> Take glew, which fteep all 
 
Ch.20. Colours [imfle for Wafbing. 165 
 
 'in water, then melt it over the fire, to fee that it be 
 neither too {hong nor too weak: then let a little of 
 it cool i if.lt be too ftiff when it is cold, put more wa- 
 ter to it, if too weak more glew, ufing it luke-warm. 
 j V. Liquid Gold . It is exa&ly made be the firft Se- 
 ffion of the 2 1 Chapter of the fecond Book. ^ 
 
 ! VI. Lencils are to be of all forts both fitch d and 
 .pointed i as alfo a large pencil brufh to pafte Maps up- 
 bn Cloth i another to wet the paper with Alom wa- 
 iter i a third to ftarch the face of the picture withal be- 
 .fore it be coloured , and a fourth to varnifh withal. 
 
 J VII. The colours are the fame with thofe which 
 jiye mentioned in Chap, 17. lib . 2 to which add, i. 
 Of Blacky Printers black, Franck, ford black. 2 . Of Red, 
 Vermilion, Roffet. 3. Of Blew, Verditure, Litmos 
 jFlory. 4. Of Fellow, Cambogia, Yellow-berries, Or- 
 bimenf. 5. Brazil, Logwood (ground,) and Turnfole, 
 Cochenele, Madder. 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 t « ' 1 * 
 
 Of Colours fimple for tfa{hwg-> 
 
 > I* | 3 Rinters blacky Vermilion, Roffet, Verditure and 
 j I Orpiment are to be ground, as we have taught 
 'at the fifth Section of the 22 Chapter of the fecond 
 Book. 
 
 II. Brazil • To fome ground Brazil put fmall Beer 
 and Vinegar, of each a fufficient quantity, let it boil 
 gently a good while, then put therein Alom in pow- 
 der to heighten the colour, and fome Gum-Arabick 
 to bind it > boil it till it tafte flrong on the tongue, 
 and make a good red. 
 
 III. Logwood, Ground Logwood boiled as Brazil, 
 
 makes 
 
1 66 Pol) graph ices. Lib.j 
 
 makes a very fair tranfparent Purple Colour. 
 
 IV. Cochentle. Steeped as Brazil was boiled, makes 
 a fair tranfparent purple: as thus, take Cochcnefc 
 and put it into the ftrongeft Sope-lees to deep, and it 
 will be a fair purple, which you may lighten or deepen 
 atpleafure. 
 
 V. Madder . Take Madder four drachms, ground 
 Brazil one ounce. Rain-water a quart boil away a 
 third part ; then add Alom half an ounce, boilittoa 
 pint', then Gum-Arabrck one ounce, which boil till 
 it is diflolved, cool it ftirringit often, and ftraia it for 
 ufe. It is a good Scarlet die for Leather. 
 
 VI. Verdegriefe. Take Verdegriefe ground finely 
 one ounce, put to it a good quantity of common var« 
 ni(h, and fo much oylof Turpentine, as will makeit 
 thin enough t® work withal ; it is a good green. And 
 Verdegriefe, Alom, of each one drachm, Logwood 
 three drachms, boiled in Vinegar, make a good Murry. 
 
 VII. Gambogia. Diflolve it in fair fpring water, 
 and it will make a beautiful and tranfparent yellow: 
 if you would have it ftronger, diflolve feme Alom 
 therein : it is good for Silk, Linnen, white Leather, 
 Parchment, Vellom, Paper, Quills, &c. 
 
 VIII. To makg Verdegriefe and Cerufe> according 
 Glauber . 
 
 Thefe colours are made with Vinegar in earthen 
 pots fet into hot horfe dung : but if you diflolveyour 
 Venus or Saturn with fpirit of Nitre, and precipitate 
 your Venus with a lye made of Salt of Tartar, and 
 your Saturn with Salt water, edulcorating and drying 
 them; the Venus will yield an excellent Verdegriefe) 
 which will not corrode other colours as the common 
 Verdegriefe doth ; and the Saturn yields a Cerufe 
 whiter and purer than the ordinary : much better 
 Painting or Chirurgery. 
 
 IX. 
 
"hap. 2 1 . Colours for Wafiing. i6j 
 
 IX. Tellow Fnftic^herry. Boil it in water or fteep 
 hem in Alom water, it makes a good yellow for the 
 ame purpofe. 
 
 X. furnfile. Put it into (harp Vinegar over a gentle 
 ire till the Vinegar boil, and is coloured j then take 
 >ut the Turnfole and fqueeze it into the Vinegar, in 
 vhich diflolve a little Gum-Arabick j it (hadows very 
 veil on a Carnation or yellow. 
 
 ' XL Liunos . Cut it into fmall pieces, and fteep it a 
 jay or two in weak Gum-Lake water, and you will 
 avc a pure blew water to wa(h with. 
 
 XII. Flory Blew. Grind it with glair of Eggs, if 
 aen you add a little Roffet it makes a light Violet 
 Jew j mixed with White and Red-lead, it makes a 
 j'rane feather colour. 
 
 T XUI. Saffron . Steeped in Vinegar and mixed with 
 jum- water is a good yellow. 
 
 i 
 
 ^ 
 
 t 
 
 i CHAP. XXI. 
 
 t! x . ■ 
 
 Of Compounded Colours for Wafhing* 
 
 • /^\j Range Colour. Red-lead and Yellow berries 
 v_>/ make a good Orange colour : or thus, take 
 \rnotto half an ounce, Pot-afties one Drachm, water 
 >ne pound, boil it half away, then ftrain it, and ufe it 
 lot. 
 
 It is good for White Leather , Taper, Vellom , Quills, 
 Parchment, See. 
 
 II. Green • Take diftilled vinegar, filings ofCop- 
 Der, digeft till the vinegar is blew, which let (land in 
 he Sun or a flow fire till it is thick enough, and it 
 will be a good green. Or 
 
i £g 'Poljgraphices; Lib, 
 
 Or thus, t fa\e Cedar-green ( which U beji of all ) or 
 inftead thereof greetpBice, fteep it in Vinegar, and Jim 
 it b then grind if well with fair water, andfuttoitt 
 little honey , auddry it well b when you uj e it , mix it mtlj 
 gum- water . , * 
 
 III. %o make fine Indico. 
 
 Take the bloffoms of Wode thtee ounces, Amylum 
 one ounce, grind them with Urine and iirong Vine* 
 gar* of which make a Cake, then dry it in the Sun 
 
 and fo keep it for ufe. 
 
 IV. A Blew to wafh upon paper* 
 
 Take of the belt Azure an ounce, Kerrnes two 
 ounces, mix them, which temper with clear gutiHva* 
 ter, and it will be a glorious colour. 
 
 V. Tlo mal^e a Venice Blew. 
 
 Takequick Lime, make it into pah with Urong Vi- 
 negar, half an hour after put thereto more Vinegar to 
 fatten it s then add Indico in fine powder one ounce, 
 mix them and digefi; it inhorfe dung for thirty ot 
 forty days. 
 
 Vi. Another excellent Blew* 
 
 Mix fine white Chalk with juyee of Elder-berries 
 full ripe, to which put a little Alom- water. 
 
 VIL 7 0 make blew Smalt . 
 
 Take fluxible fand, Sal-Nitre and Cobalt, mix 
 
 them together. 
 
 VIII. A lively Xellow . 
 
 Diffolve Orpiment in gum-water, to which put* 
 little ground Vermilions grind them together an 
 you (hall have a very lively colour. 
 
 IX. A light Green. Take juyee of Rew, Verde* 
 
 griefe, and Saffron, grind them well together and u 
 them with gum-water. , 
 
 Or thus, Xakg Sap-green , Flower- de- bice-, or i ^ 
 green, which fteep in water : Verditure and C cruft 0X , 
 
Gliap.22. Colours foir Shadowing. 1 
 
 with a little Copper green , make a good light colourl 
 
 X. Blew. Ultramarine, blew Bice, Smalt, and Verdi- 
 :ure, ground fingly with gum-water , or together, 
 nakeagood blew. 
 
 XI. Brown. Cerufe, Red-lead, Englifh Oker, and 
 Jink, make a good brown. 
 
 ! XII. Spanijh-browh . To colour any horfe, dog, or 
 lie like, you muft not calcine it*, ( yet not calcined it 
 ; a dirty colour ; ) but to fliadow Vermiliofi, or lay 
 ; pon any dark ground, behind a pidfure, to (hade 
 erries in the darkeft places, or to colour wooden 
 ; ofts, wainfcot, bodies of Trees and the like, it is very 
 Dod (being burnt.) 
 
 XIII. Fle(h colour. Mix white, Indian Lake, and 
 lh ed-lead ( according as you would have it light or 
 f ;ep, ) and to diftinguifh a mans flelh from a wo- 
 mans, mingle with it a little Oker. 
 
 >f XlV. Colours of Stones. Verdegriele with Varnilh 
 akes an Emerald : with Florance Lake a Ruby ; with 
 ItramarineaSaphyr. 
 lit XV. A never f aiding Green. 
 
 . Take juyce of flowers of Flower-de-luce, put it in» 
 
 ) Gum- water and dry it in the Sun. 
 
 CHAP. XXII. 
 
 Of mixing Colours and Shadowing* 
 
 , TN mixing be careful not to make the colour too 
 I fad, nor take the pencils out of one colour and 
 »ut them into another. 
 
 II. In mixing colours, ftir them well about the wa- 
 er feverally till they are well mixed i then put them 
 ogether, making the colour ladder ox lighter at plea- 
 
 M III, Green 
 
j - Q Polygraphices. Lib.j, 
 
 Hi. Green is (hadowed with Indico and yellow- 
 
 r • * t y 
 
 IV. E/cw is (hadowed with Indico, Litmofc and 
 f lory i or any of them being fteeped in LecsoiSope- 
 
 allies, and uled with gum-water.^ . 
 
 v. Garments are (hadowed with their own proper 
 colours: or you may mingle the colour with white 
 (for the light)' and (hadow it with the fame cotar 
 unmingled : or you may take the thinned oftheco- 
 iour for the light, and (hadow with the thickeftor 
 
 bottom ol the lame. 
 
 Vi. Sap-zmn is only ufed to (hadow other greens 
 'wiih, and not to be laid for a ground in any Garment,, 
 
 VII. Lake ought not to be (haded with any colon, 
 for it is a dark red s but for variety you may fhadonni 
 with Bice, or blew Verditure, which will make it lift 
 
 changeable 1 aftata. t , t , 
 
 VIII. The (hadow for Yellow-berries is limber, bit 
 
 for beauties lake with Red-lead, and the dat e 
 touches with Spanilh-bjown j and for variety wfl 
 Copper green, blew Bice or Verditure. 
 
 IX. <Vbhe fets off blows and blacks verywdU 
 fets off well with yellow:. Idiom with rcdsM 
 
 browns, preens ,*and purples. ,, 
 
 • X. fets Ou well with yellom. «*.»*« 
 
 browns, and blacks : and Green fets oft well wlt 1 r 
 phs, and reels. 
 
 AP 
 
Chap.23. Colours for Landskips. 1J1 
 
 CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 > 
 
 Of Colours for Lands kips, 
 
 in 
 
 [. |^Reen mixed with white. Pink, Rice, Mafticot, 
 
 VJT Smalt, Indico, or Cerufe ? or blew Verdi- 
 ! ture mixt with a few yellow-berries makes a good 
 tf 'green for Landskips. 
 
 II. For the fadde$ hills ufe Umber burnt j for the 
 f 'ighttjl places , put yellow to the burnt Umber ; for 
 i\tber hills lay Copper green thickened on the fire, or 
 tan the Sun: for the next hills further off mixyellow- 
 mperries with Copper green : let the fourth part be 
 lliione with green Verditure i and the farthejl and fain - 
 eft places with blew Bice, or blew Verditure mingled 
 sllyith white, and lhadowed with blew Verditure, in the • 
 fhadows indifferent thick. 
 
 N1I III. Let the high- ways be done with red and white 
 ^ead, and for variety Yellow- oker b fhadowitwith 
 eniurnt Umber, which you may ufe for fandy Rocks and 
 , dills. 
 
 IV. Kotks may be done with feveral colours, in 
 r ome places black and white, in other places red and 
 (White, and in others blew and white, and the like, as 
 
 pon fee convenient. 
 
 V. fhe water muft be black Verditure and white, 
 lhadowed with green and blew Verditure : when the 
 hanks call a green fhadow upon the water, and the 
 water is dark fhadowed, then (hade it with Indico, 
 green thickned, and blew Verditure. 
 
 VI. Colour buildings with as much variety of plea- 
 fant colours as may be imaginable, yet let reafon be 
 your rule in mixing your colours : you may fometimes 
 
 M 2 ufe 
 
Poljgraphices* Lib.j, 
 
 ufe white and black for the wall, conduits or other 
 things : for Brick^houfes and the like, Red-lead and 
 white : i f many boufes fUnd together, let them off with 
 variety of colours, as Umber and white-. Lake and 
 white Red-lead and white, and the like. 
 
 VII. Laffly, for the Skie,v fe Mascot or yellow- 
 berries, and white for th elowefl and lightefi places', red 
 Roffet^and white for the next degree blew Bice and 
 white for the other , blew Bice, or blew Verditurefor 
 
 the 
 
 ifofi degrees and colours tnuft be fo wrought together, 
 that the edge of each colour may not receive any 'Jharpefs i 
 that is Jo as that you cannot perceive where you began V 
 
 J, ttt Ith the Atom - water wet over tne pieiuiu w 
 vY be coloured, for that keeps the colours from 
 finking into the paper, and will add a luftre unto them, 
 make them (hew fairer, and keep them from fading* 
 
 II. Then let the paper dry of it felf ( being walked 
 with Alom- water ') before you lay on the colours »oi 
 before you wet it again, for fome paper will need wet- 
 ting four or live times. 
 
 III. The wafhing of the paper with the Aloffl-W 
 ter muff be done with a large pencil brulh, fueh as we 
 have advifed to at the fixth Section ol the nineteent 
 r'h-nnfpv rvf fViic 
 
 lay them, being fo drowndedone in another • 
 
 CHAP. XXIV. 
 Of the Brattice of wafting* 
 
Chap. 2 5 . Making of Varmjbes- 1 7 1 
 
 you muft be fure to do all over, for elfe the varnifh 
 will fink through. 
 
 V. Having thus prepared your work go to laying on 
 your colours according to the former dire&ions flut- 
 ing them, as near as may be, to the life ot every thing. 
 
 Vi. The Pidfure being painted, you may with fize 
 ( as at the fourth Section of the nineteenth Chapter of 
 this Book) pafte your Maps or Pictures upon cloth, 
 thus : wet the fheet of cloth therein, wring it out, 
 and ftrain it upon a Frame, or nail it upon a wall or 
 Aboard, and fo pafte your Maps or Pictures thereon. 
 
 I VII. Lafily, if the Pidfure be to be varnifhed ha- 
 ving thus fixed it into its proper Frame, then varnifh 
 t with a proper varnifh ( by the following rules ) and 
 Rework will be fully finifhed. 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 Of the making of Varmfhes, 
 
 01 
 
 V Arnijhfor fainting in Oyl • 
 
 Take Maftich two ounces, oyl of T urpentine 
 )ne ounce j ‘put the Maftich in powder into the oyl, 
 ind melt it over the fire, letting it boil little or nothing 
 left it be clammy i) when it is enough, you may know 
 i?y putting in a hens feather, for then it will burn it. 
 II. Varnifh for painted figures. 
 
 Take white Rozin one pound, Plum-tree gum for 
 Gum-Arabick ) Venice Turpentine, Linfeed-oyl, of 
 each two ounces*, firft melt the Rozin and ftrain it very 
 hot i fteep the Gum in oyl Olivef oyl ben is better) till 
 it is dift'olved, and ftrain it, fo which put the Turpen- 
 tine and Rozin, and over a flow fire mingle them till 
 
 M 3 they 
 
174 
 
 Poly graph ices. 
 
 they are well diffolved.- When youufe it, ufeit hot. 
 
 Ill Another for the fame. 
 
 Take Olibanum and gum-Sandrack in powder, 
 which mingle with Venice Turpentine, melting and 
 incorporating them hill over a gentle fire, then fhain 
 it hot. 
 
 When you ufe it let it he hot , and your Varnifh mil 
 f sine well '■> it dries immediately • 
 
 IV. Another for the fame. 
 
 Take oyl of Linfecd, which diftill in a glafs Re. 
 tort, one ounce, fair Amber diffolved three ounces, 
 mix them over a flow fire, and it is done. 
 
 V. A very good Varnifh for Gold-> Silver^ hit, 
 Stone ? Wood , Vellom , er Paper. 
 
 Take Benjamin ( made into fine powder between 
 two papers) put it into a vial, and cover it with Spirit 
 of Wine four fingers above it, and let it (land three 
 or four daysi then drain it> and it will be bright and 
 (tuning, drying immediately, and retaining its bright- 
 nefs many years. 
 
 If you Varnifh Gold , or any thing gilded , before tk 
 framing you jhouldput in a few blades of Saffron for co- 
 lour fake : hut if Silver or any thing white-,you ought it 
 ufe the white part of the Benjamin only • 
 
 VI. A Varnifh 'particularly for Gold } Silver , W r 
 
 Copper. m 
 
 Take Linfeed oyl fix ounces, Maffick, Aloes tp*‘ 
 tick of each one ounce j put the gums in powder into 
 the oyl, into a glazed earthen pot, which cover wit 
 another, luting them together, in the bottom ofwhic , 
 let be a hole, whereinto put a fmall flick with a broa 
 end to ftir withal cover them all over with clay,( £X ' 
 cept the hole) fet it over the fire, and ftir it as often 
 as it feetheth for a little while, then ftrain it for ule, 
 
 Firft let the metal be polifhed, then ftrike it over with 
 this Vll* ^ 
 
 this varnifh. 
 
Chap. 25 - Making of Vdrnijbes. x 75 
 
 VII. AV&rntfb for Wood and Leather • . 
 
 Take Tindure of Saffron or Turmerick in Spirit ot 
 
 Wine a pint, prepared Gum lake aluffieient quantity, 
 diffolve the gum in the Tindure and it is done. 
 
 This is a Varnijh of great ufe to lay over Gold , and Sil- 
 ver or any thing which is expofed to the Air * 
 
 VIII. T ) makf the Common Varnijh . 
 
 Take fpirit of Wine a quart, Rozin one ounce, 
 Gum-lake a fufficient quantity, diffolve the gum? in a 
 gentle heatfbeing clofe covered J and let them fettle : 
 then gently decant off the clear, which keep in a dole 
 Glafs-bottle for ufe. 
 
 The thicks which remains , you may (train through a 
 cloth , and keep for other purpofes. 
 
 IX. To makg a red Varnijh • 
 
 Take fpirit of Wine a quart, Gum-lake four ounces, 
 Sanguis Vraconis in fine powder eight ounces, Co- 
 chenele one ounce, diged a week over a gentle hear, 
 !then drain it for ufe. 
 
 X. To make a yellow Varnijh. 
 
 , Take fpirit of Wine a pint, in which infufef three 
 ,or four daysj Saffron half an ounce, then drain it, 
 and add Aloes Succotrina one ounce, Sanguis Draconis 
 ! two ounces, which diged a week over a gentle heat 
 clofe covered, then drain it for ufe. 
 
 XI . An Vniverfal Varnijh , the h(i of all others . 
 
 Take good Gum-Sandrick (but Gum-Anime is bet- 
 ter J diffolve, it in the highed redided fpirit of W ine 
 ( an ounce and a half more or lefs to a pint J and it is 
 done. 
 
 Where mte,t. float unlefs the Spirits be highly re&ified, 
 the Varnijh cannot be good. 2. That fome put intoit Lin- 
 feed oyl( which is nought i oyl of ben U better ) and mix them 
 together. 3. Some mix boiled Turpentine with it others 
 Chymical oyls of deep colours ( as of Cloves , Mace , Nut- 
 
 M 4 megs. 
 
\j6 Polygraphices : Lib.^, 
 
 megs, Car away /, Cinnamon) according io the intent 4, 
 "That it ought to be kppt in a glafs bottle clofe flopped, lej I 
 it curdle , and the Gums feparate . 
 
 XII. The Indian Vernijhfor Cabinets , Coaches ad 
 fuch Hty. 
 
 Take the higheft rectified fpiritofWineaquart, 
 feed Lake or (hell Lake fi ve ounces, put them into a 
 glafs body •, and diflolve the Lake in Balneo ( butbe- 
 ware left the water in the Balneurii boil, for that will 
 turn the Vernifti white ) this done drain the matter 
 through a Flannel bag, and keep it in a glafs bottle 
 clofe fiopt for ufe* 
 
 Where note , 1 . *£bat if the fpirit is good it will ( ifp 
 put Gun-powder into it ) burn all away and fire tk 
 Gun--porvder. 2 « "that this Varnijh done over leafSilwh 
 turns the Silver of a Gold colour • 3* fhat tbis 'utkt 
 Varnifh which Coach-majors and others ufe for tht 
 purpofe. 4. That it preferves the Silver which itfrw 
 upon from the injuries of the Air • 5 * ‘that being hidtp 
 on any colour it maizes it loo\ infinitly the more bmti- 
 ful . 6. That if it lies rough you maypolifh it with tk 
 impalpable powder of Emery and water . 
 
 CHAP. XXVI. 
 
 Of the manner of Varnifhing* 
 
 I. *Tp H E intent of Vamifhing is either to preferve 
 J the glofsof paintings or pictures, or elfe t° 
 reprefent and imitate the forms of fhining and pet* 
 lucid bodies. 
 
 II. To varnifh paintings and pi&ures, 5 tis no WQl 6 
 
 but with a pencil dipt in the varnifh to gp over 
 
 fame 
 
Ch.a 6 . The manner of Varnping. 177 
 
 fame, then letting it dry ; andfo going over it foof- 
 ten as in reafon you fhall fee convenient. 
 
 III. If you are to imitate any thing, as Marble, 
 Tortoife-fliell, Amber, Lapis Lazuli or the like > you 
 muft firft make the imitation of them, upon that whith 
 you would varnifli, with their proper colours, as in 
 Limning or Painting withoyfiwhich mud be through - 
 ly dry : then by the fecond Section go over all with 
 
 I the varnifli, fo often till you fee it thick enough j 
 letting it dry every time leifurely* Fot example Jakfpt 
 
 IV. "to imitate Marble* 
 
 Take of the Univerfal varnifli at the eleventh 
 
 I Se&ion of the five and twentieth Chapter , with 
 * which mingle Lamp-black ( or other black ) and 
 
 White-lead finely beaten, and with, a brufli pencil, 
 ". Marble the thing you would varnifli according to your 
 ,* fancy j lathy, being dry ftrike it again two or three 
 “times over with clear varnifli alone, and it will be 
 ^ perfect. » 
 
 f V. ‘Xo imitate Xortoife- (hell. 
 
 Firft lay a white ground., then with convenient 
 colours (as Vermilion with Auripigment) dulymixt 
 with common varnifli, ftreak and Chadow the white 
 ground with any wildfancy(as nearly imitating Tor- 
 toife-ftiell as you can) which being dry, ftrike it here 
 and therewith the red varnifh( mixed with a lirtle 
 Sinaper or Indian Lake) then up and down the work 
 as nature requires touch it with varnifti mixed with 
 any good blacki then ftroke it over with Univerfal var~ 
 
 II ftijh four or five times, letting it dry every time* laftly, 
 let it dry well a week, and with Pumice- ftone in fine 
 
 1 powderjand a wet cloth polifh it by rubbing \ then go 
 over it again three or four times with the Univerfal 
 1 vamijh , and ( if need require) polifh it again with 
 fine putty as before » after which you may once again 
 ? : : ’ * ' ; •• " :5i '• ' ftrike 
 

 'T i H ** W 
 
 . 
 
 
 ill: 
 
 J It i ’ j, , , 
 
 ,78 Polygraph ices. Lib.3. 
 
 ftrike it over with the faid Varnfth, and it will be 
 done. 
 
 VI. ‘To imitate Tortoife-foell ttfm Silver ar Gold. 
 
 A white ground being laid , and fmeared over 
 
 with Vermilion or the like i lay over the fame lea* 
 ves of Silver or Gold ( as we have taught in other 
 places ) either with Gum-Ammoniacum , Lake, 
 common Varnijh or glair > this done, and being dry* 
 ed» fhadow it according to reafon i (hiking it over 
 here and there with yellow Varnijh , and with 
 the yellow Varnijh mixed with a little red Vu- 
 nijh > ( all things being done ip imitation of the 
 fhell ) (hike it feveral times over with the Uni- 
 versal Varnijh , and polifti it fin all refpe&s ) as be- 
 fore. 
 
 VII. To imitate Lapis Lazuli. 
 
 Upon a ground of White-lead, Spodium or thelike 
 in common Varnifli ( being fir ft dry ) lay Ultramarine 
 or Tome other pure blew well mixed with the Uni- 
 verfal Varnifli, fo as that the ground may not appear, 
 then with wild, irregular ftreaks ( in refemblanceof 
 Nature) with liquid or (hell Gold, run Uraglingly all 
 over the blew, adding very fmall fpecks upon the 
 blew part, of fuch various colours, as are ufually tobe 
 Seen upon the done. 
 
 CHAP’ 
 
Ch. -7* Of Vegetable Qolonrs 0 & c * 1 79 
 
 C H A P. XXVII. 
 
 , Experimental Obfervat ions of Vegetable Co - 
 
 lour sin General, 
 
 •I. A Strong infufion of Galls filtred , mixed with 
 \ £\ aftrong and clear folution of Vitriol, makes a 
 
 ^mixture as black as ln\ • which with a little flrong 
 Oyl of Vitriol is made tranfparent again : after 
 Iwhich the blacky colour is regained again, by the affii- 
 (ion of a little quantity of a ifrong folution ofc Salt ofc 
 Tartar 
 
 it 7be firji blacl ± ( although pale in writing, yet ) being 
 II dry, appears to be good Ini 
 
 Ill II. beco&idn of dried red Rofes, in fair water, 
 jfixiixed with a little filtrated folution of blew Vitriol 
 afenade a black colour : this mixed with a.little Aqua* 
 fortis, turn’d it from a black, to a deep red i which by 
 iffufion of a little fpirit of Urine, may be reduced 
 |3raight to a thick and black colour. 
 
 III. Tellowwax iswhitned by diffolving it over the 
 fire in fpirit of Wine, letting it boil a little, and then 
 exhaling the fpirit of Wine , or elfe whilft it is hot, 
 feperating it by filtration. 
 
 r 'TV. Fair water mixed with a blood red Tindlure 
 |of Benjamin drawn with fpirit of Wine, immediately 
 makes it of a milk white colour. 
 
 V. Blad>ncfs may be taken away with oyl of Vitrioh 
 fo black pieces of Silk or Hair I have turn’d to a kind 
 of yellow. 
 
 VI. A handful of Lignum Nepbitricum rafped, inta- 
 ke! in lour pound of fpring water, yields between the 
 
 ■ h . , ' ; 
 
*8o Poljgraphices. Lib.s, 
 
 light and the eye and almoft golden colour (unlcfsthe 
 infufion be too ftrong) but with the eye between the 
 light and it ( in a clear vial ) a lovely blew as indeed It 
 is : this with fpirit of Vinegar may be made to vanift 
 r ft ill keeping its golden colour) and after with oylof 
 Tartar per deliquium may be refiored again. 
 
 VII. Cloth died with blew and Woad, is by the 
 yellow decodion of Lutepla died into a green. 
 
 VIII. Syrup of Violets mixed with a high folution 
 of Gold in Aqua regia, produces a reddifh mixtutei 
 and with a high folution of filings of Copper in fpirit 
 of Urine, a lovely fair green. 
 
 IX. Syrup of Violets mixed with a little juyceof 
 Lemons^ fpirit of Salt, Vinegar, or t'he like acid Salt, 
 will be immediately red i but mixt with oyl ofTai* 
 tar, or a folution of pot-afhes, it will in a moment^ 
 perfed green : the like in juyce of blew-bottles. 
 
 X. A good quantity of oyl of Tartar, put intoa 
 ftrong folution of Verdegriefe, gives a delightful 
 blew i which may be varioufly changed by adding fpi- 
 rit of Urine,or Hartfhorn. 
 
 XI. Although red Rofes hung over the fume of 
 Sulphur, lofe all their rednefs, and become white : yet 
 oyl of Sulphur (which is nothing but the fumes con- 
 denied J doth wonderfully heighten the tindure of 
 the fame. 
 
 XII. Cochcnele will have its colour far more height- 
 ned by fpirit of Urine, than by redihed fpirit of Wine ; 
 and one grain of Cochenele in a good quantity of fpi- 
 rit of Urine, being put into one hundred twenty fix 
 ounces of water, tinged it ( although but faintly : J 
 which amounts to above one hundred twenty five 
 thoufand times its own weight. 
 
 XIII. Twenty grains of Cochenele being 
 with an ounce of Saccbarum Saturnh makes a molt 
 
 glort' 
 
Chap. 27 - Of Vigttable Colours. 181 
 
 glorious purple colour : and Co accordingly as the 
 quantity is either diminilhed or cncreafed, fo the pur- 
 ple colour (hall be either lighter or deeper. 
 
 XIV. A few Grains of Cocbenele being mixed with 
 the Lixivium of Quick-lime in a due proportion, 
 makes a faiding purple colour, of the greateft glory 
 imaginable in the world. 
 
 } XV. The juyce of privet berries with fpirit of Salt, 
 is turned into a lovely red : but with a firong folution 
 bf pot-a(hes into a delightful green. 
 
 XVI. Upon things red by nature, as Syrup of 
 •Clovegilliflowers, juyce of Buckthorn berries, infufion 
 [ i)f red Rofes, Brazil, &c. Spirit of Salt makes no con- 
 siderable change, but rather a lighter red : but other 
 "aUs turn them into a greenifli i efpecially juyce of 
 otituckthorn berries. 
 
 pi XVII. Juyce of Jafmin and (now drops, by a ftrong 
 ilcalizate folution, was ( although of no colour ) turn- 
 ed into a deep greenifli yellow. 
 
 XVIII, Buckthorn berries being gathered green and 
 dried, are called Sap-berries^ which being infufed in 
 Alom- water gives a fair yellow ( ivbicb is nfed by Boo 
 finders for the edges of their Bookf, and to colour Leather 
 li ?ljo : ) being gathered when they are black, they are 
 ailed Sap-green-, and make a green colour being put 
 •nto a Brafs or Copper velfel for three or four days s or 
 i little heated upon the fire, and mixed with Alom in 
 powder, and prcfled forth', fo put into bladders hang- 
 ing it up till it is dry : and being gathered about the 
 end of November , ( when they are ready to drop) they 
 yield a purplifh colour. 
 
 XlX. Tin&ure ofCocbuiele, diluted never (o much 
 with fair water, will never yield a yellow colour : a 
 Angle drop of a deep folution in fpirit of llrine, dilu- 
 ted in an ounce of fair water, makis a fair Pink, or 
 Carnation. XX. 0yl 
 
1 82 fPdlygraphices. Lib. 3. 
 
 XX. . Oyl or fpirit of Turpentine, digefted with pure 
 white Sugar of lead, yields in a fhort tune a high red 
 tin&ure-* which Chymifts call Bdfamum Saturn. 
 
 XXI. Spirit of Salt dropt into a ftrong infufionof 
 Cccbenele or juice of black cherries, makes immediately 
 a fair red : but dropt into the infufion of Brazil, a kind 
 of yellow: fo the filtrated tindureof B alaujUns mixed 
 with good fpirit of Urine, or the like, turns of a 
 tlarkifh green but with fpirit of Salt, a high rednefs, 
 like rich Claret wine ^ which glorious colour may ina 
 moment be defiroyed, and turned into a dirty green, 
 by fpirit of Urine. 
 
 XXII. A high infufion of Lignum Nepbrtttcm, mix- 
 ed ^ith fpirit of Urine 5 gives fo deep ablew,astoroake j 
 theliquor ofacous : which after a day or two vanifhes, 
 and leaves the liquor of a bright amber colour . 
 
 Where note that inflead of Spirit of V fine you my up 
 oyl of fartar, or a ftrong folution of pot ajhes • 
 
 XXlII. Infufion of Logwood in fair water (mixt 
 with fpirit of Sal Armoniackf) ftraight turns into a 
 deep, rich, lovely purple * two or three drops toa 
 fpoonful is enough, left the colour be fo deep, asto be 
 
 opacous. . f 
 
 XXIV. Spirit of Sal Armoniack^ will turn iyrup ot 
 
 Violets to a lovely green. . . 
 
 XXV. Infufion oiLitmofs in fair water, gw es l 
 clear glafs a purple colour : but by addition of »P irlt 
 Salt, it will be wholly changed into a glorious y wj* 
 
 XXVI. The infufions and juices of feveral plan » 
 will be much altered by a folution of Lead in lpj rl 
 V inegar : it will turn infufion of red rofe leaves in 
 
 fad green. u 
 
 XXVlI.So Tindureof red rofes in fair water, w 
 be turned into a thick green, with the folution ° . 
 mum in fpirit of Vinegar-, and then with the ad i ^ 
 
Ch. 27 * Of Vegetable Colours,&LC. 183 
 
 of oyl of Vitriol the refolved Lead would precipitate 
 . white, leaving the liquor of a dear, high red colour 
 
 ag XXVlli. We have not yet found, that to exhibit 
 ftrong variety of colours, there need be imployed a- 
 ny more than thefc five, Whitej Black, Red,- Blew, 
 Yellow : for thefe being varioujly compounded and decom- 
 pounded exhibit a variety and number of colours > fetch as 
 tkofe who are grangers to painting can hardly imagine . 
 j xxlx. So Placed White varioufly mixed, make 
 "i vaft company of light and deep Grays : Blew an£ 
 fellow , many Greens : Red and fellow, Orange-taw- 
 teis : Red and White , Carnations : Red and Blew, fur- > 
 ties See. producing many colours for which we w/anc 
 Sames. 
 
 r ' XXX. Acid falts deftroy a blew colour : Sulphu- 
 reous, Urinous or fixed reftore if. 
 
 XXXI. Acid and Alcalizate falts, with many bodies 
 £f; hat abound with Sulphureous or oykgljarts will pro- 
 duce a red, as is manifeft in the XihSure of Sulphur, 
 made with Lixiviums of Calcined Tartar or pot- 
 atoes. 
 
 XXXII. Laftly , it may be worth tryal ( fince it hath 
 Succeeded in fame experiments ) fo to take away the colour 
 fa Liquor , as that it may be coleurlefs ; which in what 
 we have tryed, was thus : firfi by putting into the 
 Tin&ure, Liquor, or ]uyce, a quantity of the folution 
 of pot-afhes or oyl of Tartar per deliquium i and then 
 iaffufing a good or ftrong folution of Alom, which in 
 our obfervations precipitated the tinging matter, or 
 gathered it into one body ( like as it were curds) and 
 io left the Liquor tranfparent and clear as Cryjial . 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Poljigraphices . 
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 General ’Experimental ohfervations of Mint* 
 
 rd Colours* 
 
 I. O Vblimate diffolved in fair water, and mixed 
 
 O with a little fpirit of Urine,makes a milk white 
 mixture in a moment : which by addition ol Aqua* 
 fortify immediately again becomes tranfparent. 
 
 II. If Sublimate two ounces, and Lin-gUfs one 
 ounce be fublimed together, you will have a lublimate 
 not inferiour to the beft Orient Pearls in the world, i 
 
 III. Silver diffolved in Aqua-firth, and evaporated \ 
 to drynefs, and fair water poured two or three times i 
 thereon, and evaporated, till the calx is dry, leaves it 
 of a Snow whitenefs: which rubbed upon the skill, 
 ( wetted with fpittle, water or the like) produces a 
 deep blacknefs, not to be obliterated in fome days. 
 
 With this, Ivory, Hair, and Horns may be dyed in fair 
 water of a lading black* 
 
 IV. Coral diffolved by oyl ofVitriol. Sulphur, or 
 fpirit of vinegaf, and precipitated by oyl ot Tartar, 
 yields a Snow whitenefs. The fame of Crude Lead , 
 and Quickfilver diffolved in Aqua- forth : So butter ot j 
 Antimony re&ihcd by bare affufion in much fair water, , 
 will(thoughUn£uous)be precipitated into that Snow ] 
 white powder which (being walhed from its corrotivc 
 (alts ) is called Mercurius Vital the like of which may 
 be made without the addition of any Mercury at all. 
 
 V. Mercury Sublimate and precipitate yields (with 
 the fpirit of Urine, Hartlhorn, or the like) a white pre- 
 cipitate: but with the folution of Pot-athes, or other 
 
 1 Lixiviate 
 
Chap. 28. Of Mineral Colours. 185 
 
 Lixiviate Saifs an Orange ‘tawny* And if on a filtrated 
 ' folution of Vitriol, you put the folution of a fixed fait , 
 there will fubfidea copious fubftance far from white- 
 nefs^ which Chymifts call the Sulphur of Vitriol. 
 
 VI. If Copper two ounces be mixed with Tin one 
 ounce, the reddifhnefs will vanifh : and if Arfenick 
 (calcined with Nitre) in a juft proportion be mixed 
 with melted Copper, it will be blanched both within 
 and without. 
 
 1 VII. Fine powders of blew Bice, and yellow Orpf* 
 'Tient, flightly mixed, give a good green : and a high 
 bellow folution of good Gold in Aqua regia , mixed 
 with a due quantity of a deep blew folution of crude 
 popper in ftrong (pint of Urine, produces a tranfpa- 
 "ent green : And fo blew and yellow Amel fufed toge- 
 ther in the flame of a Lamp, being ftrongly blowed 
 CI n without ceafing, produces at length a green colour. 
 ^ VIII. An urinous fait, largely put into the diflfolu- 
 r )'ion of blew Vitriol in fair water, turn’d the liquor 
 1 ind corpufcles ( which refided ) into a yellowifh co- 
 F)ur like yellow Oker. 
 
 le: IX. Verdegriefe ground with fait ArmoniacJ ^ and 
 (jihe like (digefted for a while in a dunghilj makes a 
 ,loriour blew. 
 
 \ X. The true glafs of Antimony extra&ed with acid 
 Spirits ( with or without Wine) yields a red tin- 
 'rdure. 
 
 !i XI. Balfom of Sulphur ( of a deep red in the glafs) 
 ihaked about, or dropton paper gives a yellow ftain. - 
 ii XII. If Brimftone and Sal-ArmoniacJ^m powder^ 
 ;:ach five ounces, be mixed with quick-lime in pow- 
 der fix ounces, and diftilled in a Retort in fand by de- 
 grees ; you will have a volatil fpirit of Sulphur of ex- 
 cellent rednefs, though none of the ingredients be lb. 
 
 £ 0 alfo oyl of Annijeeds mixed with ojl of Vitriol. give s 
 ; J * N fa 
 
 
Polygraphices. 
 
 Lib. 
 
 n a trice a blood red Colour , which foon decays. 
 
 XIII. Fine Silver diffolved in Aqua-fom , and preci- 
 pitated with fpirit of Salt i upon the firft decanting 
 the liquor,the remaining matter will be purely whitei 
 but lying uncovered, what is fubjec* to the ambient 
 
 Air will lofe its whitenefs. . 
 
 XI V, Sublimate diffolved in a quantity ot water 
 and filtred, till it is as clear as Cryflal, mixed (in a Vc* 
 nice glafs ) with goodoyl of Tartar per dcliqmm fib 
 tred (Three or four drops to a fpooniul) yields an o- 
 pacous liquor of a deep Orange cofour v after which 
 if four or five drops of oyl of Vitriol be dropt in, and 
 the glafs ftraightway be ttrongly (haked, the whole Ik 
 quor will ( to admiration^becolourlefs without/t^i- 
 went. And if the filtred folution of fublimd Sal-Arm- 
 niacl ^ and Sublimate of each alike be mixt with the 
 folution of an Alcali , it will be white. 
 
 XV. Spirit of Sal-Armoniacl^ makes.the folution ot 
 Verdegriefe an excellent Azure > but it makes thefo- 
 lution of Sublimate yield a white precipitate. . 
 
 XVI. So the folution of filings of Copper in fpint 
 of Urine (made by fermentation ) gives a lovely Azuti 
 celour: which withoyl of Vitriol ( a few drops toa 
 fpoonful) is deprived in a trice of the fame, and mate 
 it like fair water. And fo a folution of Verdegriefe m 
 fair water, mixed with (hong fpirit of Salt, or c* 
 phlegmed Aquafortis^ makes the greennefs almo to 
 
 tally to difappear. . 
 
 XVII. Quick-filver mixed with three or four ti 
 its weight ot good oyl of Vitriol, and the oyl ^ rawa , ; 
 ia land, through a glafs Retort, leaves a Snow w 
 precipitate > which by affulion of fair water, beco * 
 one of the loveliefi light yellows in the world, an 
 durable colour. 
 
 • UldUiC LUlVJUi# t hi 
 
 XV III. Tin calcined per fc by fire, affords a veryw^^ 
 
Chap. 2 8. Of Mineral Qolours* iS/ 
 
 calx called Putty: Lead, a red powder called Minium i 
 Copper, a dark or blackifh powder : Iron, a dirty yel- 
 lowifh colour, called Crocus MartU : and Mercury a red 
 powder. 
 
 XlX. Gold dijfifolved in Aqua Regia Lntiobles 
 the Menfirmm with its own colour: Silver Ceyn 
 diffolved in Aqua-fortis yields a tin&ure like that 
 of Copper * but fine Silver a kind of faint blewifll- 
 nels: Copper diffolved in fpirit of Sugar ( drawn 
 off in a glafs Retort ) or in oyl or fpirit of Tur- 
 pentine, affords a green tin&uiej but in Aqua-fortis, 
 a blew* 
 
 i XX. Vermilion is made of Mercury and Brimjlone 
 jfublimed together in a due proportion, 
 s XXI. Glafs may have given to it a lovely golden 
 colour with Quick-filver » but it is now coloured yel- 
 fc'low generally with calx of Silver : yet fhell-Silver, 
 Iliffuchas is ufed with pen or pencil j mixed with a con- 
 venient proportion of powdered glafs, in three or four 
 ;i hours fufion, gave a lovely Sapphyrine blew, 
 nl XXII. Glafs is tinged green(bythe Glafs-menJ 
 with the Calx of Venus : which Calx mixed with an 
 .hundred times its weight of fair glafs, gave in fulion a 
 blew coloured mafs, 
 
 I* 7 
 
 XXIII. Putty ( which is Tin calcined ) as it is white 
 of it felf, fo it turns the purer fort of glafs metal into a 
 white mafs, which when opacous enough, ferves for 
 white AmeU 
 
 XXIV. This white Amel is as it were the Bahs 
 of all thofe fine Concretes, that Gold-fmiths, and 
 feveral Artificers ufe, in the curious Art of Enameling $ 
 for this white and tufible fublfance, will receive in- 
 to it felf, without fpoiling them, the colours of di- 
 vers other Mineral fubtlances, which like it will en- 
 dure the fire. 
 
 ' ■ N 2 
 
 XXV. Glafs 
 
1 88 Pcljgrapbtces . Lib.3. 
 
 XXV. Glafs is alfo tinged blew with the dark mi- 
 neral called laffnra and with Manganefs or ' Magncffu 
 in a certain proportion which will tinge glafs of a red 
 colour •, and alio of aPurplifh or Murry * and with a 
 greater quantity, into that deep colour which paflcs 
 
 XXVI. Yellow Orpiment fublimed with Sea-Salt, 
 yields a white and Cryftalline Arfenick *, Arfenickco- 
 loured with pure Nitre being duly added to Copper 
 when 5 tis infufion, gives it a whitenels both within 
 
 and without. 
 
 XXVII. So Lapis Calaminar'n turns Copper into 
 
 Br xxvill. And Zi^duly mixed with Copper when 
 ’tis in fufion, gives it the nobleft golden colour that 
 
 was ever feen in the.beh gold. 
 
 XXIX. Copper diffolved in Aqua- forth will imbue 
 
 fcveral bodies of the colour of the folution. . 
 
 XXX. Laftly, Gold diffolved in Aqua ngu will 
 (though not commonly known) dye Homs , fam 
 and other Bones of a durable purple colour: And the 
 Cryftals of Silver made with Aqua-fortis , (tnougQ 
 they appear white ) mil prefently dye the Styn, mh 
 Hair, Horn , and Bones, with a Blac^not to hemp 
 
 4 > 
 
 CHAP' 
 
Cl lap. 29. 
 
 Metals . 
 
 189 
 
 CHAP. XXIX, 
 
 Of Metals* 
 
 I. "Ip 0 harden ghticj^fiber. 
 
 I Caft your Lead feparated from its drofs in' 
 to a veflel, and when it begins to cool, thruft in the 
 point of a dick, which takeout again and caft in the 
 Argent Vive, and it will congeal; then beat it in a 
 mortar, and do fo often ? when it is hard melt it often, 
 and put it into fair water, doing it fo long till it is 
 hard enough, and may be hammered. 
 
 II. T’o tinge ^uicl^ fiber cf the colour of Gold. ' 
 
 Break it into fmail pieces (being hardned) which 
 
 put into a Crucible, with the powder of Cadmia s 
 firatum fuper ftratum, mixed with Pomegranate peels, 
 ‘iTurmerick (beaten fine) and Raifons , cover theCru- 
 ’-cible and lute it well, dry it well i and then fet it on 
 a lire for fix or feven hours, that it may be red-hot s 
 then blow it with bellows till it run, which then let 
 cool whileft covered with coals, and it will have the 
 colour of gold. 
 
 III. T 0 fix Quick^fiiber being hardned. 
 
 This is done with fine powder of Cryftal glafs, laid 
 with the Metal firatum fuper flratum in a Crucible co- 
 vered and luted i heating it all over red-hot, and then 
 melting of it. 
 
 IV. 1 0 make Quick^fiiber malleable. 
 
 Firft harden it by the hrft Section, then break the 
 Metal into fmail pieces, and boil it a quarter of an hour 
 in (harp vinegar : then add a little Sal-Armoniack^ and 
 digeft all together for ten or twelve days > then boil all 
 together in a luted Crucible, till it is red-hot, and by 
 
 N 3 degrees 
 
(polygraphices . Lib. 3, 
 
 degrees crack ; laftly, hang the Mercury in a pot with 
 Brimftone at bottom to cover it s luce it and fet it in- 
 to the fire, that it may grow hot by degrees, and re- 
 ceive the fume of the Sulphur > do thus for a month 
 once a day , and the Mercury will run and be 
 hammered. 
 
 V. Another way of tinging Mercury • 
 
 Take purified Mercury one ounce, Sulphur two 
 ounces, Aqua- for tin three ounces, let them all hand till 
 the water grow clear » diftil this with its fediment, 
 and at bottom of the Limbeck i you (hall find the 
 Mercury hard, and of art exadfc colour. 
 
 VI. To colour and foften Gold. 
 
 Diflolve Verdegriefe in vinegar, and drain it 
 through a felt, then congeal, and when it begins to 
 wax thick, put to it fome Sal-Armoniack, and letit 
 harden a good while, then melt gold with it, and it 
 will heighten the colour and make it foft. 
 
 vil. To make Gold and Silver fofter . 
 
 Take Mercury Sublimate, Sal- Armoniacfc, of each 
 alike, powder them, melt the gold, and puttoita 
 little of this powder, and it will be foft. 
 
 VII. Another way to do the fame . 
 
 Take Vitriol, Verdet, Sal- Armoniack, burnt Brafs, 
 of each half an ounce, mix them with Aqm-ftth 
 let it fo repofe in the heat two days, then let it harden, 
 do thus three times with Aqua fortis , and let it dry, 
 make it into powder, to one dram put one ounce o 
 gold three times and it will be fofter. 
 
 IX. Another way to do the fame in Silver. 
 
 Take Salt-peter, Tartar, Salt, Verdet, boil all to- 
 gether, till the water is confumed, then put to it •* 
 rine, and let itfo confume, and you {hall have an oy** 
 which put into melted Silver will do the fame. 
 
 Or thus, fake as many wedges as you have mehedf^ 
 
Chap. 29. Of Metals . 191 
 
 them one night into a crucible in a furnace* hut Jo as they 
 melt not, and they will be foft and fair. 
 
 Or thus, ‘fake honey , oyU of each alike , in which 
 quench the Gold or Silver three or four times , and it will 
 be [of ter. 
 
 Or thus, fakg Maflich , Frankincenfe , Myrrh , Borax , 
 Vernix , of each alike all in powder. 
 
 Or thus, §hiench the Gold or Silver in watr of Sal- 
 Armoniackj and it will be foft. 
 
 I X. fo tinge Silver of a Gold colour. 
 
 Take fine Gold, fine Silver, good Brafs 5 and Bra(s 
 or Copper calcin’d with Sulphur-vive, of each alike, 
 
 , melt them down together, and it (hall appear to be 
 gold of eighteen carets fine. 
 
 Xl f Another way to tinge Silver . 
 
 ^ Take Quick-filver purged three ounces, leaf-gold 
 one ounce, mix them and put them into a glafs Retort 
 well luted, put it on the fire till it grow hot > then take 
 it off, and add to it Quick-filver purged two ounces, 
 ' [ Sal-Armoniac\or\z ounce, Sal Ekebrot half an ounce, 
 n Borax two drachms i then fealupthe glafs hermeti- 
 cally, and put it into a continual fire for three days * 
 then take it out, let it cool, open the Retort, take out 
 1 the matter, and powder it very fine : of which pow- 
 jf der mix one ounce with filver five ounces, and it will 
 f tinge it into a good gold colour. 
 
 ; Note, Sal Ellehrot is thus made, 'fake pure common 
 i Salt, Sal Gem , Sal Alcaliin powder , of each one ounce, 
 juyee of mints four ounces , fpring water four pound , 
 mingle them , and evaporate And ffuick-fdver is pur~ 
 ged by wafhing it in Jharp Vinegar three or four times and 
 framing it i or by fubliming it which is better. 
 
 XII. fo bring Silver into a Calx. 
 
 This is done by amalgamating of it with Quick-fil- 
 ver, and then fubliming of it i or by diffolving it in 
 
 N 4 Aqua- 
 
 
i Polygraphices. Lib.3. 
 
 Aqua- for tvs, and precipitating it with the folution of 
 Salt in fair water, and then wafhingit with warm wa- 
 ter often to free it from the falts : or elfe by mingling 
 the tilings with fublimed Mercury, and in a Retort 
 caufing the Mercury to afcend which will leave at 
 bottom the Calx of Silver, fit for jewels 5 &c. 
 
 XIII. ‘To blanch Silver . 
 
 Take SaTArrnoniacl ^ Roch-Alotn, AlomTlumo[um ) 
 Sal- gem, ArgafRoman-Vitriofof eacbalikg) powder 
 and mix them, and diffolve them in fair water, in 
 which boil the Silver fo long, till you fee it wonder- 
 ful white. 
 
 XIV. ‘fo colour Silver of a Gold colour* 
 
 Take Salt-peter two pound, Roch-Alom five 
 pound, mingle, and diffil them, keeping the water 
 for ufe. When you ufe it, melt the Silver, and quench 
 it in the laid water. 
 
 XV. To tinge Brafs of a Gold colour • 
 
 DifTolve burnt Brafs in Aqua-fortvs{ made of Vitriol 
 Salt-peter, Alom,Verdegriefe, and Vermilionjand then 
 reduce it again, and it will be much of a good colour. 
 
 XVI. Totnakg Brafs through white • 
 
 Heat Brafs red-hot, and quench it in water aiftilled 
 from Sal* Armoniack, and Egg-fhells ground together, 
 and it will be very white. 
 
 XVII. To make Brafs white otherwise. 
 
 Take Egg-fhells and calcine them in a Crucible ana 
 temper them with the whites of Eggs, let it hand to 
 three weeks j heat the Brafs red-hot, and put this 
 upon it. 
 
 XVIII. To mahg Brafs. 
 
 Take Copper three pounds, Lapis Calaminaitf one 
 pound in powder, melt them together the fpace of un 
 hour, then put it out. 
 
 XlX. The way to colour Brafs white . ^ . 
 
 * Diffolve 
 
Chap.29- Of Metals. 193 
 
 Diffolve apeny weight of Silver in Aqua-fortti, put- 
 ting it to the tire in a veffel, till the Silver turn to wa- 
 ter *, to which add as much powder of white Tartar 
 asmay drink up all the water, make it into balls, with 
 which rub any Brafs, and it will be white as Silver. 
 
 XX. fo tinge Copper if a Gold colour • 
 
 Take Copper, Lafvs Calaminaris , of each four 
 drachms, Tutty two drachms i heat the Copper 
 red-hot twice, quenching it in pifsi doing the like 
 by the Lapis and Tutty : take ol the diffolved Cop- 
 per half an ounce, adding to it Honey one ounce, boil 
 them till the Honey look black and is dry that it may 
 be powdered, which then beat with the Lapisznd 
 ; Tutty : boil them again, till the Copper is melted and 
 it is done. 
 
 5 XXI. Another way to make Copper of a Gold colour. 
 
 Take the Gall of a Goat, Arfnick, of each a fuffici- 
 ent quantity, and diflil them j then the Copper being 
 f bright being walhed in this water, will turn into the 
 " colour of Gold. 
 
 i XXII. Another way to do the fame . 
 
 Melt Copper, to which put a little Zink, in filings, 
 and the Copper will have a glorious golden colour. 
 
 XXIII. to mabp Copper of a white colour. 
 
 Take Sublimate, Sal-Armoniack, of each alike *, 
 boil them in Vinegar, in which quench the Copper 
 being made red-hot i and it will be like Silver. 
 
 XXIV. Another way to whiten Copper. 
 
 Heat it red-hot divers times, and quench it in oyl 
 of Tartar per deliquium, and it will be white. 
 
 XXV. Another way to whiten Copper. 
 
 Take Arfnick three ounces, Mercury Sublimate two 
 ounces, Azure one ounce, mix them with good and 
 pure greafe T*ke an ointment, with which anoint any 
 Copper veffel, then put tfct veffel into another, and 
 
 let 
 
*94 Polygraphices. Lib.j, 
 
 fet it info a digeftive heat for two months, after which 
 eleanfe it withabrulh and water, and it is done. 
 
 XXVI. Another way to whiten Copper. 
 
 Take Arfnick calcined with Salt peter, and Mer- 
 cury Sublimate, which caft upon melted Copper, and 
 it will be white like Silver. 
 
 XXVII. lofoften Copper. 
 
 Melt burnt Brafs with Borax in a Crucible, quench 
 it in Linfeed-oyl, and then beat it gently on an Anvil; 
 boil it again and quench it in oyl as before, doing thus 
 five or fix times, till it is fofc enough j and this will 
 neatly unite with Gold, of which you may put in 
 more by half than you can of other Brafs. 
 
 XXV III. To tinge with Iron a Gold colour. 
 
 Lay in a Crucible plates of Iron and Brimftone, 
 firatum fitper $ratum^ cover and lute it well, and cal- 
 cine in a fornace, then take them out and they willbe 
 brittle: put them into a pot with a large mouth) and 
 put in (harp diftilled vinegar, digefting till they wax 
 red over a gentle heat: then decant the vinegar, and 
 add new, thus doing till all the Iron be diffolved i eva- 
 porate the moifture in a glafs Retort or Vefica ^ nd cad 
 the remaining powder on Silver, or other white Me* 
 tal, and it will look like Gold. 
 
 XXIX. To makp Iron or Silver of a Brap colour. 
 
 Take Flowers of Brafs, Vitriol, Sal'Amomac^A 
 
 each alike in fine powder i boil it half an hour in 
 ftrong vinegar, take it from the fire, and put in Iron 
 or Silver, covering the veffel till it be cold, and the 
 Metal will be like to Brals, and fit to be gilded *. o[ 
 rub polithed Iron with Aqua-fortti in which filings ot 
 Brafs is diffolved. 
 
 XXX. To tinge Iron into a Brafs colour. 
 
 _ Melt the Iron in a Crucible calling upon it Sulphur 
 
 vivt) then caft it into final! rods, and beat it into pi ec£S 
 
 ('tot 
 
Chap. ^9- Of Metals. 195 
 
 (for it is very brittle ) then in Aqua-fortU diffolve it, 
 and evaporate the menflrmm, reducing the powder by 
 a ttrong fire into a body again, and it will be good 
 Brafs. 
 
 XXXI. to whiten Iron • 
 
 Firft purge it, by heating it red hot and quenching 
 it in a water made of Ley and Vinegar, boiled with 
 Salt and Alum, doing this fo often till it is fomewhat 
 whitened. The fragments of the Iron beat in amor- 
 [tar till the Salt is quite changed, and no blacknefsis 
 left in the Liquor of it, and till the Iron is cleanfed 
 from its drofs : then Amalgamate Lead and Quick- 
 filver together, and reduce them into a powder ? lay 
 rhe prepared plates of Iron and this powder ftratum 
 Vitper ftratum in a Crucible, cover it, and lute it all over 
 very firongly, that the leaft fume may not come forth, 
 1; and put it into the fire for a day > at length encreafe 
 >‘the fire, fo as it may melt the Iron (which will quickly 
 Abe) and repeat this work till it is white enough : It is 
 ^whitened alfo by melting with Lead, the Marchafit or 
 sfire-ftone and Arfnick. If you mix a little Silver (with 
 , which it willingly unites ) with it, it gives a wonder- 
 ful whitenefs, fcarcely ever to be changed any more, 
 by any art whatfoever. 
 i- XXXII. to keep Iron from Rafting- 
 
 Rub it over with vinegar mixt with Cerufe* or with 
 the marrow of a Hart : if it be rufty oy 1 ot T artar per 
 deliquium will prefently take it away and cleanfe it. 
 
 XXXIII. to cleanfe Brafs . 
 
 Take Aqua-fortis and water of each alike, flhake them 
 together, and with a woollen rag dipt therein rub it o- 
 ver : then prefently rub it with aja oyly cloth i laftly, 
 with a dry woollen cloth dipt in powder of Lapis Ca- 
 laminaris , it will be clear and bright as when new. 
 
 XXXIV. to [often Iron. 
 
 Take' 
 
Polygr'aphices. Lib.j, 
 
 Take Alom, Sal- Armoniack, Tartar, of each alike 
 pat them into good Vinegar, and fet them on the fire, 
 heat the Iron, and quench it therein : or quench it 
 four or five times in oyl, in which melted Lead hath 
 been put fix or feven times. 
 
 XXXV. 1 o make Iron of a Gold colour. 
 
 Take Alom of Melancy in powder, Sea-water^mix 
 them : then heat the Iron red-hot, and quench it in 
 the fame. 
 
 XXXVI. To make Iron of a Silver colon*. 
 
 Take powder of Sal- Armoniack, unfiac’d-lime,mix 
 and put them into cold water, then heat the Iron 
 red-hot, quench it therein, and it will be as white as 
 Silver. 
 
 XXXVII. 7 ’o foften Steel to grave upon. 
 
 1 his is done with a Lixivium of Oak-alhes and un- 
 flak’d Lime, by calling the Steel into it, and letting it 
 remain there fourteen days. Or thus, take the Gall of 
 an Ox, man’s Urine, Verjuice, and juyee of Nettles! 
 of each alike, mix them i then quench Steel red-hot 
 therein four ar five times together, and it will become 
 •very fo ft. 
 
 XXXV III* To harden Iron or Steel . 
 
 Quench it fix or feven times in Hogs blood mixed 
 with Goofe-greafe, at each time drying it at the fire 
 before you dip it again, and it will become very had 
 and not brittle. 
 
 XXXlX. 7 o folder on Iron . 
 
 Set the joynts of Iron as clofe as you can, lay them 
 in a glowing fire, and take of Venice-glafs in powder, 
 and the Iron being red-hot, cafe the powder there- 
 on, and it will folder of it felf. 
 
 XL. ‘To counterfeit Silver. 
 
 Take Cryftal Arfnick eight ounces, Tartar fix oun- 
 ces, Sa!t-peter two ounces, Glafs one ounce and an half* 
 
 Sub* 
 
Chap*29* Of Metals. 197 
 
 | Sublimate half an ounce : make them feverally into 
 line powder and mix them : then take three pound 
 pf Copper in thin plates which put into a Crucible 
 'with the former powder ftratutn fnper firatum) to cal- 
 , :ine, covering it and luting it ftrongly > let it hand in 
 ' he l urnace for about eight or ten hours' : then take it 
 put, and ( being cold ) break the pot, and take out 
 \\\ the matter, and melt it with a violent fire, calling 
 it into fome mold. Then take purged Brafs two 
 pound, of the former metal one pound , melt them 
 together, calling in, now and then, fome of the afore- 
 said powder, after which add halfas much of fine Sil- 
 ver, melting them together, and you have that which 
 s delired : lallly, to make it as white as Silver, boil it 
 1 n Tartar: 
 
 7 XLI. Another way to counterfeit Silver. 
 
 ^ Take purified Tin eight ounces. Quick' filver half 
 ; 4n ounce, and when it begins to rife in the firll heat, 
 ofake powder of Cantharides, and call into it, with a 
 hock of hair, that it may burn in it j being melted put 
 ffllnto it the powder aforefaid, then take it fuddenly 
 from the fire, and let it cool. 
 
 XLII. To purge the Brafs. 
 
 b It is cleanfed or purged, by calling into it when it is 
 melted, broken Glafs, Tartar, Sal-Annoniack, and 
 Salt peter each of them by turns, by little and little. 
 
 XL1II. To tinge Lead of a Gold colour . 
 
 Take purged Lead one pound, Sal-Armoniack in 
 i powder one ounce, Salt*peter half an ounce, Sal-Ele- 
 brot two drachms •, put all into a Crucible for two 
 days and it will be throughly tinged. 
 
 XLIV. To purge Lead. 
 
 Melt it at the hre, then quench it in the fharpeft Vi- 
 negar j melt it again and quench it in the juyee of Ce- 
 landine: melt it again and quench it in Salt-water: 
 
 them 
 
198 Poljgraphices. Lib .3, 
 
 then in vinegar mixed with Sal-Armonijckj. smdlaft. 
 Iy melt it, and put it intoafhcs, and it wiilbewtll 
 clean fed. 
 
 XLV. Lo rnahg Lead of a Golden colour . 
 
 Put Quick-filver one ounce into a Crucible> fee it 
 over the fire till it is hot, then add to it of the belt 
 leaf-gold one ounce and take it from the fire, and 
 mingle it with purified Lead melted one pound j 
 mingle all well together with an Iron rod, to which 
 put of the liberated folution of Vitriol jn fair water 
 one ounce; then let it cool, and it will be of a good co- 
 lour. DifTolve the Vitriol in its equal weight of water, 
 
 XLVI. Lo tahg away the ringing and foftnefs of tin. 
 
 Melt the Tin, and caft in fome Quick-filver, re- 
 move it from the fire, and put it into a glafs Retort, 
 with a large round belly, and a very long neck, heat 
 it red-hot in the fire, till the Mercury fublimes and 
 the Tin remains at bottom > do thus three or font 
 times. The fame may be done by calcining ofit three 
 or four times, by which means it will fooner be red-hot 
 than melt. 
 
 XLVII, Lo make away the foftnefs and creating naif 
 of Lin. 
 
 This is done by granulating ofit often, and then 
 reducing it again, and quenching it often in vinegat 
 and a Lixivium of Salt of T artar. The creaking noife 
 is taken away by melting it feven or eight leveral times 
 and quenching it in Boys Urine, or elfe oyl of Wal- 
 nuts 
 
 XLVUI. Lo ta^e away the deaf found of fin. 
 
 This is done by diffblving it in Aqua-forttfWtn 
 gentle fire, till the water fly away : doing thus fo long 
 till it is all turned to a calx > which mixed with calx 
 of Silver, and reduced, performs the work. 
 
 XLIX» To make that Lin crack not* 
 
 Take 
 
Chap. 29 , Of Metals* 199 
 
 ! Take Salt > Honey, of each alike, and mix them 
 belt your Tin and put it twelve or more times iji to 
 it, then ftrain out the Tin, and it will purge and leave 
 cracking i put it into a Crucible, which lute, and cal- 
 cine it four and twenty hours, and it will be like calx 
 'of Gold. 
 
 11 L. to tafye away the hrittlenefs of any Metal • 
 
 Firft calcine it and put it under dung, then do thus* 
 'tvhen it is red-hot at the fire, or melted, quench it of- 
 cn in Aqua vita often diftilled > or ufe about them 
 lilofinor Turpentine, or the oylof it, or wax, fuet, 
 liuphorbium. Myrrh, artificial Borax : for if a metal 
 be not malleable, undtuous bodies will oftentimes 
 inake them fofter, if all thefe, or fome of thefe be 
 ^nade up with fome moifture into little cakes : and 
 | : yhen the metal yields to the fire, by blowing with the 
 Ii|iellows,we caft in fome of them and make them thick 
 r£I ike mud, or clear, then fet the Metal to the fire, that 
 > fli t may be red-hot in burning coals* take it forth and 
 Quench it in them, and fo let it remain half an hour to 
 rink in. Or anoint the Metal with Dogs greafe, and 
 ^nelt it with it, for that will take away much of the 
 >rittlcnefs of it, and make itfo that it may be hamme- 
 red and wrought. 
 ii LI. to colour Metal like Cold. 
 
 I Take SahArmoniack, White Vitriol, Stone- fait, 
 .Yerdegriefe, of each alike, in fine powder j lay it upon 
 the Metal, then put it into the fire for an hour, take it 
 out and quench it in Urihe, and the Metal will have 
 the colour of Gold. 
 
 L1I. to make a Ifmd of Counterfeited Silver of 
 
 tin. 
 
 This is done by mingling Silver with Tin melted 
 with Quiek-filver, continuing it long in the fire, then 
 being brittle, it is made tough, by keeping it in a gen- 
 tle 
 
200 Polygraphices. Lib.3 
 
 tie fire or under hot embers fin 9 Crucible) for about 
 twenty four hours. 
 
 LIII. To folder upon Silver ? Brafs or Iron. 
 
 Take Silver five peny weight, Brafs four peny weight, 
 melt them together for foft Solder ? which runs fooneji. 
 
 Taty Silver five peny weight Copper three peny wight, 
 melt them together for hard Solder. 
 
 Beat the Solderthin and lay it over the place to be 
 Soldred, which muft be firfi: fitted, and bound toge- 
 ther with Wire as oceafion requires .- then take Borax 
 in powder, and temper it like pap, and lay it upon the 
 Solder, letting it dry, then cover it with quick coals 
 and blow, and it will run immediately > then take it 
 prefently out of the fire, and it is done. 
 
 Note? 1. If a thing is to be Soldred in two plm, 
 f which cannot be well done at one time ) yon mji firjl 
 Solder with the hard Solder ? and then with the foft > for if 
 it be firfi done with the foft , it will unfolder again before 
 the other be Soldred. 2. That if you would not have ym 
 Solder run about the piece to be Soldred , rub tbofi float 
 over with Chalky 
 
 LIV. To maty the Silver Tree of the Philofophers • 
 
 Take Aquafortis four ounces, fine Silver one ounce, 
 which diflolve in it : then take Aquafortis two oun- 
 ces, in which diffolve Quick- filver : mix thefe two 
 Liquors together in a clear glafs, with a pint of pure 
 water i flop the glafs clofe, and after a day, you toll 
 * fee a Tree to grow, by little and little, which' is won- 
 derful and pleafant to behold. 
 
 LV. To maty the Golden Tree of the Philofophers 
 
 Take oyl of Sand or Flints, oyl of Tartar per 
 qnium , of each alike, mix them well together , then 
 diffolve Sol in Aqua Regis? and evaporate the iw#' 
 firuum? dry the Calx by the fire , but make it do£ 
 too hot ( for then it will lofe its growing 9 ua j 
 
Chap. 29. Of Metals . 20c 
 
 lity ) break it into little bits ( notffnto powder ) 
 which bits put into the aforefaid liquor, a fingers 
 breadth one from another in a very- clear glafs, keep 
 the liquor from the Air, and let the Calx hand (fill, 
 
 : and the bits of Calx will prefcntly begin to grow i 
 tirft fwelh then put forth one or two (ferns i then * 
 divers branches and twigs,, fo exa&ly, as you cannot 
 but wonder to lee.. 
 
 Where not that this growing is not imaginary hut 
 {real. 
 
 H LVI. ‘To ma\e the Steel Tree of the Philofopbers. 
 it: Diffolve Steel in rectified fpirit or^oylof Salt, fa 
 fliall you have a .green and fweet folution, fweUing 
 iiitlike Brimilonev filter it, and ablfra& all the -moifture 
 I with a gentle heat, and there will difkil over a liquor, 
 fills fweet as rain water ( for Steel by reafon of its dry- 
 ^lefs detains the Corrofivenefs of the fpirit of Sal t* 
 ^vhich remaineth in the bottom, like a blood-red mafs, 
 i^nd it is as hot on the tongue as fire :) diffolve this 
 ; >Iood-red mafs in oyl of Flints or Sand, and you (hall 
 uee it grow up in two or three hours like a Tree with. 
 ,|.fcm and branches. 
 
 ji | If you prove this Tree at the ft/?, it will yield good Gold, 
 which it draweth from the oyl of Sand or Flints > the faid 
 oyl being full of a pure golden S ulphur . 
 
 I LVII. To mape oyl of Flints or Sand. 
 
 I: 'Take of molt pure Salt of Tartar in fine powder 
 “'twenty ounces, fmall Sand, Flints, Pebbles, or Cry- 
 (lals in fine powder five ounces, mix them } put as 
 much of this as will fill an Egg-(hell into a Crucible, 
 Tet it in a Furnace, and make it red-hot, and prefent- 
 ly there will come over a thick and white fpirit, take 
 'out the Crucible whileft it is hot, and that which is in 
 ®it, like tranfparent glafs, keep from the Air* after 
 beat it to powder 5 and lay t in a moifl place,and it will 
 
 O diffolve 
 
202 Polygraphices. Lib.}, 
 
 aiffolve into a thick, fat oyl, which is the oyl of Flints, 
 Sand, Pebbles or Cry Hals, 'this oyl precipitated Me - 
 tab, and makes the Calx there more heavy than oyhf 
 tartar doth i it is of a golden nature , and extratts colours 
 from all Minerals > it is fixed in all fires , maketh jins 
 Cryjlals , Ztoiwac, andmaturateth imperfett Metals in- 
 
 to Gold . 
 
 L\ III. 7 o melt Metals quickly. 
 
 Take a Crucible, and make in it a lay or courfeof 
 the powder of any Metal, then lay upon it a lay ofSuh 
 phur, Salt-peter and Saw-duft, o f each alike mixed 
 together, put a coal of lire to it, and the Metal will 
 
 immediately be in a mais. 
 
 LIX. Latlly, He that (hall obferve the work and 
 reafon of the Silver, Golden and Steel Trees, may in 
 like manner produce the like out of the Calx of other 
 Metals. 
 
 CHAP. XXX. 
 
 of the Inflruments and Materials of 
 Cajling , 
 
 I. 
 
 f E that would learn tocaftmuftbe provided j 
 ... I of all the chief Tools thereto belonging) ; 
 which are i. A “trough. 2. Sand . 3. A Fl^k f ! 
 Sk/crr. 5. trifoli • 6 . 7 be Medal or Form. 7 * ^ f‘\ 
 nace 8. Crucibles p. A Pipe . 10. tongs, sb ^ I 
 Oal^Plates- 12. Plegets of ivool. 13. Oyl andtt 1 
 tine . 14. A Hares Foot. 15. Brujbes • _ , ,r 
 
 •I. Tire trough is a four-fquare thing about na 
 foot deep, or fomething more > and itsufe is to no 
 Sand, jjj f Of 
 
 th r 
 
 luv 
 
Chap. 3 o. Materials fur Cafiing, 203 
 
 III. Of Sand, there is various forts, the chiefare 
 High-gate Sand, and Tripoli > the which to make fit 
 for the work you muft order thus : 
 
 If it is Higb-gate Sand, you muft finely fift it i if Tri- 
 poli^ you muft firft beat it fine, then fift it through a fine 
 
 Seive : to either of thefe fine Sands you muft put of 
 pure fine Bole Can ounce to nine ounces) well beaten , 
 diffolved in water, and laftly reduced into fine pow- 
 der > which powders you muft moderately moiften with 
 this Magifterial water , viz. filter ated Brine made of 
 decripitated common Salt ; or the fame , mixed with glair 
 
 IV. The Flask is a pair of Oval Irons, containing 
 only fides to hold the Sand, which muft be prefled 
 jhard thereinto .• and a paflage or mouth for the Me- 
 tal to run in at. 
 
 V. The Skfew is an Iron Prefs, between which the 
 -Flask is put and preft, after that it is filled with 
 Sand, and hath received the form or impreflion to be 
 call. 
 
 VI. Tripoli is that of which the fecond fort of Sand 
 1 is made, which here ought to be calcined and beaten 
 into impalpable powder, to ftrew over the fandy 
 moulds > firft that the fides of the Flask may not cleave 
 together when they are full •, fecondly that the thing 
 caftmay have the perfed form and impreflion, with- 
 out the leaft fcratch or blemifh imaginable. 
 
 VII. The Medal or Form, is that which is to be im- 
 prefled upon the Sand, whofe likenefs we would imi* 
 tate. 
 
 VIII. The Furnace is that which contains the fire, 
 where the Crucible is put, for the Metal to melt in* 
 which is generally melted with Charcoal. 
 
 IX. The Crucibles are calcining or melting pots, 
 (commonly threc-fqtiare) made fo as they may erf- 
 
 O 2 dure 
 
204 Polygrapbices. Lib. 5 
 
 pure the fire all over, in which the Metal is to be mel- 
 ted. * f 
 
 X. The Pipe is a hollow Reed, or piece of Tin, to 
 
 blow coals and filth out of the Crucible. 
 
 XI. The ‘fvngs are a crooked Inftrument to take 
 coals out of the Crucible with, as alfo to ftir and re- 
 pair the fire i and to take the pot out of the Furnace 
 when you go to Caft. 
 
 XII. Th two Oafy plates are to be fmooth, and to be 
 put between the Flask and the tides of the Skrew, on 
 each fide . ' 
 
 XIII. Pledgets of mol are to be put between the Oak 
 plates and the Sand, to fill up empty {paces if there be 
 
 XIV. The Oyl and Purpentine is to wet fome paper 
 or cotton threads, which muft be fet on fire,tofmoak 
 the Impreflion or Mould fbeing dry) that the Metal 
 may run the better. 
 
 XV. The Hares-foot is to wipe the hollow places 
 in the Mould, if they (hould be too much filled with 
 
 fmoak. < . . 
 
 XVI. The Brufhes ought to be two, to wit one with 
 thick bar Wire firings, another with Hogs-brinH 
 wherew ith the work (both before and after calling) 
 ought to be rubbed and clcanfed. 
 
 CHAP* 
 
I 
 
 i 
 
 Chap. 3 1 . The manner ofCaJiing . 205 
 
 CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 The my and manner of C* fling* 
 
 ' I. T-jTTAfli the Medal in Vinegar, in which put 
 VV fome Salt and Straw-alhes s and rub it well 
 J with the aforefaid hair brulh, then wafh it with wa- 
 ter, and dry it well. 
 
 II. Place the female part of the Flask upon one of 
 r : the Oak plates s fo that the middle part, viz* that 
 which is joyned to the other, may lie downwards. 
 
 , III, Then put the cleaned Medal in the Flask up- 
 ? on the Oak plate, in a right line to the mouth of the 
 ■Flask : and if there be two, let them be placed fo, that 
 131 there may be a place left in the middle lor the melted 
 Metal to run in at. 
 
 Hot jy ta k e e f t h e aforefaid earth or fand prepa- 
 
 red, fthat is, fo much moiftened with the Magifterial 
 water, that being crulhed between the hands or hn- 
 * gers, it will not flick but like dry flour, and will 
 hand with the print of the hand clofed together ) 
 “ and prefs it on well in the Flask upon the Medal 
 with the fleGhy part of your lingers or hand’, then with 
 a rule ftrike off all the fuperfluous (and that flicks a- 
 bout the Flask. 
 
 V. This done, the pledgets of wool, ora woollen 
 cloth, muft belaid upon it, and then the other Oak 
 plate, and then turned up with both hands, the plates 
 
 ' being both held clofe. 
 
 VI. Then taking off the upper plate i put upon it 
 the male part of the Flask, which fill with fand in like 
 manner ( the Medal being now between ) preffing it 
 
 O 3 down 
 
2 o 6 Polygraphices. Lib.j, 
 
 down as before, and then with a ruler linking away 
 the fuperfluous fand. 
 
 VII. Upon which lay a woollen cloth, and gently 
 lift oft the top, or upper part of the Flask, fo that the 
 medal may be taken forth. 
 
 VIII. All things being thus done with aknifef or 
 fome fuch like) cut the paflage for the Metal, which 
 let be a little dry’d : then, 
 
 IX. Either ftrew over the fide of theimpreffion 
 fnow taken off) with a calcined Tripoli ground ini. 
 palpable i applying it upon the female Flaskagain; 
 turn the female Flask upper moft, which take oh, and 
 ftrew it in like manner, with the calcined Tripoli, and 
 putting them together again, prefs them fo hard, as 
 that the fine Tripolijmay receive the moil perfedim- 
 preftion of the Medal, which then take out, by fepara- 
 ting the fides of the Flask, and gently (baking that part 
 which holds it, till it falls out. 
 
 X. Or with Cotton wet in Oyl and Turpentine 
 and fet on fire let the impreflion be fmoaked •, and if 
 any fupetftuous fume be taken, wipe it off with a 
 Hare's-foot. 
 
 XI. Then joyn the fides of the Flask together, put- 
 ting them with the woollen cloaths between the Oaken 
 plares, which put into the Prefs, and skrewthema 
 little. 
 
 XII. Then the Metal being melted, put it into the 
 mould being hot, which if it be Silver, or blanched 
 Brafs, or Copper, it will run well enough. 
 
 XIII. But if it runs not well, you may caft in about 
 the hundred part of Mercury fublimate, and an eighth 
 part of Antimony i for fo it will not only run well, 
 
 but alfo be a harder Metal. 
 
 XIV. Laft]y 5 the Medal being cooled, take it neatly 
 out and keep it. 
 
 Jfktrt 
 
Ch.32. Glafs and freciom Stones, 207 
 
 Ifhere note , l . 'that fi long as the Imprejfion or Mould 
 is not [foiled^ you may fill cajl more Medals therein ■> but 
 when it decays, you tnujl perfectly renew the whole work, 
 as at firjh 2. that you may blanch them with a pure 
 rvbitenefs by the ninth Settion of the nine and twentieth 
 Chapter of this Book,: or thus , if they be of whitened Brajs, 
 fake Sal- Armoniack, one ounce and an half > Salt-peter 
 two ounces and an half Leaf fiver twenty four grains \ 
 mix them and evaporate them in a luted Crucible, having 
 a hole in the cover , till all the moifhtre is gone > being cold 
 beat aU into fine powder > of which take one ounce, S a t-> 
 Alom , far tar, of each one handful, fair water a fuff, cunt 
 I quantity ■> mix and boil all in a glazedvcffel,in wbuhpnt 
 jhe Medals boiling them ftll they are purely white, then 
 [rub them with the fartar in the bottom very well, wajh 
 them in fair water and dry them; 3* iftheMe- 
 i dais be of Gold, or of a golden colour, you may heighten it 
 with Verdegriefe and Vrine. 
 
 % 
 
 li _ — 
 
 {■ 
 
 CHAP. XXXI I. 
 
 4 
 
 Of Glafs and Precious Stones. 
 
 J 
 
 I. 'Tp 0 melt Cryftal. 
 
 X Beat Cryftal to bits, and put them into an 
 Iron fpoon, cover it and lute it well, and neat it in tne 
 lire till it is red-hot, which quench in oyl ot 1 artar : 
 this do To often, till they willeafily beat to powder iri 
 a mortar, which will theneafily melt. 
 fh'u is of ufe to counterfeit Jewels with. 
 
 II. fo make a Cement for broken Glaffes . 
 
 Glair of Eggs mixed with Quick- lime will joyn 
 . broken pieces of glafs together, and all earthen-pots, lb 
 
 O 4 as 
 
2 oS Polygraph ices. Lib.3, 
 
 as that they (hall never be broken in the fame place a- 
 gain. 
 
 Or thutfCvke old liquid Varni(h,and joyn the pieces 
 therewith b bind them together, and dry them well 
 in the Sun or in an Oven, and they will never unglew 
 again : but put no hot liquor into them then. 
 
 Or thus. Take White-lead, Red-lead, Quick-lime, 
 jGum-fandrack, of each one ounce, mix all with glair 
 of eight Eggs. 
 
 Or thus , Take White-lead, bole, liquid yarnifli as 
 much as fufficeth. 
 
 Or thus. Take White-lead, Lime, glair pf Eggs as 
 much as fufficeth. 
 
 Or thus , Take fine powder of glafs, Quick-lime, 
 liquid varnifh, of each a fufficient quantity. 
 
 Or thus. Take Quick-lime powdered, liquid var- 
 nifh, glair of Eggs, of each alike : grind themnpona 
 Eone : this is a ftropg glew even for ftones. 
 
 Or thus. Take calcined flints and Egg-fhells of each 
 alike, and with whites of Eggs and Gum-tragacanth, 
 or diffolution of Gum-fandrack make glew, this in 
 few days will be as hard as ftone. 
 
 Or thus. Take calcined flints two pound, Quick- 
 lime four pound, Linfeed-oyl fo much as may temper 
 the mixture, this is wonderful firong j but with li- 
 quid varnifh it would be flronger. 
 
 Or thus , Take Fifh glew, and beat it this, then 
 foak it in water till it is like pafte, make rouls there- 
 of which draw out thin ; when you ufeit, diffokeit 
 in fair water over the fire, letting it feetha while and 
 feummingofit, and whilefi it is hot ufeit. Thisnot 
 only cements glafs, but Tortoife-fhell and all other 
 things. .1 
 
 III* To maty Glafs green* 
 
 Green glafs is made of Fern afnes, becaufe it hath 
 
 much 
 
Ch.32. Glafs and Preciou-s Stones . 209 
 
 much of an Alkaly Salt. Cryftal or Venice- Glafs is 
 tinged green with Ore of Copper s or with the Calx 
 of Copper five or fix grains to an ounce. 
 
 ' IV. to counterfeit a Diamond' 
 
 Take a faphyre of a faint colour, put into the mid- 
 1 file of a Crucible in Quick-lime, and put it into a gen- 
 ! ! tie fire, and heat it by degrees till it is red-hot, keep it 
 fofor b* or fcven hours S let it hand in the Crucible 
 till it is cold,( left taking it out hot itlhould break) fo 
 i: will it lofe all its colour, and be perfe&ly like a Dia- 
 mond, fo that no file will touch it ; if the colour is not 
 all vauilhed at the firft heating, you nrmft heat it again 
 till it is perfed. 
 
 V. to prepare the Salts for counterfeit Gems. 
 
 I The Salts ufed in making counterfeit Gems, are 
 (s chiefly two, the firft is made of the Herb Kali s the fe- 
 hpond of Tartars their preparations are according to 
 ; the ufual way (but in Glafs veffcls.) 
 
 Vi. to prepare the matter of rvhicb Gems are made. 
 
 % The matter is either Cryftalor Flint that is clear 
 w, and white : put them into a Crucible- in a reverbera- 
 tory heat f the Crucible being covered )then take them 
 ri put and call them into cold water, fo will they crack 
 ® and eafily reduce to powder : of which powder take 
 1 an equal quantity with Salt of Tartarfor Sal Alkali) to 
 whith mixture add what colour you pleafe, which 
 muft be either Metalline or Mineral : put them into a 
 t yery ftrong Crucible ( filling it about half full ) cover 
 ; it clofe, and melt all in a ftrong fire till it becomes like 
 
 gkf s * 
 
 Where note , in melting you muff put an Iron rod into 
 it , and take up form of it and if it if free front bubbles , 
 grains, or fpeckp , it iff ufed enough ; if not, you muji fufe 
 it till it if free* 
 
 V II. r i 0 make a scunterfeh VUmoyd of O'yfi^U 
 ' ‘ ' > Put 
 
2io tPelygraphices. Lib. 3, 
 
 Pat Cryftal in a Crucible and fet it in a Glafs Fur- 
 nace all night, and then bring it to tine powder, mix it 
 with equal parts of Saltartari, digeft all night in a 
 vehement heat, but yet not to melt, then take them 
 out, and put them into another veffel which will 
 ftoutly endure the fire, let them ftand melted two 
 days and take out the mafs. 
 
 VIII. to make a Chalcedon . 
 
 Mingle with the powder of Cryftal, a little calcined 
 Silver, and let it (land in fufion twenty four hours. 
 
 IX. to make counterfeit Pearls . 
 
 Mix Calx of Luna and Egg- (hells with Leaf (liver 
 ground with our bed varnifh, of which make pafte, 
 and having bored them with a Hogs bridle, dry them 
 in the Sun, or an Oven. 
 
 X. to counterfeit a Ruby . 
 
 Take Sal Alkaly four ounces, Cryftal three ounces, 
 Scales of Brafs half an ounce, Leaf-gold fix grains, 
 mix all, and melt them in a Reverberatory. 
 
 XI. to counterfeit a Carbuncle. 
 
 Mix Cryftal with a little Red-lead, putting it into 
 a Furnace for twenty four hours, then take it out, 
 powder and (earce it, to which add a little calcined 
 Brafs i melt all again, and add a fmal! quantity of 
 Leaf-gold, ftirring it well three or four hours, and in 
 a day and night it will be done. 
 
 XII. An Artificial Amethyfi . 
 
 Take Cryftal one pound, Manganefs one drachm, 
 mix and melt them. 
 
 Or thus , Take Sal Alkaly three ounces, powder of 
 Cryftal four ounces, filings of Brafs half an ounce, 
 melt all in a ftrong fire. 
 
 XIII. An Artificial Jacynth. 
 
 Put Lead into a ftrong Crucible, and fet it into a 
 
 Furnace, let it ftand there about fix weeks till it is l& e 
 
 glafs, 
 
Ch- 3 2 * Glafs and Precious Stones. 211 
 
 glafs, and it will have the natural colour of a Jacynth 
 noteafily to be difcerned. 
 
 XIV. An Artificial Chryfolite. 
 
 Mix with melted Cryllal a fixth part of fcales of 
 Iron, letting it hand in a vehement fire for three days. 
 Or thus, to the mixture of the topaze add a little Cop-* 
 per. 
 
 XV. An Artificial ‘Topaze. 
 
 To Cryfial one pound, add Crocus Marti* two 
 drachms. Red-lead three ounces, firli putting in the 
 Lead, then the Crocus. 
 
 XVI. Artificial Corals. 
 
 Take the fcrapings of Goats horns, beat them to- 
 gether, and infufe them in a llrong Lixivium made of 
 Salfraxini for five days : then take it out and mingle 
 it with Cinnaber dilfolved in water } fet it to a gentle 
 fire that it may grow thick i make it into what form 
 you pleafe, dry, and polifh it. Or thus, Take Minii 
 one ourtce, Vermilion ground fine halt an ounce. 
 Quick-lime, and powder of calcined Flints, of each fix 
 i ounces, a Lixivium of Quick-lime and Wine, enough 
 to make it thick: add a Httle Salt, then make it into 
 what form you pleafe, and boil it in Linfeed-oyl. 
 
 XVII. An Artificial Emer aid. 
 
 Take Brals (three days) calcined in powder, which 
 put again into the Furnace with oyl and a weaker 
 fire i let it flay there four days, adding a double quan- 
 tity of fine fand or powder of Cryfial : after it is forne- 
 thing hard, keep it at a more gentle fire for twelve 
 hours, and it will be a lovely, pleafant and glorious 
 green. Or thus , Take fine Cryfial two ounces and an 
 half, Sal Alkaly two ounces, flos aris infufed in Vine- 
 gar and flrain’d one ounce , Sal ‘Lartari one ounce and a 
 halfi mix and lute them into a crucible, and put all in- 
 to a Glafs-makers furnace for twenty four hours, and it 
 
 will 
 
2 1 2 Poljgraphices. Lib.? 
 
 will be glorious indeed. Or thus, Take Cryilal ten 
 ounces, Crocus Martis , and Brafs twice calcined, of 
 each one pound, mix and melt them, ftirring them 
 well with an Iron rod. 
 
 XVIII. An Artificial Saphire . 
 
 To meltCryftal put a little Zapbora ( two drachms 
 to a pound of Cryftal) then ftir it continually from 
 top to bottom with an Iron hook, till it is well mixed, 
 keep it in the Furnace three days and it is done ; yet 
 when it is well coloured, unlefs it be prefently re- 
 moved from the fire, it will lofe its tindfure again. 
 
 XIX. Artificial Amber . 
 
 Boil Turpentine in an earthen pot, with a little 
 cotton (Tome add a little oyl Jftirring it till it is as 
 thick as paffe, then put it into what you will, and fet 
 it in the Sun eight days, and it will be clear and hard, 
 of which you may make beads, hafts for knives, and 
 the like. , 
 
 XX. Another spay to counterfeit Amber . 
 
 Take fixteen yolks of Eggs, beat them well witha 
 fpoon •, Gum-Arabick two ounces, Cherry-tree Gum 
 an Ounce, make the Gums into powder, and mix them 
 well with the yolks of Eggs i let the Gums melt well, 
 and put them into a pot well leaded, then fet them fix 
 days in the Sun, and they will be hard, and fhinelike 
 glafs > and when you rub them, they will take up a 
 Wheat-ftraw, as other Amber doth. 
 
 XXI. *fo make yellow Amber foft . 
 
 Put yellow Amber into hot melted wax well 
 feum’d and it will be foft, fo that you may make 
 things thereof in what form and fafhion you pteafe. 
 
 XXII. Another Artificial Amber* 
 
 Jake whites of Eggs well beaten, put themintoa 
 vdlel with ftrong White- wine Vinegar, flop it clofe> 
 let it hand fourteen day s, then dry it in the {hade, and 
 it will be like to Amber. XXIII. Aw 
 
Ch.% 2 . Glafs and Precious Stones 213 
 
 XXIII. Another Artificial Amber . 
 
 Break whites of Eggs with a fpunge, take off the 
 froth, to the reft put Saffron, put all into a glafs dofe 
 Hopped, or into a Copper or brazen veffel, let it boil 
 in a kettle of water, till it be hard i then take it out 
 and ftiape it to your liking, lay it in the Sun and anoint 
 it often with Linfeed-oyl mixed with a little Saffron 
 or elfe being taken out of the Kettle, boil it in Linfeed- 
 oyl. 
 
 XXIV. Tgtnabp white Enamel* 
 
 Take Calx of Lead two ounces, Calx of Tin four 
 ounces, make it into a body with Cryftal twelve oun- 
 ces, role it into round balls, and fet it on a gentle lire 
 for a night, ftirring it about with an Iron rod, till it is 
 melted, and it is done. 
 
 XXV. 7he general preparations and proportions oj 
 Mineral colours . 
 
 Plates of Copper muftbe made red-hot, and then 
 j quenched in cold water i ofwhichftveor fix grains 
 { mixed with Cryftal and Sal Hartari of each half an 
 [1 ounce, and melted, will colour a Sea-green. Iron muft 
 \ be made into a Crocus in a reverberatory tire-, of which 
 , eight or ten grains will tinge thefaid ounce of mix- 
 j ture into a Yellow or Hyacinth colour. Silver is to be 
 * dilfolved in Aquafortis, and precipitated with oyl of 
 Hints then dulcify ed with water and dry d ot this 
 live or fix grains to an ounce, gives a mixed colour. 
 Gold muft be diffolved in Aqua Regis , and precipitated; 
 with liquor of Flints, then fweetned and dry’d i ot 
 which five or fix grains to one ounce gives a glorious 
 Sapherine colour. Gold melted with Regulus Martis 
 nitrifies five or fix grains to one ounce, gives an in- 
 comparable Rubine colour. Magnefia in powder on- 
 ly tenor twelve grains to one ounce, makes an Amc- 
 thyft colour. Granata in powder only ten or fifteen 
 
 grains 
 
2 r 4 Polygraphices. Li b.j. 
 
 grains to one ounce, will tinge the mafs into a glori- 
 ous Smaragdine colour, not unlike to the natural 
 XXVI. Laftly , Common Copper makes a 
 : Copper of Iron a Graft-green : Granats , a 
 Smaragdine : Iron, Tellow or Hyacinth : Silver, White, 
 Xe/W, Grera and Granat: Gold, a fair Shje colour: 
 Wifnut, a common Blew: Magnefia, an Amethyjlco * 
 lour : Copper andSilver, an Amethyfl colour : Cop- 
 per and Iron, a pale green : Wifmut and Magnetia, 
 a purple colour : Silver and, Magnefia, an Opal, and the 
 like . 
 
 XXVII. fo maf^e Azure . 
 
 Take Sal-Armoniack three ounces, Verdegriefe fix 
 ounces, make them into powder, and put them in- 
 to a glafs with water of Tartar, fo that it may be 
 1'omewhat thick, flop the gla(s and digeft infant) in 
 Horfe-dung for eight or ten days, and ic will be good 
 Azure. 
 
 XXVIII. Another way to make good beyond Sit 
 Azure . 
 
 Beat common Azure with Vinegar, and anoint 
 therewith thin plates of Silver, and put the fame over 
 a veflel full of Urine, which fet over hot alhes and 
 coals, moving and ftirring it till it looks like good 
 Azure. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap.??. The manner of Gilding. 215 
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. 
 
 The Ways and manner of Gilding* 
 
 l, * 1 “' 0 lay Gold on any thing • 
 
 I Take Red-Hd ground fine, temper it with 
 Linfeed-oyl: write with it and lay Leaf-gold on it, 
 let it dry, then polifh it. 
 
 II. To lay Gold on Glafs. 
 
 Take Chalk and Red-lead, of each alike, grind them 
 together, and temper them with Linfeed-oyl : lay it 
 on, and when it is almoft dry, lay Leaf-gold on it i 
 let it dry, then polifh it. 
 
 III. To gild Iron with a water. 
 
 Take fpring water three pound, Roch-Alom three 
 ounces? Roman Vitriol, Orpiment, one ounce, Verde- 
 griefe twenty four grains, Sal-gem three ounces, boil 
 all together, and when it begins to boil, put in Tartar 
 and Bay-fait, of each half an ounce i continue the boil- 
 ing a good while, then take it from the fire, ftrike 
 the Iron over therewith, dry it againlt the fire, and 
 bumifh it. 
 
 IV. To lay Gold on Iron , or other Metals . 
 
 Take liquid Varnifh one pound, oyl of Linfeed and 
 Turpentine, of each one ounce j mix them well toge- 
 ther. flrike this over any Metal, and afterwards lay 
 on the Gold or Silver, and when it is dry polifh it. 
 
 V. To Gild Silver , or Brafs with Gold water . 
 
 TakeQuick-filver two ounces, put it on the fire in 
 
 a Crucible, and when it begins to fmoak, put into it 
 an Angel of fine Gold j then take it off immediately, 
 for the Gold will be prefently diffolved : then if it be 
 
2 1 6 Polygrafhices . Lib.}, 
 
 too thin, ftraina part of the Quick- filver from it, 
 through a piece of Fuftian : this done, rub the Gold 
 and Quick -filver upon Brafs or Silver, and it will 
 cleaveunto it, then put the faid Brafs or Silver upon 
 quick coals till it begin to fmoak, then take it from the 
 hre, and fcratch it with a hair brufh i this do Fo long 
 till all the Mercury is rubbed as clean off as may be, 
 and the Gold appear of a faint yellow : which colour . 
 heighten with Sal-Armoniac&, Bole and Verdegriefe 
 ground together and tempered with water. 
 
 Where note, that before you gild your Mctd, you mfl 
 boil it with tartar in Beer or water , then fcratch it with 
 
 wire bmp. * . 
 
 Vi. Another water to gild Iron,Steel , Knives , Sworn 
 
 and Armour with * # , 
 
 Take Fire-ftone in powder, put ft into ftrong red 
 Wine- Vinegar for twenty four hours, boil it inagla* 
 zed pot, adding more Vinegar as it evaporates, or boils 
 away : into this water dip your Iron, Steel, &c and 
 it will be black => dry iti then polifh it, and you will 
 have a gold colour underneath. 
 
 y II* Another water to gild Iron with* 
 
 Take Salt-petcr, Roch-alom burnt, of each half an 
 ounce, Sal- Armoniack an ounce, all being in hne pow- 
 der, boil with ftrong Vinegar in a Copper venel s wit 
 which wet the Iron, dr*c. .then lay on Leaf-gold. 
 
 VIII. Another water to gild Iron with* # ... 
 
 Take Roch-alom, and grind it with boys Urine, t' 
 it is well diftblved, with which anoint the Iron, heaut 
 red-hot in a fire of wood coals, and it will be like Gol • 
 
 IX. To gildBookj* 
 
 Take Bole- Armoniack four peny weight, bugar- 
 candy one peny weight, mix and grind them wit 
 glair of Eggs •, then on abound Book, (while in t e 
 prefs, after it hath been (meared with glair of Eg&J 
 
Cliap.33* Of Gilding 217 
 
 and is dried) fmear the faid compofition, let it dry, 
 then rub it well and polifii it-: then with fair water 
 wet the edges of the Book, and fuddenly lay on the 
 gold, prefling it down with Cotton gently, this done 
 let it dry, and then polifh it exadfly with a tooth. 
 
 X. Another way of gilding Iron • 
 
 ■ Take water three pound, Alom two ounces, Sal- 
 
 gem three ounces, Roman Vitriol, Orpiment of each 
 "one ounce, flos JErbs twenty four grains j boil all with 
 Tartar and Salt as at the third Section, 
 i' Xl. Eomakc Iron of the colour of Gold . 
 lt Take Linfeed-oyl three ounces, Tartar two ounces, 
 yolks of Eggs boiled hard and beaten two ounces, A* 
 loes half an ounce. Saffron five grains, Turmerick two 
 grains: boil all in an Earthen veffel, and with rhe 
 oyl anoint Iron, and it will look like Gold. If there 
 be not Lin feed oyl enough ^you may put in more . 
 f XlJ. A Golden liquor to colour Iron , Wood , Gfafh or 
 Bones with . 
 
 111 Take a new laid Egg, through a hole at one end 
 take out the white, and fill up the Egg with Quick- 
 , Elver two parts, Sal-armoniack iinely jdowd'jed one 
 part *> mix them all together with a Wire or little 
 liick : flop the hole with melted wax, over which put 
 an half Egg- (hell : digeft in horfe-dung for a month, 
 and it will be a line golden coloured Liquor. 
 
 XIII. To gild Sil^ and Limten. 
 
 1 Take Glew made of Parchment, lay it on the Lin- 
 nen, or Silk, &c . gently, that it may not fink: then 
 take Cerufe, Bole and Verdegriefe, of each alike, mix 
 and grind them upon a flone: then in a glazed veffel 
 mix it with varnifh, which let fimper over a fmall 
 fire, then keep it for ufe. 
 
 XIV. Another of a pure Gold colour. 
 
 Take juyee of frefh Saffron, or ( for want of it ) 
 
 ! P Saffron 
 
 tv** 
 
2 1 8 iolygrafhicti. Lib.3. 
 
 Saffron ground, the belt dear Orpiment of each alike : 
 grind them with Goats gall or gall oi a Pike ( which 
 is better) digefi twenty eight days in norfe-aung, and 
 it is done. 
 
 XV. fo gild on mod or ft one* 
 
 Take Bole- Armoniack,Oyl Ben, of each afufficient 
 quantity i beat and grind them together : with this 
 froear the wood or hone, and when it is nlrnofl dry, 
 lay on the Leaf-gold, let it dry, then polifh it. 
 
 XV I. fo gild with Leaf-gold. 
 
 Take leaves of gold, and grind them with a few 
 drops of honey, to which add a little gum-water, and 
 it will be excellent to write or paint with. 
 
 XVII. To gild Iron or Steel • 
 
 Take Tartar one ounce, Vermilion three ounces, 
 Bole-Armoniack , Aqua-vita of each two ounces, 
 grind them together withLinfeed-oyl, and put there- 
 to Lapis Calaminaris the quantity of a haile-nuu and 
 grind therewith in the end a few drops of vanillin 
 take it off the hone, ftrain it thr ough a linnen cloth 
 C for it mufl be as thick as honey) then (hike it over 
 Iron or Steel, and let it dry, then lay on your Silver 
 or Gold, and burnifh it. 
 
 XVIII. T 0 colour Lin or Copper of agold colour - 
 
 Take Linfeed-oyl, fet it on the fire, hutn it) tie *j 
 put in Amber, Aloes Hepatick, of each alike, ftir te 
 w T ell together till it wax thick ; then take it offcov 
 it clofe, and fet it in the earth three days ; whenyo 
 life it, ftrike the Metal all over with it, with a penct » 
 let it dry, and it will he of a golden colour. 
 
 XI X. Logild any Metal. m 
 
 Take ftrong Aqua- for tis ^ in which diffolve hue 
 ver, to which put fo much Tartar in fine P oW Jt ' \ 
 will make it into pafle, with which rub any Met*) 
 and it will look like fine Silver. - : J 2 
 
C/i-3 4* OfPaper-, Parchnient^fkc. 2 1 j c 
 
 XX* To gild Jo as it jhall not out with any water . 
 Take Oker calcined, Pumice-ftone of each alike, 
 Tartar a little, beat them with Linfeed-oyl> and five 
 or fix drops of varnifh, Brain all through a linnent 
 it cloth, with which you may gild . 
 
 l!| 
 
 , 1 ■■ ■ * - — ■■ ■ i. H - - ------ 
 
 it 
 
 ll CHAP. XXXIV. 
 
 Of Paper , Tarchment^ and Leather* 
 
 I-. . / ' 
 
 I. *TP 0 ma\e Paper waved like Marble * 
 
 X Take divers oyled colours, put them fe?e- 
 t[ rally in drops upon water, and ftir the water lightly i 
 then wet the Paperf being of fome thicknefs) with it 5 
 ji and it will be waved like Marble > dry it in the Sun. 
 
 Uj II. TlO write golden Letters on Paper or Parchment. 
 
 ;IU This may be done by the ninth, tenth, and twelfth 
 Se&ions of the three and thirtieth Chapter of this 
 a Book : or write with Vermilion ground with Gum- 
 ‘ Armoniack, ground with glair of Eggs, and it will be 
 like gold. 
 
 HI. To tafy out blotSy or make blacky Letters vamjh 
 in Taper or Parchment* 
 
 ,■ This may be done with Alom- water * or with 
 Aqua fortis mixed with common water, 
 i IV. T 0 makp Silver Letters in Taper or Parchment . 
 Take Tin one ounce, Quick-filver two ounces, mix 
 and melt them, and grind them with Gum-water. 
 
 ■ V. fo write with green Ink* 
 
 Take Verdegriefe, Litharge, Quick- filver, of each 
 a fufficient quantity, grind and mingle them with 
 Urine , and it will be a glorious green like an Eme- 
 rald to write or paint with : 
 
 P 2 Or 
 
-220 Folygraphicts. Lib.j, 
 
 Orthtts, Grind juyce of Rue and Verdegriefe with a 
 little Saffron together * and when you would write 
 with it mix it with Gum-water : Or thus, Diflblve 
 Verdegriefe in Vinegar, tfram it, then grind it with 
 common water, and a little honey, dry it v then grind 
 it again with gum-water, and it is done. 
 
 VI. To mite on Vaferor Parchment with bler»In{. 
 
 Grind blew with honey, then temper it with glair 
 
 of Eggs or gum-water made of Ifinglafs. 
 
 VII. to dye Shins Blew* 
 
 Take berries of Elder or Dwarf-elder, fait boil 
 them, then fmcar and wafh the Skins therewith, and 
 wring them forth : then boil the berries as before, in 
 the diffolution of Alom-water> and wet the Skins in 
 the fame water once or twice, dry them and they will 
 be very Blew. 
 
 VIII. to dye S\pns into a reddijh Colour. 
 
 Firft wafh the Skin in water and wring it well : 
 then wet it with the folution of Tartar and Bay-hit 
 in fair water, and wring it again : to the former diluh 
 lution, add afhes of Crab-fhells, and rub the Skin ve* 
 ry well therewith, then wafh with common watcran 
 wring them out ; then wafh them with tinffure o 
 Madder, in the folution of Tartar* Alom. and tnc 
 aforefaid afhes ■, and after ( if not red enough J wit 
 the tin&ure of Brazil. 
 
 IX. Another way to dye them Ked . 
 
 Waff the Skins, and lay them in galls for two hours, 
 wiing them out, and dip them into a colour aw e 
 with Liguflrum\ Alom and Verdegriefe in water: U * 
 3y, twice dye them with Rra2il boiled with Lye. 
 
 X. Another way to dye them Blew- > , 
 
 Take the belt Indico and fteep it in Urine a ay, 
 
 then boil it with Alom, and it will be good. 
 per the Indico with red Wine, ?nd wafh the buns 
 therewith. xl * 
 
2ir 
 
 C/a-34- Of Paper , Tarcbment&c. 
 
 XL To dye Styns Purple. 
 
 Take Roch-alom, diffolve it in warm water, wet 
 ' the Skins therewith drying them again i then take 
 l rafped Brazil, boil it in water well, then let it cool i 
 • do thus thrice; this done, rub the dye over the Skins 
 with your hand, which being dry polifli. 
 
 ! XU. Jo dye Skins of a Jad Green. 
 
 Take the tilings of Iron and Sal-armoniack of each, 
 3 fieep them in Urine till they be foft, with which be- 
 fmear the Skin, being ftretched out, drying it in the 
 , ihade ; the colour will penetrate and be green on both 
 EJl iides 
 
 XIII. To dye Shafts of a pure Stye Colour. 
 
 For each Skin takelndicoan ounce put it into boil- 
 !; ; ing water, let it hand one night, then warm it a little, 
 and with a brufh-pencil befmear the Skin twice over. 
 
 XIV. j to dye Styns of a pure Tellorv. 
 
 Take fine Aloes one ounce, Linfeed-oyl two pound, 
 ii diffolve or melt them, then firainiti befmearing the 
 ifi Skins therewith, being dry, varnifii them over, 
 il . XV. To dye Styns Green. 
 
 I Take Sap-green, Alom-water, of each a fufficient 
 « quantity, mix and boil them a little: if you would 
 have the colour darker, add a little Indico. 
 h XVI. To dye Styns Tellorv, 
 
 f Inlufe Woold in Vinegar, in which boil a little 
 Alom : Or thus, having dyed them green by the fif- 
 teenth Sedion, dip them in decodion of Privic ber- 
 : ries and Saffron and Alom-water. 
 
 XVII. To dye them of an Orange Colour. 
 
 Boil l-'ufiick-berries in Alom-water ; but fora deep 
 , Orange, ufeTurftierick root. 
 
 XVIII. A Liquor to gild Styns , Metals , or Glafs. 
 Take Linfeed-oyl three pound, boil it in a glazed 
 velfel till it burns a feather being put into it, thsn put 
 
 f 3 to 
 
 
222 Folygrap bices. Lib. 3. 
 
 to it Pitch, Roiin, dry varnifh, or Gum-Sandrach>of 
 each eight ounces, Aloes Hepatica four ounces V put 
 all in powder into the oyl, and ftir them with a flick, 
 the hre being a little encreafed : if the liquor , is too 
 clear or bright, you may add an ounce or two more of 
 Aloes Socratine, andditiunifh the varnifh , fo theli- 
 quor will be darker and more like Gold. Being boil* 
 ed, take it, and drain it, and Keep itina Glafs for ufe; 
 which ufe with a pencil. 
 
 CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 Of Woody Bor ns y and Bones, 
 
 1 , 0 dye Elder , Box, Mulberry-tree, Fear-tree, Nut- 
 
 1 tree of the colour of Ebony. 
 
 Steep the wood in Alom-water three or four days, 
 then boil it in common oyl, with a little Roman-Vit- 
 riol and Sulphur. 
 
 if here note , the longer you boil the mod , the bketyrti 
 Will be, but too long makes them brittle * 
 
 II. %o dye Bones green. 
 
 Boil the Bones in Alom-water , then take them 
 put, dry them and ferape them, then boil them i» 
 Lime-water with a little Verdegriefe. 
 
 III. fo dye Wood like Ebony , according to Ghuber. 
 Diftil an Aqua fortis of Salt-peter and Vitriol. 
 
 XV . fo make Horns black . 
 
 Vitriol dilTolved in Vinegar and . fpirit of Wine 
 will make Horns black : fothe Snow white Calx ot 
 Silver in fair water. 
 
 V . fo make Bones white. ' 
 
 They 
 
eft. 3 5* Wood) Horns, and Boms . 225 
 
 They are ftrangely made white by boiling with wa- 
 ter and Lime i continually (camming of it. 
 
 VI. 7 0 dye Bones green. 
 
 Take white Wine-vinegar a quart, filings of Cop- 
 per, Verdegriefe, of each three ounces, Rue brui led 
 one handful » mix them, and put the Bones therein 
 for fifteen days. 
 
 VII. To dye Wood , Horns , or Bones red. 
 
 Firft boil them in Alom-water, then put them into 
 tin&ure of Brazil in Alom-water for two or three 
 ' weeks : or into tindf ure of Brazil in Milk. 
 
 VIII. To dye them Blew. 
 
 Having firft boiled them in Alom-water, then put 
 them into the diffolution of Indico in Urine. 
 
 IX. To dye them green like Emeralds. 
 
 Take Aqua-fortis , and put as much filings of Cop- 
 per into it, as it will diffolvej then put the Wood, 
 I Horns, or Bones therein for a night. 
 
 X. To dye Brifiles and Feathers . 
 
 i Boil them in Alom-water, and after, while they are 
 I'warm, put them into tin&ure of Saffron, if you would 
 Lave them yellow : or juyee of Elder- berries, it blew ; 
 *"er in tincture of Verdegriefe, if green. 
 
 XI. To dye an Azure colour . 
 
 Take Roch-alom, filings of Brafs> of each two oun- 
 * ces, Fifh glew half an ounce, Vinegar, or fair water a 
 pint, boil it to the confumption of the half. 
 
 XII. To frften Ivory and Bones. 
 
 Lay them twelve hours in Aquafortis , then three 
 days in the juyee of Beets, and they will be tender, and 
 you may make of them what you will : To harden them 
 again , lay them in ftrong white Wine- vinegar. 
 
 XIII. To wake Horns f&ft. 
 
 Take Urine a month old. Quick-lime one pound, 
 calcined Tartar half a pound lartar crude, Salt, of 
 
 P 4 each 
 
 
224 <P olygrapmces. Lib. 3, 
 
 each four ounces, mix and boil all together, then drain 
 it twice or thrice, in which put the Horns for eight 
 days, and they will be loft. 
 
 XaV. Another tray to makg themfoft. 
 
 Take allies of which glafs is made, QuickTime of 
 each a pound, water a fufficient quantity,. boil them 
 till one third part is confumed, then put a feather in- 
 to it, if the feather peel it is fodden enough, if not) boil 
 it longer, then clarify it, and put it out, into which 
 put tilings of Horn for two days > anoint your hand l 
 with oyl, and work the Horns as it were pafte, then ji 
 make it into what iafhion you pleafe. 
 
 XV. Another way to [often Horns . 
 
 Take juyce of Marubium, Alexanders, Yarrow, 
 Celandine and Radifh roots, with ftrong Vinegar, mix | 
 them, into which put Horns, and digelt fcven daysin 
 horfe-dung, then work them as before. • 1 
 
 XVI. To cafi Horns in a mould like as Lead ■ 
 
 Make a Lixivium of calcined Tartar and Quick- 
 lime, into which put tilings or fcrapings ofHorn,boil 
 them well together, and they will be as it were pap, 
 tinge it of the colour you would have it, and then you ; 
 may caft it in a mould, and make thereof what feflur 
 oned things you pleafe. 
 
 XV II. "to make Ivory white* t . ; 
 
 If Ivory be yellow, fpottedor coloured, lay it m 
 
 Quick-lime, pour a little water over it, letting it lye 
 twenty four hours, and it will be fair and white. 
 
 C HAP* 
 
Chap. 3 6 - Of tying, See. 
 
 225 
 
 CHAP. XXXVI. 
 
 ! of Vying Tarn, Lirwen cloth 5 and the like • 
 
 f. '“'T'' 0 dye a jad Brown- 
 
 t Firft infufe the matter to be dyed in a firong 
 tin&ure of Hermoda&s : then in a bag put Saffron and 
 afhes, ftratum fuper Jlratunt, upon which put water 
 two parts mixed with Vinegar one part > ftrain the 
 water and Vinegar through hot, fifteen or fixteen 
 times , in this Lixiviate tin&ure of Saffron put what 
 you would dye, letting it lie anight, then take it out," 
 and hang it up to dry without wringing, which do in 
 like manner the fecond and third times. 
 
 II. fo dye a blew Colour . 
 
 Take Ebulus berries ripe and well dried, fteep 
 them in Vinegar twelve hours, then with your hands 
 jub them, and drain them through a linnen cloth, put- 
 ting thereto fpme bruifed Verditer and Alom* 
 
 Note? if the blew if to be clear, put mote Verditer to 
 it. 
 
 III. Another excellent blew Dye. 
 
 Take Copper fcales one ounce, Vinegar three oun- 
 ces, Salt one drachma put all into a Copper veffcl » 
 and when you would dye, put the faid matter into 
 ihetin&ure of Brazil. 
 
 IV. Another excellent blew Dye. 
 
 Take calcined Tartar three pugils, unflak’d Lime 
 one pugil, make a Lixivium, and filtrate it i to twelve 
 pr fifteen quarts of the fame water put Flanders blew 
 pne pound, and mix them well ; fe'tit to the fire, till 
 you can feareely endure your hand in it ; then firfi boil 
 
 what 
 
22 6 Polygraphices. Lib.3, 
 
 what you would dye in Alom- water > then dry if- 
 afterwards dip it in hot Lye twice or thrice > then put 
 it into the Dye. 
 
 ’ V. A good red Dye • 
 
 Take Brazil in powder, fine Vermilion, of each half 
 an ounce, boil them in Rain-water, with Alomone 
 < drachm, boil it till it is half confumed. 
 
 VI. Another excellent good red Dye, 
 
 Take of the Lixivium of unflak’d Lime one pint, 
 Brazil in powder one ounce, boil to the halfi then 
 put to it Alom half an ounce, keep it warm, but not 
 to boil : then dip what you would dye, firft in a Lw- 
 vium of Red-wine Tartar, let it dry j then put it in- 
 to the Dye. 
 
 VII. Another very good Tied* 
 
 Take Roflct with Gum- Arabick, boil them squat- 
 ter of an hour, ftrain it: then firft boil what you ; 
 would dye, in Alom-water two hours j after put it 
 into the Dye. 
 
 VIII. iomahg afairRuJfet Dye» 
 
 Take two quarts of water, Brazil one ounce, boil it 
 to a quart-, put to it a fufficient quantity of Grany 
 and two drachms of Gum- Arabick. 
 
 IX. A good Purple Colour . 
 
 Take Myrtle-berries two pound, Alom, calcined 
 Brafs, of each one ounce, water two quarts, mix 
 them in a Brafs Kettle, and boil half an hour, then i 
 ftrain it. 
 
 X. A Tellotp Colour . 
 
 Take berries of purging Thorn, gathered about 
 Lammas~day , brufe t hem, adding a little Alom in 
 powder > then keep all in a Brafs veffel. 
 
 XI. Another good Tellow. 
 
 Put Alom in powder to the Tindure of Saffron in 
 
 
Chap. 3 7 * Dying of Stuffs, See. 227 
 
 XII. very good green Colour * 
 
 Take Sap-green, bruife it, put water to it, then add 
 alitflc Alom, mix and infufe for two or three days. 
 
 XIII. ?o tak$ out Spots. 
 
 Wafh the fpots with oyl of Tartar per Deliquium , 
 two or three times and they will vanifh, then wafli 
 with water. Spirit of Wine to wafh with is excellent 
 in this cafe. If they be Ink fpoffs, juyee of Limmons 
 or Spirit of Salt is incomparable, walhing often and 
 drying it : fo alfo Caftle-fope and Vinegar. 
 
 CHAP. XXXVII. 
 
 Of the "Dying of Stuffs , Clooths and Silks , 
 
 I, '“T* 0 make a fubjlantial blerv Vye» 
 
 Take Woad one pound, and mix it with 
 (four pound of boiling water ; infufe it twenty four 
 hours j then dye with it all white colours. 
 
 II. Tomakgafirmblack^Dye. 
 
 Firft Wad it with the former Blew : then take of 
 Galls one pound, water fixty pound \ Vitriol three 
 pounds ; firft boil the Galls and water with the Stuff 
 or Cloath, two hours j then put in the C operas at a 
 cooler heat for one hour : then take out the Cloath or 
 Stuff and cool it, and put it in for another hour, boil- 
 ing it : Laftly take it out again, cool it, and put it in 
 once more. 
 
 III. “To ma^e an excellent ICefaw Dye * s 
 
 Take liquor or deco^ion of wheat-bran ( being 
 very clear ) fixty pound : in which diffolve three 
 pound of Alom; then boil the Stuff or Cloath in it 
 
 : : : ‘ ■ ' ' for 
 
for two hours: after which take Wold two pounds, 
 arid boil it till you fee the colour good. 
 
 IV. fo maty a very good green Bye. 
 
 Firft dye the Cloth or Stuff yellow by the third 
 Sedfion, then put it into the blew Dye, in the firft Se« 
 dfion of this Chapter. 
 
 V. to maty a pure clear red Bye» 
 
 Take liquor or infufion of Wheat bran f" being 
 drained and made very clear ) fixty pounds, Alom 
 two pounds, Tartar one pound •, mix and diffolve 
 them, with which boil the Stuff or Cloth for two 
 hours: take it then out, and boil it in frelh Wheat- 
 bran liquor, fixty pounds » to which put Madder three 
 pounds perfedt the colour at a moderate heat, with*- 
 out boiling. 
 
 VI. to maty a very pleafant purple Bye. i 
 
 Firft dye it blew, by the firft rule of this Chapters 
 
 then boil it in the former red at the fifth rule hereof: 
 laftly, finilh it with a decodfion of Brazil. 
 
 V II. to dye Crimfon in Grain . 
 
 Firft boil it in the red at the fifth rule of this Chap- 
 ter ; then finifh it in a ftrong tindfure of Cochenele 
 made in the Wheat-bran liquor aforcfaid: Where 
 note, that the veffels in which the Stuff and Liquors 
 are boiled muft be lined with Tin>elfe the colour will 
 be defedfcive. The fame obfervc in Dying of Silks 
 fin each colour) with this Caution, that you give 
 them a much milder heat, and a longer time. 
 
 VIII. The BoW’-dyers know that diffolved Tin 
 (that is the folution of Jupiter) being put into a Kettle 
 to the Alom and Tartar, makes the Cloth attradf the 
 colour into it, fo that none of the Cochenele is left > 
 but is all drawn out of the water into the Cloth. 
 
 va 
 
 the Spirit of Nitre being ufed with Alom and fyrW) 
 thefirji boiling makes a firm ground, fo that theyM 
 
Chap. 37 - OfDjingy&t e. 229 
 
 notfpot nor lofe their colour hy the Sun , Fw, ^zV, Fwe- 
 Ti?r, or Salt-water* 
 
 ’ To enumerate all the great variety of Dyes, or Go- 
 ours v or offer at an effay to reduce them to a certain 
 method, as it is a labour needlefs, fo it is as altogether 
 mpoffible, there being infinite colours to be produced, 
 or which ( as yet ) we have no certain, known or real 
 lame : And out of what we have already enume- 
 :ated in this Chapter, the ingenious ( if they pleafej 
 hall find ( by little Pra&ice and Experience ) fuch 
 great variety to be apparent , that fhould we ex- 
 brefs the number though but in a very low or mean 
 degree, we could not but be expofed in cenfure to 
 in Hyperbole even of the higheft: Every of the 
 foregoing colours, will alone or fingly, produce a 
 great number of others, the firff more deep or high > 
 he latter, all of them paler than each other: And 
 iccording to the variety of colours the matter is of, 
 refore it is put into the Dye, fuch new variety alfo 
 (hall you have again when it comes out i not according 
 ko what the colour naturally gives, but another clean 
 contrary to what you (although an Artift) may cx- 
 lpe<2. For if ftrange colours be dipt into Dyes not 
 natural to them, they produce a forced colour of a 
 new texture, fuch as cannot poflible be preconceived 
 by the mind of man, although long and continued ex- 
 perience might much help in that cafe. And if fuch 
 variety may be produced by any one of thofefingle 
 colours } what number in reafon might be the ulti- 
 mateof any two or three or more of them being com- 
 plicate or compounded ? Now if fuch great numbers 
 or varieties may be produced, j . By any one fingle co- 
 lour. 2 . By being complicate j how fhould we( without 
 a certain and determinate limitation by denomina- 
 tion or name/ever order fuch confufed, unknown, 
 
 varioufa 
 
230 Poljgraphices. Lib. 3, 
 
 various, and undeterminate {pedes 6f things, in any 
 pleafant, intelligible method ? Since therefore that the 
 matter fas yet ) appears not only hard, but alfo ini. 
 pcflible, we (hall commend what we have done to the 
 ingenuity of the Induftriousj and defire that Candor 
 or Favour from the Experienced, with love to coned 
 our Errors j which a& or kindnefs will not only bs a 
 future obligation to the Author > but alfo enforce Po- 
 sterity to acknowledge the fame. 
 
 
 The End of the Third Book.- 
 
 POLl 
 
231 
 
 VOLVg^AT H1CES 
 
 LlBER Qu ARTUSi 
 
 Containing the Original ^ Advancement , 
 and Terfeftion of the Art of Painting : 
 Particularly Exemplified in the va- 
 rious Paintings of the Ancients. 
 
 To which is added the Art of Beautifying 
 of the Face and Shin, according to the 
 choifeft ways yet known : the whole Art 
 of Perfuming never Publifhed till now ; 
 A brief contemplation ofChyromantical 
 Idea’s : together with many other things 
 of excellent life. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 Of the Original of thefe Arts. 
 
 h TT""' H E Original of the An of Fainting was 
 takgn from the Forms of things which do 
 JL appear i exprejfmg the fame ( as Ifidoru3 
 Pelufiota faith) with proper colour /, imitating the Life , 
 
 cither 
 
2 % 2 Polygraph ices. 
 
 either hollow or fwelling , dar\ or light fioard or foft, routh 
 or Jmootb , wen? or old . 
 
 Of fuch things (amongft Vegitables) Flowers yield 
 the/greateft variety: of Animals, Man : of things In- 
 animate, Landskips, &c. For'this matter of imitati- 
 on was prefented in the chief things only ', for who 
 fhould learn to imitate all things in Nature ? thegrea- 
 ter being attained the leffer will follow of them! elves» 
 if any (hall attempt fo great a burthen, two inconveni- 
 encies faith Quintilian, will neceffarily follow, to 
 wit, Always to fay too much , and yet never to fay all- 
 II. And this imitation of things feen with the Eye, 
 was much helped by the Idea s of things conceived in the 
 mind, from the continual motion of the imagination • 
 Wherefore as Quintilian faith ( lib. 10 •caf 3. of ‘ 
 his Inftifutions of Oratory) 1 ‘ We (hall do well to 
 tc accuftom our minds to fuch a ftedfaft confency ot 
 “ conceiving as to overcome all other impediments 
 4C by the earneflnefs of our intention : for if we do 
 altogether bend this intention upon things concei- 
 “ ved, our mind need neyer take notice of any thing 
 <c which the Eye fees, or the Ear hears. And there- 
 fore thofe which would profit much, mult take care ■ 
 and pains tofurnifh their minds with all forts ofufe- 
 ful Images and Idea’s. This treafury.of the mind 
 \ c ( faith' Caffiodorus cap. 12. de AnimaJ is not over* 
 <c loaden in haft : if it be once furnifhed, the Artn 
 tc (hall find upon any fudden occafion, all things ne- 
 u ceftary, ready at hand ••> whereas thofe which are 
 “ unprovided (hall be to feek It is like to the Ana- 
 litical Furniture in Algebra, without the knowle gc 
 of which, no notable thing can be performed. Now 
 although the imagination may be eafily moved, ye 
 this fame excellency is not attained in an inftant*. An 
 without the ability of exprefting of the conceive 
 
 ; r 0 Images, 
 
Chap, i . The Original of thefe Arts . jfojf 
 
 Images, all the exercife of the fancy is worth no- 
 thing. 
 
 III. Thefe Forms and Idea's mre not fwgly confidred , 
 
 . but complicatly. 
 
 For whereas nature fcarcely ever reprefents any 
 one thing perfed in beauty ( in all its parts ) left it 
 (hould be faid,that (he had nothing more to diftribute 
 to others : So Artifts of old chofe out many Patterns, 
 which were abfolutly perfed in fome of their parts, 
 that by defigning each part after that Pattern, which 
 was perfed therein, they might at lafi prefent fome- 
 1 thing perfed in the whole. And fo when Zeuxis in- 
 tended an exquifit Pattern of a beautiful woman, he 
 : fought not for this perfedion in one particular body i 
 bat chofe ^ live of the moft well favoured Virgins, 
 is that he might find in them that perfed beauty, which 
 i‘( as Lucian faith jmuft of neceflity be but one. And 
 kMaximus “Lynns faith you (hall not find in haft a body 
 info accuratly exad, as to compare it with the beauty 
 S' of a Statue. And Proclus faith, if you take a man 
 ^brought forth by nature, and another made by Art of 
 [Carving, that by nature (hall not feem the ftatelier, 
 tbeeaufe Art doth many things more exadly : To 
 i which OwWaffents, when that he faith that Pygmalion 
 did Carve the Snow white Image of Ivory, with fuch 
 a happy dexterity, that it was altogether impoffible 
 that fuch a woman fhould be born. 
 
 IV. From this manner of imitation did arife the skill 
 of defigning i from whence fprang the Arts of Painting, 
 
 Limning, Wafting, Cajling , and all others of that 
 ]qnd. 
 
 Thefe Arts in their infancy, were (o mean, that the 
 hrtt Artift was forced ( as Elian us faith lib. io. cap. 
 io. «f his Hijiory ) in Painting to write this is an Ox, 
 this a Horfe, this a Dog: But as Lully faith (in libra 
 
 CL dz 
 
Poljgrapbices. Lib.4. 
 
 Je chits oratoribus) there is nothing both invented 
 
 It 
 
 and fimfhed at a time. And Armbm in hbro fecund, 
 advcrfus Gente, faith, “The Arts are not together 
 “with our minds, brought forth out of the heavenly 
 “ places i but are all found out here on earth, and 
 “■in procefs of time, foftned , forged, and beautified, 
 
 - by a continual meditation ; Our poor and needy 
 « iif c perceiving (ome cafual things to fall out prof 
 “peroully, whiled it doth imitate, attempt, try, flip, 
 -reform, and change, hath out of the fame arduous 
 “reprehenfion made up Come (mall pieces 01 Arts, 
 c the which it hath afterwards by ftudy brought to 
 
 “ fome perfection. r 1 r s f 
 
 V. ?he per fms who mere the firji mvmters of the] e An 
 
 arc Scarcely known(becanfe dayly new in vetsm ns mn ti- 
 ded) but tbofi famous Verfons who eukrflrm»l>mg 
 them to perfection, or add to what was already <»», 
 or otherwife were famous in any one parttculor tlrng, 
 
 HUhry has in part informed us of. 
 
 The famous Fattftas was the firft that atte f 
 bring the Art of Painting to perfection. 4 ’*,, 
 the firft that undertook the expreffing of m™ 
 things, as Thunder, Lightning, and the like. 
 which confideration ot thefe almoft mpf* 
 made f btophyla&us Simocatus (in EpiftW ■> la h 
 Painters undertake to exprefs fuch thing^ s n 
 is notable to do: And the fame Apelles bad a .ch 
 invention and grace, proper to himfelf alone, 
 which never any other Artificer ever attained. . 
 although Zeuxis, Apelles, Aglaopbon, d id none 
 feem to lack any thing of, yet they differed very j 
 and had each of them fome peculiar excel len h . 
 which neither of the other two could boaft-Here 
 one Art of Calling, in which My ten, p °b' c ' etus l^fy i 
 
 pus , have been excellent, yet did One very much di 
 
 from 
 
C/iap.I. The Original of thefe Arts . 235 
 
 from another : Zeuxis did furpafs all other Artizans in 
 Painting womens bodys: Lyfippus is mod excellent 
 in fine and fubtle workmanfhip : Polycletus made ex- 
 cellent Statues upon one Leg : Samius did excel in 
 conceiving of Vifions and Phantafies: Vionyjius in 
 Painting of men only : Polygnatus mod rarely expref- 
 fed the affedtions and pafiions of man : Antimochus 
 made noble women : Nicias excellent in Painting of 
 women, but mod excellent in four footed creatures, 
 chiefly Dogs : Calamti made Chariots, with two or 
 four horfes > the horfes were fo excellent and exadt, 
 that there was no place left for Emulation : Eupbra- 
 wr, the firft and mod excellent in expreffingthe dig- 
 nity, and marks of Heroical Perfons* Arejhdemus 
 Painted Wradlers : Serapion was mod excellent in 
 Scenes : Pyreicus ( inferiour in the Art of Painting to 
 none) Painted nothing but Coblers and Barbers: L«- 
 dio the fird and mod excellent in Painting Landskips ; 
 Apollodorus , Afclepiodorus, Androbulus , Alevas , were 
 : the only Painters ot Philofophers, &c. 
 
 1 VI. Another re afon of the Invention hereof, was front 
 the moving of thepaffrons . 
 
 For as Simonides faith, ( comparing Painting with 
 Pofey ) Pidture is a filent Pofey, and Pofey is a fpea- 
 king Pidture : Upon the occafion of thefe words. Pits - 
 torch faith, fhe things reprefented by Painters, as if they 
 were as yet doing , are propounded by Orators > as done 
 already : Painters exprefs in colours and lines, what 
 Poets do in words ' > the one doth that with the Pencil, 
 which the other doth with the Pen • When Latinus Pa - 
 
 t catus had made a full defeription of the inferable end 
 of wicked Maximus , he calls upon all the Painters to 
 aflifl him : Bring hether, bring hether you pious 
 • Poets ( faith he ) the whole care and dudy of your 
 tedious nights: Ye Artificers alfo 3 defpife the vulgar 
 
 CL? 
 
236 Polygraphices. Lib.4, 
 
 Arguments of Ancient Fables s thefe, thefe things de 
 fa w better to be drawn by your cunning hands : let 
 the Market-places and Temples be filled with fuch 
 Soedlacles s work them out in Ivory i let them live 
 in colours i let them Hand in Brafs s let them exceed 
 the price of precious Stones. It doth concern the ft- 
 entity of all Ages, that fuch things might be fan to 
 have been done, if by chance, any one filled with 
 wicked defires, might drink in innocency by hisEjts, 
 when he (hall fee the (horrid and deplorable) Monu- 
 ments of thefe Our times. And Gregroy N#»,upon 
 the Sacrififing of Ifiac faith I often fw m aMm 
 the Image of this Fatt, upon which I could not loolyvuh- 
 out teats, fi lively did Art put the Hijiory kfirw) * 
 
 ' VII. The Egyptians were the firf inventers. ofFm- J 
 ting. : The Greeks brought it (out of its rndenefs ) tops- 
 portion : The Romans adorned it with colours'. 7 J 
 Germans (following them ) made their nwb tfwe un 
 bleby painting in Oyl • of whom the Engliin,u » 
 Italian, and French, are become imitators. i 
 
 It is reported that the Grecians were the hr P | 
 ters, and that their colours were (in the infancy t tt 
 of; only white and black : but it appears more j 
 i-eafon and truth, that the invention thereof fnou 
 alcribed to the (/Egyptians, who ( before t 
 on of Letters J lignihed their conceptions by i 
 phickj of Figures, Cyphers, Characters, andli r 
 of divers things, as Birds-, Beafis, Infers, Ftjhes, ’ 
 Flams , and the like, which by Tradition they. J 
 fer’d to their Children i fo they made the 
 fignifie Diligence, Strength, and Swifts . J 
 a King, its Honey , Mildnefs,its Stingy J u t hc 
 
 pent (tail in mouth ) the revolution of the F ear. 
 Eagle > Envy, the Earth , a labouring a y 
 
Chap. i. The Original ofthefe Arts. 237 
 
 Hearing, &c. Now our bare learning to imitate is not 
 enough i it is requifite that fince we are not fir It ir* 
 invention, we Ihould ftudy rather to out go than to 
 follow. If it were unlawful ( faith Quintilian Jto add 
 any thing to things invented !, or to find out better things 5 
 our continval labour would be good for nothing ^ for it is 
 certain that Phydias and Apelles, have brought many 
 things to light , which their Fredeceffors knew nothing of. 
 Apelles did all things with compleatncls, Zeuxis, with 
 an inefiimable grace : Frotogenes with an indefatigable 
 deligence : fimanthes with a great deal oi iubtilty 
 and curiofity : Nicophanes with ftately magnificence. 
 Now to attain to thefe kind of Excellencies, it is need- 
 fary to have recourfe to variety of great Mailers, tha t 
 fomething out of the one, and fomething out oi the 
 other, may be as fo many ornaments to adorn our 
 works j and as fo many Heps to lead us on ton he 
 .door of perfection. 
 
 if VIII. About the time of Philip King of Macedon, 
 Wu Art began to flourijh i growing into great efiimation 
 in the days of Alexander and his Succtffors : from thence 
 It through all the feries of time, even to this day , it hath re- 
 ceived by degrees, fuch wonderful advancements that it 
 imay be now faid , it in arived at perfection, 
 i For without doubt there is a perfection of Art to 
 be attained , and it is as pofliblc that I, or thou, or hee, 
 a may as well attain it, as any body elfe, if we refolve 
 to ftrive, and take pains, without fainting, or fear of 
 difpair. And fince the Art of Painting is ( as Socra- 
 tes Faith) the refemblance ofvifible things, the Artifl 
 ought to beware that he abufes not the liberty of his 
 j imagination, in the ihapes of monilrous and prodigi- 
 ous Images of things not known in nature '•> but as a 
 true lover of Art, prefer a plain and honed work( a- 
 greeing with nature ) before any phantafiical and con- 
 ceited devife whatfoever. CL3 IX. hafi- 
 
3 2 8 Poljgrapbices. Lib.4, 
 
 IX. Laflly, that from Time, Form, Magnitude, 
 Number, Proportion, Colour, Motion, Rett, Situa- 
 tion, Similitude, Diftance, Imagination, and Light, 
 in a jingle and complicate consideration , this Ar t bath its 
 ejfence or being , and at la$ bad by the help ofindujiriottf 
 and unwearied minds , its Original frodnffion,andma. 
 mfejiation . 
 
 Light is that only thing, without which all thole 
 other things from which this Art fprings, would be 
 ufelefs *, without which the Art it felf cannot be. “It 
 “is (as Sanderfin faith) the heavens off-fpring, the 
 cc eldeft daughter of God, fat lux , the firft daysCrea* 
 cc tion 1 it twinkles in a Star, blazes in a Comet j 
 ; ct dawns in a Jewel, diffembles in a Glow-worm i , 
 « contra&s it felf in a Sparky rages in a Flame, is 
 * c pale in a Candle, and dyes in a Coal. By it the 
 “ fight hath being, and the imagination life, which 
 ct comprehends the univeifality of all things without 
 “ fpace of place : the whole Heavens in their vaftand 
 “ full extent, enter at once through the apple of the 
 * c Eye, without any flraitnefs of paffage : the fight j 
 “ is a fenfe, which comprehends that, which no othn 
 tc fenfe is capable of * it judgeth and diftinguilhet 
 “ between two contraries in an in (font, it conliders ^ 
 “the excellency and beauty of every objedf.t e 
 “ fpangled Canopy of Heaven by night, the wan u 
 “ ing Clouds by day, the wonderful Form or t c 
 “ Rain-bow, the glorious matutine appearance o 
 “ Fhcebus '■> his meridional exaltation, the goldenray ... 
 “ which furround him, the mutability of his fhadows, 
 c his vefpertine fetting: the lofty tops of Mountain 
 tc unaccdfabie and ridgy Rocks, profound Valley 5 ) 
 large Plains, which feem to meet heaven, | r£C 
 Trees, and plcafant Groves, delightful HilM wce : 
 “ and flowery Meadows, pleafant Streams, fpth’S'J 
 
Ch.i. Farther Trogrefs of thefe Arts. 239 
 
 ' “ fountains, flowing Rivers, (lately Cities, famous 
 ‘‘Towers, large Bridges, magnificent Buildings, fruit- 
 ful Orchards and Gardens, fhapes of living Crea- 
 “ tures,from the Elephant to the Ant, from the Eagle 
 *‘to the Wren, and from the Whale to the Shrimp, 
 “the wonderful forms of Infeds, the marching of 
 cc Armies, the befieging and {forming of Garifons, 
 
 “ the infolencies of rude People, the flight of the 
 ! « Diftrefled, the deflation and depopulation of 
 i: “ Kingdoms and Countries, the failing ot Ships, ter- 
 1 “ rible Sea-fights, great beauty of Colours, together 
 5 “ with thoufands of other things, all which it digefts, 
 
 1 “and Marfhals in ample Order, that when occalion 
 * “maybe, it may exert its ftore, for the benefit, ad- 
 
 1 “vantage, advancement, and perfection of Art. 
 
 I - . 
 
 i - — — 
 
 l C H A p. 1 1. 
 
 1 Of the farther Progrcfs of thefe Arts*' 
 
 I 
 
 | I, A £ God Almighty ( who is the Author of all , tvif- 
 f\ dom ) was the firji inflitutor hereof fo alfowas 
 i the promulgator , by whom thefe Arts have made pro~ 
 
 ' grejjion in the world . 
 
 Certainly , faith Vhiloftratus, PiCture is an invention 
 1 of the Gods, as well for the painted faces of the Mea- 
 dows adorned with Flowers, according to the feveral 
 Seafons of the year i as for thofe things, which ap- 
 pear in the Sky/ What wonderful Eloquence is this ! 
 that in fo few words, this Philofopher fhould dear fo 
 great a point. But what faith Gregorius NyJJenus ? 
 Man, faith he, is an earthen Statue : and Suidas m 
 Orations prima de Beatitudinibusi fpeaking of Adam^ 
 
 qU faith. 
 
I 
 
 240 Poljigraphices. Lib.4, 
 
 faith. This was the hrft Statue, the Image named by 
 God, after which all the Art of Carving ufed by men 
 receiveth directions : Lot's W ife was another, turned 
 into a durable Pillar ol Salt, of whom Prudentius ( in 
 Harmartigenia ). faith, (he waxed (liff, being changed 
 into a more brittle fubftance, (he (landeth Metamor- 
 phofed into Stone, apt to be melted, keeping her old 
 pofturein that Salt* (lone Image* her comlinefs, her 
 ornaments, her forehead, her eyes, her hair, herface 
 alfo (looking backward ) with her chin gently turned, 
 do retain the unchangeable Monuments of her Anti- 
 ent offence : and though (he melteth away continually 
 in Salt fweat * yet doth the compleatnefs of her (hape 
 (ii/fer no lofs by that fluidity * whole droves of beads 
 cannot impare that favoury (lone fo much, but dill 
 there is liquor enough to lick, by which perpetual lofs, 
 the wafted skin is ever renewed. To thefc Jet us add 
 the pattern of the Tabernacle (hewed unto Mofes upon 
 Mount Sinai : The Brazen Serpent made by the ex. 
 profs command of God : The Pattern of the fmfi 
 ( which David gave unto Solomon ) after the form 
 which God made with his own hand : por- 
 
 trait!: of Jerufalem with its formal Seige upon a Tile 
 by exprefs command from God alfo : The Braztti 
 Statue of our Lord Jefus Chrifi ereCted by the woman 
 healed of the bloody Iflue, as is mentioned by Photiuti 
 and AJierius Bifliop of Amafa , and other Ecclefiallick 
 Writers: The PiClme alfo of our Lord madewithout 
 hands, as it is related by Vamafcenus Cedrenusffl&v 
 tilers : The Pifture of Chrifi in a Napkin or Towel, 
 font by our Lord himfelf, unto Augarus King of E* 
 deffd > together with many more too tedious hereto 
 relate. 
 
 II. By venue of thin divine hand it was that many df 
 tifis of old attained to a certain kind of perfection in 
 Arts . ^6 
 
! Ch.a.F arther Progrefs ofthefe Arts. 241 
 
 We will only refer the proof of this to the examples 
 in the 3 1 of Exodus of Bezaleel and Aholiab '■> of whom 
 j God himfelf witnetfeth, that he called them by name 
 \ 10 make the "tabernacle j and filled them with his fpi- 
 J rit, not only to devife curious works in Gold , in Sil- 
 i ver-> in Brafs-, and in Silk, S but alfo gave them skill to 
 
 5 teach others the fame. 
 
 III. Nature alfo bath not been idle , but hath atted a 
 
 at 1 ** 1 ' * 
 
 Mafler-piece herein. 
 
 To pafs by the glory of Flowers, the excellent com- 
 linefs of beads ( as in the fpots of Leopards , tails of 
 J Feacochj, and the like) I will only remark the fame of 
 ; a Gem, which Pyrrhus ( who made War with the Ro- 
 mans ) had, of which Fliny in lib . 3 7. cap* 1 . of his na- 
 ' tural Hiftory, reports, that it being an Agath had the 
 'J nine Mufes and Apollo holding of a Lute depided 
 
 * therein , the fpots not by Art, but by nature, being fo 
 f fpread over the done, that each Mufe had her peculiar 
 '^htnark. See Gaffer el cap. 5. 
 
 6 IV. 7 be care of Parents in the Education of their Chip 
 d dren-i was another reafon of the progrefs hereof. 
 
 The Grecians , faith Ariflotle in cap> 3. lib. 8. of his 
 
 * Politicks, did teach their children the Art of Painting: 
 and Plutarch faith, that Paulus JEmilius had Sculptors 
 and Painters amongft the Matters of his children as 
 
 ! well as Philofophers and Rhetoricians: and Fliny 
 i faith, that by the Authority of Patnphilus-, this Art 
 hath been ranked among the liberal Sciences, and that 
 t only Free-born children fhould learn it. And Galen 
 f enumerating feveral Arts as Phyfick^ Khetorick-, Mufickj 
 Geometry , Arithmetic J^, Logic j^, Grammer , and knowledge 
 of Law i add unto thefe, faith he. Carving and Painting. 
 And as the Grecians were the firft, that taught their 
 children thefe Arts, fo alfo they provided betimes for 
 them choice Mafier$. 1 
 
 V. fhefc 
 
 
242 Polygraph ices. Lib.4, 
 
 V. Thefe Mafters by their carefulnefs and vigilancy, 
 not deceiving thofe that 'put their truji in them , becmt 
 main Pillars of thefe Arts , and propagated them to Pojle - 
 rity j rvhicb by the addition of confiderable gifts and re- 
 wards had an honourable efleemin the world. 
 
 Their care wasmanifeft in laying down folid Prin- 
 ciples of Art > of which Quintilian in cap. 2. lib, 12. 
 of his Inftitutions of Oratory faith,though vertue may 
 borrow Tome forward fits of nature, yetfhemuftat- 
 tain to perfection by dodrine. Their vigilancy was 
 feen in watching, to apprehend their Scholars capa- 
 cities, that they might fuit themfelves accordingly i as 
 in Tuny's inftance of Ifocrates^ a fingular good teacher, 
 
 > who was wont to apply the fpur to Epborus , but the 
 / bridle to fljeopompus > And their reward was eminent, 
 as Pliny noteth in Pampbilus his School, out of which 
 Apelles and many other excellent Painters came, who 
 taught no body under a Talent f’ which is about 175 
 pound fterling ) thereby the better to maintain the 
 Authority of Art. 
 
 VI. Their praUice exattly agreed with their precepts* 
 
 As with Seneca , that labour is not loft } whofe ex- 
 periments agree with precepts •> fo with Quintiliffl) 
 thofe examples may ftand for teftimonies : And it was 
 the pra&ice of Painters of old, as Galen witneffeth 
 concerning Polycletus , who hath not only fet down in 
 Writing the accurate precepts of Art i but alfo that 
 he made a Statue according to the rules of Art con- 
 tained in thofe precepts. 
 
 VII. Thefe precepts which they taught their Scbolsrs , 
 they delivered in writing , that they might ever accompany 
 them wherefoever they went. 
 
 Apelles gave the precepts of this Art to his difcipk 
 Ter feus in writing, as Polycletus did to his > befides 
 innumerable others now in being too tedious he* e t0 
 
 ' • ' recite, 
 
Ch .^.Farther frogrefs of thefe Arts. 243 
 
 ! rec ite. The like did thefe following, Ad<eus, Mity- 
 ItiMHS-i Alcetas , Alexis the Poet, Anaftmenes , Amigo- 
 ttus-> Ariftodemusi Canute Ammon, Callixcnus, Chrtjio - 
 I Aorus, Democritus , Efbefius^ Vuris , E upherion, Euphra- 
 ttor, IJihmius , Hcgefauder Delpbicus , Hippias Eleus , 
 
 ! ! pjypf crates, lamblicus , Jwfc* hex Mauritania?, MaA- 
 i‘ cbus Bizantius , Melanthius , Men£chmus , Menetor , Para- 
 Polemon, Porphyrins , Praxiteles , Protogenes , 
 
 I fpbeopbanes , Xenocrates , and many others, the chief of 
 1 whole works are now loft. 
 
 VIII. As Arts came now into ejlimation, fo at length 
 l Laws were eftablijbedfor their prefervation » W punijh- 
 I ments for their prevarication. 
 
 I The beginning of thefe Laws was firft at E-* 
 'Si pbefusy Thebes and Athens , as alfo in Egypt , where a 
 lit workman ( faith Diodorus Siculus ) is fearfully punifh- 
 l ed, if he undertake any charge in the Commonwealth, 
 I® or meddle with any Trade but his own ; the which 
 'U; Law faith Herodotus , the Lacedemonians did alfo ap- 
 prove of. By means of which Laws it was, that the 
 Artifts of thole Nations attained to fuch a perfection 
 I of Art, as we (hall hereafter relate. 
 
 I IX. fervent defire and love of emulation to excel 
 ii others i commendable fmflicity of Art » together with 
 I the- content and fatisfa&ion of doing fometbing well , gave 
 # large progrefs towards the advance of Art » 
 
 It was nobly faid of Scipio Africanus, that every 
 magnanimous fpirit compares himfelf, not only with 
 them that are now alive •» but alfo with the famous 
 men of all ages * whereby it appears that great wits 
 are always by the fting of emulation, driven forwards 
 to great matters > but he that by too much love of his 
 own works, compares himfelf with no body, tnuft 
 needs attribute much to his own conceits, Doft thou 
 defire the glory of fwiftnefs ? faith Martial (in Epigr . 
 , ■ wt> ” ' y ' "* ' r ■ ' . $6. lib;. 
 
 
244 Polygraphices. Lib 4, 1 
 
 3 6. lib* 12. ftrive to out-go the Tyger , and the light 
 Ojiricb > it is no glory at all to out-run Ajfej, This 
 emulation is the force of great wits, whereby our imi- 
 tation is provoked fometimes by envy, and fcmetimes 
 by admiration, whereby it falls out, that the thing we 
 earneftly feek after, is foon brought to feme height of 
 perfection *, which perfection confifts in exact imita- 
 tion, according to the fimplicity of Art, and not in 
 gaudy appearances, which adorns the fhadows much 
 more than ever nature adorned the fubftance. This 
 imitation of the life gave the Artizan fame i which 
 fame quickened his afpiring thoughts, adding more 
 fuel to the flames, till fuch time, as he brought forth a 
 mod abfolute work, whereby he conceived a joy, con- 
 tent and fatisfaction, as durable as the work it felf, 
 upon which he now conceived himfelf a happy man, 
 and through a juft affiance of his vertues knows him- 
 felf to be lifted up above the reach of envy, where he 
 ftands fecureof his fame, enjoying in this life (as if 
 he were now confecrated unto Eternity) the venera- 
 tion that is like to follow him after his death > thus 
 an honeft emulation and confidence , bringing forth 
 works of general applaufe, procureth unto its author 
 an everlafting Glory. Now what a comfortable thing 
 is this, to have a fore-feeling of what we hope to at- 
 tain to ? 
 
 X. Another reafon of the augmentation ofthefe Arts, 
 rvas the manifold ufes thereof among men-, either for god 
 or evil purpofes* 
 
 As in natural Sciences, where words comefhort,a 
 little Picture giveth us the knowledge of Beads Birds, 
 fifties, and other forms, as well inanimate as animate: 
 In the Tattickj, how fhould a General know how to 
 fet his men in array, unlefs he try the cafe by defign or 
 delineation ? fo in Architecture to pouxtray Platforms 
 
Cha. Farther Progrefs of thefe Arts. 245 
 
 after any fafhion, and to work out the Patterns of 
 high and mighty buildings in a little wax, keeping in 
 fo {mall an example the exadi proportion of the grea- 
 ter Strudf ure : In Geometry the exadfnefs of Lines, 
 Angles, Surfaces and Solids : In Botonalogia , the exadt 
 fliapes of Herbs, Plants and Trees ; In Zoologia , the 
 fliapes of all living creatures: In Anthropologia, the 
 exadt defer iption ot all the parts of mans body inward 
 and outward: In Chymia, the forms ofallChymical 
 veflels and operations : In the lives of illuftrious men 
 ' and Princes , to exprefs their forms and (hapes to the 
 I life, that age might not prevail againft them, defer- 
 ving thereby ( as Varro faith) the envy of the Gods 
 themfelves : In Geography , to deferibe in {mall Maps 
 ' Kingdoms , Countreys and Cities, yea the whole 
 World: In Policy , as Michal in fa ving her husband 
 J David , Ptolomaus in the Image of Alexander, which he 
 ® willingly let Perdiccas catch from him, fuppofing it to 
 'ft have been the boby it felf, thereby avoiding much 
 ® blood-ihed : Cyrus his wooden Berfians in the Seige of 
 4 Sardis , by which the Towns-men being frighted, 
 f yielded the City : Epamimndas at Thebes by the Image 
 Sf of Pallas did wonders : Amafis King of Egypt, his goi- 
 : den Image made of the Bafin, in which his feet ufed to 
 r be wafhed, which the Egyptians religioully wodhiped, 
 
 . whereby he brought them to affedt him being now a 
 King, who was of an ignoble and bafe Parentage i the 
 wooden Elephants of Perfeus King ot Macedonia, with 
 which he wonted his horfes, that they might not be 
 frighted in time of Battel.The Ornaments ot Temples, 
 Market-places and Galleries, places both publick and 
 . private ? Julius C£fars Image in wax, hideous to look 
 to, for twenty three gaping wounds he received, did 
 mightily ftir up the Tomans to revenge his death.Wor- 
 thy men which had defeived well of the world, had 
 
 their 
 
246 ' Tolygraphices* Lib. 4, 
 
 theis memories conferred with their Images > by 
 which all thofe that afpire to goodnefs, and to follow 
 their heps, are likewife filled with hope. The Athe- 
 nians have ere&ed unto JEfop a moll goodly Statue, 
 faith Tbtdrus , and have fet a contemptibl Have upon 
 an everlaftiflg bafe, that all might underftand , how the 
 way of honour lieth open to every one , and that glory % 
 wife doth not fo much follow the condition of our birth, 
 as the vertues of our life . Berofus excelled m AJlr* 
 logy, wherefore the Athenians tor his divine Prog' 
 unifications , ere&ed him a Statue with a golden 
 Tongue, fet upintheir publick Schools, as Vliny faith, 
 lib. 7. cap. 37. Publick Libraries were furnifhed I alfo 
 with Golden, Silver, and Brafs Images of fuch, 
 whofe immortal fouls did fpeak in thofe places. 
 The provocations of vices have alfo augmented 
 the Art> it hath been pleafmg to engrave mm 
 tufts upon there cups > and to drink in Rmuldr y 
 and Abominations , as Pliny faith in the Proem of his 
 
 33 Book. ... 
 
 XI. 'the ufe therefore of thefe Arts extending ttjelj Jo 
 univerfally to allintents both in war and peace, it emeu 
 pafs that Artificers were honoured by all forts of men 
 which themfelves perceiving , did ftill endeavour . toen- 
 creafe this enjoyed favour by a daily advance of this sty • 
 
 By Kings they were honoured > for Demetnus, 
 whileft at the Seige of Rhodes, came to Protogenes, , lea- 
 ving the hope of his Vi6tory to behold an Arti cer. 
 Alexander the Great came alfo to Apelles his Shop,0 ‘ 
 ten accompanied with many Princes. It was ihiswi 
 that none but Polycletus alone, fhould caff his ^. tue . 
 Brafs , that none but Apelles alone fhould paint him i 
 Colours , that none but Pyrgoteles alone fhould Engrav 
 him. The eftimation of the Artifts were alfo jm e 
 (food from the efteem and high rates their works we^ 
 
Ch.2. Farther Progrefs ofthefe Arts. 247 
 
 prized at > a pi&ure of Bularchus a Painter, was valued 
 at its weight in gold by Candaules King of Lydia : 
 Ariflides was fo fmgular in his Art, that it is reported 
 of King Attains that he gave an hundred Talents 
 (which is about feventeen thoufand and five hundred 
 pounds fterling) for one of his Pi&ures. As much 
 had polycletus for one of his. Apelles had for pain- 
 ting the Pi&ure of Alexander the Great, three thou- 
 fand and five hundred pounds given him in golden 
 ( Coin. C<efar payed to Timomachus eighty Talents, 
 (about fourteen thoufand pounds fterling) for the 
 Pi&ures of Ajaxznd Medea. Many more examples 
 we might produce, butthefe may fufficej at length 
 no price was thought equal to their worth : fo Nicias 
 rather than he would fell his Pi&ure called Necyia to 
 ‘‘King Attains , who proffered him fixty Talents, 
 
 !( (worth near eleven thoufand pound fterling)beftowed 
 Sit as a Prefent upon his Country, 
 id XII. Art meeting with fuck Succejjes, created a bold- 
 nefs in Artificers , to attempt even the greateft matters . 
 iif The great ColoJJes of the Antients may ferve here 
 tdfor an example •, Zeuxis above all the reft, hath been 
 11 admired for his boldnefs : £ upbranor alfo excelled 
 1 Parrhafm in this kind, in that the ‘fhefeus of the one 
 f fo infinitely excelled the Tbefeus of the other. So great 
 \ an excellency of Spirit arofe in the old Artificers, as 
 } not to be daunted by the authority of thofe, who were 
 i like to cenfure their works : it was a great mark they 
 aimed at, to avoid a prepofterous fhame or fear. And 
 i this they accomplifhed by taking care, not only to give 
 them content, who muft of neceflity be contented 
 with the work j but alfo that they might feem ad- 
 mirable unto them which may judge freely without 
 controul. So they heeded to do well in the opinion 
 of accurate and judicious fpedtators, rather than to 
 
 do 
 
248 Polygraph ices. Lib.4, 
 
 do that which liked themfelves. And therefore what- 
 soever is dedicated unto pofterity, and to remain as an 
 example for others, had need be well done, neat, po- 
 liflied, and made according to the true rule and law 
 of Art, forafmuch as it is likely to come into the hands 
 of skilful Artificers, judicious cenfurers, andfuchas 
 make a narrow fcrutiny into every defed. But as it 
 is impoffible to attain to an excellency, or height of 
 any thing without a beginning, fo do the firfi things 
 in going on of the work feem to be the lead s the 
 height ot Arts, as of Trees, delighteth us very much, 
 fo do not the roots s yet can there be no height with* 
 out the roots. And therefore we (hall find that a fre- 
 quent and continual exercife, as it is moft laborious, 
 foitismoft profitable i .feeing nature doth begin, hoft 
 of profit doth advance , and exercife doth accomplijh the 
 thing fought after . In fum, by doing quickly, we 
 (hall never learn to do well i but by doing wellj it is 
 very likely we may learn to do quickly. To this 
 fpeedy and well doing there belongeth three things, 
 viz* to add, to detradf, and to change. To add or 
 detradf, requireth lefs labour and judgment > but to 
 deprefs thofe things that fwell, to raife thofe things 
 that (ink, to tye clofe thofe things which are fcattered, 
 to digeft things that are without order, tocompofe 
 things that are different, to reftrain things that are 
 infolent, requireth double pains: for thofe things 
 may be condemned, which once did pleafe, to make 
 way for inventions not yet thought of. Now with- 
 out doubt, the beft way for emendation is to layby 
 
 the defign for a time, till it feem unto us as new, or 
 
 anothers invention left our own, like new births, 
 pleafe us too much. 
 
 XIII. Laftly, "that which gave the greatefi and as it 
 were k thc lafi Jiep towards the augmentation of Art, 
 
Ch.2 .F arther Ftogrefs ofthefe Arts . 249 
 
 that free liberty which Artizdns gave every one Jo cenfure 5 
 to find fault with their works > and to mar\ their de 
 feds. 
 
 It was the opinion of Seneca , that many would 
 have attained unto wifdorti, if they had not concei- 
 ved themfelves to be Wife already. When Phidias 
 made Jupiter for the Eleans , and (hewed it, he flood 
 behind the door liftning what was commended, and 
 what difcommended in his work: one found fault 
 with the groffnefs of his nofe, another with the length 
 of his face, A third had foinething elfe to fay : now- 
 when all the fpe&ators were gone, he retired himfelf 
 again to mend the work, according to what was liked 
 ot the greater part i for he did not think the advice 
 of fuch a multitude to be a fmall matter, judging that 
 fo many faw many things better than he alone, though 
 he could not but remember himfelf to be Phidias • But 
 yet Artificers did not from hence admit their judg~ 
 ments generally in every thing, but they followed 
 their dire&ions only in fuch things as did belong to 
 their ProfJJion. As when Apelles made a work, he ex- 
 pofed it in a place where all that paffed by might fee 
 it i hiding himfelf in the mean time behind the Pi* 
 &ure, to hear what faults were marked in his works* 
 preferring the common people before his own judg- 
 ment. And he is reported to have mended his work, 
 upon the cenfure of a Sbooe-maker , who blaming him 
 for having made fewer latchets in the infide of one of 
 the Pan toffies, than of the other ; the Shooe-maker 
 finding the work the next day mended according to 
 his advice, grew proud, and began to find fault with 
 the Leg alfo > whereupon Apelles could not contain 
 himfelf any longer, but looking forth from behind the 
 Pidfure, Nefutor ultra crepidam , bid the Shooe-maker 
 not go beyond his Laft i from whence at laft came 
 
 R that 
 
2^o JP olyfff uffhiccst -LiD.zj,, 
 
 that Proverb. He is the beft man that cm advife 
 himfelf what is fit to be done i and he is next in good- 
 nefs, that is content to receive good advice: but he 
 that can neither advife himfelf, nor will be directed 
 by the advice of others, is of a very ill nature. 
 
 Lib. 
 
 CHAP. HI* 
 
 Of the Consummation or Perfection of the 
 Art of Painting . 
 
 LAS Invention gave way to the advancement of Art, 
 
 i\ fo the advancement of the fame made way for its 
 
 Perfection. a . 
 
 The Invention arofe from the appearance or thing 
 
 natural^ conceived in Idea's , as we have abundant y 
 iknified ( in thefirfl Chapter of thin Bool^) the Advance 
 f om the bringing of thofe Idea' > to light throug 
 pradti ct {by Chap. 2 .) from whence aroie things m 
 excellent for greatnefs : very good for their itfptlnejS) 
 choice for their novelty , and fwgularfor their kina. 
 
 11 Eafe of Invention, Plenty of Matter , and NeaWJs 
 ofTPor}{, were Jleps by which Art was confummatt • ® 
 eafe of Invention gave Encouragement, Plenty 
 gave Formation , and Neatnefe gave Delight, al 
 confpired together, to put fo much of emulation i 
 the Artificer, to undertake, or endeavour to dot 
 things, which in their kind might never a ‘ tcr e , e , 
 
 ceeded: this indeed was their aim of old, whic 
 though the antientsof this Art could never attain u 
 to, yet did they make fuch way, that fome ot t 
 followers have done thofe things, which never a) 
 after them could ever mend, nor themfelves Icarcej 
 
1 Chap. 7 he (Perfection of Painting. 25 r 
 
 come near. Eafie invention fprings out of a great 
 and well rooted fulnefs of learning j by being conver- 
 fant in all forts of ftudies, having familiarity with 
 " Antiquities > the knowledge of innumerable Hifto- 
 ricaland Poetical narrations, together with a through 
 s acquaintance with all fuch motions and Idea’s of the 
 mind, as are naturally incident unto men : for the 
 whole force of this Art doth principally confift in 
 thefe things, nothing bearing a greater fway in the 
 ,1 manifold varieties of earning. 
 
 III. It was the opinion o/'Pamphilus (the majler of 
 Apelles ) that without the knowledge of Arithmetic}^ 
 Geometry , and the Opticas, this Art could not be brought 
 *' to Perfection. 
 
 The examples of Phidias and Alcamenes is perti- 
 nently brought here > The Athenians intending to fet 
 ft up the Image of Minerva upon a high Pillar, employ- 
 ft ed thofe two workmen, purpofing to chufe the bet- 
 Idti ter of the two > Alcamenes ( having no skill in Geome - 
 iroi try nor the Opticks ) made her wonderful fair to the 
 eye of them that faw her near. Phidias contrariwife 
 jit f being skilful in all Arts, chiefly the Optickj) confi- 
 i dering that the whole (hape would change according 
 !l to the height of the place, made her lips wide open, 
 
 1# hernofe fomewhat out of order, and all the reft accor- 
 • dingly , by a kind of refupination i the two Images be- 
 is ing brought to view, Phidias was in great danger to 
 have been ftoned by the multitude, until at length the 
 ; Statues were fet up i where the fweet and excellent 
 liroaks of Alcamenes were drowned, and the disfigu- 
 red diftorted hard-favourednefs of Phidias his work 
 vanifhed ( and all this by the height of the place j ) by 
 which means Alcamenes was laughed at, and Phidias 
 much more efteemed. Of like perfe&ion hAmulius 
 his Minerva ? the Image of Juno in the Temple of the 
 
 R 2 Syrian 
 
2%2 
 
 Polygraph ices. Lib, 4. 
 
 Syrian goddefs > the head of Viana exalted at Chios , 
 made by Bnpalus and Anthermus, Hercules m i the Ttm- 
 pleof Antonia, &c. An Artificer, faith Philoftram in 
 JW«i* Icoimfii, muff underhand the nature of a man 
 throughly, to exprefsallhis manners, guife, behavi- 
 our, &c. he muft difcern the force in the conftitution 
 of his cheeks, in the turning of his eyes, in the calling 
 of his eye-brows i in Chort, he muft obferve all things 
 which may help the judgment *, and whofeever is thus 
 furnifhed will doubtlefs excel, and bring things to 
 perfedion > he then may eafily paint a mad-man, 
 an angry man, a penfive man, a joyful man, an earned 
 man, a lover, &c in a word, the perfedion of what- 
 foever may poflibly be conceived in the mind. 
 
 IV. Continual dfirvation of exquifite pieces (Mm 
 Artificial or Natural) nimble conceptions , andtmquH- 
 lity of mind, are great means to bring Art to 
 Vhe works ol the Antients could never have been 
 jfo exquifite in the expreflion of Patfions, but y 
 
 means. How perfedly did Zewxb paint them 
 and chalf behaviour of Penelope '■) c Iimotnachw 
 ging mad ht of Ajaxi Silanion the frowai ne 
 
 A poll odor us *, Protogenes the deep penfiveneis ot 
 lifeun Praxiteles the rejoyemgs of Thyne, Tan / • 
 a boy running in Armour > and Anjhaes 
 ■pauommos dying for love of his Brother. Bo 1 
 Image of Hercules is of the fame nature > 7 
 Brews us the true Image of feign d f nndftrip > J 
 a. in oil lively Image of Jufiice j Apelles an a 
 Pidure of Slander ■> thoufands of exaniP 
 might be drawn out of antient Authors to app 
 thefe things, if thefemay be thought not fafficu. J 
 V. ‘Ibis Perfedion alfo lyetb in the truth of the 
 the occafibn thereof and diferetion to nj'e if ^ 
 
 The moft ancient and famous Painters di . 
 
Chap. 3. The Perfection off aiming. 153 
 
 piach account of Truths and had rather lofe the neat- 
 ne fs and glory of their pieces, than to endanger the 
 truth of their ftory i which indeed is the great com- 
 mendation of a Pi&ure, for as m ichas faith. 
 
 That nothing can be profitable but what proceeds 
 from truth. Occafion alfo is a great matter i the Fi- 
 gure of Bacchus may here ferve for an excellent ex- 
 ample, whofe paffion of love was fo clearly expreiTed 
 therein * calling atide his brave apparel, Flowers, 
 Leaves, Grapes, &c. Now in reprefenting things 
 truly according to the occafion, diferetion ought to be 
 your guide •> for as in Tragedies, fo alfoinPi&ures all 
 things ought not to be reprelentcdi let not Medea 
 (faith Horace in libra de Arte ) Murther her own chil- 
 dren in the prefence of all the people > let not the 
 wicked Atreus boil humane flefh openly > there are 
 doubtlefs many things, which had better be leltout, 
 though with fome lofs of the ftory, than with the lofs 
 ofmodeftyi wanton, unlawful and filthy lulls 
 (though they may gain the vain title of wit yet ) 
 they diminilh not only the eftimation of the work- 
 man, but alfo the excellency of the work, debarring 
 it of perfe&ion. Precepts help Art much, in pro- 
 pounding unto us the right way i but where they fail, 
 our wits rauft fupply, by warily confidcring what is 
 decent and convenient i for this Art requireth fiudi- 
 ous endeavours, alfiduous exercitations, great experi- 
 ence, deep wifdom, ready counfel, veracity of mind, 
 diligent obfervations, and great diferetion. 
 
 VI. To the former add Magnificence , which gives Au- 
 thority to things excellent. 
 
 Great minded men are mod of all given to enter- 
 tain (lately conceits j therefore an Artizan ought to 
 be of a magnanimous nature* if not, yet that at lead 
 fie ought with a determined refolution to aim at mag- 
 
 R 3 njficent 
 
 
2 - 4 Polygraph ices. Lib.4. 
 
 mfieent things. So it feetiis that nature did difpofe 
 Nicflphanes to a high drain of invention > Nicophawi 
 ( faith P/wry, /z 7 >. 3 5. cap* 10 . 3 was gallant and neat, 
 fo that he did paint Antiquities for Eternity, whereby 
 he was commended for the magnificence of his work, 
 and gravity of his Art. Such Artificers therefore as 
 do bring any thing to perfection, mull be of an excee- 
 ding great fpirir, and entertain upon every occafion 
 great thoughts, and lofty imaginations*, by this, 
 means they (hall gain an everlafiing fames but this 
 is impolfible ( faith Longinus ) for any who bufie 
 the thoughts and ftudies of their life about vile and 
 flavifh matters, to bring forth any thing which might 
 deferve the admiration of fucceeding ages. If any At- 
 tizan be not naturally of fo great a fpirit, let him help 
 himfelf by the reading of Hifiory and Peefie *, Hijiory 
 cannot but infpire a magnanimous Spirit , when (here- 
 prefents to us fo many rare exploits, and the examples 
 of fo many great noble and valiant fouls, who through- 
 put all ages, in the midft of mofl eminent dangers, have 
 demonilrated their vertues and fpirits not only to thofe 
 prefent, bu tall fucceeding times* Poefie alfo being ofa 
 
 haughty and lefty ftile, doth much enlarge the mind, 
 and from thence many excellent things are brought: 
 The much admired Elean Jupiter which Phidias made^ 
 himfelf confeffed to be formed after the Image of jf^ 
 piter deferibed in Homer. From the fame poet did A- 
 pelles paint the Image of Viana among the iacrificing 
 Virgins. It is not the prefent age, but the facred me? 
 mory of all pofierity, which gives unto us a weighty 
 and durable crown of Glory. 
 
 VII. ExaCl Analogy or proportion, not only advaned 
 Art , but alfo brought it a degree nearer Perfection . 
 
 Philofiratm calls it Symmetric , fame Analogy, others 
 Harmony •> this is the appellation- of thtOmkj > w ^ at 
 
Chap . 3 • The Perfection of Painting. 255 
 
 the Latins called it fcarcely appears f as Fliny faith lib- 
 ^'Caf .8 ) yet words equivalent in power thereto are 
 found, as Congruence, equality , and Lully (libroprim de 
 Officii* ) calls it Agreement and apt compofition i Vitru- 
 vius, Commodulation \ A gellrn calls it a natural compe- 
 tence '■> Quintilian approves the word Proportion s by 
 which faith Plutarch beautiful things are perfect ed : it 
 is one of thofe things which the mod High ufed in the 
 fabrication of the world ( fVifd. 11.20 ) He hath di- 
 jpofid all things in measure and number and weight . The 
 firft giver of Symmetric or Analogy was Farrhafius Poly- 
 clew, who was a diligent obferver thereof Afclepio- 
 iorus, an exa< 5 t praCtifer thereof, whofc admirer was 
 Apelles^ who efteemed it to proceed out of fome per- 
 fections in an Artificer furpading in Art, and which is 
 moft apparent in naked and undifguifed bodies. Strabo 
 faith, that Phidias exaCtly obferved this proportion in 
 the Image of Jupiter Olimphicus fitting. The fame 
 Phidias, Lucian reports, could exaCtly tell upon the 
 firll fight of a Lions claw, how big a Lion he was to 
 make in proportion to the fame claw. Lineal Picture 
 is the foundation ofall imitation, which if it be done 
 after the true rules of proportion, will lively reprefent 
 the thing delineated : this is a perfection in kind, 
 which yet cannot be compared to the perfection of a 
 coloured PiCture. 
 
 VIII. 7 Vis point of Perfection was further advanced by 
 the exquifiten ej s of Colouring. 
 
 The perfection of Colouring arifeth from a certain 
 right undemanding of each colour Severally, without 
 which it is impoffible to mix any thing rightly, as Her- 
 mogenes faith. The Greekj ( as Porphyrias ) call this 
 mixtion of colours, corruption , which word Plutarch 
 alfo ufed when he faid that Apollodorus ( who firft 
 found out the corruption or way ol fhadowing in co- 
 il q. lpurfj) 
 
2^6 Polygraph tees . Lib.^ 
 
 lours ) was an Athenian . Lucian calls it cow/ajiott, where 
 he faith that by the Art of Painting, Images were 
 made by a moderate confptfion of Colours, as White, 
 Black, Yellow, Red, &c. by which as PhylojiratH! faith 
 in Proxmio Iconum , we know how to imitate the di- 
 verfities of looks in a mad- man, in a fad or chearfjtl 
 countenance j the colour of the eye, as brown,gray or 
 blacks of the hair, as golden , ruddy, bright, or flaxen * 
 of the deaths, as cloth, leather, or armour * of places, 
 as chambers, houfes, forrefls, mountains, rivers, foun- 
 tains, $cc. this is done by the accurate mixtion, due ap- 
 plication, and convenient (hadowing,as Lucian faith in 
 Zeaxidc'i through the obfervation ot light, fhadow ,ob- • 
 f curity and brightnefs,as Plutarch will have it for this 
 caufe, faith Johannes Grammaticus , is a white or gol- 
 den Piffure made upon a black ground. Light is al- 
 together neceffary, feeing there can be no (hade with- 
 out it : light and fhadow cannot fubfift afunder,he- 
 caufe by the one 9 the other is apparent,for thofe things 
 which are enlightned feem tp hick out more, and to 
 meet the eyes of the beholder > thofe which an’ (ha- 
 ded to be deprefled. This fame of light and fhadow, 
 Llicias the Athenian did moll accurately obferve '» as 
 alfo Zeuxis, Polygnotus , and Euphranor, as philoftratus 
 faith in libro fecundo de vitaApolionihcap.p.Apeks pain- 
 ted Alexanders if he held lightning in his hand, Phi- 
 kjiratns obferved the fame in the pi&ure of an Ivory 
 Venus, fo that one would think it an ealie matter to talp 
 hold of her » Paufias arrived to fuch an excellency in 
 this, as fcarcely any after could attain unto,, as 
 the painted Oxe, faith Pliny , which he made inimita- 
 ble. Obfcurity or Var!$nefs is only the duskinds of a 
 deeper fhadow, as brightnefs is the exaltation of light : 
 if white and black be put upon the fame fuperheies, 
 the white will feem nearefl, the black farther oil: this 
 
Chap. The Perfection of Painting. 25 7 
 
 being known to make a thing feem hollow, as a ditch, 
 cave, cittern, well, dec. it is coloured with black or 
 brown > and To much the blacker, (o much the deeper 
 j t feems j extream black reprefenting a bottomlefs 
 depth > but to make it rife, as the breads of a tjiaid, a 
 ftretched out hand, &c. there is laid round or on each 
 jidcfo much black or brown, as may make the parts 
 feem to dick out by reafon of the adjacent hollownefs i 
 brightnefs is fometimes ufed for neceffity, but generally 
 for ornament, ( as in the pidtures of Angels , Gems , 
 Amour l ame^R lower sfj old ^and the like J the which is 
 ■ jnade always with a mixture of light > which mixtion 
 fainters call Harmoge^ but is nothing elfe fave an un- 
 difcernible piece of Art, by which the Artisan Real? 
 ingly pafleth from one colour into another, with an in- 
 fenlible didindfions this Hqrntoge is mod perfedf in 
 the R ainfaw, which containing evident variety of Co- 
 lours, yet leaves them fo indidinguifhable, as that we 
 can neither fee where they begin, nor yet where they 
 end, as Boethius obferves in libri quinti de arte piufica 
 eapite quarto. The lad and chief perfedf ion of colour- 
 ing Jieth in the out-lines, or extremities of the work, 
 being cut off with fuch a wonderful fubtility and fweet- 
 nefs, as to prefent unto us things we do not fee, but 
 that we ffipuld believe that behind thepidfures, there 
 isfomethingmore to befeen,than can eafiiy be difeer ti- 
 ed •> thereby fetting forth, as jt were,thofc things which 
 are really concealed 5 this was Banhafius his chief glory * 
 but herein Apelles exceeded all others whatfoever, as 
 fetroniustn Satyrico feems to affirm. 
 
 IX. A&ion and Pajjion is next to be considered Jen which 
 con fils life and motion , 
 
 There is not any thing that can add a more lively 
 grace to the work, than the extream likenefs of mo- 
 tion, proceeding froti) the inward, 4&i°n or Paffion 
 
 ti ^ * < “ " ’ ‘ “ ’ •' " ‘ Qjf 
 
 1 (;r 
 
258 Polygraphices. Lib.4 # 
 
 of the mind. It is therefore a great point of Art, which 
 leads unto Perfection , the which we are to learn by cart- 
 ing our eyes upon nature, and tracing her Heps. Con- 
 flder all the geftures of the body, as the head, by which 
 is expreffed the affe&ions of the mind. The carting 
 down of the head, (heweth deje&ion of mind , being 
 callback, arrogance s hanging on either fide, languilh- 
 ing, being lUff or fturdy, churl ilhnefs : by it we grant, 
 refufe, affirm, threaten s or palfively are balhful, doubt- 
 ful, fullen, envious, &c. by the motions of the Coun- 
 tenance appears forrow, joy, love, hatred, courtelie, 
 courage, dejection , &c. by the motions of the counte- 
 nance, are exprefl the qualities of the mind, as mo- 
 delly and lhamefacednels,or boldnefs and impudence-, 
 but of all the parts of the countenance, the eyes are 
 moll powerful, for they, whether we move or move 
 not, Ih’ew forth our joy or forrow •, this is excellently 
 cxprell by the Prophet, in L#m. 3. 48. CSTQ'^S 
 ^Dirna iUTErbu Tin palge ma]im tend gneni, 
 gnal Jheber bat gnammi, which fremellm renders, Rivit 
 aqusintm perfluit oculws mens, propter contritionem fili & 
 populi mei : and again HOTH rttJP WV 
 nigger ah veto tidma , i. e. oculus meus deficit nec dfjlit- 
 For the fame purpofe it is that nature hath furnimed 
 them with tears *■> but their motion doth more oipe- 
 cially exprefs the intention, as meeknefs, pride, fp lte " 
 fulnefs, and the like , all which are to be imitated, ac- 
 cording as the nature of the adfion lhall requi^ 35 
 ilaring, clofed, dull, wanton , glancing, asking 01 
 promiling lomething. The eyebrows alio have lo® c 
 anions , for they chiefly command the fore-head f 
 contra&ing , dilating , railing and deprefling ^ > 
 wrinkled brows Ihew fadnefs and angers difplayed, 
 chearfulnefs •, hanging, fhame, elation, confent s de- 
 
 prcflion,diiTent,&c The Lips (hew mocking, (corning: 
 
Chap. 3 - 7 ^ Perfefiion of Painting. 259 
 
 loathing, See. The Arm gently caft forth, is graceful in 
 familiar fpeech > but the arm fpread forth towards 
 one fide, fhews one fpeaking of fome notable matter j 
 without the motion of the hands all motion is maim- 
 ed*. The hands as it were call , difmifs , threaten , requefl, 
 abhor, fear , asl{, demand , promife , <&#}/, doubt, confefs , 
 repent, number , meafure , rejoice, encourage , hefeech , 
 der, reprove , admire, relate , commend , & c. In admira- 
 tion we hold the hand up, bent fomewhat backward, 
 with all the fingers clofed : In relating we join the 
 top of the forefinger to the thumb-nail-: In promifing 
 we move itfoftly: In exhorting or commending, more 
 quick : In penitence and anger, we lay our clofed 
 hand to the bread : Wc clofe the fingers ends, and lay, 
 them to our mouth when we confider, &c. It is not 
 yet enough that the Pi&ure or Image refembles the 
 proportion and colour ofthelife, unlefs it likewife re- 
 fembles it in the demeanour of the whole body *, there- 
 fore Callijiratus calls this Art, the art of counterfeiting 
 manners. Vlyjfes is evidently, faith Pbiloftratus, difeern- 
 cd by his aufterity and vigilancy *, Menelaus by his gen- 
 tle mildnefsj Agamemnon by a kind of Divine Majdly \ 
 Ajax Lelamomus, by his grim look j Locrus by his ready- 
 ne(s and forwardnefs. The beft Artifts ever change 
 their hands, in exprefling of Gods, Kings , Priefts, Sena- 
 tors, Orators , Muficians , Lawyers, &c, Zeuxis painted 
 themodefty of Penelope : Echion made a new married 
 but (hamefaced woman : Arijiides painted a running 
 Chariot drawn with four horfes : Antiphiius made a 
 boy blowing the fire : Philoxenus Eretrius depi&ed the 
 pidure of Wantonnefs : Parrbafius made the Hopliti- 
 des or Pictures of two armed men, as may be feen in 
 Pliny lib. 3 5. cap- 9,, |0, and ij. Boethius made a babe 
 flrangling a goofe : Praxiteles made a weeping woman, 
 and a rejoicing whore ; Eupkranor drew the pi&ure of 
 
 
2 6 o Poljgrctphices. Lib.4 # 
 
 Paris ns a Judge, a wooer and a foldier: See PH n y 
 lib. $^cap.%. where you may have many other ex* 
 amples. It is worth our pains to fee in Callillratm thefe 
 deferiptions at large, whereby we may fee it is a fin- 
 gular Perfedion of Art. 
 
 X. The laftjlep of Perfection U the right ordering and 
 difpofing of things. 
 
 This order or difpofition mud be obferved as well 
 in a pi&ure confiding of one figure, as in a pi&ure 
 of many figures. The nature of man, faith Xenophon 
 in Oeconomico, c annot name any thing fo ufeful and 
 fair, as order ; a confufed piece of work cannot de- 
 ferve admiration *, thofe things only affeCt us, where- 
 in every part is not only perfect in it felf, but alfo well 
 4ifpofed by a natural connexion. It is not enough 
 in a building to bring hair, lime, fand, wood, flones, 
 and other materials, unlefs we take care that all this 
 confufed duff be orderly difpofed to the intent. Nature 
 itfelf feems to be upholden by Order, and fo are all 
 things elfe which arc fubjugated to the fame Law. 
 Now the way 1 to attain to this true order of difpofition, 
 is firfi to conceive the Idea of the hidory in the imagi- 
 nation, that the presence of the things in the mind 
 may fugged the order of difpofing each thing in its pro- 
 per place, yet with that fubtilty that the whole may 
 yeprefent one intire body. Secondly, that the frame of 
 the whole ftru&ure of this difpofition, may be analo- 
 gous to the things themfelves > fo that we nny a t 
 once reprefent things which are already done, things 
 which are doing, and things which are yet to be done » 
 perfecting, as Philoflratits faith, in every one of thefe 
 things, what is mod proper, as if we were bulled about 
 one only thing. ‘Thirdly , an fiidorical Picture mull 
 reprefent the feries of the hidory which although the 
 Picturehe filent, yet that the connexion might ( 
 
 * - , s- 4 wfl I 
 
 / 
 
Chap. 4 The Terfettion of fainting. 261 
 
 were) fpeak, putting the principal figures in the prin" 
 cjpal places. Fourthly , the parts muft be conne&ed 
 eafily rolling on, gently flowing or following one an- 
 other, hand in hand, feemingboth to hold and be up- 
 held, free from all abruption, well grounded, finely 
 framed, and ftrongly tyed up together y that the whole 
 may be delightfome for its equality, grave for its fim- 
 plicity, and graceful for its universal analogical com- 
 pofure. Fifthly , That mofl excellent pieces ( if the 
 hillory will fufler it ) be fhadpwed about with rude 
 thickets, and craggy rocks, that by the horridnefs of 
 fuch things, there may accrew a more excellent grace 
 to the principal y ( juft as difcords in Mufick make 
 fometimes concords ) from whence refultsa Angular 
 delight. Sixthly , That to thefe things be added perjpi- 
 cuhy y which,as Lucian faith, through the mutual con- 
 nexion of things, will make the whole complete and 
 perfect. Seventhly and laftly, that the difpofition of the 
 proportion beobferved, in the due diftance of each fi- 
 gure, and the pofition of their parts, -of which we 
 have faid fomething, Se&ion feventh y but in gene- 
 ral Pliny Clih.35 cap. io ) faith that in this ge- 
 neral difpofition of proportional diftances, we have 
 no rules y our eye muft teach us what to do y to which 
 g mtilian aflents, where be faith, that thefe things 
 admit no other Judgment, but the judgment of our 
 eyes. 
 
 XL Laftly, For the ahfolute Confummation or Per - 
 fettionoftbe Art , excellency of Invention , Proportion^Co - 
 lour , / ife and Difpofition , muft univcrfally concur , and 
 confpire^ to bring forth that cornly gracefulnefs , which is 
 the very life and foul of the mr the intire and joint Sum* 
 of all perfections* 
 
 It is not enough, that a Picture is excellent in one or 
 more of the aforefaid perfe&ions^but the confumma- 
 
 ,tion 
 
262 iPolygraphices . Lib.4, 
 
 tion is, that they all concur j for if but one be want- 
 ing, the whole work is defe&ive. A good invention 
 affe&s the mind's true proportion draws the eyes s 
 lively motion moves the foul s cxquiiite colours be- 
 guile the phantafie s and an orderly difpofition, won- 
 derfully charms all the fenfes s if all thefe unite, and 
 center in one piece, how great an excellence and per- 
 fection will appear ? What a comely Grace ? this Grace 
 it is, which in beautiful bodies is the life of beauty, 
 and without which, its greateft accomplilhments can- 
 not pleafe the beholder. For it is not fo much the per- 
 fedtion of Invention, Proportion, Colours, Motion 
 and Difpofition apart, which affeCt the fenfes , but all 
 tbofe perfettions absolutely united, which brings forth 
 that comely Grace , and highejl Perfection^ which Art 
 aims at, and the Artizan ftrives after. This Grace pro- 
 ceeds not from any rules of Art, but from the excel- 
 lent fpirit of the Artificer s it is ealler attained by ob- 
 fervation and a good judgment, than learn d by Pre- 
 ceptssas Quintilian in his Inftitutions lib . n>cap>i> 
 learnedly obferves. And this Grace is mo ft graceful) 
 when it flows with facility, out of a free Spirit, and is 
 not forced or ftrained out with labour and toil, which 
 quite fpoils and kills the life of the’ work : Now this 
 facility fprings from Learning, Study and exercitati- 
 on. Art and Nature muft concur to the Conftitution 
 of this Grace i Art muft be applied difcreetly to thole 
 things which we naturally affeCi, and not to things 
 which we loath i left we mifs of that Glory which we 
 feek after. 
 
 1 
 
 CHAP* 
 
Chap- 4 * °f defining Saturn. 262 
 
 C H A P. iv. 
 
 How the Aments depitted their gods : 
 and firjljf Saturn. 
 
 W E here intend to comprehend the various ways of 
 the Antients in depicting their Idols ^according to 
 tk cpijhms of thofe fcveral Nations , where they were 
 adored and worfhippedt and that from the moji Ancient, 
 chief eft and heft approved Authors now extant* 
 
 I- The Ancient Romans figured Saturn like an old 
 man, with a Syth or Hook in his hand, by Tome figni- 
 fying Time , as his name Chronos alfo intimates. 
 
 II They alfo figured him in the (hape of a very 
 Aged man, as one who began with the beginning of 
 the World, holding in his hand a Child, which by 
 piece meals he feems greedily to devour. 
 
 By this is ftgnifted the revenge he tool > for being ex- 
 fulfed heaven by his own Children , of which thofe which 
 cfcaped his fury, were only four, Jupiter, Juno, Pluto, 
 ad Neptune, by which U jhadowed forth the four Ele- 
 ments, Fire, Aire, Earth, and Water, which are not 
 pifhable by the all cutting Side of devouring Time . 
 
 III. Martianus Cappella depifts him an old man, 
 holding in his right hand a Serpent, with the end of its 
 tail in its mouth, turning round with a very flow pace, 
 his temples girt with a green wreath, and the hair of 
 his head and beard milk white. 
 
 The wreath on his head Jhews the Spring time , bis 
 jhowy hair and beard, tbe approach of cburlijh winter > 
 tbeftownefs of the Serpents motion , the fluggijh revolution 
 of that Planet, 0 
 
 IV. Macro - 
 
264 Poly graphites. Lib.4 
 
 IV. Macrobius defcribes him with a Lions head, 'a 
 Dogs head, and a Wolfs head. 
 
 By the Lions bead is Signified the time prefent, 
 ( which is always firongefifor that which is mji needs be 
 more powerful than that which is not :) by the T)og{ bend, 
 the time to come, ( which always fawns on us, and by 
 ivhofe alluring delights we are drawn on to vain and un- 
 certain hopes '• J and by the W olfs head, time pafi, (which 
 greedily devoureth whatfoever it finds, leaving no memory > 
 thereof behind* 
 
 V. Macrobins alfo faith that among the reft of his 
 defections, his feet are tyed together with threds of 
 
 Wool. 
 
 By which is Jhewed, that God does nothing in hfi mr 
 fpeedily cafiigates the iniquitl s of man , hut proceeds j 
 (Jowly and unwillingly, to give them time and leifure to 
 amend. 
 
 VI. Eufebius faith, that Afiarte ( the daughter at 
 Ceelum , wife and filter of Saturn ) did place alfo upon 
 his head two wings, demonftrating by the one,theex. 
 cellency and perfe&ion of the mind i by the other, the 
 force of fenfe and underftanding. 1 
 
 *fhe Flatonickj underfiandby Saturn the mind, and its 
 inward contemplation of things coelefiial, and therefore 
 called the time in which he lived , the golden Age, it baity 
 replete with quietnefs , concord , and true content . 
 
 CHAP* 
 
 o 
 
Chip- S' Of depicting Jupiter. 465 
 C H A P. V. 
 
 J 
 
 How the Antkttts depicted Jupiter# 
 
 ♦ . 1 * ■■ ■’ » . • 
 
 I. f~\Rpbeus defcribes him with golden locks, ha« 
 
 V./ ving on his temples peeping forth two gol- 
 den horns, his eyes ftiining, hisbr*eaft large and fair, 
 having on his fhoulders, wings. 
 
 By the golden lochs is fignified the Firmament, and its 
 glorious army of tralucent Stars : by hi s two horns, the 
 Eaft and Weft : by bis eyes , the Sun and Moon : by hvs 
 hreajl, the fpacious ambulation of the air ■> and by his wings 
 the fury of the winds • 
 
 II. Porphyrins and Suida dcpidfure the Image Jum- 
 pier fitting upon a firm and immoveable feat the up- 
 per parts naked and unc!oathed,the lower parts cover- 
 ed and invefted V in his left hand a Scepter i in his 
 right hand a great Eagle, joined with the figure of 
 Victoria* 
 
 Ibis Image was erected in Piraeus, a (lately and mag- 
 nificent gate of Athens : by the feat is Jhewed the perma- 
 nency of Gods power : the naked parts Jhew that the com- 
 paflton of the Divine power is always manifejl totbofeof 
 an underftanding Spirit : the lower parts covered, (hew 
 that while we wallow in the world , and as it were rocl^d 
 ajleep with the illeccbrous blandijhments thereof, that the 
 divine knowledge is bid and ohjeured from us : by the 
 Scepter is fignified his rule over all things: by the Eagle 
 and Vitftoria how all things (land in vajfalage andftbje- 
 ftion to the all commanding power. 
 
 III. Martianus depi&ures him with a regal crown, 
 adorned with moft precious and glittering ftones s 
 over his (boulders, a thin vail (made by Pallas own 
 
 $ hands) 
 
266 Polygraphices. Lib.4* 
 
 hinds) all white, in which is inferted divers fmall 
 pieces of glafs reprefenting the moft refplendent Stars i 
 in his right hand he holdeth two balls, the one all of 
 gold, the other half gold, half Silver jin the other hand 
 an Ivory Harp with nine firings, fitting on afoot- 
 cloth, wrought with ftrange works, and Peacocks fea- 
 thers > and near his fide lyeth a tridental gold embof- 
 
 fedmafs. # . 
 
 17. Plutarch faith that in Crete, he had wholly hu- 
 mane (hape and proportion, but without ears* 
 
 By that was fignified that Super tours and Judges 
 ought not to he carried away by prejudice nor perfmfm i, 
 but fiand firm, fiedf aft and upright to all without psrti- 
 
 ality . , . . . 
 
 V. Contrariwife the Lacedtmonians framed hispi- 
 
 &ure with four ears. 
 
 By that they fignified that God heareth and mdurlhn- 
 deth all things ? and that Princes and Judges ought to 
 hear all informations, before they deliver definitivtjenunce 
 or judgment. 
 
 VI. Paufanios faith that in the temple of Minm 
 ( among the Argives ) the ftatue of Jupiter was made 
 with three eyes i two of them in their right places > 
 the other in the middle of his fore-head. 
 
 By which is fignified his three Kingdoms, the one Ides- 
 ven the other earth the laft Sea. 
 
 VII. With the E leans (a people of Greece) the 
 
 Statue of Jove was compacted of Gold and Ivory, em- 
 paled with a Coronet of Olive leaves > in his right 
 hand the Image of Vittoria =, in his left a Scepter, on 
 the top of which was mounted the portraiture oi an 
 Eagle* upon a eat of Gold, enehafed with the forms 
 of many unknown birds and fiflies, upheld and fop- 
 ported by four Images of Vifioria. , 
 
 VIII. In Carla (a place of the Idler Afi<*) the 
 
 r Statue 
 
Chap. 6. Of depicting Mars. 267 
 
 Statue of Jupiter was made holding in one of his hands 
 a pole-axe. 
 
 fhe reafin of this was, as Plutarch faith, from Hercu- 
 les, who overthrowing Hippolyta the Amazonian Queen, 
 too\ it from her , and gave it to Omphale bit wife a Ly- 
 dian. ‘fhePhtomftsunderllandby Jupiter, the foul of 
 the world > and that divine fpirit , through whofe Al- 
 mighty Power, every thing receives its being and prefer * 
 vation . 
 
 IX. He is alfo painted with long curled black hair 
 in a purple robe, trimmed with Gold, and fitting on a 
 golden throne, with bright yellow clouds difperfed 
 about him. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 Bp 
 
 j Now the ^Antients depicted Mars. 
 
 i I. Ti /fAcrobm faith that the Pictures of Mars were 
 
 IVl adorned and beautified with the Sun beams, 
 in as lively a manner as could be devifedj with an 
 Afpe& fierce, terrible, and wrathful, hollow red eyes, 
 quick in their motion, face all hairy with long curled 
 locks on his head,depending even to his (houlders,of a 
 coal black colour, (landing with a fpear in the one 
 hand, and a whip in the other. 
 
 II. He is alfo fometimes depicted on horfe-back 
 and fometimes in a Chariot, drawn with horfes cal- 
 led Fear and Horror : fome fay the Chariot was 
 drawn with two men, which were called Fury and 
 Violence * 
 
 III. Statius faith he wore on his head a helmet mod 
 bright and (hining* fo fiery as it feemed, there ilfued 
 
 - § 3 flafhes 
 
 
^8 Polygraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 flafbes of lightning i a breaft plate of Gold, infculpM 
 with fierce and ugly Monifers s his fliield depaintedall 
 over with bloud, enchafed with deformed beafis,with 
 afpearand whip in his hands, drawn m a Chariot 
 with two horfes, Fury and Violence-, driven with two 
 churlifh coach- men, Jprath and pejlruttion. 
 
 IV. Ifidorus faith that the Pidure of Mars was de- 
 parted with a naked breaft. 
 
 By which vs Unified that men ought not to he timorous 
 in war, hut valiantly and boldly expofe themfelves to ha- 
 zards and dangers . . . 
 
 V. Statius faith that thehoufe of Mars was built m 
 an obfeure corner of ‘Ihracia , made of r ufiy, black Iron i - 
 the Porters which kept the gates were Horror and Mad- 
 nefs , within the houfe inhabited Fury, Wrath Jmfmy, 
 Fear , Treafon and Violence , whofe governefs was Vif 
 cord , feated in a regal throne, holding in one hand a 
 bright fword, in the other a balln full of humane 
 bloud. 
 
 VI. Ariofto , deferibingthe Court of Mars , iaich,that 
 in every part and corner of the fame were heard moft 
 itrange Ecchos, fearful fhrieks, threatnings, and dif- 
 mal cryes j in the midfi of this Palace was the Image 
 of Vertuc, looking fad and penfive, full of forrow, ail- 
 content and melancholy, leaning her head on her arm : 
 hard by her was feated in a chair Fury in triumph :not 
 far from her fate Death , with a bloudy fiern counte- 
 nance, offering upon an Altar in mens skulls, humane 
 bloud, confccrated with coals of fire, fetch’d from ma- 
 ny Cities and Towns, burnt and ruinated by the ty- 
 ranny of War. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Ch. 7. Depicting Phoebus or Sol, 269 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Hw the Ant ient s depifled Phoebus or Sol. 
 
 I, A if Acrobius faith that in Affyria was found the 
 
 IV A Statue of Apollo , Phoebus or Sol, the father 
 of JEfulapiusr in the form of a young man, and 
 beardlefs, polifhed with Gold, who (fetching out 
 his Arms, held in his right hand a Coachmans whip , 
 and in his left a thunderbolt with fome ears of 
 Corn* 
 
 ‘The Tyrant of Syracufe, Dionyfius, with fury pulled 
 6 fthe beard from the figure of iEfculapiu s, faying it was 
 very incongruous that the father Jhould be beardlefs , and 
 the fon have one fo exceeding long. 
 
 II. Eufebius faith that in Egypt the Image of Sol was 
 fet in a (hip, carried up, and fupported by a Crocodile : 
 and that they ( before letters were invented ) framed 
 the (hape of the Sun, by aScepter, in the top of which 
 wasdexterouily engraven an eye. 
 
 The Scepter fignified Government : the. eye, the power 
 which over- fees and beholds all things. 
 
 III. The Lac£demonians depidted Apollo with four 
 ears, and as many hands. 
 
 By which was fignified the judgment and prudence of 
 God being fwift and ready to hear, but flow tofpeal^and 
 from thence grew that proverb among the Grecians. 
 
 IV. Herodotus reporteth that the Phoenicians had the 
 Statue of the Sun made in black (lone, large and fpaci- 
 ous at bottom, but (harp and narrow at top, which 
 they boafted to have had from Heaven . 
 
 V. Lattantius faith that in Perfia , Phoebus or Apollo 
 tyas-their chiefed God, and was thus de(cribed i he had 
 
 S 3 - the 
 
370 Polygraphices. Lib. 4 . 
 
 the head of a Lyon habited according to the Perfian 
 cutlom, wearing on his head fuch ornaments as the 
 women of Perfia ufed, holding by main force a white 
 Cow by the horns. 
 
 7he head of the Lion Jhewetbthe Suns dominion in the 
 fign Leo j tbs Cow Jhews the Moon , whofe exaltation is 
 Taurus : and his force able holding , the Moons Ecliyf 
 which Jhe cannot avoid. 
 
 VI. Paujanias telleth that in Patra a City of Aebm , 
 a metalline Statue of Apollo was found in the propoi* 
 tion of an Ox or Cow. 
 
 VII. Lucianus faith that the AJfyrians fhaped him 
 with a long beard ( (hewing his perfe&ion > ) upon his 
 bread a (hield > in his right hand a fpear, in the top of 
 which was Vi£loria \ in his left hand Anthos , or the Sun 
 flower : this body was covered with a vedment, upon 
 which was painted the head of Medufa , from which 
 danglded downwards many fwarmsof fnakesi on the 
 one fide of him Eagles flying, on the other fide alively 
 Nymph. 
 
 VIII. The Egyptians compofed the flatue ofthe Sun 
 in the (hape of a man, with his head half (haven. 
 
 By the head half (haven % is fignified that though his 
 beauty or jhiniag may he clouded for a time-,yet that he 
 will return and beautify the fame with his prijtin bright- 
 nefs i as the the growing of the hairs ( which fignifyhh 
 beams ) to their full extent andpcrfetlisn again may de- 
 note. 
 
 IX. Martianus thus defcribes him j upon his head 
 ( faith he ) he wears a royal and gorgeous Crown, in- 
 chafed with multitudes of precious Gemsi three of 
 which beautifie his fore-head-, fix his temples j and 
 three other the hindermpd part of the Crown : his 
 hair hanging down in trelfeSj looks like refined Gold, 
 ajid his C oimtenance wholly like flame 5 his veftmen? 
 
 I • 
 
Chj- Ofdepifting?hcebus or Sol. 2j f 
 
 is thin, fubtil,and wrought with fine purple and gold i 
 in his right hand he holds a bright fhield ; and in his 
 left a flaming fire-brand : on his feet he hath two 
 wings, befet with firy Carbuncles. 
 
 X. Eufebius writeth that in Elephantinopolis (a City 
 in Egypt ) the Image of Apollo was framed to the due 
 likenels of a man throughout the body, fave only, that 
 he had the head of a Ram, with young and (mall horns, 
 andhisafpe& of a Cerulean and blewifh green, not un- 
 like to that of the Sea. 
 
 ‘the bead of the Ram fignifies the Surfs exaltation in 
 the fign Aries j and the younghor ns the change or New of 
 the Moon y made by her conjunction with the Sun, in which 
 Jkelookj blewifh . 
 
 XI. He is alfo drawn with long curled golden hair, 
 crowned with a lawrel in a purple robe a filver bow 
 in his hand, fitting on a throne ot Emeralds. 
 
 fhere might you fee with greateji skill intexcd, 
 fhe portraiture ^/Phoebus lively dfrawn > 
 
 And his fair Sijiers Jhape thereto annexed , 
 
 Wbofs fhining parts feem? d fhadowed o re with lawn « 
 And though with equal art both were explain'd , 
 
 And workmens care gave each of them their due ? 
 
 Tet to the view great difference remain d. 
 
 In habit, Jhape, afpeft, and in their hue. 
 
 For one of them mujl give the day his light : 
 
 And tW other reign Commandrefs of the night . 
 
\ 
 
 Polygraphices. 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 ^ Flow the Antients depicted Vem$. 
 
 I. T T jE,R Statue is framed in the ffiape of a mofi 
 
 I .1 beautiful and young woman, handing upright 
 in a huge (hell of hlh, drawn by two other mofi ugly 
 and ftrange Fifhes, as Ovid at large noteth. 
 
 II Faufanias faith (he is drawn in a Coach,through 
 the airy palfages, with two white Doves ( as Apulms 
 alfo affirmeth) which are called the birds of Venus. 1 
 
 III. Horac-e and Virgil affirm that the Chariot of Vi? 
 r.us is drawn by two white Swans, of which Statius al- 
 fo maketh mention, who faith that thofe birds are 
 moll mild, innocent, and harnllefs,and therefore given 
 unto Venus. 
 
 . IV. Praxitiles an excellent engraver in the Ifland of 
 Guidos-, made her Image naked, and without clothes, 
 as alfo did the Grecians. - •' « •. 
 
 By which was fignified that all luxurious and licentious 
 people-* were hy their inordinate tufts, like heafts deprived 
 of jfeufe , and left as it were naked and defpoyled of ref on, 
 and underftanding j and oftentimes alfo ftripped thereby 
 of their riches , goods and eftates . 
 
 V. Ladantim 'faith that the Lacedemonians framed 
 and compofed the Image of Venus all armed like a 
 Warrior, holding in one hand a fpear, in the other a 
 (hi eld or target. 
 
 And this was by reafon of a certain Victory which the 
 Women of that place got over their enemies , the people of 
 Meffcnia, which fuccefs they fuppofed to have proceeded 
 from the power and affiftance of Venus , as in firing 
 tbefe womens hearts with courage, ftoutnefs and refold 
 
 UQM. ‘ -n ‘l • < : r* ' • • Ik e i ■ 1 
 
 t -■■■ y.i She : 
 
Chap-9- Of depiSling Mercury. 273 
 
 VI. She is alfo depi&ed with yellow hair attired 
 with black i a fcarlet, or elfe dun-colopred robe. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 How the ^Antients depicted Mercury. 
 
 
 I. HP HE Antientsdefcribed him in the fhape of a 
 X young man without a beard, with twofmall 
 wings fixed behind his {boulders and ears, his body 
 almoft all naked, fave that from his {houlders depen- 
 ded a thin vail, which winded and compafled about all 
 liisbody i in his right hand he held a golden purfe, 
 and in his left a Caduceus , or fnaky {faff to wit, a {len- 
 der white wand, about which two Serpents do anno- 
 date and entwine themfelves, whofe heads meet to- 
 gether juft at the top, as their tails do at the lower 
 end. 
 
 ‘this refemblance was called Concordia or Signum Pa- 
 ds j uportepkich it came to pafs-, that Embajjadors , and 
 gnat men in matters of State , carried always in their 
 bandfuch a Ifyeftaff, and were called Caduceators. 
 
 II. Apuleim writeth that Mercury was a very youth, 
 having very firort hair on his head of an Amber co- 
 lour, and curled, having for a veftment only a fubtil 
 and thin vail made of purple Silk. 
 
 III. Martianus Capella deferibes him young, yet of 
 
 a,ftrong and well compofed body , with certain 
 young hairs of a yellowifti colour fprouting out of 
 his chin. . ‘ 
 
 IV. P aufani as laith that in a Province of Corinth, he 
 was depi&ed like a young man carrying a ram upon 
 Jiis {boulders ; gnd thaf a Statu? ( brought from At~ 
 
 r ■ ' * \ ' " cadfa 
 
274 Polygrapbices. Lib.4. 
 
 cadia unto Rome) erected in the temple of Jupiter 0 - 
 lympicus , had on its head a helmet of engraven fteeh 
 and over his (boulder, a ebat, who held under his arm 
 the Image of a ram. 
 
 V. Among fome of the Egyptians his Image was 
 framed with ahead like a dog’s, holding in his right 
 hand a Caduceus or fnaky wand i fhaking with his left 
 a green bough of a Palm. 
 
 By the bead of the dog was underfiood fubtilty and craft i- 
 tieftfw beafi being fofubtil as a dog by the fnaky wand 
 ibe power of wifdom and Eloquence in producing of peace, 
 f gnified by the green palm . 
 
 VI. By fome he was dcpt&cd in the fimilitude ofa 
 very aged man, his head almoft bald, faying that on 
 .the (ides there remained fome few hairs, fhort and 
 curled > his look grim, fevere and fowr i his com- 
 plexion of a tawny, antient hue *, his upper garment, 
 of a Lions skin > in his right hand a huge pole-ax, in 
 his left hknd an Iron bow > at his back hanging a 
 Quiver of fteel-hcaded arrows : to the end of his 
 tongue ^vere faftned many fmall chains of Gold, at 
 whofe 9hds were tysd multitudes of all forts of men, 
 which he feemed to draw unto him •, looking always 
 backward, to behold the innumerable troops of peo> 
 pie following him. 
 
 By this defeription is Jjgnified the all-powerful and at- 
 ttaUive virtue of Eloquence i which by his age is under- 
 Jlood to be found only in old , wife and experienced wen, 
 as being in them more mature andperfett , than in tboft of 
 younger years, of which Homer fpea\s at large in bit 
 Commendation and Praife of Neftor : from whofe month 
 (faith he ) plentifully rolled forth mofl pleafant and did - 
 cidjireams i whofe pen dialled ctyjlalline drops of deli- 
 cious fweetmfs > whofe works and fruits fo compleatly 
 adorned with golden femences , affwageth the malice of 
 
Ch.io. Depttting Diana or Luna. 275 
 
 tlm, and mitigateth and allayeth the flight of forgetful- 
 tie f Si that bis perpetuity is engraven in the brafs-l ca ved 
 books of eternal memory , never to be blotted out. 
 
 VII. He is alfo drawn with long curled yellow 
 hair in a coat of flame colour, with a mantle purely 
 white, trimed with gold and filveri his beaver white 
 with white feathers, hjs (hoocs golden , his rod fij- 
 vcr. 
 
 | CHAP. X. 
 
 How the Aments depiHedDhm or Luna. 
 
 lT~\fana, Cynthia , Lucina or Luna was according 
 \-J to Propertius depi&ed , in the likenefs of a 
 young beautiful virgin •, having on either fide of her 
 forehead two fmall gliftering horns, newly putting 
 forth, drawn through the air in a purple coloured 
 Coach, by two fwift paced horfeS, the one of a fad Co- 
 lour, the other of a white. 
 
 theft tm differing borfes Boccace faith, (hew thatjhe 
 hath pQmr both in the day and night . 
 
 II. Claudianus faith that her Chariot is drawn by 
 two white Bullocks, fwhieh Image the Egipiians wor- 
 ked with great zeal and reverence) having one of 
 their flanks befpotted with divers ftars, and on their 
 heads two fuch fharp horns, as the Moon hath in her 
 chiefeft wain. 
 
 III. Cicero delcribes her flatue ( which he brought 
 
 out of a temple in Gicilia ) of a wonderful height, 
 and large djmenfion, the whole body covered with a 
 thin vail, of a youthful afpe&, holding in her right 
 hand a lively burning torch, and in her left an Ivory 
 bow, with a Quiver of Silver headed arrows hanging 
 It her back. ’ IV. The 
 
 
27^ Polygraph ices. Lib.4, 
 
 IV. The Poets ( who call her the goddefs of hunt- 
 ing and imperial governefs oi Woods and Groves) de- 
 fcribe her in the habit of a young Nymph , with her bow 
 ready bent in her hand, and a Quiver of arrows hang- 
 ing by her left fide * 5 a fwift paced Greyhound fafhyed 
 to her right fide, with a collar about his neck} and 
 after her following troops of Sylvan Virgins , which 
 are chaft, and are called the Nymphs of Diana. 
 
 V. Thefe Virgins and VotreiTes of the Goddefs, we 
 thus defcribe. 
 
 Scarce mountedSoX upon bis glorious Car, 
 
 When ore the lofty hills , and lowly plain , 
 
 Running apace , you might perceive afar 
 A Troop of Amazons topoji amain . 
 
 But when they nearer came untoyour view, I 
 Tou might difeern Diana and her Crew . 
 
 A carelefs crew of lively Nymphs, defpifmg 
 The joyous pleafures and delights of love j 
 Wajting their days in rural fports devifing ; 
 
 Which hvtorv no other , nor will other prove. 
 
 Wmgd with defire to overtake the chafe , 
 
 Away they flung with unrefijied pace. 
 
 7 heir necky and purple veined arms are bare , 
 
 And from their Ivory fhoulders to their knee, 
 
 A Silken veflment ore their skin they wear, 
 
 Through which a piercing eye might chance to fie • 
 
 Clofe to their bodies is the fame engirted , 
 
 Bedecked with pleafing flowrs their inferted. 
 
 Each in her band a Silver bow doth hold, 
 
 With wellfiord quivers hanging at their backs * 
 
 Whofe arrows being fpent they may be bold 
 To borrow freely of each others packs . 
 
 Thus are thefe nimble skipping Nymphs difplfi d, 
 That do attend that Goddefs ? Queen and hlaid- 
 
Ch. ii* of Depicting Jams. 277 
 
 VI. In Arcadia faith Paufanias was a ftatue of Vtar 
 0) covered over with the skin of aHind;atid from her 
 [boulders hung a Quiver of Arrows j in the one hand 
 a burning Lamp, the other leaning upon the heads of 
 twoferpents, and before her feet a hound* 
 
 VII. The Egyptians worfliiped her under the name 
 0 f Ifisi and depidured her covered with a black and 
 [able veftment, in token that (he her felf giveth no 
 light i holding in one hand a Cymbal, in the other an 
 earthvn veffel of water, upon which as Servius faith, 
 many thought her to be the Genius of Egypt. 
 
 By the Cymbal is fhewed the murmuring* and roarings 
 o/Nilus, when it overflows Egypt i and by the other vef- 
 ftltbe nature of the Country , which is moifi and full of 
 U \ [£/, pools and rivers . 
 
 VIII. Sheisalfo depidfed with yellow hair a grafs 
 green mantle, trimmed with Silver-, buskins Silver > 
 bow Golden, quiver of 'various colours. 
 
 IX. ISlympba Diana in white linen to denote their 
 Virginity, and their garments girt about them, their 
 armes and (houlders naked, bows in their hands, and 
 arrows by their (ides. 
 
 CHAP. XI. 
 
 How the Antients depifted Janus. 
 
 I. T Anus is depi&ed with two faces in the one of his 
 
 J hands is a long rod or wand i in the other 
 a Key. 
 
 Me two faces of Janus fignifie time i the one being 
 withered and hoary , Jhews time pafl > the other youthful 
 and hear (lief s? time to come , 
 
 II. Pliny 
 
278 Polygrapbices. Lib 4,' 
 
 II. Pliny faith that Nttma King oftheRow^cau* 
 fed the ftatue of Janus to be hewed out in fuch fort, 
 that the fingers of his hands appeared to be three hun- 
 dred fixty five, to fhew that he was God of the year, 
 whereupon they called the firft month of the year Ja* 
 nuarirn , from Janus their God. 
 
 Vnder the feet of Janus it oftentimes placed twin 
 Altars , Jhewing thereby the months of the year , or figni 
 of the Zodiac ^ , through which Sol makes his rmh' 
 tion . 
 
 III. The Phoenicians-^ as Cicero and Macrobm report, 
 framed his Image in the form of a ferpent, holding her 
 tail in her mouth, and continually turning round. 
 
 IV. Some depicted Janus with four faces, (as were i 
 
 thofe ftatues which were found in divers places of 2#/*s 
 cany . ti 
 
 By the four faces was ftgnified the four feafons of ik : j 
 year, Spring, Summer, Autumn and Winter; which 
 fome think^to be Venus, Ceres, Bacchus W Vulcan j 
 and fmetimes the winds with fEolus their Commoner. 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 How the Ant tents depicted Aurora. 
 
 I. T T Omer deferibes her like a young Virgin, having j 
 JTL her hair difheveled, and hanging loofe about j 
 her fhoulders being of the colour of the pureft gold, 
 fitting in a golden chair, with all her veftmentsof that 
 hue and colour. i 
 
 II. . Virgil faith, that upon the inftant time of the fa- 
 ble nights departure, fhe cometh with one of net 
 hands full of Rofes, Gilliflowers and Lillies> 
 
 out 
 
Chap. 1 3 • Ofdepiftng Juno. 279 
 
 out of a basket which (he carries in the other hand 
 which fhe befprinkles on the marble pavement of the 
 lower Heavens, adorning the Sun with unfpeakable 
 beauty. 
 
 III. Others deferibe her, holding in one hand a 
 flaming torch, and drawn in a gorgeous and ftar be- 
 fpotted Chariot, by winged Pegafus > which favour (he 
 obtained of Jupiter by many importunate requefts,pre- 
 fently after the downfal of Belleropbon. 
 
 IV. She is as it were the Herald and Meffengerof 
 fbxbtit, who receives her being from the vertue of 
 his beams j and is no other but that rubicund and Ver- 
 milion blufh in Heaven, which Sol's firft appearance 
 worketh in the Orient > and from thence defending 
 beautifies our Hemifphere with fuch a rcfplendency.See 
 the tenth Se&ion of the one and twentieth Chapter of 
 the firft Book. 
 
 V. She is alfo depi&ed in a purple robe, in a blew 
 | mantle fring’d with filver. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 How the Ant ie fits depicted Juno. 
 
 I. QH E was fet forth by the Ancients like a middle 
 aged woman, holding in one hand a filver vef- 
 fel, in the other a (harp Spear: and Homer faith (he 
 was drawn in a Chariot gliftering with precious 
 Hones i whofe wheels were Ebony, and their nales 
 fine filver, mounted upon a filver feat > and drawn 
 withhorfes, which were faftned with chains ofgold. 
 II. She is oftentimes depicted with a Scepter in her 
 
 hand. 
 
2§o Polygraph ices. Lrb.4; 
 
 hand, to (hew that (lie hath the bellowing of Govern- 
 ments, Authorities and Kingdoms. 
 
 ill. Martian us depi&s her ( fitting in a chair un- 
 der Jupiter ) with a thin veil over her head, with a 
 Coronet upon it,inchafed and adorned with many pre- 
 c'ous Jewels > her inward vefiment fine and glittering; 
 over which depended a mantle of a fad and darkiOt 
 colour, yet with a fecret finning beauty j her fhooesof 
 an obfcure and fable colour v in her right hand a 
 thunderbolt > and in her other a loud noifed Cym- 
 bal. 
 
 IV. Paufanias faith that in a temple in Corinth, her 
 ftatue f made of Gold and Ivory ) was adorned with 
 a glorious Crown, on which was infculped the pictures 
 of the Graces , with a Pomegranate in the one hand, * 
 with a Scepter ( on the top of which a CuckowJ in 
 the other : for that Jupiter , when he was firft enamou- 
 red of Juno, transformed himfelf into that bird. . , 
 
 pouching thisjiory ( and others of likg kind ) Pan- i 
 fanias faiths that although he did not believe fuch things 
 to be true , nor any other s, which are fo written of the Gods > 
 yet faith he-, they are not altogether to be rejetted) in that ' 
 there were no fuch things reported but that they were im- 
 pleated and filled with myjleries , and carried in them' 
 [elves an inward meaning, and fecret undemanding) the ■ 
 which no doubt fame might by their writings have ttnjha- j 
 do wed, if the tyranny of fore puffed times had not destroyed j 
 and obliterated the fame . 
 
 V. Tertullian writeth that in Argos a City in Greece, 
 the ftatue oijuno was covered all over with the boughs 
 of a Vine, and underneath her feet lay the skin of a 
 Lion, which difeovered the hatred and difdain (he 
 bare towards Bacchus and Hercules , to whom ( as the 
 Poets fay ) (he was flep-mother. 
 
 VI. Some have pointed her a middle aged woman, 
 
 holding 
 
Ch. 14. Deputing Ops or Tellus. 28 1 
 
 holding in one hand a poppey flower or head > wi th a 
 yoke or pair of fetters lying at her feet. 
 
 By the yoke was meant the band of marriage ^ -which 
 tyeth man and wife together ; and by the Poppey-, fruit - 
 fulnefs or the innumerable iffue of children , which are 
 brought forth into the world ( fignified by the roundnefs 
 of the Poppey head , and its numberltjs feeds therein con- 
 tained' ) From fence many fuppofe her to be the goddefs 
 of marriage' 
 
 VII. She is alfo painted with black hair and Eyes* 
 adorned with a sky- coloured mantle sor pied^ wrought 
 with Gold and peacocks eyes > like the orient circles 
 in the peacocks traines. 
 
 CHAP; XIV, 
 
 Hove the Antlents depitfed Ops or Pellus, 
 
 I, \ ff Artianm faith, that Ops ("the wife of Saturn j 
 IV L is an old woman, of great bignefs, continu- 
 ally bringing forth children, with whom (lie is encom- 
 pafTed and let round, going in a green vettment, with 
 : a veil over her body, fpotted with divers colours* 
 wrought with infinite curious knots, and fet with all 
 forts of Gems and Metals; , > 
 
 II. Varro ( out of Boccace ) thus defer ibes her i (he 
 iscrowned ( faithhe) with a Crown infculpt with 
 Caftles and Towers ', her apparrel green, over (haded 
 ' with boughs •, in the one hand a Scepter, in the other 
 a Ball or Globe •, and near to her a Chariot of four 
 wheeles, drawn by four Lions. 
 
 By the Crown in fignified the habitations of the earth | 
 by the greenefs and bought 4 the increafe thereof ? 
 
 T by 
 
2 Si <Po!ygraphices> Lib. 4, 
 
 by the Scepter , the Kingdoms and Governments of the 
 world V &)’ ball , toundnefs thereof •> &)> the Chariot , 
 
 the continual motion , change and alteration of things , by 
 the Lions, the wifdom and jlrength of mankind, by which 
 things are carried on and managed . 
 
 III. Ifukrus faith that this Goddefs was painted 
 holding a key in one of her hands : which thews that 
 in the winter the bow T els of the earth are locked up by 
 rtafon of cold •, which at the approach of Spring and 
 Summer is unlocked again. 
 
 IV. She was fometimes depi&ed in the form of an 
 ancient woman, having her head circumcind with 
 cars of corn, holding in her hand a poppey head: 
 drawn in a Chariot (as Orpheus faith ) with two fierce, 
 and untamed Dragons. 
 
 V. The earth is alfo called Ceres , which many have ! 
 depicted with torches, lights and fire-brands in her 
 hands', as Traxiteles in a temple, feated upon a pro- 
 montory of Attica . 
 
 VI. She is alfo pictured in a long green mantle. 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 r 1 . ’ ’ ,ra 
 
 Hove the Antic fits depicted Neptune citid the 
 
 Sea Gods. 
 
 I. TV' T Eptune among the Ancients is depainted with 
 L\ feveral countenances, fometimes with mild 
 and pleafant looks, fometimes with lowringand fad, 
 and at other times with a mad, furious, and angry 
 afpedf •, naked, holding in his hand a filver trident or 
 forked mace, handing upright in the concavity of a 
 great Sea (hell, forcibly drawn by two monfirous hor- 
 

 Chap. 1 5. Of depiffingNeptime. 283 
 
 fes, which from the middle downwards have the pro- 
 portion and fliape of fifties, as Statius faith. 
 
 fhat variety of Afpetts ( according to Virgil and 
 Homer ) U given him from the Sea , in that it at fundry 
 times Jheweth it felf fo : and the trident , the three Guffs 
 of the Mediterranean Sea. 
 
 II. Sometimes he is depainted with a thin veil 
 hanging over one of his fhoulders, of a Cerulean or 
 blewi/h colour. 
 
 III. Lucianus fetteth him down with marvellous 
 longhair hanging down over his fhoulders, of a very 
 fad and darkifh colour. 
 
 let Servius and others affirm that all the Gods of the 
 Sea were for the moji part in the Jhape of old men with 
 white and hoary hairs? proceeding from the froth or fpume 
 , , of the Sea. 
 
 IV. Plato defcribes him in a fumptuous Chariot, 
 holding in one hand the reins of a bridle : in the other 
 a whip, drawn by Sea-horfes galloping. 
 
 V. Martianus defcribes him of a greenifh complexi- 
 on, wearing a white Crown : fignifying thereby the 
 fpume and froth of the Sea. 
 
 VI. Glaucus ( another Sea God ) faith Philofiratus? 
 hatha long white beard and hair, foft and dropping 
 about his fhoulders > his eyes green and gliflering i his 
 brows full of wrinkles, and green fpots y his breaft all 
 over-grown with greenifh Sea weed or mofs, his belly 
 and from thence downwards fifh like, full of fins an d 
 fcales. 
 
 VII. Galatea ( a Sea Goddefs) is defcribed ( by 
 thefaid Philojhatus ) to be drawn in a llrange framed 
 Chariot, by two mighty Dolphins, which were guided 
 by two filver reins held in the hands of old iriton? s 
 daughters i over her head, a Canopy made of Purple 
 lilk and filver, with her hair hanging carelefly over her 
 
 T 2 fhoulders. 
 
3?4 Polygraphices. Lib. 4 , 
 
 (houlders. See her deferihedas a Nymph Chap 3 i.Sctt ,7. 
 
 VIII. Oceania fthe father of all the Sea Gods) faith 
 Inhales Milefmjs depainted> drawn on a glorious Cha- 
 riot, accompanied and attended with a mighty com- 
 pany of Nymphs i with the face of an old man, and a 
 long white beard. 
 
 IX. JEolus is depainted with fwoln blub cheeks, 
 likeonethat with main force Drives toblowablafh 
 two fmall wings upon his (boulders, and a fiery high 
 countenance. 
 
 Fie is called the God and Kuler of the winds , rvhofe 
 dejeriptions arc in the three and twentieth Chapter of the 
 firji Book. 
 
 X. Thetis ( another Sea Goddefs ) is depicted by 
 
 the flxtb Scdton of the one and twentieth Chapter of | 
 the firft Book. \ 
 
 XI. Neptune is alfo depided with long hoary hair, j 
 in a blew or Sea-green mantle trimmed with Silver, 
 riding k^a blew Chariot, or on a Dolphin ofa brown 
 black colour, with a Silver trident in his hand. 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 How the Antients depicted Nemefis* 
 
 I. Q HE was by Microhius detfeuhtd. with wings on 
 O her fhoulders 5 hard by her fide the rudder ofa 
 (hip, (lie her felf handing upright upon around wheel? 
 liolding in her •right hand a Golden ball, in the other 
 a whip 
 
 H. She is often depided, holding the bridle of an 
 horfc in one hand, and in the other a half. 
 
 1 U. ( b>yfip[M fas ./lulus Cdlius faith ) deferibed 
 
 her 
 

 Cl'i. i 7- Of Defining Pan. 285 
 
 her like a young Virgin, beautiful and mpdeft, with 
 an eye prying round about her, ’for which caufe the 
 ancients called her the all-difcerning Lady. 
 
 JbU Nemefis, as Paufanias and Amianus Marcelli- 
 nus fay-> was held to be the Goddefs of Punifhments , who 
 cafligates the offences of MalefaUors, with pains and tor- 
 ments according to their fins and demerits i and reward- 
 ing the vertuous with honour and dignities : (he was the 
 daughter of Juftitia ( who dwells and inhabits very fe- 
 cretly , within the houfe of Eternity , recording the offences 
 of the wicked ) and a moji fevere and cruel punifher of 
 amgancy and vain glory. Macrobius faith, that this 
 Nemelis was adored among the Egyptians ( by them cal- 
 led alfo Rhammufia ) as the revenger and chief enemy of 
 bide , Infolency , and Haughtinefs '•> and that Jhe bid 
 trett and dedicated unto her , a mofflately and ntagnifique 
 jhtue of Marble. 
 
 CHAP. XVII. 
 
 How the Antients defined Pan. 
 
 I, Y} An (the God ofFlocks and Sheep ) is from the 
 X middle uppwards in proportion like a man, 
 with his face ruddy and fanguine, being very hairy v his 
 skin and breaft covered with the skin of a fpotted Doe 
 or Leopard i in the one hand a (hepherds hook, in the 
 other a whittle : from the middle downwards the per- 
 fed Ihape of a goat, in thighs, legs and feet. 
 
 II. Jujline faith, that Pan s Statue was made in a 
 temple in Rome, near the hill Palatine , appearing to 
 the view all naked, laving that it was Slightly enflia- 
 dpwed and covered with a Goats skin. 
 
 T £ Thereby 
 
 
286 Foljgraphices . Lib.4, 
 
 thereby is figniftcd that ( as it was reputed in thofe 
 days ) Pan kept his habitation among Hills , Woods and 
 Groves , who was indeed moft of any adored and worjhiped 
 by Shepherds ^as he that had the peculiar care and Govern' 
 merit of their flocks. 
 
 III. Goat'-eardVm^hif fmalltipt new grown horns 
 Advance themf elves , about whofe either fde 
 A flowry Garland twines , and there adorns 
 Hu curled ‘temples with a wondrous Pride . 
 
 His face is of a high and reddifh blujh , 
 
 From which hangs down a ft iff rough feard or kjh> 
 And for his bodies vefture he doth wear 
 Thefineft skin of the moft fpotted Doe> ' 
 
 1 hat ever any in thofe woods did bear , 
 
 Which from his ftjoulder loofe hangs to his toe . 
 
 And when he walk , /, he carries in hu hand 
 A Shepherds hook i? made of a knotlcfs wand . 
 
 Servius faith, by the horns is (ignified either the 
 Beams of the Sun, or New of the Moon, at what time 
 the is horned : his red face fignifies the element of tire: 
 his long beard, the Air : his fpotted garment, the 
 Barry firmament : his Shepherds hook, the rule and 
 Government of nature. 
 
 IV. After the form of Pan were the Fauns , Sylvans, 
 Satyres and Fairies fet forth, having little fhort horns 
 growing on their heads, with final) ears, and fhort 
 tails : • i,: ‘ » 
 
 / hefe are held among fame people in very great regard 
 and obfervance , being of a Wonderful fpeed in running* 
 Plutarch writeth , that there was one ofthefe brought and 
 prefented for a rare gift unto Sylla, as he returned front 
 the wars dgainft Mithridates. * : : ■ 
 
 i; v - rtounderftandeth by Pan , Reafonand Know. 
 
 > : ' Vi ; ~ )edke> 
 
Chap. 1 8. Of JepiSHng Pluto. 287 
 
 ledge i which is twofold •, the one of a man the other 
 of a bead : by the upper part of Pan-, he iignifies truth, 
 accompanied with Reafon > which being Divine, Ijfteth 
 m an up towards Heaven : by the lower parts of him 
 is fignified the falfenefs, bealllinefs and rudnefs cf 
 thole, which living here in the World, are only de- 
 lighted with the pleafures and foolilh vanities thereof. 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 How the Ant tents dept fled Plato. 
 
 I. Ifc ffArtianus faith that fitteth (in the lower 
 
 lVj region ) majellically in a chair, holding in 
 one of his hands a black imperial Scepter, and on hjs 
 head a (lately Crown *■> at whofe left hand fitteth his 
 wife Proferpina , attended with many Furies, and evil 
 Spirits , and at whofe feet lyeth chained the Dog 
 
 Cerberus . / . 
 
 II. The ancients alfo have painted him drawn in a 
 Chariot, drawn with four furious black horfes, from 
 out whofe fiery nollrils proceedeth thick and ill-fa- 
 voured fmoak, as Claudianus faith. 
 
 III. Some fay that his head is encircled with a gar- 
 land of Cyprefs leaves j others with Narciffut leaves. 
 
 Pbe firjl (hew fadnefs and horror , ufed in burials, and 
 J about the dead : the ether are more grateful , and are ujcd 
 in memory of the untimely death of that youth* 
 
 IV. Charon ( Pluto's Ferriman, which carries fouls 
 over the three rivers of Hell ,Acheron->Cocytus and Styx) 
 isdefcribed old, yet exceeding llrong, with a black 
 mantle hanging loofely over his Ihoulders, as Boccace 
 and Servius lay. 
 
 T 4 By ■ 
 
^S8 Tolygrafhices. Lib. 4, 
 
 By Charon is underjhod time > and whereas he it ty- 
 po fed to have the tranfportation of fouls from the one fide 0 f 
 thofe rivers to the other, thereby is fignified, that time, fo 
 foon as we are horn and brought forth into the world, doth 
 carry us along by little and little unto our deaths i aadfo 
 fetietb us over thofe rivers, whofe names by interpretation 
 fignifie forrowfulnefs, for that we pafs this life with mi- 
 fry and adverfity, 
 
 V. He is alfodepidled with long, curled black hair i 
 in a robe of cloth of Gold. 
 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 How the Antic ms depicted the Parc#, cr Sifters, 
 
 J. *"'pHE Sifters which are called Vane , ar ? 
 
 I fa id to attend upon Vluto, which are three, 
 
 and are called Clotho , Lachefis and Atropos . 
 
 II. Clotho t akes the charge of the Births and nati- 
 vities of mortals : Lachefis of all the reft of their life* 
 and Atropos of their death, or departure put of this 
 yvorld. 
 
 III. They arc all three depidfed fitting on a row? 
 yery bufily employed in their feveral offices, the 
 youngeft Sifter drawing out pf a Diftaff a reafonable 
 big thread : the fecond winding it about a wheel, and 
 fuming the fame, fill it becomes little and {lender: tfic 
 (ddeft ( which is aged and decrepit ) flood ready with 
 her knife, when it fhpuld be fpun to cut it off. 
 
 ly. And they ate deferibed to be inverted with 
 white veils, and little Coronets on their heads, Wt ea# 
 
 of the flowers pf Nar 
 
 QBAft 
 
 thed about vyitb garlands, mad 
 Ms? 
 
Chap- 20 - Of depicting Minerva. 289 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 How the Antients depicted Minerva, or Pallas, 
 
 I. \ /Tlnerva (as taken for Bellona ) Licophrones faith, 
 
 iVJ was depidted with a flaming flre-brand in 
 her hand by the Antients. 
 
 II. Molt writers have deferibed Minerva in the 
 {liape of a young woman, of a lively and frefh counte- 
 nance, yet of an angry look, fix’d ftedfaft eye of a 
 blewilh green colour, compleatly armed at all wea- 
 pons, with a long Spear in the one hand, and in the 
 other a Cryftal (Meld, or target : upon her helmet a 
 garland of Olive branches, and two children, Fear and 
 Horror, by her fide with naked knives in their hands, 
 feeming to threaten one another. 
 
 III. Paufanias faith that in Greece , the ftatue of Mi’ 
 nerva was made with an helmet, on the top of which 
 was the fliape of a Spbynx i and on the fides thereof 
 two carved Griffins. 
 
 IV. Phidias making her ftatue in Greece , placed on 
 the top of her Helmet the form of a Cock. 
 
 V. She was alio painted in Greece , fitting on a ftool, 
 and drawing forth little fmall threads from a diftaff l 
 for that the Ancients fuppofed her to be the inventrefs 
 of fpinning and the like. 
 
 VI. Laftly (he is depi&ed with a blew mantle em- 
 broider’d with Silyer : and is called the Goddefs of 
 Wifdom, 
 
 . % 
 
 CHAP. 
 
290 
 
 Poljigraphices. Lib.4 
 
 CHAP. XXI. 
 
 How the Antients defined Vulcan. 
 
 I. T JVkan is depi&ed,ftanding, working and ham- 
 V mering in a Smiths forge, on the hill Etna, 
 framing Thunderbolts for Jupiter, and fafhioning Ar- 
 rows for the God of love. 7 he opinions which, the An- 
 cients had of Vulcan were various > in which refect he is 
 Jkaped fometimes in one form, fometimes in another . 
 
 II. Some make him lame of one leg, of a very black 
 
 and fwarthy complexion, as it were all fmoaky , of a 
 general ill fhaped proportion in all his Lineaments j 
 and becaufe that he is the husband of Venus , often de- 
 pidf ure her with him. i 
 
 III. Alexander Neapolitanus relateth that in one 
 place of Egypt, was ere$ed the ftatue of Vulcan, which 
 held in one ofits hands, the true and lively proportion 
 of a mole > and in his other hand a Thunderbolt. 
 
 fbe mole was fo placed , becaufe they thought he 
 fent unfpeakable numbers of moles among them , as a 
 plague to them, which did eat , gnaw, and defirey every 
 thing which was good. 
 
 IV. He is alfo painted lame in a fcarlet robe. 
 
 CHAP. XXII. 
 
 How the Antients depiffied Bacchus. 
 
 *•' P HUoftratus faith that his ftatue was framed in 
 1 the likenefs of a young man without a bear , 
 of a corpulent and grofs body, his face of an high co- 
 
Chap.22. Of ckpitting Bacchus. 291 
 
 lour and big *, about his head a garland of Ivy leaves ? 
 upon his temples two fmall horns j and clofe by his 
 (idea certain beaft, called a Leopard ox Panther. 
 
 fhis defiription is drawn from the nature ofwine y ( of 
 which as the Poets feign , Bacchus is the God J whofe in - 
 venter and finder out was certainly Noah, which not only 
 Mofes, hut alfo Jofephus and Ladantius Jpecially af- 
 firm \ wherefore fome fuppofe him to be this God Bac- 
 chus. 
 
 II. Claudianus faith, that his Image or Statue is 
 made all naked ; thereby (hewing the nakednefs of 
 thofe which abufe themfelves with wine, by which 
 they reveal and open thofe things which ought to be 
 concealed and kept hid. 
 
 III. Diodorus Siculus faith, that Bacchus among the 
 Grecians was depided in two feveral forms,the one of 
 averyaged man, with along beard, ftiff and thick*, 
 the other of youthful years, of a pleafant and amorous 
 afpeft. 
 
 By thefirfi isjhcwed the ejfetts of the intemperate ufe of 
 me , which overcome $ nature and brings with it old age : 
 
 | y the other , how it cherijhes and revives the hear /, ufed 
 moderately . 
 
 IV. Macrobius faith, that Bacchus was framed fome- 
 times in the likenefsof a young child, fometimes of a 
 youth, fometimes of a man > and fometimes in the 
 jikenefs of decrepit old age. 
 
 By thcfe was fignified the four feafons of the year , the 
 vine being dedicated to Sol, in whom they all exijh 
 
 V. This Pidure was made in the likenefs of a Bull 
 (among the Cirenians, a people inhabiting the farther 
 part of Perfia. ) 
 
 Lhe reafon hereof was becaufe Proferpina ( the daugh- 
 ter of Jove) brought him forth in that form. 
 
 VL Philofiratus faith, that Bacchus was oftentimes 
 
 * k ; ‘ ' ! \ : ? ';s ’ • ! -f ( •; i ft 4 . .. -a j 
 
 
 -P4+4- : * J 
 
292 Poljgraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 drawn clothed in womens garments, and in a long pur- 
 pie robe i wearing upon his head a Coronet of Rofes, 
 with companions and followers, all in like loofe and 
 wanton garments, fafliioningthemfelves fome like ru- 
 raj Nymphs, as the Vryades , Oreades,&c. fome like Sea 1 
 Nymphs, as Nereides , Syrens , &c. fome like Satyns, 
 Fauns , and Sylvans,& c. 
 
 The rvomens garments /hews that wine makes a man 
 faint, feeble, and unconjiant like to a woman. 
 
 Vi. Paufanias faith, that among the E leans, the pi- 
 cture of Bacchus was made with a long beard, and 
 clothed with a long gown hanging to the feet i in one 
 hand a (harp hook, and in t he other a boul of wine, and :i 
 roundabout him many Vine-trees and other fruitful! 
 plants. I 
 
 VII. The Statue of Bacchus alfo, was fometimes feti 
 forth and adorned with Coronets made of fig-tree, 
 leaves, in memory of a Nymph ( as fome fay ) called 
 Syca , which was by the Gods metamorphofed into 
 that plant. 
 
 In like manner , the Nymph Staphilis ( on whom Bac- 
 chus was in like manner enamoured) was transformed] 
 into the Vine, from whence it is that thofe plants an fo ex- 
 ceeding grateful and pleafant unto this God. 
 
 VIII. He is painted alfo with fhort brown curled 
 hair, with a Leopards skin, or in a green mantle, a 
 tauny face, with a wreath of Vine brandies. 
 
 CHAP, 
 
Chap .23. Of depicting F ort tine. 
 
 293 
 
 CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 How the intients de pitied Fortune. 
 
 J, "C Or tune was depi&ed by fotne with two faces 
 
 1 one white and well-favoured j the other black, 
 
 and ugly.. • 
 
 And this rvas becaufe it was held , that there were two 
 fortunes-, the one good , from whom came riches , happinefs , 
 quiet, content and pleafure : the other bad , form whom 
 rime wars , ajfliPlions, croffes, difajlers, calamities-, and all 
 other miferies whatfoever. 
 
 II. The fhebeans made her in the fhapeof a wo- 
 man i in one of hey hands a \ oung child, to wit, Pluto 
 or Riches. 
 
 So that in the hands of Fortune-, they put the difpofmg 
 of Wealth, Honour , Glory and aU Happineffes . 
 
 III. Martianus deferibes her a young woman, al- 
 ways moving i covered with a garment of the thinned 
 (ilk-, her deps uncertain, never reding long in a place j 
 carrying in her fpacious lap the univerfal fulnefs of 
 the treasures, riches, honour and glory of this world 
 which in hady manner ( with her hand J (lie offers ; 
 which offer, if not'indantly received, was utterly lodi 
 in her right hand a white wand, with which fhe fmites 
 inch as offend her, flight her kindnefs, or are not nim- 
 ble enough to receive them. 
 
 Oh cruel Fortune, flepdame to all joys, 
 
 Phat difinherits us from fweet content , . 
 
 Plunging our hopes in troubled Serfs annoyes ? 
 
 Depriving us of that which nature lent ! 
 
 When 
 
294 Poiygraphices. Lib.4, 
 
 When will thy "proud inputting humour ceafe , 
 ajfwage the [arrows of an only one ? 
 lb at free from care *>its foul may live in peace-, 
 
 And not he metamorphos’d into jlone . 
 
 But why entreat t thy unstable heart , 
 
 Knowing thy greateft pleasure, thy delight 
 Confifts in aggravating mortals fmart 
 Poyfon 7 d with woes, by venom of thy fpight ? 
 
 *Tis what thou wilt , muftfiand , the rejl muJi faH , 
 
 All humane Kings pay tribute to thy might :* 
 
 And this muji rife, when pleafeth thee to call, 
 fhc other perijh in a woeful plight. 
 
 And this is it, that chokes true vertues b're'ath, 
 Making it dye, though Jhe immortal be : 
 
 Fruitlefs it tnakgs it i fitbjeU unto death , 
 
 Ho fatal darknefs, where no eye can fee . 
 
 Oh come you wounded Souls , conjoin with me » 
 
 In fome adumbrate thicket let us dwell , 
 
 Some pi ace' which yet the Heavens ne’r did fee , 
 
 Hhere let us build fome defpicahle Cell. 
 
 Strength, Beauty, perijh : Honours fly away • 
 
 And with EJiates , Friends vanifh and decay* 
 
 IV. In a temple in Greece , Fortune was made in the 
 
 form of a grave Matron, clothed in a garment agree- 
 able to fuch years, whole countenance feemed very lad >, 
 before her was placed the Image of a young Virgin ° 
 a beauteous and pleafant afpedt, holding out her nan 
 to another j behind thefe, the Image of a 
 child, leaning with one of its arms upon the Ma| 
 
 tron. a- h 
 
 The Matron is that Fortune , which is already faft > * * 
 young Virgin, that which now is : and the young cn 
 beyond them bath 5 is that which is to come . r 
 
 V, Quintus Curtiuj faith, that among the people o 
 ^ 3 Scytbtt) 
 
Chap.23* Of defitting Fortune. 295 
 
 Scythia , Fortune was depicted in the form of a woman 
 without feet, having round about her at her right hand 
 a number of little wings. 
 
 Being without feet , Jhews that /he never ftandj firm > 
 and the many wings Jhew , her gifts and favours are 
 
 nofooner given , are prejently loji^ and do as it were fly 
 0ay again , before they be fully poffejfed. 
 
 Vi. Alexander Neapolitanus relateth that in Greece 
 her Image was made wholly of Glafs i to (hew that 
 her favours are brittle, and fubjed to fudden de- 
 cays. 
 
 VII. Cebes the Philofopher refembled Fortune unto 
 a Comedy , in which many Adors appear often as 
 Kings and great Monarchs i and prefently after be- 
 come poor hfhermen, flaves, bond-men, and the 
 
 like. 
 
 VIII. Socrates compared her to a Theatre, Or com- 
 mon meeting place, where without all order or obfer- 
 vance men take their places and feats, without refped 
 to the dignity of any. 
 
 Hereby is Jhewed that fhe ( without refpett of birth , 
 worth, merit or jfatef) blindly , unadvifedly , and without 
 any order or reafon , b [flows felicities , riches and fa- 
 nows, 
 
 IX. In Egira,a City of Achaia, Fortune was drawn 
 in the (hape of a beautiful woman, who held in one 
 of her hands a Cornucopia > in the other , the boy 
 Cupid. 
 
 By which isfignified ( as Paufanias faith ) that beau - 
 tyrtithout riches avails nothing : and indeed I may fay 
 he is doubly fortunate , who in his love enjoys the fruition 
 of both beauty and riches : but he is happy in the fuper- 
 lative degree , who with the other two meets with vertue and 
 love alfo. 
 
 X Ciraldus faith, that Fortune was with feme de- 
 
 pided 
 
j 
 
 296 Polygraphices. 
 
 pitted riding on a horfe galloping ; with which ftvift* 
 nefs (he feems to pais invifile •, alter whom followed 
 Veftiny with great wrath and fury, holding in her hand 
 an Iron bow* and aiming to (trike Fortune at the 
 
 Sett. 4. Chap. 28. where Jhe is taken as one of the poms. 
 
 I. T 7 Ertue in Greece was made in the form of a ?iht 
 V grim , like a grave and auftere woman; fitting 1 
 alone upon a four fquared (lone, melancholy, and lean- ? 
 ’ it head upon her knees. 
 ng a Filgrim 3 Jhews jhe hath no rejting place, ftettre ; 
 , or certain habitation upon the earth : the form of her < 
 ,Jhcws her life to be full of troubles-, dangers , on fa, < 
 and miseries. See the 1 • Sett, of Chap. \<y. of the i-Book- lS 
 
 Et vita innumeris ell interclufa periclis. 
 
 Sed tamen incolumes hacvirtus ducit alumnos 
 Extrema ut vitent, ne pes hinc inde vacillet. 
 Proclamat longe fpes, hie funtdigna laboris 
 Praemia, &C excipient mordaces gaudia curas. 
 Pax»finceraquiesnullo temeranda dolore, 
 Lsetitia hie habitant longum, fine fine, per sevurc* 
 
 Fierce Mongers do this narrow pafjage bound, 
 
 And deadly dangers it encompafs round 
 Tet vertue doth her Followers fafely guide, 
 
 Left they Jhould go aftray on either fide* . 
 
 CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 How Vertue y T ruth , Peace^ Honour 5 Fame mi 
 Opinion were depicted. 
 
 Hscangufia via horrendis fcatet undique monflrif, 
 
Ch.24- °f 'depifiing Truth,? eace&c.2y 7 
 
 And Hope proclaims afar j he here you jhall 
 
 Have joy for Sorrow i honey for your gall. 
 
 Here Peace and joyful ref for ever dwell , 
 
 Which neither crofs nor time Jhall ever quell. 
 
 O* ■* - 
 
 » 
 
 II. Truth) faith Hippocrates^ was framed in the fimili- 
 tude and likenefs of a beautiful woman, attired with 
 gravity and modefiy : Philojiratus faith that (he re- 
 maineth in the cave of Amphiarus, cloathed all in white 
 garments of a beautiful hue : Lucianut faith that her 
 llatue was made in the form of a young woman, habi- 
 ted in rags , and bafe attire , with a fuperfeription 
 over her head,' how (he was wronged and abujed bv 
 fortune. 
 
 III. Peace , faith Arijlophanes , was framed in the 
 fliape of a young woman, holding between her arms 
 the Infant Pluto, the God of Riches, and Ruler of the 
 lower Regions. 
 
 She is alfo called Concordia, and is a fpecial friend to 
 tk Goddefs Ceres, from whom comes the encreafe of Fruits , 
 Corn , and other nutriments . See C hap. 2 8 . 
 
 IV. Honour is depidted with two wings on its fhoul- 
 ders ^ which as Alciatus faith, was made in the form 
 ofa little child, cloathed in a purple garment, having 
 a Coronet or wreath of Laurel about his head ^ hold- 
 ing hand in hand the God Cupid , who leads the child 
 to the Goddefs Vertue , which is depainted right over 
 againft it. 
 
 V. Fame is painted like a Lady, with great win?s 
 and Teeming to proffer a flight, and to mount from the 
 Firth, and rove abroad : having her face full of eyes •, 
 and all over her garments an infinit number of ears and 
 tongues. S ee. the tenth S ettion of the eighteenth Chapter 
 f the firjl Book. 
 
 v VI. Opi > 
 
2^3 Poljigraphices . Lib. 4, 
 
 VI. opinion , faith Hipocrates , refembles a young 
 woman, not altogether fo fair and lovely as Truth , yet 
 not deformed, or ill proportioned i being rather im- 
 pudent than modeftly bold in her demeanour, with 
 her hand ftretched forth to take whatfoever is offered , 
 and prefented to her. 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 How Night y Sleeps Silence , Plea fare and Fear me j 
 
 depitfed, \ 
 
 ! , S 
 
 I. XT Ight ( the mother of Sleep and Death) was de- f ; 
 < JL%i pidfed by the Antients in form ofanold wo- 1 
 man, having two great Wings, growing on her fhoul- 1 
 ders, all cole black, and fpread abroad, as if (he feetn- , 
 ed to offer a flight j and that (he is drawn in a Chariot, 
 whole wheels are made of Ebony : having a fad coun- 
 tenance, r and an upper garment of a deep black, fpot* . 
 ted all over with lilver fpots like ffars, as Boccace faith. ■ 
 She is alfo dcpitted likp an old woman in a blackjnantk > 
 f p'otted with gars of gold. i 
 
 II. Sleep f the brother of Death J faith Hcftohws . 
 painted of a moil four, lowring, and fad afped j aged,% a 
 and holding in her left hand a young child very beauti- 
 ful j and in her right, another child, of a moftfwar* 
 thy, black and dull complexion, with legs and arms 
 very crooked. Phikflratus in a Tablet (which he made 
 i or Amphiarus ) makes her like an aged woman, iloth- > 
 ful and fluggifh, cloathed with feveral garments, t c 
 under black, the upper white s holding in one of her 
 hands, a horn pouring forth feed. 
 
C/7.25. Depicting S Hence ft leaf &c. 299 
 
 By the garments isfignified night and day *, by the > feed > 
 reft-, cafe and quiet . 
 
 III. Harpocrates ( the God of Si/ew* J called in 
 Greeks Sigalcon , was made, as Martianus and /?/>«*> 
 leius lay, in likenefs of a young child, who dole to his 
 lips held one of his fingers as a fign of fecrecy. 
 Some portrait him without any face at all ; all 
 covered with the skin of a wolf, painted full of eyes 
 and ears : 
 
 Shewing it to be good to fee and hear much . hut to 
 fpea\little. 
 
 IV. V oluptia or pleafure, was depainted a Lady, 
 having a pale and lean countenance, fitting in a pon- 
 tifical and majeftick chair, embroidred and embof- 
 fed with ftars of gold, treading and trampling upon 
 Virtue . 
 
 V. Fear , faith VaufaniaSt was fliaped in feveral 
 forms by the Antients j fometimes with the head of 
 a Lion among the Grecians ( as on the fhicld of Aga- 
 memnon : ) and fometimes with the deformed face 
 and body of a woman. 
 
 ‘The Corinthians dedicated this TiClure Jo made un- 
 to the Jons of Medea ^ which were Jlain for bringing 
 fuch fatal gifts to the daughter of old Creon, whereby 
 Jhe^ and all that regal family perijhed, and were for ever 
 extinft. 
 
CCv 
 
 oo Poljgraphices. Lib,^. 
 
 CHAP. XXVI, 
 
 How the Antients defined feveral wife men And 
 
 pbilofophers , Lawgivers) Emperours y Kings and 
 
 Queens, 
 
 I. Q Idonius Apollhtarm in the ninth Epitlle of his 
 
 C5 ninth Book, iaith that the Thilofopher Zeufip- ■ 
 ■pus was painted with a crooked neck: Aram with 
 a neck bowed downwards: Zeno with a wrinkled 
 forehead. 
 
 II. Epicurus , was painted with a fmooth skin : Vi- 
 ogenes ^ with a hairy rough beard : Socrates with whitifla 
 bright hair. 
 
 III. Ai i/hr/e, was painted with a dretched out arm : ' 
 Xenocrates, with a leg fomewhat gathered up: Hiera - 1 
 clitus , with his eyes (hut for crying. 
 
 IV. Democritus with his lips open, as laughing: i 
 Cbryftppus with his lingers clofe preffed together, for 
 numbering: Euclid with his fingers put afunder, for 1 
 the fpace of meafures. 
 
 V. In fome ancient Bibles and many Fi&uies, Mofes 
 is deferibed with horns. 
 
 cc The ground of this abfurdity was a miftake of the 
 c: Hebrew Text, in that of Mofes defending from the 
 £c Mount, upon the nearnefs of the words, Ke- 
 “ rat. Cornu^ an horn , and pp Karan , Luccojo fliine. 
 tc The vulgar tranllation ( ot Exodus 34 . 2 p* 35*) a “ 
 cc grees with the former> to wit i Iguorabut quod cor - 
 * >t nut a ejpt facies ejm. Pfhti vide bant facieni Mohs ejfe 
 tc cor nut am. The tranllation of Paulas Fagiits is other- 
 £C wife, viz. Mofes nefeiebat qitod multus effetfpkndor 
 '"gloria vultns cjus. Et viderunt filii I fra el quod rnulta 
 
Ch.26. Antknts dej>i£t.Wifemen,&c .% or 
 
 “ ejfet clarit'as gloria faciei Mods; Tremelius a*«/Ju- 
 “ nius have it thus , ut ignoraret Mofche fplendidam ejje 
 u f attain cutem faciei fu£. Quod fplendida fada ejfet 
 “ cutis faciei Mofchis : agreeing with the Septuagint, 
 “ $$6$o&cu vi o4-f> To t<s 7rC?(j6>7rs, glorifi- 
 <c e/? afpe&us cutis feu coloris faciei. 
 
 VI. But Mofes is generally depicted with bright 
 hair, a very beautiful Vifage, with radiant fcimilla- 
 tions about his head, in form of hoarinefs, which in 
 Painting is called Glory. 
 
 VII. Alexander the great, with brown hair, and a 
 ruddy complexion , riding upon his horfe j but by 
 fome riding upon an Elephant. 
 
 7 be reafon of this is hard to be difcerned j for as much 
 as I find not in binary , that ever he ufd that bcafi in his 
 Armies , much lefs in his oven perfon : except it were for 
 that remarkable battel which he fought with Porus King 
 u/India, wherein were many Elephants : In which him~ 
 felf ( as Curtius, Arianus and Plutarch relate ) was on 
 borfebac the name of which beajlyet lives^and is famous 
 inhifiory io this day. 
 
 VIII. Numa Pompilius with white hair Crowned 
 with a Silver bend or Diadem ; his robe crimfon trim- 
 med with Gold i his mantle yellow trimmed with Sil- 
 ver s his buskins watchet and filver. 
 
 IX. JEneas the frojan Prince in a purple mantle 
 trimmed with Gold. 
 
 X. David ( the King of IJrael ) with brown hair, 
 a ruddy complexion and a long beard. 
 
 XI. Elizabeth Queen of England , pale-faced light 
 brown hair, and gray eyed. 
 
 XII. Dido Queen of Carthage in a purple or Pcarlet 
 mantle i her under garments purple i a Golden Quir 
 ver i her hair yellow, tyed up with fpangles and knots 
 of Gold. 
 
 V 3 
 
 XIII. 
 
302 Folygrafhices. Lib.4. 
 
 XIII. Guflavw Adolphus King of Sweden with yel- 
 low hair. 
 
 XIV. Mahomet the 'turfy great Prophet, in garments 
 all of green. 
 
 XV. German Emperours in a Violet coloured’ robe, 
 watchet, or light- coloured. 
 
 XVI. Roman Emperours , with yellow Carrufters 
 embroidered with Silver » the labels of their fleeves, 
 and Ihort bales of watchet i the under fleeves, and 
 long dockings white •, a Lawrel wreath, with a Silver 
 jewel before i, and rays of Gold, iffuing from the 
 wreath. 
 
 XVII. Pithagoras in white garments with a Crown 
 of Gpld. 
 
 XVIII. Empedocles , in Violet, murry, or pur- 
 ple, and fo generally the reft of the Grecian Philofo- 
 phcrs. 
 
 XIX. Erafmus Roterdamus , yellow haired, gray- 
 eyed, and fomewhat pale. 
 
 CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 The Painting of the Sybils , 
 
 I. Q Ibilla Agrippa , a woman in years in a rofeal gar- 
 O ment. 
 
 II. Sibilla Libica an elderly woman, crowned with 
 a garland of flowers, in purple garments. 
 
 III. Sibilla Delphica > with a black garment, a young 
 woman with a horn in her hand. 
 
 IV. Sibilla Phrygia , in red garments, having an old 
 Saturnian hard favoured face. 
 
 V. Sibilla Herophila, a young woman very fair id 
 
 a pur? 
 
Lawn. 
 
 VL Sibilla European comely young woman,having a 
 high, red- coloured face, a fine vail on her head, and 
 clad in a garment of Gold work. 
 
 VII. Sibilla Perfica , with a white vail, and a golden 
 garment. 
 
 VIII. Sibilla Samian middle aged woman,clothed 
 in Willow weeds, having a palm in her hand. 
 
 IX. Sibilla Hellefpontica , a young woman in green 
 garmerits, with a round, lovely, frdh coloured face i 
 holding in her left hand a Book •, and in her right hand 
 
 a Pen. 
 
 X. Sibilla T iburtina , an old woman in purple gar- 
 ments, of a hard vifage, holding in her Apron the 
 books of the Sibills. 
 
 Tbcfe Sibills for their Prophecies of Chrijl are in high 
 tjleew : they are ten in number as Varro faith > yet others 
 mke twelve, of which we are not fatisfied > Boyfardus in 
 his freatife of divination , beftdes tbefe ten addeth two 
 others , Epirotica and ^Egyptia. Some , as Martianus, 
 mil have but two i Pliny and Solinus, but three j iElian 
 four, and Salmafius but thefirjl [even, fhey are gene- 
 rally deferibed as young women, yet fome were old,as jhe 
 that fold the bookj unto Tarquin, from whence we conclude 
 the Licentia pi&oria is very large . 
 
 V 4 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Poljgrapbices. 
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 The Painting of i^frts, Venues', Pajpons and mi • 
 nor gods. 
 
 I. A Ritbmeticl^is painted in cloth of Gold : Geome- 
 
 Jr\ try fallow faced, a green mantle fringed with 
 Silver, and a Silver wand in her right hand : AJhono- 
 ihy with a Silver Crcffant on her fore-head, an azure 
 mantle, a watchet Scarf, with golden Stars. 
 
 II. Faith is painted in white garments, with a cup i 
 
 of Gold : Hope in blew, with a Silver Anchor : Charity a 
 in yellow robes * on her head a tyre of Gold with pre-1 
 cious hones j her chair Ivory. i 
 
 III. Religion, in a Silver vaile, with a garment, or 'i 
 mantle of white : JuJiice in a white robe, and a white 1 
 mantle ^ with a Coronet of Silver and white buskins ; : 
 Innoccncy in white. 
 
 IV. Concord in a sky coloured robe, and a yellow 
 mantle. Peace in white, fcattered with liars, or a carna- 
 tion mantle fringed with Gold, a vaile of Silver green j 
 buskins, and a palm in her hand in black : Unanimity 
 in a blew robe, mantle and buskins * ? with a chaplet of 
 blew Lillyes. 
 
 V. Wifdom in a white robe, blew mantle, feeded 
 with liars: Laiv in purple robes, feeded with Gol- 
 den ilars =, a mantle of C arnation fringed with Gold j 
 purple and yellow buskins : Government in Armour. 
 
 VI. Watchjulnefs , in a yellow robe* a fable man- 
 tle fringed with Silver, and feeded with waking 
 eyesi a chaplet of turnfole \ in her right hand a 
 Lamp •, in her left, a Bell : Confidence in a particoloured 
 garment : Modcfiy in blew. 
 
 VII. Eternity 
 
aiming Arts,Vertues,&cc.^o^ 
 
 VII. Eternity in blew, feeded with Golden ftars; 
 the Soul in white garments, branched with Gold and 
 pearl > and crowned with a Garland of Roles : Feli- 
 city, in purple trimmed with Silver. 
 
 VIII. Love > in Crimfon fringed with Gold, a flame 
 coloured mantle, a Chaplet qf fed and white Rofes 
 Natural- affeftion, in Citron colour: Envy , inadifeo-* 
 loured garment full of eyes. 
 
 I}£ Joy , in a green robe, and a mantle of divers 
 eolours,embroidred with flowers i a garland of Myr- 
 tle i in her right hand a Cryftal cruife, in her 
 left a Golden Cup : Fleafure in light garments , 
 trimmed with Silver and Gold : Laughter in feveral 
 colours. 
 
 X. Wit , in a difcoloured mantle: Jolity , in 
 flame colour : Faftime in purple trimmed with 
 Gold. 
 
 XI. Opinion in black Velvet, black cap, with a 
 white fall: Impudence 5 in a party coloured garment: 
 Audacity , in blufh colour. 
 
 XII. Honour , in a purple robe, wrought with gold : 
 Liberty , in white : fafety in Carnation. 
 
 XIII. Cupid was painted f by Zeuxis ) in a green 
 robe : Hymen , in long yellow hair, in a purple or 
 Saffron coloured mantle: Triton f Neptune s 3 Trum- 
 peter ) with a blew skin, in a purple mantle. 
 
 XIV. Vrama, in a mantle of azure, filled with 
 lamps: /Iftrea the God defs of Juflice,in a Crimfon 
 mantle, trimmed with Silver : the Graces all alike, as 
 Sillers, in Silver robes. 
 
 XV. Telhts-, the Goddefs of the Earth in a green 
 mantle : Ceres-, with yellow hair, and a ffraw co-r 
 loured mantle trimmed with Silver: Vejia , dau- 
 ghter of Saturn ■> in white garments filled with 
 flames. ' 
 
 , XVI. Flora 3 
 
306 Poljgraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 XVI. Flora in a mantle of divers colours : Frofer- 
 pine in a black mantle, trimmed with Gold flames : 
 Eccbo , ( the Goddefs of the Aire and daughter of 
 ipcech, the intirely beloved of Fan ) is an invifible 
 Goddefs. 
 
 Aufonus Gafas, reporteth that (he hath oftentimes 
 dilfwaded, and reprehended fuch, who would under- 
 take to depaint her, and repeats the fame in an Epi- 
 gram, whofe fence in Englifh is this. 
 
 Surceafe thou medling Artijl thy endeavour , 
 
 Who for thy shj.ll hajl reap't fuch long liv’d fame ; 
 Strive not to paint my body, Jhape, for never 
 
 Did any human Eyes behold the fame . jj 
 
 In concave caverns of the Earth I dwell , ; 
 
 Daughter oth Air , andof each tailing voice , 
 
 In Woods and hollow dales , I build my Cell , • s 
 
 Joying to re-report the beajl heard noife , j 
 
 To grief opprefi , and men dift on folate, j 
 
 'that tell each grove their fouls vexation , 
 their dying agonies 1 aggravate , 
 
 By their dole accents iteration . 
 
 And he that will deferibe my form aright , 
 
 Muft Jhape a f or melefs found or airy fprite . 
 
 CHAP. XXIX. 
 
 %o exprejs the Powers* 
 
 I. 'C' 7 ernity, It is expreffed in the form of a fair 
 I_y Lady, having three heads , (ignifying Time 
 paft,prcfent, and to corr^e i in her left hand a Circle, 
 pointing with the fo*rc finger of her right hand up to 
 
 heaven ? 
 
Ch. 29- Ofexprejftng the Powers. 307 
 
 heaven: the Circle fignifies (he hath neither begin- 
 ning nor end. 
 
 In the Medals of Trajan,^ was figured redefining up- 
 on a Sphear, with the Sun in one hand , and the Moon 
 in the other : ( by her fitting is fignified perpetual con- 
 /fancy.) 
 
 In the Medals o/Fauftina,^e is drawn with a Vail, 
 and in her right hand the Globe of the World. 
 
 Boccace, writing of the Progenie of the Gods, faith that 
 tk Ancients derived it from Demogorgon, as the prin- 
 cipal andfirfi of them all , who inhabited in the Middle or 
 Center of the Earth , encircled round about, and circum- 
 vefled with a dark and obfufeate cloud,, breathing 
 from his mouth, a certain liquid humidity. 
 
 But how ever what Eternity is, the name doth clearly 
 difeover, containing in its felf all Worlds and Ages , and 
 not limited, or meafuredby any fpace of time. 
 
 Claudius deferibes it by a Serpent that encompaffeth 
 round with her body , the Cave or Den wherein it. lyeth , 
 [0 as making a Circle, Jhe holds in her mouth the end of her 
 tail, which with the JEgyptins was the emblem of a 
 | year. 
 
 All in a Circle thus Jhe fits involv'd, 
 
 Whnfe firm tenacity is ne’er diffolv'd : 
 
 She fends forth times , and them recalls again. 
 
 Ages to come , and pajl Jhe doth retain. 
 
 But according to Boccace, as Eternity hath an abfolute 
 command over all times, fo Jhe lives far hence in fame re- 
 mote and unknown vale,whert human fieps never approach- 
 ed 5 but is even unfound out of the codeflial inhabitants , 
 tbofe happy fouls, who Jland before the prefence of the great- 
 cji , that only knows all things . 
 
 II. time. It is drawn (landing upon an old mine, 
 
 ; '• winged, 
 
308 Pblygraphices. Lib. 4. 
 
 winged, a»d with Iron teeth. Or thus, An old man in 
 a garment of ftars i upon his head a garland of rofes, 
 ears of corn, and dry fticks, handing upon the Zodi- 
 ack, with a looking glafs in his hand j two children 
 at his feet, the one fat, the other lean, writing both 
 in one book s upon the head of one the Sun, upon the 
 other the Moon. Or thus. An old man, bald behind, 
 winged, with a lithe and an hour glafs, having a lock 
 of hair on his forehead. , ] 
 
 III. Fate , A man in a fair, long, flaxen robe, look- 
 ing upwards two bright ftars emcompafled with thick 
 clouds, from whence hangs a golden chain. 
 
 IV. Fortune , A naked Lady having an Inlign or Sail 
 overlhadowing her, handing upon a Globe or ball. \ 
 
 La&antius faith that Fortune it a vainjdle and fenfe - $ 
 lefs name, Jhewing forth mans weakjtefs'in attributing 
 any thing thereto : which Marcus Tullius confimeth yj 
 where he faith that this name of Fortune , wasfirji brought 
 into cover the ignorance of man. Alexander Neopoli-- 
 tanus faith that at Preneftes in a temple Jhe was defined 
 in thejhape and form of two 0ers-> both conjoined in one 
 and the fame Jiatue . Paufanius faith that her moji an 
 cient flatue was that winch Bupalus made in Greece in 
 Jhape of a woman, upon who fe head was a round ball, and 
 in one of her hands a Cornucopia. She is called the blind 
 Goddefs , and partial Lady , by reafon of the bejhmng of 
 her unconjiant and mutable favours. 
 
 Imperious ruler of the worlds defigns. 
 
 Lady of folace, pleafure and of pains : 
 
 Like Tennis balls thou beat’ll us to and fro, 
 
 From favours to difgrace, from joy to woe i 
 From wars to peace, from rule to be commanded : 
 But withunconftancy thou now art branded. 
 
 Macrobius 
 
Chap. 29- Of exprejfing the Powers-. 309 
 
 Macrobius faith fie was fet forth with wings on her 
 fielders, ( to pew that fie was always at hand among 
 mn J had by her fide the rudder of a Ship ( to fiew 
 that fie doth rule and command ) her felf placed upon a 
 wheel, holding in her right hand a golden hall , and in the 
 other a whip i fiewing where fie fmiled , wealth and ho- 
 nour, and where fie frouned , crojjes and mifery fiould 
 follow. 
 
 In Egypt Fortune was depitted like a Lady turning a 
 great glafs wheels on whofe top was many men playings 
 others a climbing up ; and others having attained it,prt - 
 (imitating themfelves and falling down hac\again . 
 
 V. Equality , A Lady lighting two torches at once. 
 
 VI. Vittory, Is expreflfed by a Lady dad all in Geld, 
 in one hand a helmet, in the other a pomegranate: 
 h the helmet is meant force i by the pomegranate unity of 
 wit and compel. 
 
 Augufius drew her with wings ready to fly flanding 
 upon a Globe , with a Garland of Bays in one hand, in the 
 other a Coronet of the Emperor, with thefe words Impera- 
 torCaefar. In the Medals of O&avius ^fie is drawn 
 nth wings , flanding on a bafe , in one hand a palm, in the 
 other a Crown of Gold. 
 
 VII. Peace, Is drawn like a Lady, holding in her 
 light hand a wand or rod downwards towards the 
 earth, over a hideous Serpent of fundry colours ^ and 
 with her other hand covering her face with a veil, as 
 loth to behold tfrife or war. 
 
 Trajan gave a Lady in her right hand an Olive branch , 
 in her l eft a Cornucopia. In the Medals of Titus, d Lady 
 having in one hand an Olive branch', the other hading a 
 Lamb and Wolf coupled by the necks in one yoke. 7 he 0- 
 live is always the emblem of peace . 
 
 VIII. Providence A Lady lifting up both her hands 
 to Heaven with thefe words Providentia Deorum. Or 
 
 thus , 
 
gto Polygraphices. Lib.4 
 
 thus, A Lady in a robe, in her right hand a Scepter, 1 nn 
 her left a Cornucopia, with a Globe at her feet. 
 
 IX. Concord, A Lady lifting, in her right hand a 
 charger for facrifice, in her left a Cornucopia , with the 
 word Concordia. Or thus, A fair Virgin, holding if 
 one hand a Pomegranate y in the other a Mirf le bunch, 
 
 %bc nature of thefe trees are fitch, that if planted 
 though a good [pace one from another , they mil meet and. 
 with twining embrace one another . 
 
 X. Fame, A Lady clad in a thin and light garment, 
 open to the middle thigh, that (he might run the faf 
 her i two exceeding large wings i garments embroil 
 der’d with eyes and ears, and blowing of a Trumpet. ® 
 
 XI. Dejiiny , A Lady, who with great fury, and cx-t? 
 
 ceeding celerity holds in her hand an Iron bow rea$ 
 dy bent, aiming to ftrike fortune even at the very/ 
 heart. * 
 
 Dejiiny and fortune can never agree i and therefore ai 
 fortune flies from defiiny, fo dejiiny pur flies fortune } fin 
 where dejiiny Jets her foot) there fortune is as it were ink 
 chanted and conjured , as having no power , efficacy or 
 vertue. I 
 
 / 3i 
 
 ~ 1 
 
 CHAP. XXX. ' 
 
 Of Vertues and Vices . 
 
 I. 17 Ertue is reprefented by Hercules., naked, with 
 V his Lyons skin, and knotted club, perform- 
 ing fome one of his Labours y as offering to (trike a 
 dragon keeping an Apple-tree j or holding in his hand 
 three golden Apples. 
 
 Hercules is nothing elfe but Vertue , his name in the 
 
 “ Creek 
 
Chap. 30. OfVertues and Vices. 3 1 1 
 
 Creek tongue is HezMs, quad nAtes:, Junonis 
 gloria: vd quia tss cdebrat aut com- 
 
 memorat Heroas, which is the property of Vertue : he is 
 drawn vakeel to demon fir ate kerfmplicity ; by the dragon 
 is fet forth all manner of vices : by the Lions skin , mag- 
 nanimity and greatnefs : by his Oakgn Club , Reafon and 
 Tolicy: by its knettinefs , the difficulty, pains and labour 
 in feekjng after vertue : by the three golden Apples , the 
 three Heroical Virtues , Moderation , Content and La - 
 hour- 
 
 II. Pie/y is drawn like a Lady, with a fober coun- 
 tenance •, in her right hand fhe holdcth a fword 
 ftretched over an Altar j in her left hand a Stork i 
 and by her fide is placed an Elephant and a Child. 
 
 The Stork, is fo called of $c pyy, the reciprocal or mutual 
 love of Parent and Child , of which this bird was ever an 
 Imblem^for the love and care Jhe hath of her parents be- 
 ing old . j the Elephant worjhips towards the rifmg of the 
 Sun. 
 
 III. Hope is drawn like a beautiful child in a long 
 , robe hanging loole, Handing upon tiptoes, and a tre- 
 
 foylor three leaved grafs in its right hand, in its left 
 an Anchor. 
 
 fhe loofe vtftmcnt Jhews , fhe never pincheth or binds 
 truth, (landing on tiptoes Jhews jhe always flandeth dan- 
 , geroufy '■> the branch of trefoyl jhews knowledge ( the 
 ground tffyitb ) faith ( the ground of hope ) and hope 
 itfelfi 
 
 IV. Mercy, a Lady fitting upon a Lion, holding in 
 one hand a Spear, in the other an Arrow i which fhe 
 feemeth to call away. 
 
 In the Medals of Vitellius (hefts with a branch of Bays 
 in her hand , and a Jiajf lying by her . 
 
 V. juJHce, a fair young Virgin, drawing after her, 
 with her left hand a black, hard, ill-favouiei Wo- 
 man, 
 
312 
 
 Folygraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 man, hailing her by main force, and ftriking her over 
 the face in a fevere manner. 
 
 "the young Virgin was JttfHce , the other Injuria : Jke 
 is drawn young and a Virgin , to Jhew , that Judges 
 and admini\\rators of Law ought to be incorrupt and 
 free from bribes, partiality or flattery , but juft , cenfiant 
 and fincere. 
 
 VI* Felicity , a Lady fitting in an Imperial throne, 
 in the one hand (he holdeth a Caduccus or Rod, in the 
 other hand a Cornucopia. 
 
 VII. Fruitfulnefs, a Lady fitting upon a bed, and 1 
 two little Infants hanging about her neck. 
 
 VIII. Vijfi mu l ation, a Lady wearing a vizard of two^ 
 faces, in a long robe of changeable colour •, and in her! 
 right hand a Magpye. 
 
 IX. Security , a Lady leaning againft a pillar, before® 
 an Altar, with a Scepter in her hand. 
 
 X. Calumnia, a beautiful, rich and young woman,] 
 approaching towards a Judge, gorgeous in her habit,' 
 with an angery, fcornful and difeontented look, and 
 red and firie eyes i (he holds in her left hand a flaming 
 torch : and with her right (he by force draws a young- 
 man by the hair of the head. 
 
 XI. Envie , a wonderful lean old man, with a pale] 
 and meagre face, in whofe withered cheeks Age hath 
 wrought deep furrows and wrinkles. 
 
 XII. Penitence , a Woman in vile, raggedajid bafe 
 attire, infinitly deploring her being : and {^moaning 
 
 her felf in paffionate fits above all meafure, continual- 
 ly weeping. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap-3 r * 1 Of <^i V ers. pj 
 
 CHAP. XXXI. ' 
 
 Of Rivers » 
 
 I. rjErein you ought to obferve the Adjuncts and 
 
 _L j. Properties of the famcy which conhfts in 
 fome notable Accident done near them y fome famous 
 City, trees, fruits, or reeds fituate upon their banks i 
 fomehfli only proper to their ftreams y or recourfe of 
 (hipping from all parts of the world. 
 
 II. Therefore you had beft place the City Up6n their 
 heads*, their fruits in a Cornucopia i reeds, flowers, 
 and branches of trees in their Garlands, and the like. 
 
 III. The River Tyber . It is exprefted ( in the Vatican 
 in Rowe ) in a goodly- Statue of Marble lyino along 
 (for fo you muif draw themj holding under his right 
 arm a (he wolf, with two little infants fucking at her 
 teats, leaning upon an time or Pitcher, out of which 
 iffuethits ftream: in his left a Cornucopia of delicate 
 fruits, with a grave Countenance and long beard *, a 
 garland of flowers upon his head y and retting his rhhe 
 kg upon an Oar. 
 
 IV. * The River Ni!u*. It is leen (in the Vatican) cut 
 
 out in white Marble, with a garland of fundry fruits 
 and flowers, leaning with his left arm upon a : Sphynx y 
 from under his body iffueth its ftream y in his left arm 
 a Cornucopia full of fruits and flowers on one fide 
 with fixteen little children, fmilingand point in* to 
 the flood; ° 
 
 ttie Sphynx n-as' fometimes a mohjier which remained 
 b Nilus : the Crocodile riieo tS uoj coy b^AiavJfrom bid 
 hatred of Saffron , the mofi famous nionjhr of Egypt : th e 
 fmeen children , the fixteen mbits of freight, the utter mo f 
 
 
Polygraph ices* 
 
 Lib.4« 
 
 of the flowing of Nilus : their fmiling lookf> the profit 
 of it, which glads the hearts of the Sun-burnt inhabi- 
 tants . 
 
 V. The River Tigris. It was drawn like an old man 
 ( as the reft | and by his fide a Tiger. 
 
 *jhU beafi was given it as well for its fierce firearm , as 
 for thefiore of ligers which are there. 
 
 VI. The River Ganges . It bears the fhape of a rude 
 and barbarous favage, with bended brows, of a fierce 
 and cruel Countenance, crowned.with a palm, having, 
 as other floods, his pitcher, and by his tides a Rhino-, 
 
 ceros . 4 j 
 
 This River runneth through India? and hath its head ; 
 
 from a fountain in Paradife • t 
 
 VII. The River Induf. It is drawn with a grave' 
 
 and jovial afped,with a garland of its country flowers, fj 
 by its fide a Camel ( from it is reprefenr- 
 
 ed pleafantly > grave, as an Emblem of the Indian 
 policy. 4 _ „ 
 
 This is the greatefi River in the world , receiving into 
 its channel threefcore other great and famous Rivers , and ' 
 above an hundred leffer . | 
 
 V III. The River Thamefis • In the houfe of an ho*' 
 norable friend', I faw the Thames thus drawn : A 
 Captain or Soldier lying along, holding in his right 
 hand a Sword, and under his arm the Auguft tower : 
 in the other a Cornucopia of all fragrancies, with a 
 Golden chain which held four Crowns j and with this 
 he encompafied the ftreams, from under which bend- 
 ing of his left arm they (eemed to flow: his temples 
 were adorned with Bays, the River was empaled on 
 one fide with Anchors, and on the other ftood Cafar s 
 Augufta. 
 
 IX. The River Arnus . It is a famous River in Italy , 
 
 drawn like an old man leaning upon his pitcher ,powr- 
 
 ing 
 
Chap. 3 1 . Of fivers. g 1 5 
 
 ingout water: upon his head a garland of Beech, by 
 his right hde a Lyon, holding forth in his dexter paw* 
 a red Lilly or Flower-de-lucc, the ancient Amies of 
 the chief City of ‘fufiany. 
 
 By the garland of Beech is fit forth the gnat abundance 
 of Beech-trees growing about Falferona in the Appennines 
 where Am us hath his head. 
 
 X. The River Pc - or Padus. It is depidfed with an 
 Ox’s face, having a garland of Reeds or Poplar on his 
 head. 
 
 Itisfi called from the Sifler of Phaeton whom the 
 foots feign dejlroyed with lightning , and drowned here: 
 the bead of the Ox , is from its horrid noife and roaring . , 
 rcbofi crooked hanky refimble the horns thereof ■, by the 
 fies whereof grows much Peed and many Poplar <. 
 
 XL The River Vanubius. In the ancient Medals of 
 theEmperour Trajan ,ir is depicted with its head cove- 
 red with a veil. 
 
 Itisfi drawn becaufi its head or firjl firing is ttn - 
 1 tyom. Aufonius faith t 
 
 Danubius periit caput occultatus in ore. 
 
 XII. The River Acbelous. Ovid deferibes it with a 
 garland of Reeds, Willow, and the like : having two 
 Urns or Earthen Pitchers, the one empty, the other 
 calling out water j and upon its head two horns, the 
 one whole the other broken. 
 
 T his River as it is the mofl famous of all Greece , fi it 
 divides iEtolia from Arcadia* and then falls into the Sea. 
 this is fetch'd from the fable of Hercules who combated 
 him in the likynefs of a Bull , and broke one of his horns , 
 for Deianiras fikp-, there turning both itsjlreams into one , 
 whereupon one of the Urns is empty. 
 
Polygraphices . 
 
 XIII. The River Niger. It is drawn like a black- 
 Moore, with Glory, or a Coronet of Sun-beams falling 
 upon hisUrne, having by its (idea Lyon. 
 
 By the Sun-beams and blacty-, is fhewed the clime , 
 lying under the torrid Zone , whofe inhabitants are Blacks 
 or Moors > the Lyon is that which the Country Mauri- j 
 tania and Barbary breeds being the fiercest in the « 
 
 World. 
 
 CHAP. XXXII. 
 
 Of Nymphs. 
 
 11 
 
 I. fM$H, Nympha, a Bride ( from nov & (pal 
 IX Viojcci as it were a frejh or new creature : or astfi 
 fame will have it from Nympha quail Lympha, by tba*^ 
 ging L. into N. after the Vorick^dialeCi '.) it is nothing! 
 elfe butan Allegory, from the Vegetative humidity^' 
 which gives life to trees, herbs, plants, and flowers, by 
 which they grow and increafe. | 
 
 II. They are feigned to be the daughters of the G-j 
 cean, the mother of floods, the nurfes of Bacchus , ancT 
 goddefles of fields, who have the protection and charge . 
 
 of mountains, herbs, woods, meadows, rivers .trees, and " 
 
 generally of the whole life of man. 
 
 III. Firjf, Napseas, Nymphs of the Mountains* 
 
 Let them be drawn of a fweet and gracious 
 afpeCt, in green mantles, girded about in the mid-- 
 die s and upon, their heads garlands of honey * 1 
 fuckles, wild-rofes, tyme and the like > their acSions ; 
 dancing in a ring, making garlands or gathering 
 
 flowers. . fl 
 
 *fhn\ 
 
Chap-3 2 - Of Nymphs. 317 
 
 ‘they arefo called fromNocnk, the top of an bill, or mody 
 valley- 
 
 IV. Secondly-) Dryades, Nymphs of the woods 
 Draw thefe lefs fair than the former, of a brown or 
 tawny complexion, hair thick like mofs, and their at- 
 tire of a dark green. 
 
 they are Jo called from an Oal having their be- 
 
 ginning with trees , and dying again with them. 
 
 V. thirdly , Naiades Nymphs of the floods. 
 
 Draw them beautiful, with arms and legs naked, 
 their hair clear as Chryftal > upon their heads garlands 
 of water-creffes, with red leaves : their actions, po wr- 
 ing out water. 
 
 they are fo called from'tXiti to flow, or bubble as water 
 
 lih. 
 
 VI. Thetis, a Lady of a brown complexion, her 
 hair fcattered about her (houlders, crowned with a 
 coronet of Periwincle and Efcallop (hells, in a mantle 
 of Sea-green, with chains and bracelets of Amber 
 about her Neck and Arms, and a branch of red Coral 
 in her hand. 
 
 VII. Galatea, a mod beautiful young Virgin, her 
 hair carelelly falling about her (houlders like driver 
 threads, and at each ear a fair pearl with a double 
 firing of them ( fometimes ) about her Neck and left 
 Arm a mantle of pure thin and fine white, waving as 
 it were by the gentle breathing of the air, viewing in 
 her hand a fpunge made of Sea-froth, Jhe is fo called 
 from ydhoc, lac , mil\ \ 
 
 VIII. Iris , a Nymph with large wings, extended 
 like to a lemicircle, the plumes fet in rows of divers 
 colours, as yellow, green, red, blew or purple ; her 
 hair hanging before her eyes, her breads like clouds, 
 drops of water falling fromher body, and in her hand \ 
 Iris, or the Flower-de-luce. 
 
 X 3 Virgil 
 
3i 8 Polygraphices . Lib. 4. 
 
 Virgil makes her the mefTenger of Juno ( where fhe 
 is taken for the air ) when he faith, bin de Gxlo mifit 
 Saturma Juno . 
 
 IX. Nymph £ Vtan£ i Let them becloathed in white 
 linnen to denote their Virginity, and their garments i 
 girt about them j their Arms and Shoulders naked i ; 
 bows in their hands, and arrows by their fldcs. 
 
 X. Aurora , the Morning. A young Virgin with j 
 carnation wings and a yellow mantle i in her lorehead 
 a liar, and Golden Sun-beams from the Crown of her , 
 head, riding upon Vegafus , with a viol of dew in one ; 
 hand, and various flowers in the other, which (he feat- : 
 tcreth upon the earth. 
 
 CHAP. XXXIII. ; 
 
 Of the Nine JMufes. J 
 
 ij 
 
 L /■"> Lio. She is drawn with a Coronet of Bays*, in , 
 
 V-V her right hand a T rumpet > in her left a Book, 
 upon which may be written Hiftoria > her name is from 
 praife or glory. 
 
 II. Euterpe^ Is crowned with a garland of flowers, 
 holding in each hand fundry wind inflruments > her 
 name is from giving delight. 
 
 ! II I. Thalia . Draw her with a fmiling look, and up- 
 on her Temples a Coronet of Ivy, a Mantle of Carna- 
 tion embroidered with filver twill and gold fpangles, 
 and in her left hand a vizard j her Ivy (hews fce is mi- ’ 
 Itrifs of Comical Poefic. 
 
 IV. Melpomene. Draw her like a virago, with a 
 majeflick and grave countenance, adorn her head with 
 t tails, Diamonds and Rubies j holding in her left hand 
 
 ‘ ‘ • •* : ^ 4 0 Scepters 
 
Chap. 33. Of the Nine Mufes. 3 1 9 
 
 Scepters with Crowns upon them, other Crowns and 
 Scepters lying at her feet •, and in her right hand a na-. 
 keel poniard, -in a Mantle of changeable Crimfon. Her 
 gravity befits Tragick Poefie. 
 
 V. Polyhymnia . Draw her adfing a vSpeech with 
 her forefinger, all in white, her hair hanging loofc 
 about her fhoulders of an orient yellow, upon her head 
 a garland ofthecllDiceft jewels intermixt with flowers, 
 and in ner left hand a book, upon which let it be writ- 
 ten Suadere \ her name imports memory, to whom 
 the Rhetorician is beholden. 
 
 VI. Erato. She hath her name from 5/ Ep&v> Amor, 
 love : draw her with a fwcet and comely vifage, her 
 temples girt with Myrtles and Rofes, bearing an heart 
 
 j with an Ivory Key j by her fide Cupid, winged, with a 
 lighted torch at his back, his bow and quivers. 
 
 VII. 2 J erpficbore '■> a chearful vifage playing upon 
 fome Infirument > upon her head a Coronet of Fea- 
 thers of fundry Colours, but chiefly green i in token 
 of the vidtory which the Mufes got of the $yrenes,dr*c. 
 by finging. 
 
 VIII. Vrama, A beautiful Lady in an azure robe-, 
 upon her head a Coronet of bright ftars i in her right 
 hand the Coeleftial glebe, and in her left the Terreflrial. 
 Her name imports as much as heavenly > Drama cxli 
 motus ferutatur & Ajlra. 
 
 IX. Calliope . Upon her head draw a Coroner of 
 Gold > upon her left Arm Garlands of Bays in ltore, 
 for the reward of Poets i and in her right hand three 
 books, upon which write Homer us, Virgilius , Ovidius . 
 
 the Mufes had their names, as Eu(cb\as faith, ■wcc^l 
 to jUti&iv, which is to injlrutt, becaufe they teach tbemojl 
 boneji and laudable difeip lines. 
 
320 
 
 Polygraphices. Lib, 4. 
 
 CHAP. XXXIV. 
 
 Of the four Winds, 
 
 !• ^#r,theEaft-wind. Draw a youth with puffed 1 
 
 jLv and blown checks (21s all the other winds muft 
 be ) wings upon his (boulders, his |pdy like a Tauny i 
 Moor, upon his head a Red Sun. 
 
 II. Zephyr us , the Weft-wind. Draw a youth with 
 
 a merry look, holding in his hand a Swan, with wings i 
 difplai’d as about to Ting, on his head a garland of all i 
 rorts of flowers. i 
 
 'Tii caUedle phyrus quafi^v c pipOiV, bringing life, \ 
 becaufe it cherijheth and quickpeth . »i 
 
 III. Boreas, the North-wind. Draw it like an old n 
 man, with a horrid, terrible look > his hair and beard 1 
 covered with fnow, or the hoar-frofti with the feet :i 
 and tail of a? Serpent. 
 
 IV. Anfier, the South-wind, is drawn with head 1 
 
 and wings wet, a pot or urn pouring forth water, with 
 which defcend frogs, grafhoppers, and the like crea- 
 tures which are bred by moifture. \ 
 
 CHAP. XXXV. 
 
 1 ■ • ■ j 
 
 Of the Months of the Tear . 
 
 I. T Anuary muftbe drawn all in white, like fnow or 
 / hore froft, blowing his fingers \ in his left arm 
 a billet, and Aquarius handing by his fide. 
 
 II. February is drawn in a dark skie colour,carrying 
 in his right hand fifes, or Fifties, 
 
 III. March 
 
 St ,f . ( ’ « i 1 f f <r 1 
 
Ch . 3 5 * Of the Months of the Tear. 321 
 
 III. March is drawn tawny with a fierce look a 
 helmet upon his head, leaning upon a Spade : in his 
 right hand Aries \ in his left Almond Bloffoms and 
 Scions i and upon his arm a basket of Garden-feeds. 
 
 IV. April is drawn like a young man in green, with 
 a garland of Myrtle and Hawthorn-buds, winged i in 
 the one hand primrofesand violets*, in the other ‘Taurus, 
 
 V. May is drawn with a fweet and lovely afpedf, in 
 a robe of white and green, embroidered with Daffadils 
 Haw-thorn and Blew-bottles i on his head a garland 
 of white, red, Damask-rofes i in the one hand a Lute i 
 upon the forefinger of the other a Nightingal. 
 
 yi. June is drawn in a mantle of dark grafs-green * 
 upon his head a Coronet of Bents, King-cobs, and 
 Maiden-hair i in his left hand an Angle*, in his right 
 Cancer j and upon his Arm a basket of Summer fruits. 
 
 VII. July is drawn in a Jacket of a light yellow, 
 eating Cherries, with his face and bofome Sun-burnt ’ 
 on his head a garland of Centaury and Tyme, on his 
 (boulder a Sithe i with a bottle at his girdle, carrying 
 a Lion. 
 
 VIII. Auguji is like a young man of a fierce look, 
 in a flame-coloured robe i upon his head a garland o t 
 wheat •, upon his arm a basket of Summer fruits } at 
 bis belt a Sickle, bearing a Virgin. 
 
 IX. September is drawn in a purple robe, with a 
 cheerful look and on his head a Coronet, of white 
 and purple grapes •, in his lefhand a handful of Oats, 
 with a Cornucopia of Pomegranates and other Sum- 
 mer fruits j and in his right hand aballance. 
 
 X. Ottober is drawp in a garment of the colour of 
 decaying flowers and leaves i upon his head a garland 
 of Oak-leaves with the Acorns ^ in his right hand a 
 jcorpion 5. in his left, a basket of Services, Medlars, 
 and Cheflnut§, 
 
 i.. XL November 
 
 U-M-i 
 
322 Folygrafhices. Lib. 4, 
 
 XL November in a robe of changeable green and 1 
 black : upon his head, a garland of Olives with the 1 
 fruit, in his right hand Sagitarius: and in his left 
 * bunches of parfneps and turneps. 
 
 XII. December is drawn with a horrid afpedt, clad 
 in an Irifh rug,or courfe Freeze girt about him : upon : 
 his head three or four night caps, and over them a 
 Turkilh turbant * his nofe red, beard hung with' 
 Iceikles •> at his back a bundle of Holly and Ivy, hoi- - 
 ding in furred mittens a Goat. 
 
 Where note , it will be good to give every month its proper t 
 and natural Landslip b not making blojjbms and fruits 1 
 upon trees in December j nor a barren face of the Earth ;i 
 and trees in June. 
 
 — —tfe 
 
 CHAP. XXXVI. , J 
 
 ij 
 
 Of fainting of the Face and, Skin • i 
 
 to 
 
 I. WO ways tbert be of adorning of the Face and : 
 1 Skjn b the firji it by Fainting : the fecond is , 
 by application of Excellent cofmctickj , which give a very 
 natural, abfolute and Lading beauty, 
 
 Thefirft way, which is that of Painting is the fub- : 
 |c6t matter of this Chapter. Some may wonder that 
 we (hould meddle with fuch a fubjedt as this, in this j 
 place i but let fuch know j the Painting of a defor- \ 
 med Face, and the licking over of an old, withred, 
 wrinkled, and weather beaten skin, are as proper appen- , 
 dices to a painter, as the redfification of his Errors in 
 a piece of Canvafe : Nor is there any reafon, but that 
 the Artift (hould (hew his care in the one, as well as , 
 
 to expofe his skill in the othcr> fince a Jingle deformity 
 
 in 
 
Chap. 3^* Of fainting the Facefk c. 323 
 
 fr the body , begets a complication ofmiferies in the mind , 
 W ^ awify of defers a multiplication of Evils . 
 
 And though fome think the Poets did not much 
 amifs, to fancy the creature to be hatcht in Hell, by 
 reafon it brings with it fuch a torrent of deje&ions, 
 yetletthofe darkned fouls, ( who are fo much af- 
 frighted at its cloudy adumbrations) underhand, that 
 when time (hall have made its full revolution, them- 
 felves may be the product of fuch a conception *. But 
 weconfefs, it feeks darknefs, and only folaces its felf 
 in obfeurity and dusky folitudes. for fuch whofe 
 bodys have pafled the damp with fome faults, and 
 j have miffed the impreffions or reflexions of beauty, 
 
 I which might make them deleCtable in humane focie- 
 tf, ever make choife of darkriefs as their cheif companion . 
 Deformity is a difeafe elteemed the moft pernicious,and 
 itsiffueis a matter of dangerous confequence, chiefly 
 objiritttions to Ladies Preferment . Now to prevent this 
 danger, to take away thefe obftrudtions, and to deliver 
 you from the embraces of fo hideous a monfler (which 
 fomeefleem as a Furieof Hell) thefe Cofmetickj we 
 have offered upon the Altar of y our defeats *, prote/i- 
 ing that the ufe of thefe beautiflers, will make you as 
 ! fit for the entertainment of Courtiers, as ever you 
 • were before for the courtfhip of Grooms or Heftier s, 
 and make your rufly styns and ill-looked faces , to out* 
 ftiine with a radiant lufire, the moft fplendid of all the 
 Nymphs of Diana . Though you may look fo much 
 like the Image of death, as that your skins might be 
 taken for your winding {beets, yet by our directions 
 you may attain fuch a rofid colour, and fuch a lively 
 chearfulnefs, as fhall not only make you look like na- 
 tures workmanfhip, butalfoput admiration into the 
 beholders, and fix them in a belief, that you are the 
 foft-fruits of the refurreCtiom Thus we teach you 
 
 ■ ‘ ' ' 4 '• ' * * i * ' ' * ». * i . i l - - 1 i - T , . »♦,.•/ 
 
3^4 Polygraph ices. Lib.4. 
 
 iippid mortals to retrace the fteps of youthfulnefs, and 
 to transform the wrinkled hide of Hecuba, into the ten- 
 der skin of the Greateft of beauties * which then you 
 will dull by the advance of your features, and make 
 all conceited (hadows of glory, to vani(h in your pre- 
 fence. When once your artificial heat (hall appear, j 
 others (hall (eem pale with envy for your perfe&ions r 
 and their natural-ruddinefs (hall only ferve them tc :i 
 Unfa to fee their features clouded by your fplendor. 
 who will feem like brown bread compared with Man^ 
 chet, or rather like wooden difhes upon a (hel of Chi 1 
 na ware, or as another once fa id, like blubberd jugs ir» 
 a cupboard of Venice glafles, or as earthen pifs-pot^ 
 in a Goldfmiths (hop. By this means, your fparklinf 
 Glories (hall (ire Vlatonic]^ Lovers , fo that non® 
 though as cold as Saturn (hall be able to refill you -t 
 atffuating flames, but (hall force the ftouteft heart, t« 
 be a Sacrifice to love . If any remain unfcorched, iil 
 mud be only thofe leaden hearted Cowards , who dart 
 not approach your flames, for fear of melting i or thofu 
 undeferving foldiers of Venus (of a frigid conftitutioniu 
 who dare not fo much as look,, upon your youthful fire 
 for fear of being burnt to a(hes. But it may chanc- 
 that fome Saint or another, may condemn your hearty 
 for evil , becaufe you drive to make your faces go o^,an< 
 may like your in-fidetht worfe becaule your out-fids ma^ 
 look fo well'-, yet with Benjamin refute not the man- 
 meffes of Pottage, nor yet the many changes of Rai : 
 ment ( although one might well enough ferve you 
 turn ) but receive them from the hands of Jofepk 
 though all the reft of the Brethren be angry. Avoi<| 
 not company for want of beauty, when Art affords ai, 
 innocent fupply, but with confidence crucify that evi 
 confcience,which forbids the ufe of a little oyl to mak. 
 a chearful countenance; and the drinking of a litt* 
 
 vvin' 
 
Ck 3 & Of fainting the Face,&c. 325 
 
 wine to make a merry heart. Borrow our Artificial 
 beautifiers, and become fpleftdid, that you maybe fir 
 to be gathered by the hand of Tome metamo/phofed 
 to* \ ! dt ; n the ^ rde , n J o^efomities, growing gw * 
 viithfickpefs, you ffould be taken for tbifiles andfn 
 crop’d by Ages. 
 
 II. To cleanfe the face and skin . 
 
 Before any thing be ufed to paint, or make the skin 
 beautiful, it mull be made very clean thus : firft wa(h 
 with warm water, and Tweet fcented waff-balls very 
 well i then rub the face with a cloth, and waff well 
 with water in which Wheat-bran is boiled i To is the 
 skin prepared. 
 
 Or thus, Take Sublimate one ounce, glair of fix eggs 
 boil them in a glafs vellel, till they grow thick, then 
 prels out the water, with which waff the skin. 
 
 III. To make a white Fucus or Paint . 
 
 Take Talk and powder it, by beating ofir in a hot 
 mortar, to the powdred Talk add diftilled Vinegar 
 boil it at a gentle fire in a wide glafs, let the fat froth 
 that fwims at top, be taken off with a fpoon i then e- 
 vaporate the vinegar, and mix the remaining cream 
 with flegm of common Salt, or a little Pomatum , with 
 which waff or anoint the face, and it will beautify it 
 much. 
 
 IV. Another very excellent . 
 
 Take Crude Talk in powder one ounce, oil of Cam- 
 phire two ounces, digefi till the oil is white j itisa 
 noble Fuchs for Ladies faces. 
 
 V. To mal^e the aforefaid oyl of Camp hire* 
 
 Take Camphire four ounces, Bole twelve ounces, 
 make them into balls and dry them in the Sun, then 
 diftill them in fand in a glals retort, into a receiver that 
 hath diftilled rain water therein : firft there will come 
 forth a white matter, which melts in the Alembick, 
 
 *md 
 
326 Polygraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 andfallsinto the receiver, then a clearer wafer and 
 atlaft with a Wronger fire, the oil we fpeak of, fweet 
 (cented, which re&iried with fpirit of wine will be 
 yellow as Gold. 
 
 VI. Another excellent Fucus made of Tear l 
 
 Diffolve Pearl in diftilled Vinegar*, precipitate with 
 
 oyl of Sulphur per Campanula *, then iweeten and 
 digeft with fpirit of wine > abftrad the fpirit, and you 
 have a magifterial Fucus will melt like butter. 
 
 VII. to mahp the befi Fucus or Taint as yet kriown. 
 
 Take Venetian Talk, cleave it into llices, digeft it J 
 
 in the heat of the Sun, or of a horfe dunghil for a ; 
 month, with diftilled vinegar, made of Spanifh wine, 
 adding every day new diftilled Vinegar to the former, * 
 till the Vinegar be mucilaginous i which then diftill 1 
 by a luted retort and a large receiver with a naked lire . ! 
 Fir ft there comes forth the Vinegar > then a white oil, ! | 
 which feparate. After you have cleanfed the skin by 1 
 the fecond Se&ion, then firft wafh with the vinegar , 1 
 after anoint with th‘e oil: if the. face be firft well walk’d * 
 from all impurity, this one anointing may hold for a 
 month without fading, this Cofmetick , if rightly pre~ t 
 pared, if worth absut five pound an ounce . 
 
 VIII. An excellent Fucus made of a Bulls gall . 
 
 Take Bulls galls dryed in the Sun, whole tin&ure , 
 extrad with fpirit of wine, with which befmear the < 
 face, (being cleanfed by the fecond Se&ion) leaving 
 it on for three or four days, without going abroad, or 
 expoling the skin to the air : at the end of the time 
 cleanfe the face by the fecond Se&ion : (o almoft to 'a 
 miracle, the skin of the face and neck is rendred moft 
 gratefully white, foft, delicate and amiable. This is 
 the Spanish Fucus which feveral Ladies now ule. 
 
 IX. 7 "o mal^e an excellent red Fucus . 
 
 Make a decode ion of red Sanders in double diftilled 
 
 vinegar, 
 
Chap-} 6 • Of fainting the Face Ac. 32 7 
 
 vinegar, adding a little Atom, with a few grains of 
 Musk, Ambei-griefe.or of fomc fweet Spices, and you 
 will have a perfe# red Fucus for the face. 3 
 
 X. Another very excellent. 
 
 Take juice of Clove-gilliflowers, with which mix a 
 little juice of Limons : with this paint your face, and 
 you fhall have a pleating red colour. 
 
 XI. To do the fame another way. 
 
 Make a flrong infufion of Clove-gilliflowers in re- 
 plied fpirit of wine, adding a few drops of oil of Vi- 
 triol, or inftead thereof a little Alom, and the juice of 
 a Citron or Litnon , fb fhall you have an excellent co- 
 lour to beautihe the face with. 
 
 XII. A Fucus or Faint not eafie to be difeovered. 
 
 Take feeds of Cardamoms or grains of Paradife 
 
 Cubebs, Cloves, and rafpings of Brazil, which infufe 
 in re&ified fpirit of wine for ten days, over a gentle 
 heati then Separate the fpirit : this is fo perfect a 
 Fucus, that it may deceive any man, for this clear wa- 
 ter gives afrefh, red, and lovely colour which will lart 
 long. 
 
 XIII. A Fucus or CofmeticJ^ of river Crabs. 
 
 Take of the flefh which remains in the extremities 
 of the great claws of river Crabs ( being boiledj a 
 fufficient quantity, which dry gently, and then extra# 
 s deep tindure with rectified fpirit of wine* evapo- 
 rate part of the menftruum-> till the tindure have a good 
 thicknefs or body, with which ( the skin being clean- 
 fed) anoint the cheeks firft, applying over it fome 
 other albify ing Coftnetick. 
 
 XI V. Spanijhwool , wherewith women paint their faces 
 red. 
 
 Boil (hearings of Scarlet in water of quick-lime half 
 »n hour, of which take two pound, to which put Bra- 
 zil two ounces (rafped ) Roch Alom, Verdigriefe, 
 
 of 
 
 
328 Polygraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 of each one ounce. Gum Arabick two drachms, boil 
 all for half an hour, which keep for ufe. 
 
 XV. 'to do the fame another way. 
 
 Take Spirit of wine one pound, Cochenele half an 
 ounce, rafped Brazil one ounce, Gum Armoniack three 
 drachms,mix and digefl; till the Gum is dillblved •, then 
 boil it gently, and ftrain it for. ufe, into which you may 
 put old linnen rags, or Spanifh wool at pleafure. 
 
 CHAP. XXXVII. 
 
 • f I 
 
 OfCoftneticks which heautifa without any th'w^ 
 
 of? dint. ' 
 
 I. A N excellent Cofmeticb^or Liquor of talk # j 
 l\. Take powder of Talk ( made by rubbing no 
 with pumice ftones » or beating it in a very hot morii 
 tar, or filing it with a Goldfmiths fmoothing file a 
 eight ounces. Salts tartari fixteen ounces, calcine % 
 twelve hours in a wind furnace, and fet it in a Cellaijf 
 feparating that which melts, from that which dotij 
 not : then calcine this dry Calx added to four tuntj 
 its weight of Sal nitre, with a ftrong fire, fo the ajj, 
 will be melted into a clear white mafs which beingt^ 
 in a Cellar will turn to a clammy liquor. 
 
 this wonderfully whitens and beautifies the skin, an,,, 
 takgs away j pots and freckles from the face : but you 
 not leave the liquor long on , buiwafh it off with decoctf ^ 
 of wheat bran , that it corrode uot the skfn^ 
 
 II. to makg the skjn [oft and fmooth . i| 
 
 The face being very clean by the fecond Section t 
 the fix and thirtieth Chapter, wafh it very well with 
 Lixivium of Salt of Tartar , and after that aco.i 
 
Chap. 17-Of fainting the Face,Stc. 329 
 
 it with Pomatum \ or which is better, oil of fweet Al- 
 monds, doing this every night going to bed. The 
 Pomatum we have taught the way to make in our 
 Synopfis Median £ , lib. 3. cap. 58. Sea. 2. 
 
 Ill* A water to cleanfe the face from Scurf e and Mor- 
 few. 
 
 Take drilled rain water fix onces, juice of Limons 
 twelve ounces, mix them, and wafh with it mornin^ 
 and evening, anointing after it at night going to bed 
 with the oil or Pomatum aforefaid. 
 
 TV. An Vnguent which brings the skjn to an exqmfite 
 hauty. 
 
 Take of our Pomatum one ounce, Salt of Tartar one 
 drachm, Musk twenty grains, mix them well, and (the 
 face or skin being very clean) anoint morning and e- 
 vening, 
 
 V. A wonderful Cofmetick^of great worth . 
 
 Take white Tartar twenty ounces. Talk, Salt, of 
 each ten ounces, calcine them in a potters furnace very 
 well > then grinding the matter upon a marble, put it 
 into Hippocrates his fleeve, and fet it in a Cellar or o~ 
 ther moift place for twenty or thirty dayes, and there 
 will drop from it a precious oil > which being rubbed 
 upon the skin foftly with a linnen cloth ( the skin be- 
 ing duly cleanfed firft ) takes away all kind of fpots, 
 and makes the skin foft and delicate. 
 
 VI. A cheapo yet excellent Cofmetic\ . 
 
 Take Alom in line powder, and (hake it with whites 
 of new laid eggs, being a little heated, till fuch time 
 as they grow thick to an ointment, with which anoint 
 the face morning and evening three or four days i and 
 it will take away fpots and wrinkles, and make the 
 skin grow clear and fair. 
 
 VH. An excellent Mercurial Cofmstick, prevalent a- 
 imji moji deformities of the skin. 
 
 Y Tak e 
 
330 
 
 Poiygrnfhices. Lib.4. 
 
 Take Mercury purihed from all blacknefs half a i 
 pound, Mercury Sublimate in powder as much, mix j 
 them. in a bone or marble mortar *, put them into an < 
 Alembick of a ilraight Oribce, put on dilhlled Vine- 
 par, till all be covered three or fourhngers, letting it j 
 hand four days, daily birring the fame at certain times, 
 then it extracts a whitilh powder > the whitilh Vine - 1 
 ear by inclination feparate, reje&ing it, and put on : | 
 other Vinegar: the powder at bottom keep fo for„ 
 feme days : which labour you mu ft fo often reiterate, lSi 
 till you have abundance of that white powder, which,, 
 dry, and keep forufe : anoint with it, by mixing wit j 
 a little di billed rain water, and it will take away all^ 
 bkmifbes of the skin, as alfo Tetters. Ufe it not tom 
 often, and beware you touch neither eyes nor teetbj 
 
 with it. . .j 
 
 VIII. Another of great eftimation. . A 
 
 Take Mercury Sublimate , Saccharum Saturn ot each, 
 two drachms, Rofe water, juce of Limons ot each twe 
 ounces, mix them like to an ointment, with which 
 anoint gently at night, and the next morning witl' 
 
 the Pomatum aforefaid. .... r r ff 
 
 IX. To mah$ a kind of La c -Virgin*, an excellent Cf, 
 
 Take dihilled rain water a quart, S accharum Saturn 
 cry ball 17 ed one ounce, mix them, and then wafliwit ., 1 
 the water, being fettled : the hue white powder 2 
 bottom, is alfo an excellent fucus or paint, which 
 be laid upon the skin if very clear : note, tome ule \ 1? 
 « negar inltead of the rairr water. 
 
 1' x. "to make OleumTartari per deliquhmu ; ! 
 
 Take Salt of Tartar, which put into a bag with s 
 corner in a moib Cellar, and the oil will diltil ther«| 
 hom m drops : with this oil you may mix a little ta;; 
 water, and waft yourb.ee at n%ht going to bed ', m 
 
Chap-37- Of fainting the Face&c. 331 
 
 the next morning, the face being very clean, you may* 
 waft with th£ aforefaid Lac Virginis ^ thus continuing 
 for fome days, you may create an exquifite and lading 
 beauty. 
 
 XL A compound Cofmeticj^efleemed by fome of great 
 force. 
 
 Take of the aforefaid Lac Virginis one ounce, oil of 
 Tartar aforefaid half an ounce, mix them, with which 
 waft morning and night for about a week or more, as 
 you ft all fee occafion > then anoint with the following 
 ointment. 
 
 Xlf. 7 a make the Cofnetlch^ Ointment aforefaid. 
 
 Take musk three drachms,amber griefe two drachms, 
 civit one drachm, grind them upon a porphyre or mar- 
 ble done, with oil of Ben and Rhodium of each three 
 ounces, with which anoint as aforefaid : note, fome 
 indead of the oil of Ben, ufeoil of fweet Almonds. 
 
 XIII. A vegetable Cofmetick. 
 
 Befmear your face or skin at night going to bed, 
 with the juice of Wake Robin i it is excellent. 
 
 XIV. An incomp arable CofmeticJ^of Pearl. 
 
 Diffolve Pearls in juice of Limons or didilled Vine- 
 gar, which digeft inHorfe-dung, till they fend forth 
 a clear oil, which will fwimon the top : this is one 
 ofthe mod excellent Cofmeticks or Beautifiers in the 
 world : this oile if well prepared is richly Worth fevett 
 found an ounce . 
 
 XV. A Cofmetickointment of great worth. 
 
 Take of our Pomatum aforefaid fix ounces Saccba * 
 rum Saturni two ounces, mix them ; and anoint morn- 
 ing and evening. 
 
 XVI. . Another very good for the skin. 
 
 Mix Saccharum Saturni one drachm, in Vinegar half 
 an ounce, which mingle with the glair of eggs, and. 
 anoint with it. 
 
 1 2 
 
 XV IT 
 
33- Polygraph ices. Lib 4 , 
 
 XV II. A Coftnetic £ wonderful to make a pleafing rnd* 
 tyy complexion. 
 
 Take oil of Tartar four ounces, Alom, Sal Gem, of 
 each one ounce, Borax, Camphire of each hall an I 
 ounce, beat them well together, to which add, of Bri- , 
 ony water a pint, diflil them in Balneo^ and you will 
 have your delire. 
 
 XV I II. Another for the fame. 
 
 Take Madder, Myrrh, Saffron, Frankincenfe, of , 
 each alike, bruife and ffeep all in White- wine, with ‘ 
 which anoint the face going to bed, and in the morn- ' 
 ing wafh it offend the skin will have a gallant pleafing; 
 
 blufh. 
 
 XIX. fo make the Cofmetick, ef Myrrh, very excellent^ 
 
 Boil eggs till they are hard, flit them and take out^ 
 
 the yolks, fill them up with powdred myrrh dofe. 
 them together, and lay them in a moifl Cellar, and the 
 myrrh will difloive into oil. _ ■ 
 
 XX. ‘Io makp a very good Wafh to whiten the skiff, and 
 give a good complexion. 
 
 Take Limons, hens eggs boiled, of each twelve,, 
 Turpentine eight ounces, diflil all in Balneo Mari#, 
 with which wafh : when you wafh, you may drop in- : 
 to it a drop, two or three of oil of Oranges or Cina- 
 mon, for fragrancy fake. 
 
 XX I. A Cofmetickjo make a rough skin fmooth. _ • 
 
 Take fweet Almonds blanched tpur pound, moiften 
 
 them with fpirit of wine and rofe water mixt toge- 
 ther, of each two ounces, beat them together and fry 
 them j and when they begin to fmoak, put them into 
 a bag, and prefs them ( in a prefs made for that pur- 
 pofe ) and there will come forth a very clear oil i 
 which put into rain water, and beat it till it is exceed* 
 ing white. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Ch .3$. Of remedying vices of the shjn. 333 
 
 CHAP. XXXVIII. 
 
 of Cefmcticks, which remedy the various Vices of 
 the skiff* 
 
 | 
 
 L ~]p 0 takeaway Sun-burnings* 
 
 1 To glair of ten eggs put Sugar-candy one 
 ounce and anoint with it going to bed : or anoint with 
 the juice of Sow-bread at night going to bed j and in 
 the morning with oil (9/w^tacfife. The like effects hath 
 our Lac Virginia at the ninth Se&ion of the {'even and 
 thirtieth Chapter, as alfo Oleum ‘fartari , and other 
 things of like nature. 
 
 II. T’o take away rednefs and Pimples . 
 
 Firft prepare the skin by bathing it often with the 
 deco&ion of wheat-bran, and applying pultiffes of 
 bread, milk and oil thereto : when the skin is thus Pap- 
 pled and rarified, you may cure them either by our 
 liquor of Talk at the firft Se&ion of the feven and 
 thirtieth Chapter, or mercurial Cofmetick at the fe- 
 venth Se&ion of the feven and thirtieth Chapter, or 
 our LacVitgim and oil ofTartatattheninth and tenth 
 Seftion of the feven and thirtieth Chapter, or by often 
 walking with juice of Limons. • 
 
 III. “jCotakg away Freckles. 
 
 Take juice of Limons, put it into a glafs bottle, to 
 which put fine Sugar and borax in powder, digeft it 
 eight days in Sand, then ufe its or mix Sal "Iartari 
 with whites of eggs, and apply it s or often ufe our 
 compound Cofmetick at the eleventh Section of the 
 feven and thirtieth Chapter, or oil of Tartar alone, 
 for forae weeks b but if all fail, you muft haverecourfe 
 Jo pur Liquor of Talk at the firft Section of the fevea 
 
 Y | and 
 
33^r Polygraphices. Lib- 4 , 
 
 a nd thirtieth Chapter, or Mercurial Cofmetick at the 
 feventh Se&ion of the feven and thirtieth Chapter. 
 
 IV. fo take away Spots from the face or skin. 
 
 This is done by anointing with oil of Tartar for ten 3 
 days', and after all that to wafhit with a Lixivium 
 of Quicklime in which Sal armoniacl^ hath been diffol- 
 ved for a long time : or you may ufe the Cofmetick at 
 the third Se&ion of the feven and thirtieth Chapter 
 camphorated. 
 
 V. fo clean fe a feurf y Skin. 
 
 If the creature be fat, foment firft with a Uxhium 
 of Salt of Tartar *, but if lean, make a fomentation of 
 Borrage, Buglofs and Mallow leaves, which ufe foil 
 fome days : this bTng done, bath the place where thi 
 feurf is, with Spiritus Nicotian made by fermentation! 
 which being dryed in, anoint firft with oil of Tartar^ 
 then with oil of Almonds i repeating the three laftfl 
 works, fo often till the feurf goes away- 
 
 If all thefe fail you mujl have recourse to our liquor crj 
 falk^ or Mercurial Cofmetick » or thofe at the fifth anc\ 
 eighth Sefiion of the fiven and thirtieth Chapter-, which 
 without doubt will perform your defire. 
 
 VI. fofree the Skin from fetters and Ring-worms. 5 
 
 DifTolve Sublimate one ounce in a glafs of Red-winr 
 
 by boiling, with which wafh the place morning any 
 evening, letting it dry of it felf, for three or four day* 
 together, and it will certainly cure ; if they be not in- 
 veterate, our liquor of Talk at the firft Sc&ion of th< 
 feven and thirtieth Chapter, or Mercurial Cofmetid 
 pnay fufficicntly do or you may anoint with this oint- 
 ment. Take Sal fartari two drachms, burnt Aloir, 
 three drachms, powder and incorporate with whitef 
 of eggs : or this, take Sulphur live three drachm^ 
 Camphire one drachm, Hogs-griefe two ounces, mi? 
 
 and make an ointment, ' ’ ^ 
 
 a.--. yll 
 
Chap. 3 8. Of Painting the Facefec. 335 
 
 VII. To take away wrinkles from the Skin . 
 
 Take oil of Almonds, lees of oil Olive, and make 
 them into anointment with wax, powder of Cam- 
 phireand Maftich, with which anoint. Oil of Myrrh 
 to anoint with, is eminent in this cafe : or wadi with 
 a deco&ion of Briony roots and figs of each alike : or 
 dilTolve Gum Tragacanth in LacVirginii-, and walk 
 with that# Excellent good is a ftrong decoction of 
 Pomegranate pills in White-wine , to walk often 
 with. 
 
 VIII. To take away Warts. 
 
 The juice of the greater Spurge with Salt anointed, 
 takes them away, fo alfo a continual walking with a 
 Lixivium of Quicklime and Salt of Tartar. 1 he juice 
 of Verrucaria performs the fame. A plaUxer of Cany 
 tbmdes with a defenfative is very good in this cafe : io 
 alfo this following wafh : take Saccbarum Saturni three 
 ounces, Sal Armoniack ^ one ounce, Vitriol common hx 
 drachms, Quicklime eight ounces,boil all in water four 
 pound to the confumption of the half, with which 
 often bath the warts, and then wafh with our Mercurial 
 water. Black Soap hath often been found very good ^ 
 but efpecially a plainer of T urpentine. 
 
 IX. To beat Chaps in the Skin. 
 
 Our Vomatum in this cafe is moft excellent : yet this 
 following is commendable, Take Capons-griefe mix* 
 ed well with Camphire, and anoint with. Oil of Tur- 
 pentine two drachms, mixed with Vnguentum Vopulcon 
 two ounces, is very good. So alfo oil of Rods mixed 
 with Sheep Suet and wax to an oint ment. 
 
 X To heal Burnings and Seal dings. 
 
 Excellent good is the Vnguentum Rubntm in our Sy~ 
 nopfis Medicin£ lib. 3. cap. 58. Sett* 1. both to draw out 
 the tire, and to heal. To draw out the Hrealfo, glair 
 of eggs mixed with Rofe water, is very prevalent : 
 
 Y 4 fa 
 
 W4TV 
 
333 Poly graph ices. Lib.4 
 
 foalfo is Salt, raw Onions, Soap, Yeft, Oil of Tartar 
 and the like. To hinder the rifing of the blifiers, Hens 
 dung three ounces , mixed with hogs griefe four 
 ounces, and Salt of Tartar one ounce is very good j 
 fo alfo a cataplafme of Honey and crums of bread i but 
 beft of all a plaifter of drained Opium , which per- 
 forms all the intentions to admiration. If the blifter 
 break, it may be prefently shinned by anointing with oil 
 cf eggs, and wafting often with Lac Virginis , ftrewing 
 upon the fore powder of Bole, Tutty, Cerufe or the 
 like. 
 
 XI. To take away fears and mark} of the Small Pox. '• 
 
 Take of oil of Tartar one ounce and half, Cerufe : 
 
 diffolved in oil of Rofes one ounce, Borland Sal Gem i 
 of each one drachm, mix and make an ointment, with » 
 which anoint. Oil of Tartar alone performs this work f 
 well : fo Salt of Tartar, mixed with powder of Mirrfj ( 
 and oil of Rofes. i 
 
 XII. To beautifie the Hands . 
 
 To make them {oft, often anoint with the oil of Al- . 
 monds or our Pomatum at night going to bed, wafhing 
 them the next morning with decod ion of wheat-bran; 
 after a while waft them with Salt of Tartar, diffolved 
 in fair water, perfumed with oil of Cloves, Oranges, 
 Rhodium or Cinnamon. Or this, take Venice Soap 
 diffolved in juice of Limons one pound, Virgin-honey 
 foUr ounces, Sublimate, Orice root, Sugar, Salt of 
 Tartar, Alom, Borax of each one ounce, Balfom of Peru 
 two drachms, oil of Cloves one drachm, oil of Rho- 
 dium and Cinnamon of each halfa drachm, make a 
 mixture to waft the hands withal : Or this, take pow« 
 der of Venice Soap one pound, Orice root eight oun- 
 ces, Amylum fix ounces, mix them and make an oint- 
 ment with liquid Storax and oil of Benjamin a fuffici- 
 crit quantity j it wonderfully whitens, fmooths and 
 
 • ! fvveetens 
 
Ch-39* Of making a facet Breath. 337 
 
 fweetens the hands. To anoint alfo with a Bulls call 
 is very good. 
 
 XIII. To help bands which are fmln, and lookjed or 
 blew with cold. 
 
 What we even now faid ( in the laft Section ) may 
 be faid again here: to which we add, that a long 
 bathing of them in a lather of Cable Soap, is very 
 good it it be done : or if a repercuflive plailkr be ap- 
 plied made of barley meal, Saccharum Saturni , and oil 
 of Myrtles i wafhing (after the coming off of the Ca- 
 taplafme ) with juice ofLimons or white wine Vine- 
 gar : a plaiber of Turpentine mixed with Salt is good. 
 Often to anoint the hands with oil of Rofes, Almonds, 
 or Pomatum at night, and the next morning with the 
 Uc Virginis prevails much. Oil of Annifeeds, Cara- 
 ways and Fennel prepared chymically, as alfo Cloves 
 and Oranges, mixed with oil of Almonds and often 
 ufed, are eminent above all other things. 
 
 CHAP. XXXIX. 
 
 Of making a frveet Breath. 
 
 !• A Stinking Breath comes from one of thefe four cate- 
 fes,viz.putrified Lungs , defective Teeth, a di- 
 femper of the Head , or obfirutiion of the Stomach . 
 
 II. To remedy a Stinking Breath coming from putrified 
 lungs. 
 
 Take Vnguentum Nicotian £ one ounce. Oleum Sue » 
 W two drachms, mix them and anoint the breaft out- 
 wardly i inwardly give cleanfers, ( as oil of Sulphur 
 allayed with Rofe water ) morning and evening s as 
 alfo Ammonium Vbpkomicum ten grains five times a 
 ' ’ da^; 
 
338 Polygraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 day for feveral days together* then heal by giving oil 
 of Almonds mixed with a few drops of oil of Cinna- 
 mon, or Pills of Turpentine : Laftly, morning, noon 
 and night let this bolus be adhibited, take .Nutmegs, 
 Mace , Ginger, of each fifteen grains, honey two 1 
 drachms, oil of Cinnamon ten drops, mix them, and 
 continue it for fome weeks. 
 
 III. ‘fe help the defetls of the teeth . 
 
 I .If the teeth be furred over, rub them every morning 
 with cremr Tartari in powder, and wafli them with 
 White-wine. 2. If the teeth be blacky allay oil of Sul- : 
 phur or Vitriol in Rofe water, and fcowr them well ; 
 therewith, with the end of a hick and a rag, till all the? 
 blacknefs be gone * then rub them with oil of Almondsi 
 perfum’d with oil of Cinnamon. 3. If the teeth be& 
 loofe , firft rub them with this powder, take Galls, Poifh 
 granate flowers, Sumach, Cyperus, of each one ounce,! 
 Roch Alom half a pound, powder them all for ufe : 
 then ufe this Gargarifme. Take Galls one ounce, 
 Myrrh, Pomgranate peels of each half an ounce, boil; 
 them in white wine vinegar for a Gargarifm. Laftly,; 
 morning, noon and night wa(h the gums with good 
 red Wine * by this means the teeth will be faftned and 
 the gums reftored. 4. If they be in danger of rotting v 
 take allies of Harts-horn, magiftery of Corral of each 
 one ounce, musk, or inftead thereof oil ofCinamon, 
 ten grains, mix for a dentifrice to rub the teeth withal, 
 it will keep them white and found. 5. If they be rop 
 ten and hollow i make little pellets of ftrained Opium, 
 Myrrh and oil of Cinnamon, and put them into the 
 hollow tooth. 6 . If they ach > ufe the aforefaid pellets, 
 or make little ones of Laudanum Faracelfi , and put 
 them into the hollownefs : or if they be not hollow, 
 tyea little pill of the fame up in a fine thin rag, and 
 hold it between the aking teeth. 7. If theyjlhi ky-> often 
 
Ch- 39 - Oj making a [met Breath. 339 
 
 wafli them with wine orfpirit of wine, in which a 
 few drops of oil of Cinnamon and adeps Rofanum is 
 diffolved. 
 
 IV. To r edify a Stinking Breath arifing front difiemper 
 of the bead. 
 
 Confider the cau « of the difiemper, whether it a~ 
 rifcs from thePox,Impofthuti)es, or the like, and fol- 
 low the method inftituted in the cure of thofe difeafes, 
 and then the caufe being taken away, the efFedfs you 
 will find will foon ceafe >yet neverthelefs thefe follow- 
 ing pills are excellent : take Calx of refined Silver 
 made by fpirit of Nitre, and well dulcified by wafhing 
 in warm rain water, one ounce, Refine Scammonii one 
 ounce and half, mix them for a mafs of pills, of which 
 take eight or ten grains at night going to bed every 
 third, fourth or fifth day. 
 
 V. ‘Xo redifie a Stinking Breath arifing from the obftm- 
 | iiion of the Stomach 
 
 This is doneby opening and cleaning the Stomach 
 thus. Take every morning going to bed half'a drachm 
 of Pil . Ruffi for ten or twelve days together : or thus, 
 firft vomit with Vinum Benedidumonz ounce or more, 
 according as Strength requires, twice or thrice then 
 take PiluU Rudii half a drachm at a time, in the morn- 
 ing fading, drinking after it fome warm broth or poffet 
 drink, which repeat every third or fourth day four or 
 hvc times. 
 
 VI. foredifie the Breath, when it f metis of any thing 
 that vs eaten. 
 
 Chew Coriander feed or Zedoary in the mouth, 
 drinking a good draught of wine after 3 the (cent of 
 the wine is taken away by eating four apples ertr Quin- 
 ces, or by chewing troches of Gum Tragacanth per,- 
 fumed with oil of Cinnamon. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 . ' * t <! 
 
 
Polygraphices* 
 
 Lib. 4. 
 
 CHAP. XL. 
 
 Of beautifying the Hair* 
 
 I- T 0 fy e the Hair black- \ 
 
 1 This is done, with the Cilx of Lime ( made 
 by Spirit of Nitre) mixed with fair water, and the hair 
 walked therewith, with a Spunge : it is the mod excel- 
 |cnt thing of that kind that is yet known. 
 
 IF, to keep the hair from falling off . 
 
 Take Myrtle berries, Galls, Emblick Myrobalans of 
 each alike, boil them in oil Omphacine, with which 
 anoint : it is an excellent Medicine, yet as old as Galen » j 
 III. to remedy Baldnefs . s 
 
 This is a hard thing to cure, yet the following things j 
 are very good. Rub the head or bald places every , 
 morning very hard with a coarfe cloth, till it be red, 
 anointing immediately after with Bears greife : when 
 ten or fifteen days are paft, rub every morning and 
 evening with a bruifed Onion, till the bald places be 
 red, then annoint with honey well mixed with Mu- J 
 fiard-feed, applying over all a plaider of Labdanm 1 
 mixed with mice dung, and powder of Bees: do this* 
 for thirty days. If all the forme* fail, bath with a de- t 
 tfo&ion of Bur-dock roots, made with a Lixivium (of i 
 Salt of Tartar ) two parts, and rouskadel one part > i' 
 immediately applying this Unguent : take thapft or i 
 twbeib one drachm ( in powder ) bears griefe one \ 
 ounce, mix them, which ufe for fixtydays - , if this : 
 make qpt the hair come, the defect is incurable. 
 
 , ( IV. to take away hair from places where jhauldnat I 
 *grort>. 
 
 Take Quicklime four ounces, Auripigmentum one 
 1 ! ; ounce 
 
 c . * ? * * 
 
Chap 4 °- Of beautifying the Hair. 34 - t 
 
 ounce and a half, Sulphur ww, Nitre, of each half an 
 ounce, Lixivium of Salt of Tartar a quart, mix and 
 boil all fo long in a glazed earthen pot, till putting a 
 quill therein, all the feathers peel off, and it is done. 
 Hrft foment the place with warm water a little before 
 youufethe aforelaid medicine j a quarter of an hour 
 after waft with very hot water * then anoint with the 
 atorefaid Unguent, and in a quarter of an hour it will 
 do the work : when the hairs are fain away, remem- 
 ber to annoint with oil of Rofes > now to keep them 
 from ever growing again, anoint for fomc days with 
 an ointment made of the juices of Henbane and Night- 
 (hade, Opium and Ho£s griefe. 
 
 V. T o maty the hair curl» 
 
 Waft the hair very well with a Lixivium of Quick- 
 lime, then dry it very well, that done anoint it with 
 oil of Myrtles, or oil Omphacine , and powder it well 
 with fweet powder, putting it up every night under a 
 cap: if the parry be naturally of a cold and moiffcon- 
 ftitution, the wafting, anointing and powdring muff 
 be perpetually ufed once or twice ;a week during life, 
 the hair being put up every night. 
 
 , VI. To make hair lan\ and flag that curls too much. 
 
 Anoint the hair throughly twice or thrice a week 
 with oil of Lillies, Rofes, or Marft mallows, combing 
 it after it very well. 
 
 VII. 1 0 maty the hair grew long and foft . 
 
 Diffil Hogs griefe or oil Olive in an Alembick 
 with the oil that comes there-from anoint the hair,and 
 it will make it grow long and foft : ufe it often. 
 
 VIII. To prefer vc the hair from fplitting at the ends . 
 
 Anoint the ends thereof, with oil Omphacine, or 
 
 oil of Myrtles, they are eminent in this cafe to pre- 
 ferve the hair from fplitting, fo alfo an ointment made 
 of Honey 3 Bees wax and oil Omphacine or Bears griefe. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
342 Poljgraphices. Lib.4^ 
 
 CHAP. XLI. 
 
 Of the Art of Ter fuming in ge nerd. 
 
 \ 
 
 I. TN this Art two things are to be confidered, viz. 
 
 JL 1. The way and manner of making of Perfumes. 
 
 2. The way and manner of Perfuming. 
 
 II. The Perfume itfelf is confidered,. r. In refpeft 
 ©fits Form. 2. In refped of its Compofition. 
 
 III. The Form of the Perfume is either Water, Oil j 
 Effence Unguent, Powder, or Tablets. 
 
 IV. The Making and Compofition is taken from j 
 
 the Form and matter. . jj 
 
 V. The Matter is either Vegetable, Animal or Mi-; f 
 neral. 
 
 VI. The way of Perfuming is according to the mat- 
 
 ter to be perfumed. L 
 
 VII. The matter to be perfumed is either natural, 
 as Hairs, Skins, Cloaths, Air, &c. or Artificial, as Po- ; 
 manders, Powders, Wafh-balls, Soaps, Candles, and 
 other things of like nature. 
 
 CHAP. XLII. 
 
 Of the Matter of which Perfumes are made. 
 
 I. *Tp H E ground of Vegetable Perfumes, is taken | 
 from YUmrSiSeUs) Herbs^Koots^ Woods ■> Barits <} 
 and Gums . 
 
 II. The chief Flomrs for this ufe, are of Clove- 
 Gilliflowcrs, Rofes, Jafmin-> Lavender, Oranges and 
 
 Saffron. I 
 
 III. The 
 
Chap-43* Of the Oil of Ben. 
 
 HI. The chief Seeds or fruits are Nutmegs.Clovcs 
 Carrawaies, Grains, Seeds of Geranium Mofchatum and 
 the Nut Ben. 
 
 IV. The chief Herbs are Geranium Mofcbatum , B aM 
 fwect Majoram, Tyme, Angelica, Rofemary, Lave*’ 
 der, Hyfop, fweet Trefoyl, Mint and Bay-tree leaves 
 
 V. The chief Roots are of Calamus Aromatic us. Gin- 
 ger, China, Cary ophyllat a Jndhn Spicknard and fweet 
 Orrice or Iris. 
 
 VI. The chief IJWj are of yellow Sanders, Xyk- 
 hljamum , Lignum A1os y and Rhodium. 
 
 VII. The Barly and Peels are of Cinnamon, Mace 
 
 Oranges, Limons and Citrons. * 
 
 VIII. The chief Gums are Frankinccnle, Oltbmum, 
 tabdanum, Styrax, liquid Siyrax, Bdfamum Vmim. 
 
 Amhergriefe,5^r^ Ctf/aw^Benjamin, Amber Cam 
 phire. 3 
 
 IX. The chief matters of Perfumes taken from A- 
 mds , are Musk, Zibet, Cow-dung and other turds 
 
 X. Of Minerals there are two onely„ which yielda 
 Pertume, and they are Antimony and Sulphur. 
 
 CHAP. XLIIJ. 1 
 
 ■ • : » • ' • ' * • < ■ * • < . .• ' . , ; 
 
 Of the Oil of Ben. 
 
 T HE little Nut which the Arabians call Betty is 
 the fame which the Latins call Nux Vnguen - 
 ms i and the Greeks Balanos My reflag out of which is 
 taken an Oil, of great ufe in the Art of Perfuming. 
 
 If to make the Oil of Ben. Blanch the Nuts, and 
 beat them very carefully in a mortar, and fprinkle 
 to with wine^ur tl*em into an earthen or Iron Pan, 
 
 and 
 
344 Poljgtaphicei . Li't? 4 . 
 
 and heat them hot, then put them into a linnen cloth, 
 and prefs them in an Almond prefs *, this work repeat, 
 till all the Oil is extracted, fo have you Oil of Bm by 
 cxpreflion. 
 
 III. In like manner you may exprefs the Oil out of 
 Citron feeds, incomparable for this purpofe, to ex- 
 tra^ the [cent out of Musk, Civit, Amber and 'the like, 
 becaufe it will not quickly grow rank, yet Oil of thej 
 Nut Ben is much better. 
 
 IV. This oil of Ben hath two properties j the one is, 
 that having no fcent or odour of it felf,it alters, changes 
 qr diminifhes not the fcent of any Perfume put into it: 
 the other is that it is of a long continuance, fo that if 1 
 fcarcely ever changeth, corrupts or pucrifies, as othe/ J 
 
 oils do. - j 
 
 V. To make a Perfume thereof, put the Musk, Am- 
 ber, &c. in fine powder thereinto, which keep in t 
 glafs bottle very clofe flopped, for a month or more, 
 then ufe it. 
 
 VI. Or thus, Blanch your Nuts, and brufe them; 
 ( Almonds may do though not fo good) and lay them 
 between two rows of Flowers,fuppofe Rofes 
 
 &c. or other Perfumes j whenrthe Flowers have loll 
 their fcent and fade, remove them, adding frelh ones 5 
 which repeat fo long as the Flowers are in feafon «, then 
 fqueez out the oil, and it will be moft odoriferous. 
 
 VII. Laftly, by this laft you may draw a fvveet fcent 
 out of thofe Flowers, out of which you cannot diftil! 
 any fweet water. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
345 
 
 Chap-44 1 Of fat* Waters. 
 
 CHAP. XLIV. 
 
 Of fmet water so 
 
 l 
 
 lejirjt jrrect water. 
 
 Take Cloves in powder two drachms, yellow 
 
 Sanders, Calamus Aromaticm of each one fcruple, Aqua 
 Rofarum Damafcenarum fifteen pound , digefl four 
 days, then diflil in an Alembicki to this newdiflilled 
 water put in powder Cloves, Cinnamon, Benjamin* 
 Storax Calamita of each one drachn^diftil again in Bai- 
 rn •, laftly put the water into a glafs bottle with Musk 
 and Ambergriefe of each ten grains, keepitclofe ftopt 
 for ufe. 
 
 II« ibefecond fwcetlVater. 
 
 Take Damask Rofes exungulated three pound. 
 Flowers of Lavender and Spike of each four ounces 
 Clove-gilli flowers, and Flowers of Jafemin , of each 
 two pound, Orange- flowers one pound, Citron peels 
 four drachms, Cloves two drachms, Cinnamon, Sto- 
 rax Calamita , Benjamin, Nutmegs, of each two fcru- 
 pies all in powder, Aqua Rofarum lix pound, digefl ten 
 days, then diflil in Balnco : to the diftilled water add of 
 Musk and Ambergriefe of each thirty grains, 
 
 III. The third [we ct Water. 
 
 Take Rofes, Clove-gilliflowers of each one pound. 
 Flowers of Rofemary, Lavender, Jafemin , Majoram,' 
 Savory, Time, of each three ounces, dry Citron peels 
 one ounce, Cinnamon, Benjamin, Storax Calamita , of 
 each two drachmSjNutmegs, Mace, of each one drachm 
 bruife the Herbs and Spices well, digefl in the Sun two 
 days, then diflil in Balneo : to the diflilled water add 
 Musk in powder one fcruple. 
 
 2 
 
 IV. fhs 
 
24 6 Poljgraphices, Lib.4. 
 
 IV. The fourth fmet Water* 
 
 Take Cloves, Cinnamon of each one drachm, Mace, 
 Grains, Musk, Ambergriefe, Citron peels oi each half 
 a fcruple, Benjamin, Storax Calamita of each one Icru- 
 ple Aqua Rofarum twelve pounds digeft fifteen days, 
 then diftil in Balneo * 
 
 V. The fifth [met Water* 
 
 Take Rofemary-flower water. Orange-flower water 
 of each five pound, Ambergriefe one fcruple, digeft 
 ten days, then diftil in Balnea* 
 
 VI. The fixth facet Water* 
 
 Take Rofes two pound, Macaleb half a drachm, 
 Ambergriefe ten grains, bruife what is to be bruifed, 
 digeft in fand three days, then diftil in Balneo* 
 
 V II. 2 he feventh facet W iter* , 1 
 
 Take green peels of Oranges and Citrons ot each 
 
 four drachms. Cloves half a drachm, flowers oi Spike 
 fix ounces, Aqua Rofarum Vatnafcenarum fix pound,- 
 digeft ten days, then diftil in Balneo. 
 
 VIII. The eighth fmet Water* . r 
 
 Take of the water at the fifth Se&ion fix pound, 
 Musk ten grains, mix and digeft them for ufe. 
 
 IX. The ninth facet Water. - 
 
 Take Aqua Rofarum, Aqua F lotum de Jafemtn ot 
 
 each four pound, Musk one Icruple, digeft ten days, 
 then diftil in fand. 
 
 X. The tenth facet W iter* 
 
 Take Damask- rofes, Musk-rofes, Orange-flowers 
 of each four pound, Cloves two ounces, Nutmegs one 
 ounce, diftil in an Alembick, in the nofe of which hang 
 Musk three fcruples, Amber two fcruples, Civet one 
 fcruple, eyed up in a rag dipt in bran, and the white 
 of an egg mixed. 
 
 XI. ‘lbs eleventh facet Water , called Aqua Nan la or 
 
 Naphe - " ' Take 
 
Chap.45 • Of Perfuming Oils . 347 
 
 Take Aqua Rofarum four pound, Orange-flower 
 water two pound, waters of fweet Trefoy], Lavender, 
 Sweet Majorem of each eight ounces, Benjamin two 
 ounces, Borax one ounce, Labdanum half an ounce, 
 Mace, Cloves, Cinnamon, Sanders, Lignum Aloes of 
 each one ounce, Spikenard one otonce i all being grofly 
 beaten, digeft a month, then in a glafs retort diftil in 
 Balneo. 
 
 XII. T’he twelfth fweet water , called Aqua Molehata. 
 
 Ta-ke fpiric of wine two pound, Musk three fcruples, 
 Amber two fcruples, Civet one fcruple, digeft in the 
 Sun twenty days clofe flopped in a glafs veffel > a drop 
 of this water put into any other liquor, will very well 
 perfume it* 
 
 So may you extra?} the /cent out of fweet Flowers , with 
 thi f difference^ that they lie hut a little while , becaufe their 
 earthy fubftance will mal^e the fprit ill- favoured. 
 
 CHAP. XLV. 
 
 Of Perfuming Oils • 
 
 I, O mahg Perfuming Oils by infufon . 
 
 1 This is taught fully at the fifth Se&ion of 
 the three and fortieth Chapter aforegoing. 
 
 II. fo maks Oleum Imperiale . 
 
 Take Ambergriefe four drachms, Storax Calamity 
 eight ounces, Rofe- water, Oleum Rofatum of each 
 two pound, oil of Cinnamon and Cloves of each half 
 a drachm, put all into a glafs, and digeft in horfe dung 
 twenty days : this done gently boil all for a quarter of 
 an hour, which then let cool > with a fpoon take off the 
 ©U which fwifns a top, to which put of Mpsk and 
 
 2 2 Zibet 
 
348 Toljigraphices * Lib # 4 # 
 
 2ibet of each two drachms, digeftall in a gentle heat 
 for twenty days, and keep it for ufe. Where note the 
 Amber and Storax at bottom will ferve to make fweet 
 balls of, to lay among cloaths-, or beads to carry in 
 ones hands i or for a perfume to bum. 
 
 II I. fo make Oil of&nnamon* 
 
 Digell Cinnamon grofly bruifed in fpirit of Wine, 
 
 , (harpned with oil of Salt, in a glafs velTel, with a blind 
 head clofely luted, in a gentle heat for ten days, then 
 ditlilin an Alembick as we have more at large taught 
 in our Synopfs Mcdicin £ lib . $.cap. 47. Se&» 1. it is i 
 wondertul Perfume, the moft fragrant and pleafant of 
 all Oils, as well in taft as fmell : the uie of it will cer- 
 tainly take away a flinking Breath. 
 
 IV. Tlo make Oil of Kof ? j, called adeps Rofarum. 
 
 Take Damask Rofes, pickle them with Bay fait, 
 
 and after three months, with a large quantity of 
 w T ater diflll in afhes with a gentle hreTo have you Oil, 
 and Spirit or water, which keep for other dihilla- 
 tions. Weekend hath it thus. 
 
 Kof arum folia in umbra aliquandiu afervata in matula 
 vitrea magnaponuntur , cu)us ft fundus latus , & ad di- 
 midium van- implctur : inde ajfunditur ipfis Kof arum folds 
 teentum aqu£ rofacea Jlillatiiiie , quantum fans fuerit , ut 
 optime made ant : appof toque pileo vitreo cacojjKpatifue 
 eptime rimis cera gummata , quindecwi diebus equino fimo 
 macerantur : fetamen , ut mutato^ enm frige feere ccepcrit> 
 calor £ qua l if fervetur . Appof to mox matule rojlra- 
 to pileo , igne moderate cinerum , aqua omnis elicitur l qu£ 
 rurfus in eadem matula , optime priks a fcecibus mundata 9 
 ablutdqueponiUir 9 • & calentis aqu£ balneo lentijjtmo igne 
 elicitur , dum tot a in vas recipient abeat. Nam in fundo 
 matul£ remanebit oleum rofarum 9 colore rubrunt, perfpi- 
 cuumj & Mofchi adore fuaviter fragrant* 
 
 This 
 
Cbap. 4 ^- Of Perfuming Effences. 349 
 
 This is the greateft of all vegetable perfumes, and 
 of an ineftimable value. 
 
 V. To make Oil of Calamus Aromatic us. 
 
 It is made as oil of Cinnamon: it is a very great 
 perfume, helps a {linking breath, vomiting, weak me- 
 mory, &c. 
 
 VI. To makg Oil of Rhodium, 
 
 Ii is made as oil of Cinnamon* is a very excellent 
 perfume, good for the head, breath and the fenfes. 
 
 VII. to make Oil of Indian Spick&ard . 
 
 By Infufion it is made by the fir(l SeBion * by dijlilla - 
 tion, as oil of Cinnamon. It is an eminent Perfume . 
 
 VIII. To makp Oil of Benjamin. 
 
 Take Benjamin fix ounces in powder, which dif- 
 folve in oil of Tartar and Aqua Rofarum of each one 
 pound, which diftil with a clofe pipe in an Alembick. 
 So is made oil of Star ax and Labdanum. 
 
 IX* To maky Oil of Star ax compound. 
 
 Take oil of Ben, or fweet Almonds one pound, 
 Storax grofiy beaten four ounces, Benjamin, Cloves 
 of each two ounces, digelt ( till the Gums are melted ) 
 over hot coals* then prefs out the oil diligently. 
 
 CHAP. XL VI. 
 
 Of Perfuming S'Jfences . 
 
 I, way to extra ft Ejfences is fomervhat difficulty 
 
 1 viz. by T>ift illation , Calcination , IDigejiion or 
 Mwftruum. 
 
 II. If by Menfruumy ufe not a watry one for a 
 watry eflence * nor an oily one for an oily offence/, be- 
 gaufe being of like natures, they are not eafily fepa- 
 
 Z 3 rated 
 
35° . . <Po!jgraphices. Lib. 4. 
 
 rated j but on the contrary, chufe an oily Menftruwn 
 for a watry c {fence, and a watry Menstruum for an oily 
 
 Ilf If the effence of any metal be to be extra&ed by 
 a conofive menfnmm, after the work is done, feparatc 
 the falts from the waters, and nfe only thofe falts 
 which will be eafily taken out again * Vitriol and Atom 
 are very difficult to be (eparated by reafon of their 
 earthly fubftance. 
 
 IV. Tq extract the effence out of Muskj Ambergriefs 
 Civet* and other Spices or Aromatickp* 
 
 Mix the perfume with oil of Ben, which in a glafs 
 bottle (et in the Sun or Sand for ten days, then ftrain 
 it from the dregs, and the effence will be imbibed in 
 fhe oil. Then take fpirit of Wine, and diftilled fountain 
 Water, which mix with the faid oil, and digeft for fix 
 days ; then diftil in farsd *, fo will the effence and wa- 
 ?er afeend, (the oil remaining at bottom without any 
 feent J that effence and water diftil in Balneo in a glafs 
 veffel, till the water be come off, and leave the effence 
 in the bottom in the form of oil. . 
 
 * V, Another way to do the fame . 
 
 Infufe the matter in fpirit of Wine a fufficient quan- 
 tity* digeft and ferment for ten days, then diftil in 
 fand, as long as any water will come over (but have a 
 care of burning) which diftilled Liquor draw off in 
 Balneo, with a very gentle heat, and the quinteffenc^ 
 will be left in the bottom, of a liquid form. r . ’ 
 VI. JocxtraEi the effence out of Herbs and Flowers, as of 
 Sweet Major am, Bafl , Orange- flowers, Jafemin , &c. f 
 Bruife the matter,and put it into a glafs veffel to fer- 
 ment in Horfe-dung for a month , then diftil in Balnea 
 fet it in dung for a week again, and diftil in Balnea 
 again i which reiterate fo long as it will yield any li- 
 quor 5 put the diftilled matter upon the Caput worm- 
 
Chap-47* Of Perfuming Unguents . 3- 1 
 
 ftrtiy diftilling thus for fix days : draw off the- water in 
 fylnzo '» and the efience remaining exprefs in a prefs : 
 which being a week fermented in dung, will yield the 
 perfect feent, colour and vertues of the matter deflred. 
 
 VII. fo extra?} the ejfence out of Salts* 
 
 Calcine the Salt, and grind it very fmall, then lay it 
 upon a marble in a moift Cellar, fetting under it a pan 
 to receive the diffolution *, therein let it ferment for a 
 month, then with a gentle fire diftil in "Balnea : call a* 
 way the infipid water, which comes from it ? and fet 
 that which remains in the bottom, to ferment another 
 month, then diflil out the infipid water as before i> re- 
 peating this work fo long as any infipid water may be 
 drawn : then evaporate away all the moifture, and 
 what remains is the quinteffence of Salt. 
 
 JVherenote i.That thefe Saline quintejfences as they 
 may he ufed.mll draw forth thepcrfeU and compleat ejfence 
 of any vegetable whatsoever . 2 . that the ejfence of Salts 
 thus drawn will fcarcely come to two ounces in a pound. 
 
 CHAP. XLVII. 
 
 Of Perfuming Vngucnts • 
 
 I. qr *0 mdkg Unguentum, Pomatum, orOyntment 
 I of Apples. 
 
 Take Hogs Lard three pound, Sheeps Suet nine 
 ounces, brufed Cloves one drachm, Aqua Kofarum two 
 ounces, Pomwaters pared and fliced one pound, toil 
 all to theConfumptioo of the Rofe water i then ftrain 
 without prefling, to every pound of which add oil of 
 Rhodium and Cinnamon of each thirty drops. 
 
 Z 4 II. Vj 
 
 : 7 ■ * f 
 
 >4i\- 
 
I ■ ' \ f 
 
 352 F olygraphices. Lib.4* 
 
 II. fo make a compound Pomatum . 
 
 Take of the Pomatum aforefaid, (without the oils) 
 four pound, Spicknard, Cloves of each two ounces. 
 Cinnamon, Storax, Benjamin of each one ounce.(the 1 
 Spices and Gums bruifed and tyed up in a thin rag ) 
 Rofe water eight ounces', boil to the Confumption of 
 the Rofe water, then add white wax eight ounqes, 
 which mix well by melting, Brain it again being hot', , 
 and when it is almoft cold, mix therewith oil of Musk , 
 ( made by the firft Section of the five and fortieth 1 
 Chapter ) then put it out, and keep it for ufe. 
 
 III. Another excellent Ointment. j, 
 
 Take hogs griefe one pound, Saccharum Saturni I 
 
 two ounces, mix then* well by gently melting them { 
 to which add oils of Musk and Ambergriefe of each 
 half an ounce, let them all cool, and beat the Unguent :h 
 well in a mortar, and keep it for ufe. 1 
 
 IV. T 0 make Vnguentum Mofchatum . 
 
 Take hogs griefe one pound, Ambergriefe, Mofch of ( 
 each one drachm and a half, ( ground with oil of Jafe- * 
 min upon a marble ) adeps Rofarum half an ounce t 
 ( ground with Civet one drachm ) mix all together 
 into an ointment which keep for ufe. 
 
 CHAP. XLVIIL 
 
 Of T erf timing Powders* 
 
 |* ’"Tp 0 make Powder of Oxe dung • 
 
 k. Take red Ox dung in the month of May and 
 dry it well, make it into an impalpable Powder by 
 grinding : it is an excellent Perfume without any othey 
 addition j yet ifyou add to one pound of the former, 
 
 Musk 3 
 
Chap. 48 .Of (Perfuming Powders. 3^5 
 
 Mask, and Ambergriefe of each one drachm it will be 
 beyond companion. 
 
 II fo ma\e Cyprian Powder. 
 
 Gather Musk mofsofthe Oak in December, January 
 cr February , wafh it very clean in Rofe water, then dry 
 i't, deep it in Rofe water for two days, then dry it again, 
 which do oftentimes } then bring it into fine Powder 
 and fierce it •, of which take one pound. Musk one 
 ounce. Amber griefe half an ounce, Civet two drachms, 
 yellow Sanders in powder two ounces, mix all well 
 together in a marble mortar. 
 
 III. Another way to makg the fame. 
 
 Take of the aforefaid powder of Oak-mofs one 
 pound, Benjamin, Storax of each two ounces in fine 
 Powder * Musk, Ambergriefe and Civet of each three 
 drachms, mix them wellin a mortar. 
 
 IV . A Sweet Powder to lay among cloaths . 
 
 Take Damask-rofe leaves dryed one pound, Musk 
 half a drachm, Violet leaves three ounces, mix them 
 and put them in a bag. 
 
 V. Another for the fame or to wear about one. 
 
 Take Rofe leaves dryed one pound, Cloves in pow- 
 der half an ounce, Spicknard two drachms, Stprax, 
 Cinnamon of each three drachms, Musk half a drachm, 
 mix them and put them into bags for ufe. 
 
 VI. Powder of fweet Orrice ^the firji way . 
 
 Take Florentine Orrice root in powder one pound, 
 Benjamin, Cloves of each four ounces in powder, mix 
 them. ' ' 
 
 VII. Powder cf Florentine Orrice , the Second 
 Way.' 
 
 Take of Orrice root fix ounces, Rofe leaves in pow- 
 tjer four ounces* Majoram, Cloves, Storax in powder 
 of each one ounce, Benjamin, yellow Sanders of each 
 half an ounce, yiolets four ounces, Mu^t one drachm, 
 
 C 1 ' • : f • * - ' *’ Cyperus 
 
354 Folygraf bices. Lib. 4. 
 
 Cyperus half a drachm, mix them : being grofly pow- 
 dered, put them into bags to lay amongft linnen : but 
 being fine they will ferve for other ufes, as we (hall 
 ' (hew. 
 
 VIII. Powder of Orrtce roots , the third vaay y excellent 
 for linnen in bags. 
 
 Take roots of Iris one pound, fweet Ma joram twelve ! 
 ounces, flowers of Rofcmary and Roman Camomil, 
 leaves of Time, Geranium Mofchatum , Savory of each 
 four ounces, Cyperus roots, Benjamin, yellow Sanders, 1 
 Lignum Rhodium , Citron peel , Storax , Labdanum , 1 
 Cloves, Cinnamon of each one ounce , Musk two 
 drachms. Civet one drachm and a half, Ambergriefe 
 one drachm, powder and mix them for bags.This com- 
 pofition will retain its firength near twenty years. 
 
 IX. Powder of Or rice ^ the fourth Way . 
 
 TakeOrrice roots in powder one pound, Calamus 
 
 AromatkuS) Cloves, dryed Rofe leaves,Coriander feed. 
 Geranium Mofchatum of each three ounces. Lignum A- 1 
 iotSy Majoram, Orange peels of each onetnmee, Sto-| 
 rax one ounce and a half, Labdanum half an ounce, i 
 Lavender, Spicknard of each four ounces, powder all : 
 and mix them, to which add Musk, Ambergriefe of : 
 veaeh twofcruples. 
 
 X. Pulvit Calami Aromatici compofitus. 
 
 Take Calamus Aromatic us , yellow Sanders of each 
 one ounce, Ma joram, Geranium Mofchatum of each one i 
 ounice, Rofe leaves, Violets, of each two drachms. 
 Nutmegs, Cloves of each one drachm, Musk half a 
 drachm, make all into powder, which put in bags for 
 Linnen. 
 
 XI . Another of the fame. 
 
 Take Calamus Aromaticut , Florentine Iris roots of 
 each two ounces, Violet flowers dryed one ounce, 
 round Cyperus roots two drachms adefs Rofarum one 
 
 drachm 
 
Chap. 49 * Of Perfuming^alfams. 355 
 
 . drachm and a half, reduce all into a very fine powder : 
 it is excellent to lay among Linnen, or to ftrew in the 
 hair* 
 
 XII. An excellent perfuming Powder for the hair. 
 
 Take Iris roots in fine powder one ounce and a half 
 Benjamin, Storax, Cloves, Musk of each two drachms l 
 being all in fine powder, mix them for a Perfume for 
 hair Powder. Take of this Perfume one drachm, Rice 
 flower impalpable one pound, mix them for a powder 
 for the hair. Note, fome ufe white ftarch, flower of 
 French Beans and the like. 
 
 CHAP, XLIX. 
 
 Of Perfuming Pdf ms • 
 
 !. VT Atural Balfam perfumed. 
 
 1^1 Take Balfamum verum one ounce, Musk, Am-* 
 bergriefs, Civet of each two fcruples, mix them, for ^ 
 Perfume: it is the moft fragrant and durable of all 
 Perfumes. 
 
 II. An odoriferout compound Balfam. 
 
 Take of the aforefaid Balfam perfumed one ounce, 
 oils of Rhodium and Cinnamon of each two drachms, 
 mix them : this is an incomparable Perfume, and fret* 
 ter than the other for fuch as are not affe&ed fo much 
 with musk. 
 
 III. Balfamum Mofchatum. 
 
 Take oil of Musk one drachm, oil of Cinnamon 
 Haifa fcruple, Virgin wax one drachm and a half, melt 
 the wax, and mix them according to Art. 
 
 IV. Another very good. ' ' 
 
 Take Cloves? Cinnamon, Lavender, Nutmegs of 
 
 t v h » * j v . { t i ■ < ■ each 
 
Poljgrapbices. Lib.4. 
 
 each two drachms, oils of Cloves and Rhodium of each 
 half a drachm, Wax three drachms. Musk and A mber- 
 griefe of each ten grains, mix them into a Balfam. 
 
 V. Another very excellent for thofe that love not the [cent 
 of Mus\ and the like • 
 
 Take oil of Geranium Mofchatptm ( made as adeps 
 Rofarum by the fourth Se&ion of the five and fortieth, 
 Chapter ) adeps Rofarum , oil of Cinnamon of each 
 one drachm. Virgin wax fix drachms, melt the wax,' 
 and mix the oils for a Perfume. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 L, 
 
 if 
 
 
 Of Perfuming Tablets, 
 
 I. ~T" 0 make red Mushardines or Tablets. 1 
 
 Diffolve gum Tragacanth in Rofe water, fe* 
 that it may be as thick as Geliy : which make into pafie 
 with the following compofition. Take Amylum onej 
 pound, fine Sugar half a pound, Cochenelc two ounces, 1 
 Musk three drachms, all being in fine powder, mix 
 them, and make Tablets with the aforefaid Mucilage; 
 of Tragacanth, fquare, long, round, or of what form 
 youpleafe, which dry in an Oven, out of which bread, 
 hath been lately drawn : but be fure you dry them tilj 
 they be as hard as horns. 
 
 II. Another fort of red Tablets - 
 Take of the aforefaid compofition one pound , 
 Cloves, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Ginger of each two 
 ounces, Cochenele one ounce, all being in fine powder, 
 make into Tablets, with the aforefaid Mucilage, and 
 dry as aforefaid. 
 
 III. 2* 
 
357 
 
 Cli. 5 o. Of Perfuming Tablets. 
 
 III. td mak# yellow 'tablets . 
 
 Take Amylum one pound, fine Sugar half a pound 
 
 yellow Sanders four ountes. Saffron two ounces, for 
 you may dip the Amylnm in ftrong tindfure of Saffron, 
 and then dry it again) Musk four drachms, all being in 
 fine powder, make the mafs into Tablets with the afore- 
 faid Mucilage, adding oil of Cinnamon in drops two 
 drachms, dry them carefully in the fhade. 
 
 IV. Another fort of yellow 'tablets . 
 
 TAe Amylum dyed with tindture of Saffron one 
 pound, Sugar half a pound, Saffron two ounces, Nut- 
 megs, Cinnamon, Ginger of each one ounce, Carro- 
 ways half an ounce, Musk three drachms, Ambergriefe 
 one drachm, all in fine powder make into Tablets, as 
 aforefaid , adding oil of Cinnamon two drachms > 
 which dry in the (hade, till they be as hard as Horn. 
 
 V. To make Mufcar dines : or Tablets of any other co- 
 lour • ■ } 
 
 You muft make them after the fame manner, only 
 adding the colour you do intend } and in this cafe we 
 think that it is better that the Amylnm be dipt in the 
 tin&ure, and dryed firft before you ufe it. Where note, 
 that thefe Tablets when ufed are to be . held in the 
 mouth, in which they will diffolve, thereby cheering 
 the heart, reviving the fenfes, comforting the fpirits, 
 firengthning nature, reftoring the body, and indeed 
 nobly perfuming the breath. For them that do not 
 love Musk, you may make them without, ufing in- 
 fiead thereof fo much the more oil of Rofes or Cin- 
 namon, 
 
 CHAP. 
 
* 
 
 358 Pofygraphices. Lib.4. 
 
 CHAP. LI. 
 
 Of making Pomanders for 'Bracelets* 
 
 I.- "IT Hefirfi fort . Take Orrice powder, Cloves, Mace, 
 1 Cinnamon of each half an ounce, yellow San- , 
 ders,Styrax,fweet A tjfa of each two drachms, Amber- 1 
 griefc, Musk of each one drachm, Balfam of Per#, oil J 
 of Rhodium of each one fcruple, Civet two drachms, ! 
 all being in fine power ( except the Balfam and Oil ) 
 mix together, and make into pafte with mucilage a-j| 
 forefaid, of which form Beads, drying them in thr 
 (hade for ufe. 
 
 II. *1 'be fecond fort . Take Storax Lahdanum one 
 drachm and a half, Benjamin one drachm, Cloves, Mace, [ 
 Spicknard, Geranium Mofchatum of each ten grains, 1 
 Musk, Ambergriefc of each fix grains *, with mucilage 1 
 make a Pomander for Bracelets. 
 
 III. The third fort . Take Damask-Rofc leaves exun- 
 gulated two ounces, beat them impalpable : Musk, 
 Ambergriefe of each two fcruples, Civet one fcruplc, 
 Lahdanum one drachm with mucilage of gum Traga- 
 canth, in Rofe- water aforefaid, make a Pomander for 
 Bracelets. 
 
 IV. 'the fourth foru Take Storax, Benjamin of 1 
 each an ounce and half, Musk two drachms, oil of 
 Cinnamon one drachm, with Mucilage aforefaid make 
 a pafte of Pomander-, very excellent* 
 
 chap; 
 
Chap. 5 2 • °f p er fuming Wafi -balls. 359 
 
 C H A P. Lll. 
 
 Of Perfuming mfb-Balls. 
 
 I, Hp 0 make Barbers Wajh-bafa* 
 
 I Take purified Venetian Soap fix ounces, Ma- 
 (aleb four ounces, Ireos, Amylum of each feven ounces. 
 Cloves two ounces, Labdanum , Annifeeds of each one 
 ounce. Nutmegs, Majoram, Cyprefs-powder, Gera- 
 mm Mofchatum , Camphire of each half an ounce, 
 Storax liquida half a drachm. Musk ten grains, all be* 
 ing in fine powder, with a little fine Sugar, beatall in 
 a mortar, and make them up into Walh-balls. 
 
 II* To do the fame another way- 
 
 Take of the faid Soap two pound, juice of Maealeb 
 two ounces, Cloves, Orrice of each three ounces. Lab- 
 ium two ounces, Storax one ounce, all being in fine 
 powder, mix with the Soap, of which make balls,dry- 
 ing them in the lhadow. 
 
 III. fo m ake Balls of white Soap. 
 
 Take of white Soap five pound, Iris four ounces, 
 Amylum , white Sanders of each three ounces, Storax 
 one ounce, all in powder, fteep in Musk water, of 
 which make pafte for Walh-balls. 
 
 IV. Another fort very good. 
 
 Take of white Soap four pound, Orrice fix ounces, 
 Mtcaleb three ounces. Cloves two ounces, all in pow- 
 der mix with the Soap, with a little oil of Spike, Rho- 
 dium or the like, of which make Balls. 
 
 V. Another way to make them of Goats fat. 
 
 Make a ftrong Lixivium of Pot-afbes, as that a new 
 hid egg will fwim thereupon, which boil with Citron 
 peels ; take of this Lye twenty pound, Goats fat two 
 
 pound, 
 
P.olygrafh ices. Lib. 4. 
 
 pound, boil it for an hour, then ftrain it through a lin- 
 nen cloth into broad platters of fair water, expoling ii 
 to the Sun, mix it often every day till it begins to grow 
 hard, of which you may form balls, which you may 
 perfume with Musk half a drachm, Civet one (duple, 
 oil of Cinnamon ten grains. _ 
 
 CHAP. LIII. 
 
 Of perfuming Soaps* | 
 
 I. ’Tp 0 purifie Venetian Soap . ^ 
 
 I Cut it (mail, to which put fome Rofe water 3 
 
 or other perfuming water, boil them a while, thef 
 firain it and it will be -Tweet and good, then take of 
 the Soap which fwims a top with a fpoon, and lay i* 
 upon a tyle, and it will prefently be dry, being white 
 free from filth and undfuofity. 
 
 II. Another way to do the fame , 
 
 Grate the Soap, and dry it in the Sun, Oran Oven 
 powder and fierce it, then moiften it with fome fweei 
 water or oil of Spike, which dry again (in the fhadowj 
 and keep it for ufe. 
 
 III. ‘To make white muskpd Soap, 
 
 Take white Soap purified as aforefaid three pound. 
 Milko t Macaleb one ounce. Musk, Civet of each ter 
 grains, mix them and make all into thick cakes oi 
 rouls. 
 
 IV. Another kind of fweet Soap, 
 
 Take of the oldeft Venice Soap, which fcrape and 
 dry three days in the Sun ( putifying it as aforefaid j 
 two pound, Jreos^ Amylum of each fix ounces, Storax 
 liquida two ounces, mix them well whilefl hot > which 
 put into pans to form Cakes. 
 
 V. ft 
 
Chap. 5 4. Of burning Perfumes. ^ 61 
 
 V. fo make Joft Soap of Naples . 
 
 Take of Lixivium of Pot- allies (fo ftrong as to bear 
 an egg ) fixteen pound, Deers Suet two pound, fee 
 them upon the fire to fimper i put all into a glafcdVef- 
 fel wtth a large bottom, fet it in the Sun for a while 
 ftimn g ^ five or fix times a day with a ftick, till it wax 
 hard like pafte. Then take of this pafte, to which put 
 Musked Rofe water 5 keep it eight days in the Sun, 
 ftirring it as aforefaid, fo long as it may be neither too 
 hard nor too foft ■> then put it up in boxes or pots. 
 
 VI. fo make the fame Soap , musked » 
 
 Put to the faid Soap, Rofe water two pound, fine 
 musk in powder half a drachm, then mix the faid wa- 
 ter as before. 
 
 VII. Another exquifite Soap. 
 
 Take oi the aforefaid Lixivium or oil of Tartar per 
 idiquium twelve pound, oil Olive three pound, mix 
 them, Amylum two pound, Roman Vitriol one ounce 
 in powder. Glair of eggs two ounces, putall together, 
 and ftir continually for four hours time, then let it 
 Hand the Ipace of a day and it is done. You may per- 
 fume it as before j this makes the hair fair. 
 
 VIII. Another exceeding the former* 
 
 Take Crown-foap, Vme-afhes of each one pound * 
 make it into Cakes with powder of Roch Alom and 
 Tartar of each alike, which you may perfume at plea- 
 fure. r 
 
 IX. fo get the juice or rrii\of Macaleb . 
 
 Take the fweet and odoriferous grains'of Macaleb 
 Which beat in a mortar (with Rofe water, or fome 
 perfuming water ) till it becomes like pap, then prefs 
 oat the juice or milk j which ufe within two or three 
 days left it fpoih 
 
 A a 
 
 CHAP. 
 
3 
 
 Lib. 4. 
 
 @olygraf>hices. 
 
 CHAP. LIV. 
 
 Of Burning Perfumes. 
 
 I. T 0 make perfumed lights* 
 
 1 Take Olibanum two ounces, Caonphireone ! 
 ounce, beat them into powder, of which make, with l 
 wax, balls or rowls, which put into a glafs lamp with 1 
 Rofe water and lighted with a candle, will give a fair 1 
 light, and a very good feent. 
 
 II. Another for a Lamp . 
 
 Take fwcet oil Olive one pound, Benjamin, Storaxil 
 in powder one ounce, Murk, Ambergriefe of each om 
 Icruple, mix all with the oil, which put into a lampo 
 to bum : and the oil will yield a fragrant odour. i; 
 
 III. fo make perfumed Candles. 
 
 Take Labdanum , Myrrh yXylo-aloes-, Styrax calamity 
 of each one ounce and a half, Willow Charcoal one 
 ounce, Ambergreiefe, Musk of each ten grains, make 
 them into palte with mucilage of Gum Tragacanth in 
 Rofe water, which make into rouls like Candles, and) 
 
 dry for ufe. 
 
 IV. A perfume to Jmoal ^ and burn . 
 
 Take Labdanum two ounces, Storax one ounce j 
 Benjamin, Cloves, Mace of each hall an ounce. Muskj| 
 Civet of each ten grains, all in line powder, make up 
 into cakes with mucilage of gum Tragacanth in Rol<; 
 water, which dry and keep among your cloaths whici f 
 when occafion requires you may burn in a chafing 
 difh of coals. 
 
 V. Another fmoakfng perfume to burn- | 
 
 Take Labdanum two drachms, Storax one drachm 
 
 Benjamin, Frankincenfe, white Amber, Xylo-aloes o 
 1 -■ _ ea d 
 
Chap. 5 J. Of Animal Perfumes. 3 6} 
 
 each two fcruples, Ambergritfe, Musk of each five 
 grains, make all into Cakes as aforefaid. 
 
 V I. Another very excellent. 
 
 fTi^ e ^? X ’ Ben i atnin ofeach one ounce, wood 
 of Aloes half an ounce, Ambergriefe, Musk, Civet, 
 Balfatn of Peru, oil of Rhodium, of each two fcruples, 
 
 kmh urnt ^ la ^ ka Sufficient quantity, powder what 
 e pow red, and mix all together j which make 
 mto a pafte, with the Ivory black and the mucilage a* 
 forefaid , make little cakesand dry them, which keep 
 in glares clofe ftopt for ufe. V 
 
 I 11 / A ”°ther very good, but of lefs csft. 
 lake Ohbanum one pound, Starax Calamit a and 
 U °u Ca<w 1 C1 fe kt ou nces, Labdanum fix ounces, 
 f y° ckar ^ oal a fufficient quantity, with mucilage 
 of Tragacanth, make a parte as aforefaid. 
 
 CHAP. LV. 
 
 \ •- i' - ■ * . ’ s 
 
 Of Animal and (^Mineral Perfumes* 
 
 I- HT He Animal Perfume of Paracelfus. 
 
 ? \ j Covv-dung in the month of May ot 
 an d m Balnea •, and the water thereof will 
 
 be an excellent perfume, and have thefeent of Amber- 
 griefe. See our Sympfu Medicine lib. 3 .caP.y 5. <?. 
 
 T mus &fi e d, a great perfume. 
 
 nf Juu h ?P S l f rd t vcr y P ure one drachm, Musk, Civet, 
 
 f m h ^ fa drachmj mix them we]lf or boxes, 
 rv/r , Mineral Perfume of Antimony. 
 
 Difiolve Antimoriy in oilofFlints, CryftalorSand, 
 
 SoiHf f0,Ut '°" il t0 arcd maf s, put thereon 
 
 ipmt of Urine, and digeft till the Spirit is tinged; 
 
 A a 2 pom 
 
Lib. 4. 
 
 ^ 64 (polygraphices. 
 
 pour if off, and put on more, till all the tinfture is 
 ext rafted * put all the tinftures together, and avapo- 
 rate the Spirit of Urine in Balneo\ and there will re- 
 main a blood-red liquor at bottom •, upon which put 
 Spirit of Wine, and you (hall extraft a very pure tin- 
 dure (melting like Garlick ; digeft it a month, and it 
 will fmell like Balm v digeft it a while longer, and it 
 Will fmell like Musk or Ambergrrefe. 
 
 Betides being a perfume,it is an excellent fudonhck, 
 and cures the Plague Je avers, Luts Venerea fie- 
 IV. j4fter the fame manner you may mak£ as Jubjtan- 
 nil a perfume of Sulphur or Brimfione. fhemak} ngoftbe 
 oil of Flints we have taught at the [even and fiftieth Seaton 
 of the nine and twentieth Chapter of the third Book. 
 
 CHAP. LVI. 
 
 Of the 1 adulteration of Mush C tvet in & 
 b rgriefe. 
 
 B r reafon that thefe choice Perfumes are often adulte- 
 rated or counterfeited, we float do our endeavour 
 difeover the cheat , Icjt any king deceived thereby jhouU 
 
 /f t Musty often adulterated by mixing Nuune^s 
 Mace, Cinnamon, Cloves, Spicknard of each alike 11 
 a tine or impalpable powder with warm blou 
 Pidgeons, and then dryed in the Sun, then beaten a 
 gain, and moiftened with Musk-water drying and re 
 peating the fame work eight or ten times j aa ing 
 laft a quarter part of pure Musk by moiftening an 
 mixing with Musk- waters then dividing the mab m 
 
Chap. 57- 0/ Perfuming Cloth, See. 5 6<; 
 
 feveral parts, and rouling them in the hair of a goat 9 
 which grows under his tail. 
 
 II. Others adulterate it thus ; By filling the Musk- 
 cods with Goats blond, and a little toafted bread, 
 mixed with a quarter part of Musk, well beaten to- 
 gether. The cheat is difeerned by the brightnefs of 
 the Goats bloud. 
 
 III. Or thus , Take Storax, Labdanum , powder of 
 Xylo-aloes, of each four ounces, Musk and Civet of 
 each half an ounce, mix all together with Rofe water. 
 The cheat is difeerned, by its eafie diffolving in wa- 
 ter, and its different colour and feent. 
 
 IV. Or thus-, Take Goats bloud, powder of Angeli- 
 ca roots. Musk, of each alike, make a mixture. 
 
 V. to adulterate Civet : Mix with it the Gall of an 
 Oxe, and Storax liquefied and wafhed : or you may 
 adulterate it by theaddition of Honey of Crete . 
 
 VI. to reft ore the loft feent to Muskj or Amber grief. 
 This is done, by hanging it fome time in a Jakes c-r 
 
 houfe of Office j for by thefe ill feents its innate ver- 
 tue and odour is excited and revived . 
 
 CHAP. LVII. 
 
 Of the way of Per fuming Cloth , Skins ^ Gloves 
 and the like . 
 
 I. " 0 Perfume Skjns or Gloves . 
 
 1 Put a little Civet thereon here and there, ( if 
 Gloves, along the feams) then wafh in Rofe or musked 
 water four or five times, or fo long as that they favour 
 no more of the leather, pretfing them hard every time \ 
 then lay them in a platter, covered with the Paid water, 
 
 A 3 mixed 
 
 -■m 
 
2 66 tPolygraphices . Lib. 4 . 
 
 mixed with powder of Cyprefs, a day or two * take 
 them out,prefs them, and dry them in the (hado w : be- 
 ing halfdry, befmear them a little with Civet mix’d 
 with oil of Jafemin or Ben, on the inward fide chafing 
 them with your hands before a fire, till you think that 
 the Civet hath pierced or gone through the leather i 
 leaving them fo a day or more •> then rub with a Cloth 
 that the Gloves or Leather may grow left •> leaving 
 them fo till they are almoft dry , being drawn and 
 flretched out *, then hold them over fome burning Per- , 
 fume to dry, and wetting them again with Musk water, t 
 do thus twenty times > laflly, take Musk and Amber- ; 
 griefe a fufficient quantity, which mix with oil of Ja- j 
 femin, Benjamin or Ben, dilTolve at the fire with a 
 little perfumed water, with which ( with a pencil 
 drike the Gloves or Leather over on the outfide, be- ^ 
 fmearing thefeams with Civet , laftly lay them for fix 
 or eight days between two mattrelTes, fo will the < 
 Skins or Gloves be excellently perfumed. 
 
 II. Another way very excellent . 
 
 Take three pints of Wine, Sheeps fuet or fat one 
 pound, boil them together in a veffel clofe covered , 
 this done, wafh the Griefe fix or feven times well with 
 lair water, then boil it again in White-wine and Rofe 
 water of each one pound and a half, with a fmall fire, 
 till the half beconfumed : then take the faid griefe, to 
 which put pulp of fweet Navews roaffed half a pound, 
 boil all in Rofe water half an hour, then drain it, and 
 beat it in a mortar, with a little oil of Jafemin and 
 Musk, with which befmear your Gloves ( after due 
 wafhing as aforefaid ) rubbing it well in by the fire 
 
 III Another way for Gloves . 
 
 Wafh new Corduban Gloves, wafh them well three 
 'or four days (once a day ) in good White-wine, pref- 
 fng and fmoothing them well i laftly, wafh them in 
 
 musked 
 
Chap. 58. Of making Ink. 3 67 
 
 jnuskcd water, letting them lye therein for a day, then 
 dry them with care. This done, fteep Musl^ Amber , 
 fazilot each one drachm in a quart of fweet water, 
 ip which dilfolve gum tragacanth three drachms, boil 
 all gently together, and in the boiling add Zibet one 
 fcruple, with which befmear the Gloves, rubbing and 
 chafing it in, then drying them according to Art. 
 
 IV. Or t/w, Fil'd walh the Gloves or Skins in white- 
 wine, then dry them in the (hade > then wafli them in 
 fweet water, mixed with oil of Cloves, and Labdanum 
 of each alike : laftly, take Musk, Civet, Ambergriefe 
 of each the quantity of (ix grains, oil of Musk half a 
 drachm, mucilage of gum Tragacanth fifteen grains, 
 mix them well together in a mortar, which chafe in- 
 to the wafh’d Gloves before the fire. 
 
 V. Cloths , Limen or Woolen , Coffer s^Tr units and the 
 like, are bell perfumed ( with little cofi : ) with the 
 Imoak of burning Perfumes. 
 
 CHAP, LVlII. 
 
 Of making various forts of Ink , 
 
 I. "T " 0 tnal^e good blic\rcnting Ink* 
 
 I T ake ponderous galls three ounces in powder. 
 White-wine, or in place thereof rain water, which is 
 better,three pound,infufe them in the Sun or in a gen- 
 tle heat two days : then take Roman Vitriol well co- 
 loured and powdred, which put therein, and fet all 
 in the Sun for two days more ? (hake all together, to 
 which add of good gum Arabick in little bits one 
 ounce, with a little white Sugar, which diffolve over 
 a gentle fire, 
 
 4 a If* to 
 
Lib. 4.’ 
 
 1 Tolygrapbices . 
 
 11. * mahf red writing Ink* 
 
 Take Rafpings of Brazil one ounce, white lead, A- 
 Jom,of each two drachms, grind and mingle them, in- 
 fufe them in Urine one pound, with gum Arabick 
 eight fcruples. 
 
 ■ ‘ -HI. Another way to ma\e red Ink. 
 
 Take Wine-vinegar two pound} Rafpings of Brazil 
 two ounces, Alom half an ounce, infufe all ten days i 
 then gently boil, to which add gum Arabick five 
 drachms, diffolve the Gum, ftrain, and keep it for 
 ufe. 
 
 IV. Ho ma^e green Inkjo write with. 
 
 Make fine Verdigriefe into pafte with ftrong Vine- ' 
 gar, and infufion of green galls, in which a little gum 
 Arabick hath been diffolved , let it dry, and when you '' 
 would write with it, temper it with infufion of green 
 Galls aforefaid. 
 
 V. Another way to make green Inkjo write with . 
 
 Biffolve Verdigriefe in Vinegar, then ftrain it, and 
 
 grind it with a little honey and mucilage of gum Tra- 
 gacanth, upon a porphyry ftone. 
 
 vi. Ho make blew Inkjo write with . 
 
 Grind Indico with honey mixed with glair of eggs 
 or glew water, made of Ifinglafs diffolved in water, and 
 ftrained. 
 
 VII. Ho mal^e red writing Ink of Vermilion . 
 
 Grind Vermilion well upon a porphyry ftone, with 
 common water i dry it and put it into a glafs veffel,to 
 which put llrine, (hake all together, let it fettle, then 
 pour off the Urine > and putting on more Urine, re-* 
 peat this work eight or ten times, fo will the Vermilion 
 be well cleanfed j> to which put glair of Eggs to fwim 
 on it above a fingers breadth, ftir them together, and 
 fetling abftraft the glair : then put on more glair of 
 eggs, repeating the lame work eight or ten times alfoi 
 
 to 
 
Chap. 59 . Of making Sealing Wax. 3 69 
 
 to take away the (cent of the Urine: laftly,mix it with 
 frefli glair, and keep it in a glafs-velfel clofe hop’d for 
 yfe. When you ufe it, mix it with water or vinegar. 
 
 VIII. To make Printers black. 
 
 This k made by mingling Lamp black with liquid 
 Varnifli, and boiling it a little, which you may make 
 thick at pleafure. You muft make it moifter in winter, 
 than in Summer > and note that the thicker Ink makes 
 the fairer letter. 
 
 If it be too thick, you mull put in more Linfeed oil, 
 or oil ofWalnuts,(o may you make it thicker or thin- 
 ner at pleafure. 
 
 IX. To make red Printing ln\. 
 
 Grind Vermilion very well with theaforefaid liquid 
 Varnifli or Linfeed oil. 
 
 X. To make green Printing Ink- 
 
 Grind Spanifli green with the faid Varnifli or Lin- 
 feed oil as aforefaid : And after the fame manner,may 
 you make Printers blew, by grinding Azure with the 
 faid Linfeed oil. 
 
 CHAP. LIX. 
 
 Of making Sealing Wax. 
 
 I. HP 0 make red Scaling Wax. 
 
 X Take white Bees-wax one pound. Turpen- 
 tine three ounces, Vermilion in powder well ground, 
 oil Olive, of each one ounce, melt the wax and Tur- 
 pentine *, let it cool a little, then add the reft, beating 
 them well together. 
 
 II. To do the fame otbermfe. 
 
 This is done by taking away the Vermilion,and ad- 
 ding 
 
 l 
 
37° Tolygraphices. Lib. 4. 
 
 ding inftead thereof red Lead three ounces, to the for- 
 mer things. 
 
 III. To maty green Wax. 
 
 Take Wax one pound, Turpentine three ounces, 
 Verdigriefe ground, Oil Olive of each one ounce, com- 
 plete the work by the firft Section. 
 
 IV. ‘To maty blacky Wax. 
 
 Take Bees Wax one pound, Turpentine three oun- 
 ces, black earth, Oil Olive of each one ounce, mix and 
 make Wax asaforefaid. 
 
 V . To maty Wax perfumed. 
 
 This is done by mixing with the Oil Olive afore- 
 
 faid. Musk, Ambergriefe, or any other eminent Per- 
 fume, as oil of Cinnamon,, adeps Kofarum , or the like 
 one drachm, more or lefs, according as you intend to 
 have its feent extended. 
 
 VI. After the fame manner you may make Sealing 
 wax of all colours, having what feent you pleafe j by 
 mixing the feent intended, with the Oil Olive, and put- 
 ting the colour in, in place of the Vermilion. 
 
 CHAP. LX. 
 
 of the various no ays of making Artificial Tear Is, 
 
 I. r T’'Hr/n ft Way. Diffolve mother of Pearl in fpirit 
 JL of Vinegar, then precipitate it with oil of 
 Sulphury Campanum ( not with Oleum Tartar i, for 
 that takes away thefplendor ) which adds a luftre to 
 it i dry th&pyecipitate,and mix it with whites of eggs* 
 of which mafs you may make Pearls, of what largenefs 
 you pleafe, which before they be dry, bore through 
 with a filver Wire, fo will you have pearls fcarcely 
 
Ch.6o ? Of making Artificial Tearls, 37 1 
 
 t0 be difcerned from thofe which are truly natural. 
 
 II. The fecond way . Take Chalk, put it into the fire* 
 letting it lye till it breaks j grind it impalpable, and 
 mix it with whites of eggs, of which form pearls, 
 boring them as atorefaid •> dry them, then wet and 
 cover them with leaf diver. 
 
 III. The third way. Take prepared Crabs-eyes, 
 ground into impalpable powder, and with glair make 
 Pearls i which bore, as aforefaid i dry them, and boil 
 them in Cows milk i then in the fhade (free trom dud) 
 dry them well i they will pleafe. 
 
 IV. Tbe fourth way. Take potters earth, and make 
 them of what form you pleafe i dry them in the Sun, 
 or in the gentle heat ola furnace > then wet them with 
 glair of eggs, lightly coloured with Bole armoniack, 
 and cover them with leaves of diver, being drfl wet 
 with water : when they are dry, polifh them with a 
 tooth, and they will be Oriental. Then take bits of 
 Parchment, and wafh them in warm water, till the 
 water grows fomewhat thick, boil and drain it,and ufe 
 it warm : then faden each pearl through its hole upon 
 a fine piece of wire, and plunge them into the water 
 of Parchment, taking them out; again •> then turn them 
 round, that the glewy liquor may equally cover them ; 
 thus the filver whitenefs will the better diine through, 
 fo that the pearls will feem to be truly natural, and be- 
 ing compared, will rather exceed. 
 
 V. The fifth way. Calcine Mufcle and fnail fhclls in 
 a Crucible, till they are very white, even as fnow , with 
 glair make Pearls, which bore by the fird Sedion, dry 
 them in the Sun j dip them in red wine, dry them 
 again, and they will be fair. 
 
 VI. Thefixth way. Take Sublimate two ounces, Tin- 
 
 jfiafs one ounce, mix them, and fublime them toge- 
 ther, and you will have a fublimate not inferiour to 
 • ■ >- M : ' the 
 
3 72 Tolygrapbicesl Lib. 4. 
 
 the beft orient Pearls in the world,of which with glair, 
 you may form what you pleafe. # 
 
 VII. the feventh way. Take any of the aforefaid 
 particulars, and mix them ( inftead of glair ) with 
 ground Varnifh, ( made of gum Anima , and the Al- 
 cool of wine ) of which make pearls •, thefe will in all 
 refpe&s be like the natural * for thefe will no more 
 diffolve in water, than the truly natural i which all 
 thofe that are made of glair of eggs are unavoidably 
 fubje& to. 
 
 VIII. the eighth way. After dilfolution, precipita- ; 
 tion, edulcoration, liccation and formation, put the | 
 pearls into a loaf of bread, and bake it in the Oven . 
 with other bread, fo long till the loaf is much burnt, 
 then take them out, and wa(h them, firft in good juice $ 
 of Limons, then in clear Spring water i and they will , fi 
 be as fair as the truly natural. Or after baking, give - 
 them to pidgeons to eat, keeping them clofe up, and | 
 in the dung you will find the pearl exceeding fair: , 
 where note, you muft give the pidgeons nothing to ,, 
 eat in three days time. 
 
 IX. 7 ’he ninth way. After diffolution of fmall o- , 
 riental pearls in juice of Limons, make the form there- f 
 of with clarified honey, moiftning your hand with , 
 Aqua Mfo this done, per fed them as before. 
 
 X. ‘the tenth way. Take filtrated juice of Limons, 
 powder of pearl, of each fix ounces, tal]^ one ounce, 
 put them into a glafs, and ftop it clofe, let it fifteen 
 days in horfe-dung, and it will be a white pafte of 
 which form pearl, bore them, and dry them in the 
 Sun-, at lart in pafte of barley meal [viz. a barley 
 loaf) four fingers thick, (tick the pearl, fo that they 
 may not touch, flop the holes, and cover them with 
 pafte j fetitinto an Oven, and bake it with bread, 
 and you will find them hard and clear. 
 
 XI. the 
 
Chap.6o. Of makjng Jrtificial Pearls. 37? 
 
 XI. The eleventh way. Having formed them of the 
 matter inf ended, bored and dryed them, put them into 
 Quickfilver, fet over a glowing heat, fiirring them 
 well about, that the Quicklilver may (lick to them j 
 then dip them into glair of eggs, upon a glowing heat, 
 and they are done : or being dry, boil them in Lin- 
 feed oil, and wafh them in warm water. 
 
 XII. The twelfth way. Take pearl three ounces, pre- 
 pared Salt one ounce, filtrated juice of Limons,fo 
 much as will cover them four fingers breadth : let it 
 {land fo long till it be a pafte i the glafs being very clofe 
 flopped, (hake all together five or fix times a day i and 
 when it comes to a pafte put it into a glafs with ftrong 
 (pirit of Vinegar, lute another glafs over it ; digeft it 
 three weeks in a cool place under the earth, fo long 
 till all be diffolved,then mix it with a little oil of eggs, 
 or fnail water, till it be like pearl in colour , then put 
 this pafte into fil ver moulds and clofe them up for eight 
 days •, after which take them out, and bore them by 
 the firftSe&ion, and put them again into the mould 
 for eight days j this done, boil them in a filver porrin- 
 ger with milk-, laftly,dry them upon a plate, in a warn* 
 place, where neither wind nor duft may come, and 
 they will be much fairer then any oriental pearl. 
 
 XIII. The thirteenth way . After the preparation of 
 the matter in juice ofLimons, or Aqua fortify with 
 dean hands make them into pafte, and wafh them in 
 diftilled water, which put into edulcorate calx of fil- 
 ver, and digeft in Horfe-dung for a month, fo will they 
 be fair any very oriental. 
 
 XIV. The fourteenth way. Diffolve the matter in 
 Aqua form ( which let over-top it a fingers breadth) 
 in a glafs gourd, till all be incorporated into one bo- 
 dy, which put into filver moulds, which have holes 
 
 through them, ? nd having flood one day, bore than 
 0 through 
 
374 Poljgraphtces. Lib. 4 . 
 
 through the holes, as they lie in the mould with afil- 
 ver needle: Being quite dry, take them out, put them 
 into a glafs clofe covered in the Sun, till they be quite 
 dry , then put them upon a filver wire i and let them 
 lye covered in their own fat , ( that is that fatty fub- 
 tfance, which fwims on the top of the menftruum 
 in their diffolution ) fo long till they are very fair, 
 then being ftrung, put them into a glafs egg, and let 
 them ftand nine days in digeftion, and they will be as 
 fair as the natural. 
 
 XV. T he fifteenth way. Take Tobaccopipe clay, 
 of which form little beads ( by Se< 2 . 14. ) dry them 
 in the Sun, and burn them in a potters furnace* then 
 cover them with Bole-Armoniack , tempred with 
 whites of eggs i being dry, dip them in water, lay 
 on leaf filver, which dry again, and polifh them with 
 a tooth : then take clean (havings of parchment, cut 
 fmall, and walhed well with warm water i boil them 
 in a new pot, with a (low fire, till they become fome- 
 what thick, drain it, and being warm, put in the pearl 
 upon a needle or fine wire, that the hole may not be 
 flopped, take them out, turn them round, that the 
 water or glew may not fettle in one place, dipping 
 them fo often ( drying them every time) till they be 
 thick enough, and they will appear full as fair as the 
 truly natural. 
 
 XVI fhefmeenth way* Take the impalpable and 
 Ciow-white calx of Talk, and with our beft Vernifh 
 make a pafl j of which form pearls, and bore them 
 with a filver wire, on which let them dry : this done 
 make a mixture of the Alchool of the incomparably 
 pure red diaphoretick mercury, calx of talk afor«faid, 
 (hell gold and filver fin Lib* 2. Chap.' 21. Sett- 1. ) 
 in a juft and due proportion ( as by many tryals you 
 may find out ) in which roul your pearls till they be 
 
 all 
 
Ch.6i. A brief difcourfe of Metals. 375 
 
 all over perfedly covered, then vernifh them with our 
 aforefaid vernifh, which let dry according to Art, and 
 if need be polifh with the impalpable pouder of Putty 
 and water. y 
 
 CHAP. LXI. 
 
 A brief dijcourfe of Alchimy , and fir ft of Metals 
 
 in General . 
 
 I. "TT He Mineral Kingdom is divided into Metals , 
 1 S etni-metals Salts and Stones . 
 
 II. Metals are in number feven, viz . Saturn, Ju- 
 piter, Mars, Sol, Venus, Mercury and Luna, called by 
 the Vulgar Lead, Tin, Iron, Gold, Coper, Quick- 
 filver, and Silver. 
 
 III. The Semi-metals are Antimony , Tin-glafs, Cin- 
 naber, and Zink* 
 
 IV. The Salts are chiefly Vitriol, Sulphur, Arfnick, 
 Allom, Nitre, Borax and Salt. 
 
 V. The chief Stoles are Lapis Calaminaris, Tutia, 
 lazuli* and Lime (lone. 
 
 VI. Now out of thefe the Alchymijl defignes three 
 things, to wit, i. Either the Counterfeit^ of the fine 
 Metals. 2. Or the feperation of fine Metals out of the 
 bafe : or, 3. The Generation of the fine Metals out 
 of the bafe by tranfmutation . 
 
 VII. The counterfeiting of the fine Metals, is done by 
 giving the colour, and body, of a fine Metal to that 
 which is bafe : as the tinging of Lead into a Gold Co- 
 lour i the whiting of Copper *, the redu&ion of Mer- 
 cury or Quick-filver. 
 
 VIII. The Separation of fine Metals out of bafe, is 
 
 done 
 
17 6 c Polygraphices. Lib. 4 ; 
 
 done by aftra&ing of the particles or Atoms of the 
 fine ( contained in thatbafer ) into one heap or mafs, 
 that they might not be carryed away by the wings of 
 the Volatile or bafer Metal. 
 
 ‘thus it appears there vs a large quantity of Gold , in 
 Lead , fin , Copper and Silver : and much Silver in fin , 
 Copper , and Iron : the proof of this is manifejl by the 
 parting fay ( as they call it ) to wit the tefi by ftrong 
 waters > by which you may find that one pound of Lead 
 will yield neer 3 or 4 penny weight of filver , and one of 
 Cold : One pound of fin will yield fomething above an 
 ounce of Silver j and about twopenny weight of Gold or 
 more > One pound of Silver will yield about two ounces of 
 Cold } and Copper about a quarter of the fame quantity or ' 
 more, &c. but this is according to the goodnefs of the 
 Metals , and the skill of the undertaker > for by this way ' 
 of Separation , what vs gotten will never pay the cofi , it re- 5 
 maines therefore that we fearch out fome way more profit a- 1 
 hie, the which in the following lines, to the true font of 
 Art, we /hall faithfully prcfent according to the bejl of 
 our knowledg : But we are bound to be a little the more 
 obj cure, for the fakes of fome ingrateful men by whom we 
 kyow our jufi meaning will he traduced > our skill in Art 
 abufed', and our perfon flight to be rent and defrayed 
 jhould we but adventure to be fo open as to give them the 
 clear knowledge thereof Let others fearch as we have 
 done, it is fame fatisfaftion that the matter here fought 
 is really in rerum natuia *, the which joy ned to the cer- 
 tainty of another s attaining thereof, may give life to fu- 
 ture hopes , which as the p recur for of better things may 
 point at the great worrit felfi 
 
 IX. The matter ot tranfmutation is done by that 
 great powder, tinciurc, Elixir, or fione of the Philofo* 
 phers, which according to the opinion of Paracel fus, 
 and others the molf learned, we fhall fignify in lew 
 words. By 
 

 Chap ■ — • (,)J ' Saturn or X.oud. f ^ 
 
 By t f l DUM , r* r t W E/i *’ r a «°rding to the judg- 
 ment o< : Philofophcrs the whole body of any Metal 
 
 (being feparated from its impurity; is changed into 
 fineGold, ° 
 
 CHAP. LXII. 
 
 O/Saturn or Lenii 
 
 I. PAm is a cold, grofs, dull, and heavy body 
 
 O repleat with milch impurity, yet full of a sol- 
 den iced. ° 
 
 II. It is tinged into a pare golden colour by cal- 
 cination thereof with Antimony, and imbibing the 
 calx thereof with thefpirit of Venus, lapis calamhark * 
 tuna, and Zink* feverally prepared, and mixt ana. 
 and then reduced, adjoining to every ounce of Lead 
 in calx a penny weight of the golden fulpher of Venus* 
 
 III. Tts Lunar property is extracted, by a limple 
 
 calcination with Arfnick, and Nitre ana. and imbibi- 
 tion of the laid calx for about feven days in the Oil of 
 Salt. J 
 
 IV. Or thus. Take of our Seed or Salt of Luna one 
 ounce, of the Salt of Venus one ouiice and a half i of 
 the crude body of Saturn one ounce, mix, and melt 
 themi then feparate, and you (hall have die Saturn w* 
 MLsina, with confideiable advantage 
 
 i b G B A Pi 
 
 / 
 
1 Toiygrafbices « 
 
 Lib. 4 , 
 
 CHAP, LX1XI. * 
 
 Of Jupiter or Tin. 
 
 t T V piter is much a more noble body than Saturn , 
 
 J and fas we faid before J abounds much more 
 with a Solar and Lunar feed. 
 
 II. It is reduced into the Imitation of filver by of- 
 ten melting of it, and quenching of it in the fpirit of 
 Arfnicfo or by calcination of it with Lime ( three 
 ounces to a pound of Jupiter granulated ) and then 
 by often extinguifhing of the fame in the fpirit of : 
 Arfitick, aforefaid. 
 
 III. The Luna is extracted out of it thus: Let 
 Jupiter be married to our Luna of the fame ftature by 
 the Pried Mercury, after which let them drink their 
 fill of the Mineral fpirit of the Grape '•> then put them 
 to bed in Taurus the exaltation of Luna and houfe of 
 Venus and the next morning let them drink ve- 
 ry well of the fruitful Wine of the daughter of 
 Luna \ this being done you will find Luna like 
 a bride coming forth out of the marriage cham- 
 ber i but with the wings of an Eagle-, which wings 
 you mull clip by the means of Mars , elfe you 
 will loofe her : Thus, take of the Seeds of Mars , and 
 of the eldcff fon of old Saturn ana* take them con- 
 tend with mother Tellns , for three whole days and 
 nights till they conjoyne and beget a Son, white as 
 Luna , andfixtas Sol. This Son will by force take 
 Jupiters wife from him, and being fruitful caufe her 
 to bring forth a plentiful and profitable iffue. 
 
 IV. Or thus t Kill Jnjiter ( in conjunction with 
 
 Luna) 
 
Chap.^j , Of Jupiter or Tin. 
 
 LrnaJ by the fire of Tel) us, then revive the dead 
 body ( after it is impregnated with the Mineral [pi- 
 nt of the Grape ) by the help of Saturn , and you have 
 a numerous off-fpring of Luna. 
 
 V. Or thus , Marry Jupiter to Luna \ then marry 
 him to her daughter, and joyne thefe ifiues together, 
 and they will Sympathetically attract and join all the 
 feed of Luna into one family or lump. 
 
 VI* Or thus , Which is both the beft and eafieft 
 way. Take Jupiter and melt him, then quench him 
 ten times in the fpirit of mother Tellus % till he is re- 
 duced very Small and low : this done , joyne him 
 with the Daughter of Luna calcined with mother 
 Was-, and the work is over. This is very profitable , 
 and the mod ujiful of all , but by reafon of the unrvor - 
 thinefj of this generation , it cannot admit of any expli- 
 cation. 
 
 VII. The Gold is thus extracted : marry Jupiter 
 to Venus, and their off- Spring to Sol by the meanes 
 of Prieft Mercury > put them to bed ( in the life of 
 fbxbus ) for three whole days and nights, afterwards 
 make them drunk with the fpirit of the daughter of 
 Venus-, then make a perfed conjundion with the 
 eldeft Son of Saturn , and you fhall have what you 
 fought. 
 
 VIII. £?r f&«r,Calcine Jupiter granulated one pound, 
 with Quicklime four ounces, mix all with th eCalx 
 of Venus and Luna ana . calcine again for three days, 
 imbibe in the fpirit of Venus ( that is, the fixed oil ) 
 for Seven days, then reduce to a regulusmth Saturn 7 
 and afterwards Separate with Antimony. 
 
 CHAP, 
 
 I b z 
 
380 
 
 Vdygrapbices* Lib. 4. 
 
 CHAP. LXIV. 
 
 0/Mars or Iron* 
 
 I. A /T Ars is yet a more noble body, but harder I 
 ivi and more repleat with fcoria or tilth, yet 1 
 very full of a Solar and Lunar fulphur. 
 
 II It is converted into Copper by the Oil or fpirh 
 of Venus : into brafs by the means of Lapis Calami' ; 
 nans, and made to imitate filver by impregnating j 
 its calx in the burning fpirit of dr [nick. li 
 
 III. It has much Silver and Gold in it, but they am 
 extraded with great difficulty i thus, firth melt the j 
 body with an equal quantity of ‘tin. Lead and Copper v j 
 this done granulate it and imbibe the body with Oil ? 
 of Venus very ftrong, then calcine it with the butter j, 
 of Arfnic\ ( if you extrad its Silver,) or Antimony 
 ( if its Gold ) imbibe this calx over a gentle heat , 
 in the ftrongeft oil of Flints or Sand for ten days : 
 then reduce it. 
 
 CHAP. LXV* 
 
 Of Sol 5 or Gold . 
 
 ♦ „ , . N 
 
 I. Q O L is the pureft of all Metals, and the very 
 O perfedion of the Mineral kingdom,^ at the. 
 which , ’ all our pains , labours , and enaevours 
 aime. ' 
 
 II. This of itifelf is dead and without force 
 or power, but being quickned, and enlivened, it has 
 
 an 
 
Chap. 6 6. O/Veims, or Copper. 381 
 
 an inward femimting germinating property which 
 being raifed and brought forth by its innate life (till 
 now loekt up) can dilate it felf (having a fitting 
 womb to receive it) into an hundred times its own 
 quantity i and thereby tranjmute and change , the 
 Mercurial property ( which is indeed immature 
 Gold ) of all Metals into its own nature and 
 kind. 
 
 III. This immaturate Gold in the bodys of all 
 Metals would have come to perfe&ion of its own 
 accord, had it been ennobled with a fufficient life 
 and heat, to have caufed fuch a natural fermentation 
 and excretion of the abounding filth and drofs, in 
 which the fo fmall particles and Atoms of the Semi- 
 nal golden property was latent, orburyed. 
 
 IV. The quickningof the inward life of this Me- 
 tal is foly done by the help of the Seed of Metals, 
 to wit Mercury, but how or after what manner we 
 (hall more plainly (hew in Chap. 6j. 
 
 CHAP. LXVI. 
 
 O/Venus, or Copper . 
 
 LIT Enus is the fineft of the bafe Metals, and con- 
 V taines more of a Golden Jutyher than them 
 all. 
 
 II. She is Whitned , and made like unto Silver, by 
 calcining it with gutter of the daughter of Luna, and 
 Salt of Tartar, and then reduced by Saturn and being 
 often melted and extinguifhed in the faid butter. 
 
 Or thus, To the afore reduced Vewn, being 
 
 B b 3 melted 
 
382 
 
 Tolygraphicls* 
 
 Lib. 4> 
 
 melted add (for an ounce cf Venus) two penny weight 
 
 of our white fixed Mercury. 
 
 IV. She is made of a Golden colour l y often quen- 
 ching the calx( calcined with the Son ot Saturn) in the 
 fpirit of Antimony , Zink? Lapis Cal aminaris-, and la- 
 pis tntia : then reduced by being melted with 
 a fufficient quantity of Lapis Lutia , and ten or 
 twelve times melted , and quenched in the atore- 
 
 faid fpirit. , 
 
 V. Her Silver is extracted as that ot Tin by 
 the third Seffl. of Chap- da. Ov thus , Calcine her? 
 with butter of the daughter of Luna, to which calx 
 adjpyne the calx of Luna ana . and reduce with Sa- 
 
 tHT \\. Her Gold is extra&ed thus: Calcine her with 
 the Son of Saturn : then calcine Luna with the fame 
 alfo : put both thefe calces together and calcine tor 
 three days with the Son of Saturn mixt vvith Mother 
 TTellusj to which add the C^fccof Sol calcined with 
 the fame Son of Saturn > ana • put altogether and cal- 
 cine them for twenty four hours reduce them with 
 Antimony , keep them all in a melted heat for three 
 days, then take it forth, and quench jt being mel- 
 ted ten or twelve times in the tinging and fixing 
 fpirit of Lapis Calaminarvs , Antimony and Zink^ 
 
 am. ' 
 
 Lhis is very profitable , and not difficult to perform > 
 it may be done alfo ( as before ) without calc’m - 
 tion> 
 
 CHAP. 
 
Chap .67. 0 /Mereury,or quickfiber. 3 8 3 
 
 CHAP. LX VII. 
 
 » , , 
 
 0/ Mercury, or Quickfilver . 
 
 I. A 71 Erc«rj is the Seed of Metals, and pure itn- 
 
 IV I maturate Gold. 
 
 II. By this the body of Sol is opened thus : make 
 an Amalgama of Sol and Mercury fo long till the 
 Mercury will fwallow up no more j Seperate and yon 
 (hall find your Gold like Earth newly broken up : 
 this Gold being put into the fweet oil of Salt becomes 
 more perfectly diflblved, which being deftilled till 
 it comes over the helme will anfwer your intention : 
 hut there is a more noble and excellent way of open- 
 ing of the body of Gold which here wc may not dcr 
 dare, yet in its due and convenient place (hall be ma- 
 nifeft, and that is only by the help of a perfedl fweet, 
 or rather inftpid menflrimm. 
 
 III. To make our white Mercury y this is only done 
 by a fimple diflolution in the aforefaid infipid men- 
 jlruum . 
 
 By this white Mercury , is Copper made of a du- 
 rable white, after a thoufand meltings, 
 
 IV. To make our red Mercury \ this is done by a 
 diflolution in the (pirit of Mother Tellus-, and then 
 tinged by the mineral fpirit of the Grape : and laftly 
 perfectly fixed by the green fpirit of Venus. This will 
 perfettly unite with Gold-, never more to be fc pcrated by 
 all the Art of mam 
 
 B j? $ CHAP* 
 
 ii* r 
 
3 S 4 1 Tolygraphices . Lib.^ 
 
 *- * f -■ , , ' • ' • ’ r v ‘ 
 
 C H A P. LXVIII. 
 
 i 
 
 O/Luna, or Stiver • 
 
 J. T Vila, is the meaneft of the fine Metals, and 
 JL/ ( as it were ) white Gold. 
 
 II. She is tinged of a Golden Colour by our red . 
 Mercury ( calcine per fe for twenty eight days in a 
 
 j Pelican or other convenient vefTel till fuchTin as t*he , 
 laid Mercury will endure the ftrongeft fire ) the yel- j 
 low colour this Mercury gives is fixed. , 
 
 III. Her Gold is exa&ly extracted by the method f 
 delivered in Chap. 6 5. Setf. 6. 
 
 IV. Or thus , Calcine her with the Son of Saturn , 
 
 to which add of our red Mercury , ana. put all into (j 
 Oil of Salt for ten or twelve daysi heat it red hot , 
 and extinguifh in oil of Flints or Sand ten times i to j 
 this calx add of fine Lapis ‘lutiaana. reduce all and , 
 feparate with Antimony* J 
 
 CHAP. LXIX. 
 
 r : i i s 
 
 Of the fecret Hermetick My fiery ^ or great l J hilo- 
 fop hick Work* 
 
 W E cannot be [0 vain as to pretend to the world 
 that roe have attained the hpowledg of this 
 great Secret , much lefs to be the Mailer thereof or the in - 
 jtru&ot ef other men: but this roe can fay> roe have 
 converft with tnojl Authors that ever have wrot thereof 
 we have with a great deal of diligence and lludy com-* 
 
Chap. 69. Of Thilofophick Work • ^8^ 
 
 pared their fayings one with another ♦, we have by 
 a long and continued exercife and practice in the Mine- 
 ral work found out not only the natures of Metals , and in 
 what degrees of purity they Jiand in one to another i but 
 we have alfo found out many excellent Secrets , of real 
 Worth and Value , by which , although we cannot pro - 
 fcfs a knowledge of the great work it f elf yet we thereby 
 fee not only a probability but alfo a pojfibility thereof in 
 nature ( to that man whom it fhall fo far pleafe God to 
 enlighten ) and therefore judge we may in fame mea- 
 sure the better undertake to dfcourfe the faying s of tlsoft 
 Worthy s , who having attained the My fiery thereof \ 
 thought good in Cloudy and Myfierious terms to puhlijh 
 the fame to the world , that none but the truly worthy 
 Sons of Art might be partakers thereof, 
 
 ' In the following lines then , we fhall tell you what has 
 ken toldus , and what we do conceive thereof by the com- 
 paring of the fayings of the mofi excellent men together , 
 fitch as were Paracelfus, Lullius, Ripley, Bacon, and 
 others i and this in fo concife a manner , that the opi- 
 nions andjudgmehts of all thofe men ( though far afun • 
 der in words ) may center not only in truth it felf but 
 alfo in the narrow compafs of the following Sehions i 
 the which that we might fo perform , we exprefs our con- 
 ceptions of their fenfe in a language confonant thereto . 
 
 I. fhe feed of Gold is lodged in all Metals • 
 
 This is apparent from their generation, whofe ori- 
 gination is Mercury which is indeed immaturate 
 Gold > and fo remaines immaturate in the bafer Me- 
 tals till ripening and meliorating fpirit quickens that 
 feminal property lodged in the womb of impurity. 
 
 'II. 7hh feed of Gold may be quickncd or made to 
 f m . * '' - ■* ■ • • • 
 
 1 This is done thtough the death of thefirh mat- 
 
 Vi. V i- f t 'V • : ' •' • ter, 
 
Lib. 4, 
 
 ter , & difpofition of the fecond to a refufcitation 
 or refurre&ion of that innate energetical, and lemi- 
 nal life, and that only by the fpirit of Mother 
 Tell us, 
 
 III. This femen being, quieted, dilates it ftlf into 
 other bodys , and tranfmutes them into its oven pro- 
 
 perty . 
 
 That is juft as the feminal life of Vegetables 
 tranfmutes or changes that fuccus or humidity of the 
 Earth proper to themfelves into their own forms 
 and natures ; and fo of a little feed there becomes 
 a great tree : fo that as the Earth is the womb out 
 of which fo fmall a feed becomes a great tree, by the 
 tranfmuting property of the innate feminal life in the ■ 
 feed : fo all the bafe Metals are the womb unto that i 
 feminal purity : in which womb if the feed be difpo- j 
 fed rightly there will be as certain a generation and j 
 encreal'e > and the purity of the bafe Metals will be , 
 tranfmuted into that feminal property to a vaft aug- 
 mentation. 
 
 IV. That this may be rightly done , the bodys of the \ 
 bafe Metals muji be opened and prepared. 
 
 That is they mult be brought into a mortification, 
 that that ftrong band which has hitherto chained 
 the feminal life may be broken, and fo the energetic \ 
 vertue may be fet at liberty : this is performed by 
 the flying dragon who devours all that he comes neer : 
 this being done the femen muft be call into this mor- 
 tified body ( impregnated with the fpirit of Mother 
 T ellus ) that it may there generate, tranfmutc, and 
 fix. 
 
 V. This may be done in any of the bafe Metals ■> but 
 they ( lil{e the Earth ) yield an encreafe according to 
 their degrees in purity fo that more of the body of a pure 
 Metal is tranfmuted , than of an impure, 
 
 4s 
 
Chap.^9- Offhilof iphick. Work- 387 
 
 As barren Earth cannot yield fo great an encreafe 
 aS a fertil foil i To neither can a bale Metal yield fo 
 great an augmentation as a more fine. 
 
 VI. The body of the bafer Metals being fitted , the 
 fmen nrnji be cajl into the fame to generate. 
 
 That is, there is to be a conjunction of th e femen 
 or true Golden effence with the prepared body to be 
 tranfmuted : now you mult be careful you ufe not 
 the limple body of any Metal for this femen , for then 
 you will be deceived } the matter in which the gene- 
 rative fpirit is lodged is another thing : if you bury 
 a whole tree or plant in the Earth, that will not 
 generate, and bring forth another tree, but perifh and 
 rot, the feminal or generative vertue and life is clog'd 
 and loaded, and fo is ineffective » but if you bury the 
 feed of the fame tree, you may have another or more 
 according to the quantity of feed fawn* the fame 
 you muft underhand in the generation of Metals, 
 and of the Golden works, it is not Gold which will 
 generate Gold, but the feed of Gold. 
 
 VII. floti femen mud be Volatile . 
 
 Other wife it cannot tranfmute> for nothing but a 
 Volatile fpirit Or eiTence can dilate and fpread it felf : 
 a fixed matter cannot operate at all , for all fixed 
 things are dead, and their life remains in a central 
 Hate, not fit for coaUion . This is evident in the Vo- 
 latile Salts of Vinegar and Quicklime, which furpafs 
 the Art of man to attain fimple, but if you mix a 
 lixivium of Quicklime with Vinegar , you may have 
 a large quantity of Salt and that fixed, which was 
 before unattainable. Thus you fee out of two Vo- 
 Me things, a third abfolutely fixed is produced and 
 this is the condition of this great work. 
 
 1 VIII. It mufi be of an unchangable bloud-red colour. 
 
 Other wife it could not ting > for was if only ye- 
 
 t-'-; k . ;!• „■ liJ> ' low. 
 
tPolygraphices. Lib. 4. 
 
 low, it would create only a faintifh kind of green : 
 but this our Philofophick tindfure, generates Gold 
 of the higheft and pureft nature, and having the deep- 
 eft yellow. 
 
 IX. ibis Semen is made Volatile by the dcjlruttion 
 of its external forme . 
 
 That is nature muft be brought to adfion, that the 
 ina&ive body may let fall its Semen , out of which the 
 Golden tree of the Philofophers is produced. 
 
 X. ibis Semen is made blend red by impregnating 
 of it with the fpirit of Mother Tellus. 
 
 It is neceflary that there be a common band to 
 conjoine the bodys, which are to be united : as the 
 bodys of the bate Metals which are the womb for 1 
 this feed are to be mortified i fo muft that body be, J 
 out of which you extradf the Semen : and as that < 
 mortified and prepared body is to be impregnated i 
 with the fpirit of Mother Tellus fo muft this Semen , i 
 that their may be as well a fympathy and likenefs in 
 nature, as a unity in body. 
 
 XI. The matter out of which this Semen is to be 
 
 Extracted is Mercury or Gold. , 
 
 We mean fimply ,and without Metaphor, Quickfil- i 
 ver,and Golds for if there be an innate life, power and 
 vertue, in the bafe Metals why not in thefe ? if Lead, 
 Tin, Iron, Copper and Silver, contain the Seminal ! 
 life of Gold, why fhould Mercury or Gold be exclu- 
 ded, which are the thing it felf > 
 
 XII. The Semen being cajl into the body prepared 
 for it-yis there to be digefled , till both be perfectly united , 
 whofe fimple con)mttion is the product of the Golden king- 
 dom- 
 
 This digeftionis perfected only by the force of an 
 external tire, conjoined with the inward Seminal v 
 life. 
 
 CflAP. I 
 

 Chap-7 0 - Of Chyromancj . ^ 
 
 / . ■ < 
 
 CHAP. LXX. 
 
 A brief difcourfe of Chjrmancj, and firfl of the 
 
 Line of Life* 
 
 1- IS' [ Lima Vtulit ] The Line of Life 
 
 XV is that which ineludeth the Mount of the 
 Thumb. 
 
 II. This Line broad and of a lively colour well 
 or largely drawn without interfedfions and points, 
 (hews long life and one fubjedt to few difeafes : but 
 (lender fhort and broken or cut with little crofs lines, 
 of a pale or black colour (hews fhort Life with many 
 infirmities. 
 
 III. If it makes a good Angle with the Hepatica y 
 and the Angle be adorned with parallels or little 
 Croffes (hews a good wit and a pleafant difpofi- 
 tion. 
 
 IV. This LineaVitalis abounding with branches 
 towards the upper end, and thofe branches extending 
 themfelves towards Lima Hepatica forefhew riches 
 and honour, but if thofe branches defeend towards 
 the K eftritta they threaten Poverty, contempt, and 
 deceitful fervants. 
 
 V. If this line be cut with little lines like haires it 
 fignifies difeafes, which if they fall towards the He- 
 patica fhewes in the younger years, in the middle 
 of the line in the middle of the Age,, if toward the 
 Reftritta in the latter years. 
 
 VI. If this line be any where broken, it threatens 
 great danger of life in that Age which the place of 
 the faid breach betokeneth which you may find out 
 with a great deal of exadfcnels if you divide the line 
 
 into 
 
Tolygraphices. Lib. 4 
 
 into feventy equal parts beginning to number them 
 from A towards B. 
 
 VII. If the Character of Sol ( viz. © ) be found 
 in this line, it (hews the lofs of an Eye, if two fuch 
 figures, the lofs of both Eyes. 
 
 VIII. A line palling through this Vital to the Tri- 
 angle of Mars (hews wounds and feavers, and many 
 inisfortues in journeying. 
 
 IX. A line proceeding from the Vital beneath the 
 Angle it makes with the Hepatiea to the Mount of 
 Saturn (hews an envious man as alfo fome danger- 
 ous Saturnian difeafe as a Confumption, &c. which 
 (hall fall in thofe years (ignihed by that part of the 
 Vital Line which the faid Line toucheth. 
 
 X. But fuch a line palling from the Vital to the 
 ring linger (heweS honour and wealth, and that by 
 means of fome noble woman. 
 
 CHAP. LXXI. 
 
 Of the Epatick } or Natural Line . 
 
 I. HE Natural or Liver Line is that which 
 
 runs from the Life line of Mount of Ju- 
 
 piter through the middle of the Palm terminating ge- 
 nerally upon the Mount of Luna. 
 
 II. This line (freight continued and not cut by 
 other oblique lines (hews a healthy conftitution and 
 long life, but (hort or broken, not reaching beyond 
 the middle of the Palm, fignifies a (hort life complcat 
 with many difeafes. 
 
 III. The longer this line is, fo much the longer life 
 
 it 
 
Chap. 7 1 . Of the Natural Line* 291 
 
 it fignifies,if it be cut at the end thereof, it threatens 
 the end of Life with fome dangerous difeafe. 
 
 IV. If any breach appears, (yet" (uch an one as 
 feemes almoft continued j it (hews a change of life, 
 if under the middle finger, in ftrength of years, if 
 under the ring finger, in declining Age. 
 
 V If the upper part of it be far diftant from the 
 Vitaly it (lie ws manifold difeafesof the heart andalfo 
 a Prodigal perfon. 
 
 Vi. If it be crooked, unequal, of various colours, 
 and cut by other lines it (hews an evil habit of th® 
 Liver and difeafes thence proceeding, one ill natured 
 and foolifh. 
 
 VII. If ftraight drawn and well coloured (hews 
 tvit, honour, and health. 
 
 VIII. If it has a parallel or filler it gives inheri- 
 tances. 
 
 IX. If continued with little . hard knotty it (hews 
 Murder according to the number of thofe knots. 
 
 X. If it terminates with a Forke or Angle to- 
 wards the Mount of Luna , it (hews a foolifh, hipo- 
 critical, ill natured perfon, if it tends to the Menfalfit 
 (hews a flanderous and envious perfon. 
 
 XI. When it cuts the Vital eminently to the Mount 
 of Venus or foror Martis , efpecially if the fame be of 
 a ruddy colour (hews danger of thieves and many ill 
 difeales, threatning life. 
 
 
 CHAP . 1 
 
3 £2 , ( Tolygraphices • Lib. 4; 
 
 T Y ' . _ ■ 
 
 € H A P. LXXIT. 
 
 Of the Cephalic a or head- line* 
 
 ti *"Tp H E Cepbalica arifeth below from the Car- 
 X diaca, and is drawn thence to the Epatica, 
 thereby making a ‘triangular Figure. 
 
 II. Making fuch a perfed figure, and it’ having a 
 lively colour* without iriterfedion, declares one of 
 great prudence, and a perfon of no Vulgar Wit or For- 
 tune. 
 
 III. So much the more perfed the triangle , fo !I 
 much the more Fortunate, and it (hews a man very 3| 
 wife, temperate, and couragieus. 
 
 IV. If the triangle be obtufe , it (hews an evil ■ 
 nature, cUvonijh and rude, if there be no triangle it is 
 hill worfe, and fhows the perfon to be foolijh, a Her , 
 and prodigal, and generally one of a fhort life. 
 
 V. The higher Angle being Kigfjt , or not very j 
 Acute , (hews a generous man but if it be very acute, 
 or if it touch the Line of Life under the mount of 
 the middle, finger, it declares a miferable, hard and 
 covetous wretch, it alfo forefhews a confumption. 
 
 VI. the left Angle made upon the Epatic a in the 1 
 ferient ( being a right Angle ) fhews a profound tin- i 
 derftanding. 
 
 VII. The Cepbalica cafling unequal and irregular > 
 clefts to Mens Luna , thereby conftituting flrange i 
 Charaders, fhews a dull head , and danger by the Sea , \ 
 in Men: but in Women difeontents , mifearriages and j 
 the like. 
 
 VIII. But calling equal lines , it prefages the con- 
 trary in both Sexes : to wit, in men mfdom , and fuc - 
 
Chap.?] . Of the Line of Fortune. 395 
 
 cefs at Sea » and in Women, contentment » and happy 
 child bearing. 
 
 IX. If the Cephalica make a deft or apparent Star, 
 
 upward to the MartU, it (hews bold nefs, and 
 
 magnanimity of mind : but if it let the fame fall 
 downward^ it maniiefts deceit and corvardije . 
 
 X. The Cephalica joyned to the Reftritta, by a re- 
 markable concourfe, (hews a happy, and joyful old 
 Age. 
 
 , XL But if it be drawn upwards, ( in form lik$ a 
 Fork) towards the place of Fortune , it (hews much 
 fubtilty and craft m the managment of affairs. *. 
 
 XII. If in this Fur^ the Character of 0 Sort be 
 found , it (hews Riches and Honour , by the mans own 
 induftry. 
 
 CHAP. LXXIII. 
 
 Of the Merifil Line-, or Line of Fortune. 
 
 I; HP H E Menfal or Line of Fortune ( called alfd 
 L Linia thoralis ) takes its original from un- 
 der the Mount of Mercury, and extends its felftowards 
 4he Mount of Jupiter. 
 
 II; This line if it be long enough and without in* 
 dfitw, fhews ftrength of bpdy,& conftancy of minde ? 
 the contrary if it be Jhort, crooked or cut . 
 
 III. If it terminates under the Mount of Saturn, it 
 (hews zfoolijh, idle and deceitful per f on. 
 
 IV. If in this line be found certain pricks or points, 
 it (hews a lecherous perfon . 
 
 * V. If the Epatica be wanting *, and the menfal be 
 
 C e * annexed 
 
394 (polygraphices . Lib. 4. 
 
 annexed to the Vital , it forefhews either beheadings 
 hanging or other untimely death. 
 
 VI. If from the Menfal^ a line afeends to the fpacc 
 between the Mounts of Jupiter and Saturn , another 
 to the (pace between the Mounts of Saturn and Sol > 
 and a third to the fpace between the Mounts of Sol 
 and Mercury , it figniiies an envious, turbulent, and 
 contentious perfon. 
 
 VII. A little line only thus drawn to the fpace be- 
 tween the Mom Saturni & Solis , (hews labour and 
 forrow. 
 
 VIII. If annexed to the Epatica making therewith 
 an acute Angle, the fame . 
 
 IX. The Menfal projecting fmall branches to the 
 Monsjovis (hews honour and glory. 
 
 X. But if it b e naksd or fmgle it (hews poverty and 
 dijirefs . 
 
 XI. If it cuts the Mount of Jupiter , it (hews aco- 
 veteous mind, and great pride. 
 
 XII. If it fend a branch between the Mons Jovis 
 & Saturni , it Ihews in a Man a wound in his head i 
 but in a Woman mifearriage or danger in childbea- 
 ring. 
 
 XIII. Confufed little lines in the Menfal fliew 
 ficknels and difeafes : if under the Mons Saturni in 
 youth : under the Mons Solis in the middle Age : un- 
 der the Mons Mercury , in old Age. 
 
 XIV. Laftly, If there be no menfal at all, it fhews 
 on cfaithlefss bafe , inconfiant and malicious . 
 
 CHAP, 
 
Chap .74. Of Cauda Draconis. 
 
 CHAP. LXXIV. 
 
 Of the Reftricta y or Cauda Draconis,' 
 
 I. *"¥' a * HE Reflricta is that Line which divides the 
 1 Hand from the Arm , either by a fingle , 
 duple, or triple tranfcurfion > thereby determining 
 the to monoi^ivov or fubjeli of Art } which by fome 
 is called the D ifcriminal line . 
 
 II. If the Rejtritta be double or treble, and exten- 
 ded in a right and continued tradtit (hews a health- 
 ful conftitution of body and long life . 
 
 III. That line which is ncereft the hand con- 
 tinued without incifure-i and of a good colour (hews 
 riches. 
 
 IV. But if it be pale , or crooked, or cut in the middle, 
 itlhews weaknefsef body, and poverty. 
 
 V. A line drawn from the Reflritfa to Moils 
 lun <e, fhews poverty, imprifonment, and private 
 enemies. 
 
 VI. If that line be crooked it doubles all the evil, 
 and fhews a perpetual flavery or mifery. 
 
 VII. But fuch a line being clear and ftraite, ancl 
 extended to the Mom Luna, (hews many journiesand 
 peregrinations both by Sea and Land. 
 
 VI1S. If it extend to the Mans Jovis , it forefhews 
 ejlimation and Eccleftajlic dignity but that the man 
 (hall live in a flrange country. 
 
 IX. If to the Epatica , it fhews horiefiy, truth and 
 fincerity, and one of a healthful and long life. 
 
 X. It to the Mons Solis , a great and certain good, 
 
 and gives honour and command in the Common 
 
 wealth. ' 
 
 XI. And 
 
 C c 2 
 
[ Tolygrapbices . Lib. 4* 
 
 XT. And To from the fame reafon, palling to th§ 
 Mohs Mercurii , it (hews a learned and ingenious 
 foul : but if it reach not that Mount) but is broken 
 about the middle , it (hews a lying, prating, idle per- 
 fon. 
 
 XII. If it afcends direffly to the Mons Saturni, it 
 (hews an inheritance in land: but it it be crocked) 
 it (hews a covetous perfon* and one of a very ill na- 
 ture. 
 
 XIII. A line funning from the Reftritta through 
 the Mons Veneris , (hews poverty, adveriity and want, 
 and that by means of fome women or woman- 
 kind. 
 
 XIV. A crofs or ftar upon the Rejbd#*, (hews a hap- 
 py and long life. 
 
 XV. One or more Stars upon the rcftritta by thfe 
 Mons Veneris in Women (hewslewdenefs, diflionour 
 and infamy. 
 
 Of the S At urn 't a or Line ofS aturn« 
 
 I. Hislweisthat what afcends from the Re- 
 
 jlritta through the middle of the Vola, to the 
 Mans Saturni , which line if it be cut or parted is 
 called Via combujia . 
 
 II. This being full, and extended to the Mons 
 Saturni (hews a man of profound cogitations , of great 
 wifdom, and an admirable counfeller in all great 
 allions- 
 
 UI. II it b Qcmbufl) iris an evil fgn, forefhewing 
 
 CHAP. LXXV. 
 
 many 
 
Ch.? 6 . Of the Mount of Jupiter. 3 97 
 
 many misfortunes , and poverty in one part of 
 life. 
 
 IV. A line drawn from the Vital through the 
 Epatica to the Mons Saturn i, making an angle with 
 the Lima Saturnia , ferefhews imprifonmcnt , and 
 captivity, and many misfortunes. 
 
 V. The Saturnia bending backwards in Cavea Mar - 
 tis towards th eferient, the fame. 
 
 VI. This line tilled with unufwl and inaufpicious 
 characters, (hews unhappinefs and difafters. 
 
 VII. A grofs line running from the interval of the y 
 Mons Jovis to the mtnfal , and breaking or cutting ot it 
 (hews difeafes cr wpunds in the belly or parts ad- 
 jacent. 
 
 I , i '"w— . . . v ' 
 
 'CHAP. LXXVI, 
 
 of the Mount of Jupiter. 
 
 I. *T' H E Mount of Jupiter is the tnherculnm .nn- 
 I der the fore- ringer. 
 
 II. If upon the Mount of Jupiter there be a Star or 
 a double crofs it forefhews , riches, profperity, and 
 happinefs, one born to noble and glorious adfions, 
 one honeft affable, courteous, and renouned, a gene- 
 rous foul indeed , and faithful in all their under- 
 takings . : 
 
 III fhe fame , if this Mount is adorned with paral- 
 lel line , or a line fweetly drawn, between it, and the 
 
 Vital > it (hews great dignities, and eftirnation 1 with 
 great men. 
 
 IV. But if this Mount be vitiated, with a Char a- 
 
 tier like a half Gridiron^ it (hews unhappinefs, cala- 
 
 Cc 3 mities 
 
398 tPolygrapbices . Lib. 4. 
 
 mities, poverty , difgracc, and depofition from ho- 
 nours and dignities > Ioffes by women-kind, and 
 difeafes in the heart and lungs. 
 
 V. ‘the fame , if a line cutting this Mount, tends to 
 the Mount or Line of Saturn '•> this alfo threatens an 
 Apoplexy. 
 
 VI. Lajlly , a Crofs, but efpecially a clear red Star 
 on this Mount is a' ( fignal and fure demonftration of a 
 fplendid life , repleat with honour and glory , riches and an 
 Eternal name . 
 
 CHAP. LXXVII. • 
 
 O/^Cavea o/Mars andthe Via Martis. 
 
 ^T"' H E Lave a Martis is the hollow in the mid- 
 X die of the Palm, commonly called the 'tri- 
 angle of Mars , made of the three principal lines, to 
 wit, the Cardiaca , Cephalica , & Epatica. 
 
 II. The Via or line a Martis ( called alfo the \ital 
 flier and foror Martis ) is a parallel to. the line of Life 
 On the Mons Veneris . 
 
 III. Mars is Fortunate fo often as the foror Martis 
 appears red, cleared fweetly drawn, and when either 
 Stars or Crofes are found in his Cave a or triangle : 
 and thereby is figntfied Courage, boldnefs, magnani- 
 mity, fortitude and ftrength ; the man is imperious, 
 ftrong, and a great eater. 
 
 IV. But if the triangle be infortunated by evil 
 lines troth the Mons Veneris or Luna, the perfon is 
 litigious, {cornful, proud, difdainful, deceitful, and 
 wicked , a theif, lecher, robber, murtberer, and fhall 
 have a life wholly tilled with anhappinefs. 
 
 v V. The 
 
 
Ch.78. Of the Mount of the Son 5 &c. 3 99 
 
 V. The Character h Saturn in the Triangle, (hews 
 a clanger of falling from Come high place. 
 
 Vi. A crooked line afcending from the Triangle to 
 the Mons Saturni (hews imprifonment. 
 
 VII. A line from the faid Triangle towards the 
 Reftrifta, terminating under the Mons Luna, (hews 
 many peregrinations, journies and travels. 
 
 VIII. The foror Martis augments all the good fig- 
 nified by the Cardiaca or line o( life > but particularly 
 it promifes fuccefs in war, and the love ol Wo- 
 men. 
 
 CHAP. LXXVII1. 
 
 Of the Mount of the Sun, and Via Solis. 
 
 I. HP H E Mount of the Sun is the tubcrcttlum under 
 I. the ring hnger. 
 
 II. The Via Solis , is a right line running down 
 from the Mount of Sol-, to the Triangle of Mars* 
 
 III. A Star or Stars upon the Mons Solis (hews one 
 faithful and ingenious, and that he (hall attain to great 
 honour, glory and dignity, be honoured of Kings, 
 Princes and great men? one of a great and mag - 
 nanimous fpirit, wife, juft and religious. 
 
 IV. But a perpendicular thereon cut or croh with 
 a line from th« Mons Saturni , (hews pride, and aro- 
 gancy,aboafter, apoorbafe fpirit, and one that (hall 
 
 fall into irrecoverable miferies. 
 
 V The Via Solis clear, and not broken, or cut by 
 any ill line, (hews honour in the Common wealth, and 
 the favours of Kings and great Prince s. 
 
 VI But it being cut or confufed , or hurt by any 
 
 Cc4 line 
 
490 ftolygraphices. Lib. 4. 
 
 line from either the Mount or line of Saturn , it (hews 
 
 the contrary > poverty and the hatred of great 
 men. ■ . ■ - ■ ? 
 
 C HAP, LXX1X. 
 
 r 5 ; ' t 
 
 Of the Mount of Venus, and the Cingulum 
 Venens. 
 
 ~T“ HE Mount of Venus is the tuberculum of the 
 I Thumb. - • 
 
 II. The Cingulum Veneris or girdle of Venus, is a 
 pace or fcgrrrtnt of a’ Circle drawn from the inter- 
 val or ('pace between the Mans Jovis & Saturni , to 
 
 the mtcrval or fpaee between the Mans Solis and Mcr- 
 curii. 
 
 III. A clear Star, or furrows that be red and tranf 
 terjly parallel upon the Mons Veneris , and it much ele- 
 vated, (hews one merry, cheerful and amorous i it 
 thews alfo one faithful, juft and intire, one with whom 
 f corrupted tye of friendjkip ( being once made ) is 
 durable for ever : it alfo figniftes great fortune or eftate 
 and fubftance by a fweetheatt or lover. 
 
 IV But this mount • infortunated by evil lines, or 
 lines from evil places, and irregular figures fbewsa 
 lecherous per (on , an adulterer , a poor, bafe, fordid 
 wretch, who (hall fpend hjs fubftance on whores; - 
 
 v - TheCharadfer of the A frine Afpett on this 
 mount thews a great fortune by marriage.* * 
 
 ^ m ount of Venus void of lines and incifures, 
 1 '; ws aiuc ^ e effeminate and fool i(h perfon, and one 
 iiiuculous, and unfortunate ih wedlock. • 
 
 ^VII* T * ;e Cwgulum V sntvii , or girdle of Venus K 
 
 (hews 
 
jChap.So. Of the Mount of Mercury. 401 
 
 /hews intemperance and luft in both Sexes, a bare 
 and beaftual life j a filthy Sodomite , who abufes him- 
 felf with beafts. 
 
 VIII* If it be broken or dijje8ed y it (hews infamy 
 and difgrace by luft and lechery . 
 
 CHAP. LXXX. 
 of the Mount of Mercury. 
 
 I. ~r" HE mount of Mercury is the tuberculum un- 
 
 I der the little finger. 
 
 II. This mount happy and fortunate with a Star, or 
 parallel crojfes , or the Chara&er of the A "trine Afpett, 
 {hews wit and ingenuity, and makes the perfon a 
 great Oratour , gives him fubfiance by Arts and 
 Sciences, and the underftanding of fecret mifteries 
 in Alchimy , Mufic Painting , Aftrology , and Vhilology , 
 and raifes the perlon to dignity by means of his own 
 wit, prudence, and induftry. 
 
 III. But this mount afflitfed , or without lines, or 
 hurt by a line from the mount of Saturn , ( cutting the 
 niount of Sol ) or from the triangle of Mars , (hews a 
 poor, low, and dullwit a perfon of no audacity or 
 courage, a meercow’ard, a Iyer, pratler, theif, cheat, 
 traitor, and one faithlefs, and forhetimes melancholy, 
 mad, or frantick. 
 
 IV. Thefe judgments are the more firm where the 
 lines and fignaturesare fair , firm , and clear : but if 
 they be dull or obfeure, thefe judgments are more du- 
 bious and intricate. 
 
 V. A line from the mots Lun£ to the mans Mcrcurii 
 not cut ox broken, thews a man eminent and famous 
 
402 Volygraphkes. Lib. 4; 
 
 in his trade or profeffion ( among the common peo- 
 ple) let it be what it will. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXI. 
 of the Mons Luna?, and the Via Lactea. 
 
 L Ife H EL Mons Lnn£ (" called alio fatten s a ferien* 
 JL do, the fmiting part ) is the mount compre- 
 hended under the tuberculum of Mercury ^ between the 
 menfal and Reftritta. 
 
 II. The Via lattea, or Milky way, is the line run- 
 ning upwards from the Refrritta through the fariens 
 or mons Lun<e. 
 
 III. The mons Luh£ filled with happy Characters 
 c as we have before hinted ) fhews one honeft, juft 
 and honourable, and makes a man famous through a 
 Kingdom, gives him the praife of the common peo- 
 ple, and the acquaintance of great and noble Ladies > 
 and makes him happy in Navigation. 
 
 IV. But being infortunated by evil Characters, 
 or a trapezia j or evil lines from the Triangle of Mars , 
 or lines broken, or cut with oblique Angles, it (hews 
 one of a various, poor, and inconftant life, a begger, 
 a perfon envied by almoft all people, one wicked, 
 treacherous, and deceitful, a perfon fubject to travel, 
 captivity or banifhment. 
 
 V. It the good lines on the farient be fair and com- 
 ly they premonftrate fo much the more happinefs, 
 and in women fruitfulnefs : but the evil lines pale, fo 
 much the more evil. 
 
 VI. rhe Via latfea or milky way, well proportio- 
 
 ned 
 
Chap. 8 2. Of the Menfa or Table. 40 j 
 
 tied and continued, (hews fortunate journies, both by 
 Sea and Land, great wit, and the love and favour 
 of Women-kind, chiefly of Ladys and great Wo- 
 men. 
 
 VII. But if this line be cut or crooked, it thews uc- 
 happinefs and a poor and low eftate. 
 
 VIII. If it be whole and extended to the little 
 finger, it thews a great good beyond expe&ation. 
 
 CHAP. LXXXII. 
 
 Of the Menfa or Table. 
 
 1. r "ip H E Menfa is the interval or fpace betwixt 
 I the menfal and Epatica , the which is given or 
 attributed to Fortune •> from whence the Table is cal- 
 led the place o( Fortune. 
 
 II. The Menfa being large and broad, and repleat 
 with good figures, thews riches, and treafure, one of 
 a liberal magnanimous fpirit , and of long life. 
 
 III. But J mall and narroiv, thews poverty or a ilen- 
 der and mean fortune, a niggard, a coward, a pittiful 
 poor, fearful and mean foul. 
 
 IV. A little circle in the Menfa thews a great wit, 
 and a profound perfon in Arts and Sciences. 
 
 V. The Menfa terminating in an Angle under 
 mons Jovis by the concourfe of the Menfal and Car- 
 diac ox Vital line, (hews falthood and treachery, and 
 one of thort life. 
 
 VI. A Crofs or Star, within it, clear and of good pro- 
 portion, efpeciafly under the mount of Sol thews honour 
 and dignity 5 by means of great and Noble men, and 
 
 encreate 
 
404 Tolygrapbices, Lib. 4. 
 
 encreafe of Noble men : if it be the Character of % 
 Jupiter , it (hews EcclefiaJHcal preferment* 
 
 VII. The fame Crofs or Star , being doubled or 
 tripled wonderfully encreafeth the aforefaid good 
 fortune > but cut or confufed by other little lines, 
 the faid good is much diverted, and Anxieties and trou- 
 bles threatned. 
 
 VIII. Good and equal lines in the Mettfa , (hew 
 good fortune > evil and diftorted or crooked ^con- 
 trary. 
 
 IX. A Crtfs or Star in the Menja over mans Lwus, 
 Ihcws fortunacy in travelling. 
 
 X. If there be no rnenfa it (hews a cloudy and ob- 
 feure life and fortune. 
 
 i 
 
 p — 
 
 CHAP. LXXXIIL 
 
 e 
 
 Of the T h($mb and Fingers* 
 
 I. A Line furrounding the Pollex or Thumb in 
 l\ the middle joynt , (hews the peifon (hall be 
 hahged. 
 
 II. A line pafling from the upper joynt of the Pollex 
 to the Cerdiaca, shews a violent death, or danger by 
 means of fome married woman. 
 
 III. Overthwart lines , clear, and long underneath 
 the nail and joynt of the Thumb shew Riches and 
 Honour. 
 
 IV. Equal furrows drawn under the lower joynt 
 thereof shew Riches and Inheritances. 
 
 V. fhefirfi and fecond joynt free from incifures shew 
 a flothful and idle perfon. 
 
 VI# Overtbwart lines] n the uppermqft joynt of the 
 
 Index 
 
* )■; 
 
 Chap.8 3 . Of the Tluml and Fingers. 40 5 
 
 Index or fore- finger, shew inheritances ; but fuch in 
 the middle joynt shew a fubtil perfon. 
 
 VII. Right lines running between thofe joynts in the 
 Index shew ( in Women ) a plentiful iffue •, (in Men ) 
 a nimble tongue. 
 
 VIII. If they be in the firjl joynt neer monsjovis 
 they shew a pleafant and courteous difpofition \ and 
 a man of & generous foul. 
 
 IX. But a Woman who hath a Star in the fame 
 place is lafcivious and whorijb. 
 
 X. Little gridirons in the joynts of the Medius or 
 middle-finger an unfortunate and melancholy perfon : 
 but Equal and parallel lines shew fortune by dealing 
 in Metals. 
 
 XI. A Star there shews a violent death by drowning 
 or W itchcraft or the like. 
 
 XII. A Grofs line rifing from the mans Saturni , 
 through the whole finger to the end thereof shews a 
 meer fool or mad perfon. 
 
 XIII. In the Annular or Ring-finger, a line rifing 
 from the mons Solk , ftrait through the joynts thereof, 
 shews honour and glory. 
 
 XIV. In the firjl joynt of the Annular equal lines 
 shew treafure and honour : overthrvart lines the ha- 
 tred of Kings and great men j but if interfered, their 
 envy shall be abated. 
 
 XV. In the Auricular* or little- finger, a Star in its 
 firjl joynt neer the mount thereof shews one of inge- 
 nuity, and a good Orator. 
 
 XVI. Evil Characters and ohtufe Angles the con- 
 trary : thofe infortunate fignes in the firjl and fecond 
 
 * joynts shew a thief: in the lafl fynt one perpetually 
 inconftant. 
 
 XVII. Some Authors predi& the number of Wives 
 
 or Husbands by the number of little lines in the out- 
 
 molt • 
 
4°6 Tolygraphices. Lib. 4. 
 
 moft part of the mans Mercurii ; but in my opinion 
 thofe things ought rather to be fought out in the 
 
 mown of Venus* 
 
 XVIII. And as in the mounts good or evil Cha- 
 racters, are Omens of good or evil fortunes ; fo alfo 
 on the fingers they fignify the fame. 
 
 XIX. The firfi joynt neer the mount shews the 
 firfi Age : the fecond joynt , middle Age : and the laji 
 joynt) old Age: but it is our opinion) that the directions 
 ol the principal fignificators in every Geniture more 
 properly demonftrate the times in which the good or 
 evil fignified by thofe marks or lines shall more cer- 
 tainly happen. 
 
 cA note concerning the Good and Svil lines , marks 
 
 or Characters. 
 
 XX. 'the good lines marky or Characters are parallels 
 asr= or || double or treble and the like, CrofTes 
 as-f- or X: double Crofles and the like: Stars as 
 the Sextile AfpeCt ^ or the like : Ladders-fteps and 
 Quadrangles asQorO: the trine afpeCt as A : An- 
 gles as the right or acute, or a mult-angle, Sec. the 
 Characters of Jupiter and Venus) as V and other 
 the like a kin to thefc. 
 
 XXL The Unfortunate and evil Characters are de- 
 formed, irregular and uncouth figures, broken lines, 
 crooked lines, gridirons, the Characters of ft Saturn 
 and (f Mars : the oppolition <j> : irregular Circles, 
 obtufe angles and the like. 
 
 XXII. Laltly, as the quantity of line s conlidered in 
 their length and depth, their quality) in their shape 
 and complexion •, their Action , in touching or cutting 
 other lines i their paffion in being touched or cut of 
 others i and their place in which they are pofited or 
 
 located i 
 
Ch.8 1 . Of the Thumb and Fingers . 407 
 
 located, ought to he ohferved i fo alfo their time of ap- 
 pearing or difappearing , ought to pafs our cognifanee. 
 
 For it is moji ceratin that fome lines are prolonged to 
 certain years of our Age, otherfome Jhortned * fometimes 
 they wax pale , fometimes grow red \ fome of one fhape 
 quite vanifh , while others of another fhape rife : Now the 
 caufe without doubt is the various progrefjions of the A- 
 phetical places in the geniture , to their various and con- 
 tingent promiffors, to the influence of which the whole man 
 it felfis fubjugated', and therefore it behoves the indu- 
 jirious and fiudious Artiji , not to determine aV things at 
 flrji fight, for no man can attain the knowledge of all par- 
 ticulars at one infpettion : But yearly to make new obfer - 
 vationsy as the perfon encreafes in Age . 
 
 Experience framed Art by Various ufe, 
 
 Example guiding where it was abftrufe. 
 
 §j>ui in manu omnium hominum fignapofuit,ut cog - 
 nofcerent opera ejus fimgulu Job 37. 7. 
 
 Moreover it is to be ohferved that thefe judgments he not 
 delivered fimply alone hut by being compared with the 
 rules delivered in Chap. 2 5. Lib. I. from whence many 
 other Prognoflickj more than what we have here mentioned 
 will arife to the infinit pleafure of the Artiji, andfatisfa- 
 flion of the curious inquifitor. 
 
 F 1 I S . 
 
Tl?e CON 
 
 Book I. Of Drawing. 
 
 Cb*p- l .f ~\ F Polygraphice 
 \w>/ in 'general, P.i. 
 
 i. Inftruments of Drawing, t 
 3 1 Precepts of Drawing in 
 
 genera], 4 
 
 4. Particular Obfervations in 
 the Art of Drawing, 7 
 5 Imitation of the life, 10 
 Imitation of Draughts, 1 1 
 
 7 . Drawing the face of a man, 
 
 8, Drawing the extreme parts, 
 
 _ 1 8 
 
 j. Drawingthe whole body ,19 
 
 lo.Drawing a naked body, zx 
 n.Shadowinga naked bo. zz 
 n. The way and manner of 
 
 Shadowing, aj 
 
 13. Expreffing Paffions in the 
 Countenance, 
 
 14. Human Proportion, z6 
 
 15. Drapery, 27 
 
 k. Mixt & uncertain forms,z8 
 
 17. landslip, 29 
 
 1 S- Diapering & Antique, 3 z 
 
 19. T0 take the perfed: draught 
 
 of any Picture, 34 
 
 20. To extend or contract a 
 
 Pidure, keeping the pro- 
 portion, 3 6 
 
 u. Perfpedive in general, 37 
 
 21. The Adive part of Per- 
 
 fpedive, 3 9 
 
 23. The Subyed to be feen, 40 
 i4* The general Pradice of 
 Perfpedive, 43 
 
 25. A rational Demonlf ration 
 of Chircmantkal S-igna- 
 tixr ^ 
 
 tents. 
 
 Book II. Of Engravings 
 Etching and Limning . 
 
 graving & the In- 
 V/ ftruments, 1 
 
 2. P©liihiDg the Copper- 
 
 Pj 3 tes’j ^ 
 
 3. Holding the Graver, 54 
 
 4. The way and manner of En- 
 graving, 
 
 y. Imitation of Copies, 55 
 <?. Engraving in Wood, 57 
 7 Etching & the materials, 5 9 
 8 . Ufing the hard Varnilh,6£ 
 9* The way of Etching, 64 
 
 10. Uling the Aqua-fortU 3 66 
 
 1 1. Finiihing the Work, 68 
 
 12. Ufing the foft Varnifh,^ 
 
 13. Of Etching upon the foft 
 
 Varniih, 70 
 
 14. Ufing the Aqua fortts 3 zni 
 finiihing the Work, 71 
 
 1 5. limning & the materials, 73; 
 
 16. TheGirms an3 their ufe, 74 
 
 17. The (even Colors in ge- 
 
 rreral, 7 f 
 
 18. Colors in particular, 77 
 
 19. Mixt and compound Co-' 
 
 tors, , 80 
 
 20. Colors for Drapery, 84 
 
 21. liquid Gold & Silver, 86 
 
 22. Preparing the Colors, 89 
 
 23. Manual Inftruments, 91; 
 
 24. Preparations for limn- 
 ing, _ ; 
 
 25. Limning in Miniture, 94 
 
 26. limning Drapery, 97 
 
 27. Limning Landskip, 98 
 
 28. tight and Shadow, io© 
 20. Colors more particularly/ 
 
 i or,- D 30. Of 
 
The Contents ^ 
 
 30. Of making fome original ' 
 
 Colors, 103 
 
 ji.Thcfumof the Obferva- 
 tious of limning to the 
 Life, 106 
 
 31. Limning Landskip more 
 
 particularly, m 
 
 33. The various forms or de- 
 grees of Coloring, 1 1 3 
 
 34. Limning of Sky, Clouds,! 1 y 
 
 35. - Towns, Caftles, Ruins, 1 1 6 
 
 3C-Mountains,HiUs,& J <;. 1 1 7 
 
 3 7.-Trees, Boughs, Cottages, 
 
 118 
 
 38. Coloring naked Figur. 1 1 9 
 
 39. Coloring of Hair, in 
 
 40. - Walls , C h a m be r s , c f 'c. ib. 
 
 41. -Pillars, Rocks, &c, 122 
 
 41. -Metals, 113 
 
 43. -Flowers, 114 
 
 44. -Radilhcs,Turnips, Melons 
 Cucutners & Cabbage, 125 
 
 45 . To color Fruits, 116 
 
 4 6. Limning of Fowls, 1 28 
 
 47. -Beafts, 130 
 
 48. -Serpents, j 32. 
 
 49. -Waters and Fifli, 133 
 
 Book III. Of Tainting JVa- 
 Jhingi Coloring , CajHng? 
 Varmjking-) Gilding and 
 Vying. 
 
 Cb. Painting in gene- 
 
 V_y ral, 137 
 
 2. Of Painting in Oil and the 
 materials thereof, 140 
 
 3. Colors in general and their 
 
 fignification, 141 
 
 4. Fitting of Colors for Paint. 
 
 ing» 144 
 
 f . Colors for Velvety j 4 6 
 
 *. Colors for Sattiw* 1 47 
 
 r. Colors for Taffata, Cloth,' 
 Leather, 148 
 
 3., Colors for Garments, 149 
 
 9. -for Metals and Gems, 150 
 
 10. -for Landskip, 15 1 
 
 11. Painting the Face, 152 
 
 1 2 .Cleaning old Fainting, \ 5 4 
 
 13. Of a Pi&. in general, 155 
 
 14. Of Choice of Copies or 
 
 patterns, 15? 
 
 1 5. Dilpoling of Pi&ures, 1 5 9 
 
 16. Frefco or painting v of walls, 
 
 1 6A 
 
 1 7. Col. for painting Glafs^^i 
 
 18. The way of Painting on 
 
 Glafs, i«3 
 
 19. Walking & its mater. 164 
 
 20. Simple Colors for Walh- 
 
 ing, 16? 
 
 21. Compound Colors for 
 
 Walhing, i<?7 
 
 »a.MixingC.& lhadowing,t69 
 
 23. Colors for Laitdskip, 171 
 
 24. Praftice of Walking, 172 
 Making Varnilkes, 173 
 
 26. Way of Varnifliing, 176 
 
 17. Experimental Obiervati- 
 
 ons of vegetable Colors in 
 general, 17? 
 
 18. Experimental Obfcrvati- 
 ons of mineral Colors, 184 
 
 29. Of Metals, 1S9 
 
 30. Cafting & its Inftrum. 201 
 
 31. Way, 67 T. of Calling, 20? 
 
 3 2. Glals & pretious ftones,207 
 
 33. Way of Gilding, 215 
 
 34. 'Of Paper, parchment, lea- 
 ther, zl 9 
 
 35. Wood,horns,& bones,222 
 
 3 6. Dying Yarn and Linen- 
 Cloth," 
 
 37,Of Dying Stuffs,Woollen-i 
 Cloth, Silka 
 
 B00I5 
 
The Contents* 
 
 Book IV. Of the Original , 
 Advancement and Pcrfe - 
 tfion of thefe Arts : the 
 Paintings of the Anti - 
 : the Arts of Beauti- 
 fying , Perfuming and 
 Chiromancy . 
 
 the Original 
 thefe Arts, 131 
 j, Their farther progrefs,i39 
 
 3. Of their perfe&ion, *50 
 
 4. How the Antients depi&ed 
 
 Saturn, 263 
 
 ^.Howthey depi&ed Jupiter, 
 
 z 6 $ 
 
 6 . — Mar Sy 267 
 
 7. — PbcebnSi 169 
 
 i,—— Venus, X72 
 
 9. — Mercury, 173 
 
 10. — Luna, 275 
 
 jr. — farm, 277 
 
 12'. — Aurora, 278 
 
 13. —Jino, 17? 
 
 i^.—Tdlus, 281 
 
 if’. — Neptune, 282 
 
 16. — Ncmefis, 284 
 
 17. ' — Pan, 285' 
 
 1 8. - — Pluto, 287 
 
 1?. — The P area 3 288 
 
 20. Minerva , 1 89 
 
 11. — Vulcan , 299 
 
 22. — Bacchus, ibid . 
 
 23. Fortune, < 2 93 
 
 24. - — Virtue, Truth, Peace, 
 Honour,Fame,Opimon,2 96 
 
 aj. • — Night, Sleep, Silence, 
 Pleafure, and Fear, 298 
 i6. • — Philofophers, Lawgi- 
 vers, Emperors, Kings and 
 „ Queens, 300 
 
 - 7 . - — The Sibyls, . 302 
 
 iS. - — Arts, Virtues, Paffions, 
 5 tiid minor Gods,' 304 
 
 2?- To exprefs thePowers,3o£ 
 
 30. — Virtues and Vices, 310 
 
 31. Rivers, ^ 
 
 32. Nymphs, 3I <5 
 
 33- The nine Mufes, 31 8 
 
 34. — The four Winds, 320 
 
 35. - — Months of theYear, 3 23 
 16. Of Painting the Face and 
 
 Skin, 3*^ 
 
 37-Of Cofmetics which beau- 
 tifie without any thing of 
 paint, | 3 , 8 
 
 38. Cofmetics which remedy 
 the vices of the skin, 333 
 
 39. Making fweet Breath, 337 
 
 40. Beautifying the Hair, 34a 
 
 4 1 . Perfuming in general, 342. 
 4i,The matter of perfumes, ib . 
 
 43 . Oil of Ben, 34} 
 
 44. Sweet Waters, 34? 
 
 45 . Of perfuming Oils, 347 
 
 4^« — Eflences, 34? 
 
 47 . — Unguents, 3 $ t 
 
 48. Powders, 351 
 
 49. — Balfams, 355 
 
 50. —^-Tablets, 356 
 
 51. — Pomanders for Brace- 
 lets, 358 
 
 fz.. — Wadi-Balls, 359, 
 
 53 . *— -Soaps, 3^0 
 
 54. Of burning perfumes, 3 6z. 
 55 .Animal & mineral perf.3<?3 
 
 56. Adulteration of perf. 364 
 
 57. Perfuming of Cloth, Skins s v 
 
 Gloves, , 3 0 % 
 
 58. Making all forts of Ink, 3 67 
 5 ?. — Sealing Wax, . 3 69 
 
 60, —Artificial Pearls, 370 
 
 61. Alchymy in general, 375 " 
 
 < 52 . Saturn or Lead, 377 
 6y. Jupiter or Tin, 37.8. 
 
 64, Mars or Iron, 3 % 
 
 65, Sol or Gold, , 
 
 66, Venus or Copper, 
 
 Dd 
 
 6y, Mer-, 
 
The Contents • 
 
 Oi. Mercury or Quickfilv. 383 75.' — Saturnia or line of 5^- 
 
 68. Luna. or Silver, 384 turn, 396 
 
 69. ! he fecret Hermetick my- 76. — Mount of Jupiter, 397 
 
 fiery, or great Philofophick 77. • — Cavea of Mars and Via, 
 work, ibid • Martis , 398 
 
 70. Of Chiromancy, and firfl: 78. — Mount of SeJ and via 
 
 of the Line of life, 389 Sc/#, 399 
 
 71. Epatickor natural line, 3 90 79.' — Mount o( Verna and C in- 
 
 71. Ceptulicaor bead-line, 39*. gulum Veneris , 400 
 
 73. Of the menfal line or line 80. — Mount of Mercury, 401 
 
 of Fortune, 393 81.— Mons Lunce&Via lact.^ci 
 
 74. —Rejiricta or Cauda Dra - Sz.—Menfa or Table, 403 
 
 com , 3^5 83. — Thumb & Fmgeh, 404 
 
 - Tfo: end of the Contents of the Chapters. 
 
 The T 
 
 A 
 
 Page 
 
 \ Ngles and Arches 
 
 *•44 
 
 Anemic Bones 
 
 23 
 
 Antique & diapering 31, 
 
 ■ 33 AS 9 
 
 Adive part of Perjpectivc 3 9 
 
 Altitude 
 
 40.43 
 
 Aqua fortis to m^e 
 
 60 
 
 Aqua fortis to uje 
 
 66 . 71 
 
 Arabicligum 
 
 74 
 
 Armoniadi g Htn 
 
 7 $ 
 
 Arfenicum 
 
 78 
 
 Auripigment 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Alb-colour 
 
 81.147 
 
 Azure col. 8 3.105'.! $ 1 .186.214 
 
 Argentum Mu f cum 
 
 87 
 
 Aurum Muficum 
 
 88 
 
 Armoniadi Gold 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Armor 
 
 97 
 
 Ametby ft colour 
 
 104 
 
 Apples to limn 
 
 Ii 6 
 
 Apes to limn 
 
 131 
 
 Ajfus to limn 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Adder to limn 
 
 132 
 
 Aim-mtcr to mah? 
 
 1/4 
 
 • r* 
 
 ABLE. 
 
 Amtl what 187.113 
 
 A rj n ic\ white to mafe 188 
 Artificial Amethyflrfacyntb no 
 Artificial Cbryfolite , Topa%, Co- 
 ral j Emerald 21 1 
 
 Amber artificial 211,113 
 Amber to {often 212 
 
 A^uretoma^e 214 
 
 Arithmetic \ its ufe 1 5: 1 .304 
 Analogy its ufe 254 
 
 Action and Paffton zsi 
 
 Aftart ewbo 264 
 
 Apollo to depiff 269 
 
 Aurora to depit t 278.318 
 JEolus todepitt 284 
 
 Aratus, Ariftotle to depitt 300 
 Alexander Great, iEneas 301 
 Aftronomy 304 
 
 Audacity , Aflrxa 30? 
 
 Arnus 31 4 Achelous 317 
 Aufter to dept ft 320 
 
 April, Augutt to depict 321 
 Art of Pe rfu ming 3 4 * 
 
 Adeps Rofariun 34* 
 
 Animal 
 
The Table? 
 
 r 
 
 Animal and mineral Perf. 3 63 Brufhes 
 Ammonial Per fumes ibid. Brafs to gild 
 
 Adulteration of Musk* Civet & Booths to gili 
 
 Ambergris 
 Artificial Pearls 
 Alcbymy in general 
 Ambergris Effence 
 B 
 
 Brows 
 
 Body to draw 
 
 Belly 
 
 Bodies to fhade 
 Beafls to draw 
 Bafe 
 
 Burttifimg Iron 
 Brujb 
 
 2© + 
 215, x\& 
 
 116 
 
 117 
 222.113 
 
 2*} 
 
 113 
 
 215.227 
 
 227 
 
 364 Blots to take out 
 37 o Bones to dye 
 375 Bones to f often 
 356 Brifilts to dye, ' 
 
 B ue dye 
 1 5 Black dye 
 
 19 Bacchus to depift 290 
 
 11 B ;reas to depict 310 
 
 23 Burnings and Sc aldings 33$ 
 
 1$ Birds 29 Breath tofwceten 337 
 
 40 Baldncfs 340 
 
 5 2.62 Black Wax 370 
 
 62 Balfams perfumed 355 
 
 76.142. t 49 *i 62 . 188 Balfamum mofchatum ibid. 
 
 f/«cx76.83.84.85.io5. 142.149 Bracelet* perfumed 358 
 
 163. 168. i6y. 170.185. 215. . C 
 
 Browns 77.143.169 Cromatice 
 
 Bole armoniack 
 Blue Bid 
 Bay colour 
 
 Burnifijt Gold and Silver 
 Banks to color 
 Boughs to limn 
 Brick-wall to limn 
 Brafs to limn 
 Beajls, Bear to limn 
 Blue Velvet 146 Sattin 
 Buf to paint 
 
 Banqueting Rooms and 
 chamber 
 Brazil 
 Buildings 
 
 Blacknefs to deftroy 
 Buckthorn Berries 
 Butter of Antimony 
 Balfamum Saturni 
 Brafs to varnifij 
 Brafs to make 
 firajs to tinge 
 Brafs to whiten 
 Brafs to clean fa 
 
 78 Crions or Pajiils to make 3.102 
 
 79 Charcoals 2.54 
 
 8 ® Compaffes 3 Circle 4.44 
 
 87 Cone 5 Cylinder ib. 
 
 86 Copies to re dace 6 
 
 1 18 Circumfcrent Stroaks 14 
 
 1 x i Croft in making a Pact 1 5 
 
 1 23 Circular Bodies 24 
 
 130 Catoptricks 38 *45 
 
 148 center to find 44 
 
 148 Coloring 4 ? 
 
 Bed- chiromantickBemonftration 46' 
 160 Cujbion 5 1 
 
 165 Copies of Letters 5 7 
 
 171 colors for Limning 7;. 75 
 
 17 9 cerufe # 77 
 
 1 81 CyiinfoYi bright Si Criffi.faA ib # 
 
 184 crimjon Lake 
 188 Colors for Drapery 
 174 crimjon Garments 
 188. 191 Carnation 
 191 cloth of Gold 
 192.193 changeable Silfy 
 195.197 China Vijhes 
 
 P£ 5 
 
 82 
 84.170 
 84.104 
 84.163 
 
 84 
 
 85 
 
The Tabled 
 
 Color sto prepare 89. 143. * 4 * Cofmetick of Talk 3x6. 318 
 
 Colors to temper 90.143.169 Cofmeticfi of Pearl 
 Colors to calcine 9 °. * 4 3 c b*t s in the s kJ n 
 
 Collcns earth . 105 cloth. Coffers to perfume 
 
 Cherry-flone black ibid. Chiromancy 
 
 Colors to make ibid. Cephalick Line 
 
 Colors dead 1 °7 c y P rian P ovpdcr 
 
 Clouds to limn u 5 U 4 » characters good and evil 
 
 Cottages 118 childrens 13.119 Cauda Draconis 
 Childrens Hair m CaveaMartis 
 
 chambers izi Copper 123 D 
 
 C love juli flow. 1 m Cornflour 115 Drawing what 
 Cucumers , Cabbage 125.126 Doejling what 
 
 Cherries 116 Coney 131 
 
 1 31 Crocodile 132- Diapering and Antique 
 Colors to keep from skinning 141 Draught of a Picture 
 Colors fora fair complexion 144 Direff Radiations 
 Colors ufed'in the Church ibid. Dioptric k* 
 
 Complexion brown, black Difianie in Perfpcttive 
 Cloth to paint 148 Diagonals 
 
 Colors for Landskip 15 1.171 Difcolor. of Platestc remove 68 
 Choice of copies or patterns 157 Deep purple 
 Cochenel ; 166. 1 80.181 Defetfs of colors 
 
 Colors of Stones 169 Drapery to limn 
 
 Coral iS 4 Diamonds to limn 
 
 Copper or Tin to varnifl) 1 74 Dead colors to mak* 
 
 Ccpper to blanch iS> .a 88 Degrees of coloring 
 Crocus lylar.tis »>/;<*£ 187 Dead children 
 
 Copper to tf^e, whiten 193 Dead men and women 
 
 103 Devils to limn 
 205 Damask t0 ^ mrl 
 
 Z07 Duck to limn 11 8 Dogs 
 
 210 Dining Room 
 
 Carbuncle to counterfeit ibid. Diamond to counterfeit 
 Cloth to dye > = 225 Dying ingrain 
 
 crimfon dye 228 Dijpoption of things in right 
 
 Chronos what 263 order 2 66 
 
 Court of Mars " 268 Diana to depict 27? 
 
 Chariot of Diana > 7 ? Diogenes, Democrates 300 
 
 Ceres 281.305 Charon 287 David, Dido 301 
 
 Charity 304 concord 304.309 Demogorgon . # 3 ©7 
 
 Confidence 304 Cupid 305 Deftiny 310 Dijflmulation 3 iz 
 
 Caiumnia *• 312 Danubius 315 Dryades3i7 
 
 Crocodile what 313 December to depiH 3 12 * 
 
 Clio todep.$i% Calliope 319 AH ■' * 
 
 V • ’ ; 
 
 Crucibles 
 C a fling, the manner of it 
 Cry flat to melt 
 Chalcedon to make 
 
 33 * 
 
 33 * 
 
 367 
 
 '3 '9 
 39i 
 353 
 406 
 
 39 ? 
 
 398 
 
 1 
 
 *3 
 17.97 
 3 3 3 
 34 
 38 
 38. 4 ? 
 4 * 
 42. 
 
 80 
 90 
 
 97 
 
 98 
 107 
 
 ”3 
 1 20 
 
 ibid. 
 
 ibid. 
 
 124 
 
 I 3 i 
 
 160 
 
 209 
 
 2x8 
 
The Table 
 
 tit to form 
 'Extreme parts to draw 
 Envy to exprejs 
 Engraving 
 Etching 
 
 Emeralds to limn 
 Emerald color 
 Eag'e to limn 
 Elephant to limn 
 Ei[d 
 
 Enamel to make 
 
 
 Frtfco 
 
 161 
 
 1 7 
 
 Flory blue 
 
 167 
 
 18 
 
 Flefh color 
 
 169 
 
 15 
 
 Flask and Furnace 
 
 20,3 
 
 .57 
 
 Feathers to dye 
 
 123 
 
 64 
 
 Fairies and F aims to depict 
 
 98 
 
 Fortune to depift 
 
 293.309 
 
 105 
 
 Fame 
 
 2-97.319 
 
 i 28 
 
 Fear 299 Faith 
 
 304 
 
 130 Felicity 
 1 40 Flora 306 
 187.113 Fntitfulne[s 
 
 3 °?. 3 11 
 Fate 309 
 P l 
 
 tnametio J 
 
 Estimation of Painting (? P am- February to depict 3 10 
 
 J t(rs 146.147 Face to cleanfe & bcauufie 31* 
 
 Exduifitenefs of coloring 15? Fum white ibid 
 
 Eyes their power M8 F ucm of Pearl r : f 
 
 Epicurus to depict 3 °° FuCKi °t * Bl(lls GlllL lbl(J * 
 
 Euclid todepiet ibid. Fucks rti 3*6.3P 
 
 Elizabeth of England 301 Freckles 333 
 
 Empedocles, Brafmus 301 Fingers 404 
 
 3 ° 5 p° 6 “lity\ 99 Glafs Perfpemve 4 VP 
 
 Euterpe* 318 Erato 319 Graving and its Infirm. 51*55 
 
 Eurus 
 
 Epatick line 
 
 F 
 
 Feathers 
 
 Face of man to draw 
 Feet to Jbade 
 Fear to exprefs 
 Forefhortning 
 Flowers to draw 
 
 Frame and Trough - - ,-, t 
 
 twlbbgth Etching work «• 
 
 310 Gravers 5 M 3 
 
 390 Graver to hold 54 
 
 Gums for limning 73.74 
 
 Gold and Silver liquid 7$ .86 
 Greens 76.8 2.83,84. 85.105. 
 141.149.163.167.16S.169. 
 170.185. 
 
 Greetf 5 /Ve 
 GUfs Gray 
 
 i 
 
 15 
 
 >3 
 
 i 5 
 
 26 
 
 19 
 
 62 G/ej 
 
 Flame color 
 Fire color 
 Feathers to color 
 Fair complexion 
 Flowers to limn 
 Fruits 
 
 Fowls n8 
 
 F ifhes 133 
 
 Facet 9 paint 
 
 Falcon 
 
 Frog 
 
 8 1 Gold to diaper on 
 S(M5i Gold Armoniack 
 f 86 Glair of Eggs to make 
 10 6 Ground colors what 
 124 Grinding Stone 
 ii 6 Gold Armor . 
 
 129 QcneralObfervations m 
 
 ibid. ing l ° 
 
 15 1 Grey Hair tolm 111 
 
 P 4 4 
 
 73 
 So 
 81 
 ibid. 
 87 
 S 8 
 ibid. 
 87 
 8 9* 1 4 > 
 ? i.* 4 a 
 97 
 
 Gold 
 
The Table.’ 
 
 113. 150 Hogs to limn 130 
 
 1x7 Hart , Hind , Hare to limn 1 31 
 
 131.13s. 
 
 Gold to limn 
 Grapes to limn 
 
 Griffon up Goofe 118 Horfestolimn 
 Grinding- Stone to clean fe 141 Hair- colored Velvet 
 Green Velvet 1 6 Sattin 1 47 H sir- colored tin 
 
 Garments to paint 149.1 50.170 
 Galleries 
 Glafs to paint 
 Gambogia 
 Gold to varnijh 
 Green tin If tire 
 Glafs to tinge 
 
 160 Highways 
 163.187 Hares foot 
 
 \(>6 Horns to dye 
 174 Horns to [often 
 187 Horns to caji 
 187.188 Houje of Mars 
 Gold to colour and [often 190 Honour 
 Gold Tree of the Philofophers, Heraclitus to depict 
 
 zoo Hope 304.311 
 Glafs and precious Stones 107 Hands to be. tuti fie 
 Glaffes broffen to cement ibid. Hair to beautifie 
 Gltijs to mafie green zoS Hermetic^ My fiery 
 
 Gilding the way zi 5 Head-Line 
 
 Glafs to gild Z154ZZX Hair Powder 
 
 G°ldsn Le ters to write zi 9 I 
 
 Green dye 
 
 146 
 148 
 
 * m 
 
 171 
 
 x°4 
 
 1 z z . 1 z 3 
 
 113.114 
 
 ■- 
 
 z6S 
 ■*9740$ 
 3 05 
 
 Hymen ’ 30 $ 
 
 33^-337 
 
 340 
 
 384 
 
 3 ?* 
 
 355 
 
 Geomet y, its ufe 
 Glaucus re 
 G^'atea to depict 
 Guftavus Adolphus 
 German Emperors 
 Government 
 Graces to depict 
 Ganges to depitt 
 G lives to perfume 
 Green Infa to m *k e 
 Green Wax 
 Gold or Sol 
 
 H 
 
 Human Proportion 
 Morion 30 Height 
 Horizontal Line 
 Houfes 
 
 Hard varnijh to mabjs . 
 Hedera gum 
 Hair color 
 Hair 
 
 ms to limit 
 
 zz7,zz8 Injlruments of Drawing z 
 151.304 Imitation of the Life 10.14 
 183 Imit.of Draughts 12,14,56.1 38 
 185^3 1 7 Infers to draw *9. 
 
 30 z Icbnograpbia 39 
 
 ibid. Jupiter ’s fignificaiion 47 
 
 304 Indico 79.168 
 
 305 Injlruments of Limning 73-91 
 
 314 Indian Lake Sz. 103. 170 
 3165 Ivory black 1 03 
 
 368 Infants to color 113.11 9 
 
 3 70 Imagination bow firengthned 138 
 380 Iron color 1 50 
 
 Indian Varnijh 176 
 
 z 6 lronto varnifo 174 
 
 40 Iron to tinge 194.196 
 
 41 Iron to whiten 195 to [often ib. 
 
 4 5 Iron to keep from r lifting 1 95 
 
 6063 Iron to harden 196 to folder ib. 
 
 74 Injlruments of C a fling zoo 
 S5.I49 Iron togild 115.i16.z17 
 X© 9 .izi Inkgre^nto-mAke zip.zzo 
 li 7 *i' 7 i Ink blue izo 
 
The Table; 
 
 Ivory to whiten i 14 Landslip to limn 
 
 Uemheir life _ _ * 3»*>33 L ight and (hadow 
 
 Inventors of Painting who Z34. Leopard to limn 
 • . **, * 3^37 Leather to paint 
 
 Jupiter todspitt 16 5 Landslip top aim 
 
 Janus 9 *77 Juno 279 Life and Motion 
 r fufiice apd Innocence 304.311 Logwood 
 f’h f&itjyiminee jo, lapis . ' 
 
 injuria* 3'J* Indus 314 lignum Nephreticu ,„ 1Si 
 
 Ins 317 January p. t’imr to make colorl tfs ,s 5 
 
 J une 3 , , a 11 Leather to vamifi) iy^ 
 
 S»S.Tit 
 
 ICO 
 
 13 * 
 
 148 
 
 151 
 
 1^.157 
 
 165.181 
 
 178 
 1 79.181 
 
 ^«z'fd 0/ Macaleb 
 Ink to malic • 
 Jupiter or Tin 
 honor U. ars 
 
 ’ K '• 
 
 Ignucbjes 1 * K^ee 
 Tjiives to engrave with 
 Kali ofwhatu'e 
 
 3^1 Leather to color yellow m 
 3^7 Lead to tinge and. pivge 197.198 
 378 Linen to gild \\ 7 
 
 3 3 ° Light i ts nature a nd quality % - S 
 ■Luna to depill 
 Law 
 13 L ove 
 58 Laughter 
 2*09 Liberty 
 
 Liquor of Talk 
 
 , , * , L Lac Virgims to make 
 
 Light to cboofe 7 . 9-94 Lard mjalfified 
 
 Life to imitate 10 Linen to perfume 
 
 Lands kips 11.3 0,44. 65. 9 8. Lead 
 
 1 n. 1 38.151.159 Luna or silver 
 Love to exprefs 25 Line of Life 
 
 Line 37*41 *’ 
 
 Linea Jovialis, Saturnialis, M 
 
 Solaris, Mercurialis, Luna- Mixed forms 
 ris, Stellata 47 Mufcles to draw 
 
 Luna her fignification 48 Mafter to cboofe 
 Limning and its materials 73 Magnitude 
 Liquid gold anifilverii,%6.\6s Menla 
 
 »7 J 
 304 
 
 . 8 °) 
 
 ibid. 
 
 ibid. 
 
 318 
 
 33 ° 
 3*3 
 3 *7 
 377 
 384 
 389 
 
 6 z 3 
 5 V* 
 
 Lake gum 
 Lamp-Black 
 Litrnos blue 
 Light green 
 Lead color 
 Lake color pure 
 Lab^e Crimfon 
 Light blue 
 Leaves of trees 
 limning Tabla 
 
 10 
 37 
 47 
 
 74 Mars his fignification 48 
 77 Mercury his fignification ibid . 
 £0.167- 18 1 Mafticot 79 
 
 81.151 Murry 80.83. 104 
 
 81 Manner of fitting 94 
 
 ibid. Miniture ibid. 
 
 82.103. 170 Minium 
 
 8 5 Mountains to limn 4 1 7 
 
 86 Marble Pillars in 
 
 jz.ui Metals to lima 4 3 
 
 Marigold 
 
-The Table. 
 
 Marigold to limn 
 Melons to limn 
 Mulberries to limn 
 Mice 1 30 Monkey 
 Madder 
 
 Mixing of colors 
 Marble to imitate 
 Mercury fnblimate 
 Mercurius Vitae 
 
 N 
 
 I% * 
 
 ibid. Nofe 
 
 1 17 Halted body to fhade 
 1 31 Hedies to etch with 
 166 Needles to whet 
 169 Naked bodies to limn 
 177 Night Slty 
 
 184 Natures help in Painting 141 
 ibid. Nymphs of Diana 176.-77. 318 
 
 If.IJO 
 
 11 
 
 61.64 
 
 6 1 
 
 II4.119 
 151 
 
 Mineral colors i 34 .H 3- tI 4 Neptune to depict 
 Minium what 187 Nemefis 
 
 Metals to make tough 1 99 Night 
 Metals to tinge like Gold ibid. Numa Pompilius 
 Metals to melt 104 Natural affection 
 
 Materials of Cafling ibid. Nilus 
 Medal or form 103 Niger 
 
 Metals to gild iiy.ii8.iii Nymphs 
 Maximus his end ijj^Napaas 
 
 Magnificence of works 5-53 Naiades 
 
 1 ^ a ,*. J . 1 . - Ct * /« Wnw/smr 
 
 Mars to depift 
 
 Mercury 
 
 Minerva 
 
 Mofes 
 
 Mahomet; 
 
 Modejly 
 
 Mercy 
 
 Mufes to depift 
 Melpomene 
 Months to depill 
 March, May 
 
 267 November 
 173 Natural Lins 
 ;» 3 <? 0 
 
 300.301 Oval 
 
 301 Out-Schetches 
 304 Opt ice 
 31 1 Objeft 
 318 Orthographia 
 ibid. Oil-fione 
 3 io Oyl prepared 
 311 Orpiment 
 
 Morphew to take away 3*9 Orcbal 
 Mercurial Cofmetick 31 9 * 3 3 ° Okerdeluce 
 Matter of Perfumes 
 Milk of Mac ale b 
 Mineral Perfumes 
 4 ars or Iron 
 
 181.184 
 184 
 
 198 
 301 
 3°5 
 
 3*3 
 
 316 
 
 ibid, 
 ibid. 
 
 317 
 311 
 
 390 
 
 4.44 
 3 
 
 37 . 3 s 
 37 . 42 - 
 3 9 
 51 
 60 
 78 
 80 
 
 Mercury QuickfHvtP. 
 Mmk its Efj'ence ~ 
 Mufcadines toyfiake 
 Menfa or Table 
 Mons Luna: 
 
 Mons Solis 
 Mount of Venus 
 Mount o f Mer cury. . 
 
 79 
 
 340 Orient Violtt 84 
 
 361 Ok^r . . Iot 
 
 363 Ob fervations of Limning 106 
 380 Old bodiesto limn 114.u9.uo 
 ^3§3 Owl to limn lz 9 
 
 350 Oxen to limn 13 1 
 
 357 Orange color 148.1 $0,167 
 403 Old painting to clean fe 1 $4 
 
 401 Oil e/Tartar 180,330 
 
 399 Oil of Flints or Sand 
 
 400 Oak’Pistes 204 
 
 401 oil of Turpentine . ;°4 
 
 Origin ad: 
 
The Table; 
 
 j Original of the fe Arts 231 PirtJiycllow 
 Opticfy their ufe 15 * Purple deep 
 
 Ops to depict 181 Pure Ufa color 
 
 Oceanus to dcpiSt 2.B4 Purple garments 
 
 Opinion to dcpitt 189.305 Popinjay green 
 
 Odiober to depift 
 Oil of Camphir to mfe 
 Ointment Cofmeticfi 
 Oil of Ben 
 Oils by Inf uf on 
 Oleum Imperiale 
 Oil of Cinmon 
 Oil of Rofes 
 
 311 Purple light 
 32.5 Peach color 
 331 P reparation of colors 
 343 Pencils to wafiy 
 . ,347 Preparations for limning 
 ibid. Practice of limning 
 
 34 s Pearls to limn 
 347 Pictures to preferve 
 OH of Calamus Aromatic. 349 p m £ 
 
 Oil of Rhodium ibid. Pears to limn 
 
 Oil of h&iznSpicknwd. ibid. Plums and Peaches to limn 
 
 Oil of Benjamin ibid ^ Pbefant to limn 
 
 Oil of Storax compound ibid. ’ Painting in general 
 Ox dung Powder ** ~ '* 
 
 Or rice Powder 
 
 Polygraphice what 
 Pidura 
 Pencils 
 Proportion 
 PaJJton 
 Pens 
 
 PafUls to ma\e 
 Precepts of Drawing 
 Polygon ' 
 
 Pictures to reduce 
 PUfter-worli 
 
 35 - Painting in Oil 
 353 Primed Cloth 
 Pallet 
 
 Purple Velvet and. Sattin 
 i.i Paintingto clfanfe 
 1 PiBure in general 
 3.?i.I 4 i » i6 5 Pictures to place or difpofe 159 
 “ ' ibid. 
 
 1 61 
 
 79.10), 
 
 80.82 85 
 
 Si 
 
 84.14? 
 
 . Sy 
 
 ibid, 
 ibid. 
 S 9 
 91 . 142 - 
 9 - 
 94 
 9 8 .15® 
 99 
 
 lot 
 
 116 
 IZ 7 
 1 19 
 
 *37 
 1 40 
 ibid, 
 ibid. 
 
 *47 
 
 154 
 
 155 
 
 1.254 Porch 
 
 1 Painting of walls 
 
 3 Painting of glafs 
 3. 1 01 Printers blacfi 
 
 4 Privet berries 
 
 5 Paintings to varnifb 
 
 6 Paper to vamijh 
 7.9 Putty what 
 
 Particular Ob fere at. in Draw - Purple to dye 
 ing 7 PbilofophiTsTriik 
 
 Pattern to place 9.11.11 Pipe to blow with 
 Paps of a man 12 Pledget^ofJVool 
 
 Pajfionsto exprefs 15.15tf.158 Pearls artificial 
 Pitture to extend or contract 3tf Proportions cf 
 Perjpective ' 1 37 
 
 Practice of PerfpcBive 43 Paper to marble 
 Plates to polifiy 53.5 9 Purple dye 
 
 Plates to clean fe 5 tf.tfS Painting whence 
 
 Prepared Oil tfo Pajfions their ufe 
 
 itfj 
 itfy 
 1S1 
 >73 
 174 
 iStf 
 188 
 
 100.101 
 204 
 ibid, 
 no 
 
 mineral Colors 
 
 11? 
 Iztf.txS 
 *33 
 
 235 
 
 Pro-. 
 
The Table; 
 
 Pregrefs of Painting 239 Ruffet Sat tin 8$ 
 
 Perfection of. Painting 250 Ruffet to jhadow Ibid. 
 
 Pamphilus bis opinion *>1 Rubies to limn 98.1 5 X 
 
 Proportion its uje *? 4 Ru b color 104.105 
 
 Perfection of Painting whit 26 1 Ruins to limn 1 1 6 
 
 Peace to depict 297.309.304 Ro«k* 112.1 7 i 
 
 Phoebus to depiM z6y Rs[es 124 Radices 125 
 
 Poppy its fignification 281 Red Velvet 14 6 Sattin 147 
 Pan to depict 285 Red Sky i$£ 
 
 Pan his fignification 2 86 RedVarnifhtomake 17? 
 Pluto to depiCt 287 Red TinCture 185 
 
 Parcse x88 Pallas 2S9 Ruby artificial 210 
 
 Pleafure 299 Pythagor. 302 Reddye *16.228 
 
 Pleafure 305 Pafiime ibid. Ruffetdye z% 6 
 
 Proferpin.306 . Providence 309 P/gta ordering of things 260 
 Piety 31 1 Penitence 312 Roman Emperors 302 
 
 Po or Pad.us iepf# 315 Religion 304 
 
 Polyhymnia to depict 31 9 Rivers to depiCt 3 1 3 
 
 Pimples 333 Rednefs 333 
 
 Perfuming Oils' 347 Reding to ma\e 3 68 
 
 Perfumedk'igbts 361 Red Tablets perfumed 3$ 6 
 
 Perfume of Paracelfus 363 RefiriCfa 395 
 
 Printing In k 369 • 
 
 Philofophicli work 384 S 
 
 Perfuming E [fences 349 Square 4 
 
 Pomatum compound 352 Shadowing 13.14.22.13.45, 
 
 Perfuming Powders ibid. 100.169 
 
 Pomanders for Bracelets 358 Shin-bones 23 
 
 Surfaces to fade i bid . 
 
 * . CL Shades of silk and fine Linen 28 
 
 Quick- filver to harden 1 89 Sunto draw 30 
 
 Quick filver to tinge IS9.190 Superficies and Solids 37 
 Quick- filver to fix 189 Scenographia 39.40 
 
 Qnck-filver or Mercury 383 Subject to be feen 40 
 
 Section 41 
 
 R Saturn 5 .r fignification 47 
 
 Pw/rtu 3 Sol his fignification 48 
 
 Pita zz Silver and Gold liqu.7 3.86.18^ 
 
 ■ Radiations what 37-38 Spaniih white to make 76.77 
 
 Radiations reflected. 3 8 Sinaper Lake 77.103 
 
 Roul to polijb with 54.56.68 Spanifh tae'jw* 78.102.1 69* 
 76.82.1c>). 142.149. 163 Sap green 78. 170.181 
 
 Red Lead 77.101 Sd/rca 79.167 
 
 Po/ta 78 ' 80.1 68 
 
 Saffron 
 
The Table: 
 
 Saffron color ^ 
 
 81 
 
 Scarlet color x - 81.84.149 
 SadCrimfon 8» 
 
 S//ygr humified 8 7 
 
 S/^e for bur ni fit Gold 88 
 
 S/7vfr to /f/ 4 per on ibid. 
 
 Satt in black 84.147 
 
 Sattin white 85.148 
 
 Sattinruffet ibid. 
 
 S/ 7 £ chargeable 85.170 
 
 Sty color 85.171 
 
 Straw color 85.119 
 
 Steeled colors 89 
 
 shadows for colors 91 
 
 S'ieUs for colors 92 
 
 Sitting to limn 9 4 
 
 Sapphyrs to limn 98 
 
 Sapphyr color 1 04.1 05 
 
 Si/uer Wjc/j; 104 
 
 Swarthy complexion 106 
 
 Sty tolirun 1 15.1 71 
 
 Satyrs 1 10 
 
 Sandy grounds 121 
 
 Silver 113.150 
 
 Strawberries 1 17 
 
 Swan 118 Stork lz 9 
 
 Sheep 130 Serpents 131 
 
 Str thing F r^wze 1 40 
 
 5t4/ or Moll • flick 1 4 1 
 
 £/££ 141.1^4.171 
 
 Significations of colors 143 
 
 Swarthy complexion 145 
 
 Sattins to color 147 
 
 Sea-green V dvet 3 46 
 
 Stair- cafe 15 9 
 
 Summer -boufes 1 60 
 
 Syrwp of Violets 180.181 
 
 Syrup of Clove-gilli flowers 181 
 Spirit of Salt 181 
 
 Sublimate 184 
 
 Silver to varnifi 174 
 
 Stows to varnifi ibid. 
 
 Sulphur of Vitriol 185 
 
 Spirit of Sulphur ■ ibid. 
 
 Sublimate diffolved i$s 
 < 5 / 71*7 to foften t9<% 
 
 191.191. 
 
 Sal Ellebrot to maty 191 
 Silver to calcine ibid 1 
 
 Silver to blanch 
 
 Silv.to counterfeit 190.x 97.199 
 Steel to harden and foften 1 96 
 Silver to fold& 200 
 
 Solder to maty ibid. 
 
 Silver Tree of the Philof. ibid! 
 Steel Tree of the Philofoph. lox 
 Sand to c aft with 203 
 
 Styew ibid. 
 
 S alts for counterfeit Gems 20 9 
 Sapphyr artificial nz 
 
 Silver to gili 115.116 
 Silk to gild 217 
 
 Steel , Stone to gild ai8 
 Silver Letters to maty 219 
 Stynstodye 220.1 11 
 
 Styns to gild m 
 
 Spots tot aty out 227 
 
 Steps of Perfection xvbat 150 
 Saturn depicted 263 
 
 Sol to depict 269 
 
 Satyrs and Sylvans 286 
 
 Sifters to depict 2 88 
 
 Staphilis 292 
 
 Sleep 298 Silence 2 99 
 Socrates 300 
 
 Sibyls 302 
 
 Soul 305 
 
 Safety 30 f security 311 
 Sphynx what 313 
 
 September to dtp/# 311 
 
 Styn to paint 321.315 
 
 Spaniih /^oo/ 317.318 
 
 S£tw to foft fmooth 31S 
 Styns to perfume 365 
 
 Sealing Wax 369 
 
 Saturn or Lead 377 
 
 Sol or Go/i 38® 
 
 Silver or Um 3 8 4 
 
 . Scurf 
 

 The Table.' 
 
 
 Scurf to ta$ away 
 
 3157.334 1 hamefis 
 
 Ibid. 
 
 Sun- burnings 
 
 333 I halia 
 
 3 18 
 
 Stinging breath 
 
 337 Terphchore 
 
 3*9 
 
 Sweet waters 
 
 345 T run^s to perfume 
 
 3*7 
 
 Soap of Naples 
 
 361 Tin or j upiter 
 
 378 
 
 Soap mussed* 
 
 360.361 Tablets perfumed 
 
 356 
 
 Smoking Perfumes 
 
 3 62. Table oftbe Hand. 
 
 403 
 
 T 
 
 Thumb and Fingers 
 
 404 
 
 Triangle 
 
 9 v 
 
 
 Touches which nive lift 1 6 uncertain Forms 
 
 6.28 
 
 Table of the hand 
 
 47 V t[ual point 
 
 40.41 
 
 Trough and Frame 
 
 6x Vifuatrays 
 
 4 i 
 
 Turnjole 
 
 77.167 Venus her fignification 
 
 48 
 
 Trees to color 
 
 86.118. 15 1 V am if) for Etching 
 
 60 
 
 Tables for limning 
 
 9*.m Varnifb hard to uje 
 
 *3 
 
 Terra Lemnia 
 
 103 Ufeofthe Aqua fortis 
 
 66.7 1 
 
 Topa\ color 
 
 105 Ufeofthe [oft Varni [to 
 
 69 
 
 Towns to limn 
 
 1 1 6 U(e o f the Gums 
 
 74 
 
 Tbatcht Cottages to limn i * 9 Vermilion 
 
 77-81 
 
 Tin to limn 
 
 113 Verdegrtfr, 78. 104.1 66 
 
 Tulip 
 
 1 24 Verditure 
 
 78 
 
 Turneps 
 
 1x5 Umber 
 
 7 ?.I 02 
 
 Turkey 
 
 1x8 Ultramarine 
 
 79 .io 9 
 
 Tawny complexion 
 
 145 Violet color 8 1.81.84 
 
 Tawny Velvet 
 
 146 Velvet blacli 
 
 84. 
 
 Taffsties to paint 
 
 148 Various degrees of coloring 113 
 
 Tortosfe-Shell to imitate * 77 . Virgins to limn 
 
 114 
 
 
 .178 Unicorn to limn 
 
 130 
 
 Tin to viMifb 
 
 174 Velvets to color 
 
 14^ 
 
 Tintture red 
 
 185 Varnijh common 
 
 154 
 
 Tin to harden 
 
 198 Varnijbes tomans 
 
 i '73 
 
 Trough 
 
 10 x Univerfal VarniJJ) 
 
 1 7 ? 
 
 Tripoli 
 
 203 Varnijh Indian 
 
 176 
 
 Tongs 
 
 204 Varnijhing 
 
 ibid. 
 
 Tepx% artificial 
 
 in Vegetable colors 
 
 1 7 9 
 
 Tin to gild 
 
 *18 Vellom to varnijh 
 
 174' 
 
 Truth to depift 
 
 *97 Volatil Spirit of Sulphur 
 
 18? 
 
 Tellus to depict 
 
 284.305 Vermilion what 
 
 1 87 
 
 Thetis 
 
 284 ft (e of Painting 244.24? 
 
 Triton 
 
 305 Venus to depia 
 
 27 *' 
 
 Time to depict 
 
 307 Vulcan iddcpmt 
 
 2 90 
 
 Tibur 
 
 313 Virtue to depict 276.3 10 
 
 ligris 
 
 314 Unanimity 
 
 
 
 
 Urania 
 
The Table.’ 
 
 Urania 
 Vefta 
 
 Viitery 3°9 
 
 Venus or Copper 381 
 
 Unguents perfumed _ 35 1 
 
 Unguentum pomatum ibid. 
 
 Unguentum mofchatum 35 1 
 
 ViaMartis 398 
 
 ViaLaftea 4 0i 
 
 .Via Solis 399 
 
 W 
 
 Wafting 13.14 
 
 Whole body to draw 1 9 
 
 Way 6 f Engraving 55 
 
 Wood to engrave 57 
 
 Wood to white 58 
 
 0/ Etching 64.70 
 
 JfWfc of Etching to finift 68.71 
 W^ite co/orf 75.14i.16x. 1 86 
 /f'fo're Z.e*d 
 
 Sittm 
 Walnut color 
 Water to color 
 Wafhed colors what 
 Women to limn 
 Womens Hair m 
 
 Walls to limn ibid. 
 
 Walnuts 1x7 
 
 Wolf 1 30 
 
 Waters s 33 
 
 Whiting 141 
 
 White Leather 149 
 
 Wood to paint 1 5 1 
 
 Wood colors ibjd. 
 
 Walls to paint 161 
 
 Wafhing and its materials 164.' 
 
 171 
 
 to varnijh 
 White Precipitate 
 Way of Cafting 
 Whitt Enamel 
 Wood to gild 
 Wood to dye 
 
 Wafhing whence 2a * 
 
 2a? 
 
 '* depm III 
 
 Wonderful Cofmttic^ \ l<9 
 
 Wafl) to whiten the skin 3 j 2. 
 
 Warts and Wrinkles 
 Waters fweetto make 345 
 
 Writinglnku make 367 
 
 Wax to make 
 WaJh-baUs perfume i 
 
 300 
 
 34? 
 362. 365 
 
 Xenocratcs 
 Xylobaifamum 
 Xylo-aloes 
 
 Y 
 
 Tetbws 76.142.162.168485. 
 
 186 
 
 Tellow color 82.105 
 
 Tellow Garments 84449 
 
 Tellcwifh 85 
 
 young men to limn 120 
 
 Tellovo Velvet 146 
 
 Tellow Sattin 147 
 
 yellow Leather 148 
 
 yellow Puftick berry 167.17c? 
 yellow Wax to whiten 1 7 9 
 y eUew Varnijh 17 5 
 
 yarn to dye 125 
 
 yellow dye 226.227 
 
 yellow Tablets perfumed 3 5 7. 
 
 174^75 
 186 
 205 
 213 
 217. si 8 
 222.223 
 
 Zaflfora to tinge Glafs with iSS 
 Zink to tinge Copper with ibid. 
 Zeuxis hh boldnej's 247 
 
 Zeufippus 300 
 
 Zeno ibid* 
 
 Zephyrus to defy# 3 to 
 ' 345 
 
 tU.ATA 
 
I 
 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 P Age 9.1ine 19. read fchetches, p.n.l.15. r.fehetch, l.Ji,’ 
 r .fchetcht, p.zx.l a.r.ninetb Chapter, p.25.1.23. r .feventh 
 Chapter , p. 43.1.5. r. delineation, p.46.1. 17. r .to Chap.2 . p.6o. 
 l.y.r.a glafed Pot , p^.l.tj. r, twear; 
 
 feventh Chapter, Oker de luce, p.93. 1.4.r l< cr ( ?, p. 
 
 s oi.i. i y.r. faint places, p.ip.j.l. aa.r.O^fr de luce, p.m .1.2.8. 
 x. or reflexion, p.ug.l.ij.r green, p.119.1.17. dele the comma 
 after F lake, p.145.]. 6. r. of each alike , p.i 51.1.6. r. chap 1 7. 
 I.7 r.Chap 27 0*32, .r.iithat,\.'t ) a.t.Flower de luce, 
 
 p.187.1.2. v.greyijl) ponder, p.i88.1.to. r .in the fufion, p.20i o 
 1 . * 3-f fmelling , p.i^^ l.ii.r .Parrhafiws} Polycletuswas,p.i7?, 
 1 . 16. dele &c. o/tfo )zr/i Boc>£ ] p.i84.1. i.r. chap. 32. 
 1. 1 2 .r. C &<zp. 3 4.0 f this Book, l.*5* r.Chap.^. of this Book, p.292„ 
 Ltp.r. Pfycbe, p. 296.]. 18. r.C^p. 30.0/ this Book, p.297. I.32. , 
 r.C^p. 19 -cf this Book, p.jjof.l, , 1 jxdeafl beard, p.308.1. 1 1. r. 
 to two, p. 340.I. q,t:.caix of Lunafp.l 43. 1. 26. r. Balaam myre - 
 pfica, p -376.1.1 i.r. about one ounceof , p.381. l.i 9. r.etap.77. 
 p. 382 .].n.r.c& 4 p. 63 . p.^S^l.ii. r. Chap. 66 . p.385. 1 . 8 .r. « 
 poffibility butalfe a probability, p.390. l.ti.r. or Mount, I.2.7.. 
 t . replete. 
 
 Finis \